Human Machine Interface Systems

Human Machine Interface Systems
Catalog ST 80 · 2005
Catalog ST 80 · 2005
Human Machine Interface Systems
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Human Machine Interface
Postfach 4848
90327 NÜRNBERG
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
www.siemens.com/automation
Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-B3-7600
s
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions
or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use
do not always apply as described or which may change as a
result of further development of the products. An obligation
to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if
expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice.
simatic hmi
Human Machine
Interface Systems
s
Related catalogs:
SIMATIC
SIMATIC S5/505
Automation Systems
ST 50
Available as PDF only:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/
simatic/ftp/st50/html_76/st5098_e.pdf
SIMATIC
ST 70
Products for Totally Integrated
Automation and Micro Automation
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-A111-A9-7600
Industrial Communication
Industrial Communication
for Automation and Drives
Order No.:
E86060-K6710-A101-B4-7600
IK PI
PC-based Automation
ST PC
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-B111-B3-7600
SIMOTION
Motion Control System
SIMOTION
Order No.:
E86060-K4910-A101-A4-7600
PM 10
SITRAIN
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions
ITC
CA 01 – The Offline Mall
of Automation und Drives
CA 01
Order No.:
Paper:
E86060-K6850-A101-B5 (German only)
CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7400
Order No.:
CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A100-C3-7600
DVD:
E86060-D4001-A500-C3-7600
A&D Mall
Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Trademarks
All product designations may be trademarks or product
names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use
by third parties for their own purposes could violate the
rights of the owners.
According to the German law on units in measuring
technology, data in inches only apply to devices for
export.
Human Machine
Interface Systems
Catalog ST 80 · 2005
Introduction
Operator Control and
Monitoring devices
Supersedes:
Catalog ST 80 · 2004
The products contained in this catalog
are also contained in the electronic
Catalog CA 01
Order No.:
CD: E86060-D4001-A100-C3-7600
Automation and Drives
SIMATIC HMI
Push Button Panels
Micro Panels
Mobile Panels
Panels
Multi Panels
System Interfaces
Connecting Cables
Recommended Printers
1
2
SIMATIC Panel PC
3
For additional information contact your
nearest Siemens branch office.
© Siemens AG 2004
HMI Software
Complete HMI
Systems
The products and
systems listed in this
catalog are manufactured/distributed using
a certified quality
management system
which complies with
DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certified Registration
No. 2613-05).
The certificates are
recognized in all
IQNet countries.
Customized
Products
HMI Packages
with ProTool/Pro,
WinCC flexible
and WinCC
4
5
Sector Products
Customized Product
Modifications
6
Industrial
LCD Monitors
s
SIMATIC ProTool
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC ProAgent
12“ Devices
15“ Devices
18“ Devices
SCD 1215-E
SCD 1515-E
SCD 1815-E / 1815-I
7
Appendix
8
Welcome to
Automation and Drives
We would like to welcome you to Automation and
Drives and our comprehensive range of products,
systems, solutions and services for production and
process automation and building technology
worldwide.
With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally
Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based
on standards that offer you a considerable savings
potential.
Discover the world of our technology now. If you need
more detailed information, please contact one of your
regional Siemens partners.
They will be glad to assist you.
1/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
1/3
Totally Integrated Automation –
innovations for more productivity
With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation, we were
the first ones on the market to consistently implement the
trend from equipment to an integrated automation solution,
and have continuously improved the system ever since.
Whether your industry is process- and production-oriented or
a hybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is a unique "common
solution" platform that covers all the sectors.
Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the
entire production line - from receiving to technical processing
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning
MES
Manufacturing
Execution
Systems
Control
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
Ethernet
Ethernet
Production
Order
Management
Material
Management
Production
Operations
Recording
Equipment
Management
SINAUT Telecontrol
System
SIMATIC
Software
Ethernet
SIMATIC
Machine Vision
Industrial
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Wireless
Communication/
MOBIC
Safety Integrated
PROCESS FIELD
PROFIBUS
PC-based Automation
AS-Interface
Building
Technology
GAMMA instabus
1/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Micro-Automation
and
Actuator-Sensor
Interface Level
ECOFAST IP65
Decentral
Automation System
and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the system-oriented
engineering environment, integrated, open communications
as well as intelligent diagnostics options, your plant now
benefits in every phase of the life cycle.
In fact, to this day we are the only company worldwide that
can offer a control system based on an integrated platform
for both the production and process industry.
Plant
Information
Management
Product Specification
Management System
Detailed
Production
Scheduling
Laboratory Information
Management System
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
SIMATIC
Controller/
Automation
System
SENTRON
Circuit
Breakers
SIMATIC
Distributed
I/O
SINUMERIK
Numeric
Control
SIMOTION
Motion Control
System
SIMODRIVE
SINAMICS
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control
System
Field Instrumentation /
Analytics
Sensor
Technology
IQ-Sense
SIMOCODE-DP
Motor
Protection
and Control
HART
PROFIBUS PA
SIWAREX
Weighing
Technology
Drive Systems/
SINAMICS
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
1/5
Totally Integrated Power –
energy distribution and management
from one source
Totally Integrated Power™ by Siemens offers integrated
solutions for energy distribution in functional and industrial
buildings covering everything from medium-high voltage to
power outlets.
Totally Integrated Power™ is based on integration in
planning and configuration as well as coordinated products
and systems. In addition, it features communications and
software modules for connecting power distribution systems
to industrial automation and building automation, thereby
offering a substantial savings potential.
Communications
HMI
Process/production
automation
Load
management
U
I
cos o
P
W
PROCESS FIELD BUS
Products and systems
£ 110 kV
Planning and configuration
1/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Graphs
Prognoses
Maintenance
Substation
Distribution
Maintenance
task
Message/
error
management
Selective
protection
Protocols
Power
quality
DATE:
Cost center
EMPLOYEE
COST CENTER
Building
automation
PAY PERIOD BEGINNING
PAY PERIOD ENDING
DATE
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SUN
MON
TUE
WED
THUR
FRI
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
DATE
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
IN
OUT
Hall 1
Distribution 3
Infeed II
Air conditioning system
checkup
Replacing circuit
breaker contacts
Replacing meters
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
central ON
OFF
DATE
SAT
SUN
TOTAL
IN
OUT
local ON
OFF
tripped
IN
OUT
OVERTIME
TOTAL HOURS
CODES
V=VACATION
H=HOLIDAY
S=SICK
REGULAR
HOLIDAY
OTHER
OVER THE HOURS
TIME & ONE-HALF
SICK
VACATION
instabus EIB
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
1/7
Achieving transparency and lowering costs:
SIMATIC HMI operator control and monitoring systems
The interface between the operator and the machine – the
Human Machine Interface, or HMI – connects the world of
automation with the individual requirements of the operator.
Operator control and monitoring means total control of the
process, keeping machinery and plants operating smoothly,
availability and productivity.
Making increasing complex systems easier and easier
An area of conflict. Processes are becoming more sophisticated
and the requirements on the functionality of machines and
plant are growing. The operator must monitor, control and
think about so many things all at once. The human machine
interface has to offer the operator the highest degree of
transparency. With every new HMI innovation, it is our intention
to make increasingly complex matters more and more simple.
We shape innovations in HMI technology and implement them
in solutions that are at the forefront of development.
Everything from a single source
With SIMATIC HMI, Siemens A&D has a complete spectrum of
innovative as well as attractively priced products and systems
for the wide range of different tasks of operator control and
monitoring, not to mention customized solutions: From operator
panels and visualization software for human-machine interface
systems at the machine to a SCADA system for a wide range
of different requirements in process visualization.
Well-equipped for integration in the world of automation
With their open, standardized interfaces in hardware and
software, SIMATIC HMI products can be integrated into the
production level, automation level and the management level
at any time. They can be connected to almost any PLC on the
market; the configuration and visualization software is multilingual, even encompassing ideographic Asian languages – so
there are no barriers to worldwide implementation.
Part of the corporate IT landscape
Whether it is used for business optimization, quality assurance
at the MES level (Manufacturing Execution System) or to provide
management data for the corporate managers (ERP – Enterprise
Resource Planning): beyond the boundaries of the automated
process, SIMATIC HMI will become an integral component of
the corporate IT landscape.
Integrated into the World Wide Web
SIMATIC HMI turns the Web into the control desk – within the
plant as well as in the global network. Using the WinCC/Web
Navigator, you can monitor and operate plants over the Internet
or the internal company intranet. Operator panels such as the
SIMATIC MP 370 Multi Panel can be integrated as rugged Thin
Clients that simultaneously provide a link between the
automation level and the control desk.
1/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
And over wireless LAN or cell phone connections, you can use
portable Thin Clients such as laptops, organizers or WebPads.
The process, service or management information is then
available to the respective users. At the machine level, many
operator panels support remote operation, for example as a
link between the automation level and the control desk, through
to service and diagnostics over the Web.
Enhanced plant availability
All operator panels and panel PCs are designed from the very
beginning for operation under harsh industrial conditions.
WinCC redundant process visualization systems ensure high
plant availability during operation. The process diagnostics
ProAgent from SIMATIC HMI supports you effectively with error
locating and rectification and therefore significantly reduces
downtimes. In addition, special software options, such as
SIMATIC WinBDE support the preventive maintenance of
machines and plants.
More than a human-machine interface
The multi panels under Windows CE encompass the advantages
of two different worlds: On the one hand, the ruggedness of
an operator panel, and on the other hand the flexibility typical
of the PC. Siemens is the first manufacturer to implement this
new class of multifunctional platforms. Apart from the classical
HMI functions, other automation functions, such as control
functions, can execute at the same time. And for PC-based
Automation, the SIMATIC Panel PCs are available as compact
automation platforms.
All the advantages of Totally Integrated Automation
Totally Integrated Automation from Siemens is the most
successful automation concept worldwide with a potential for
savings that was previously unknown. TIA supports complete
integration of the individual automation components from the
PLC, distributed I/O and drive systems through the HMI right
up to the production management level. And you will always
profit from the three-fold integration of configuration or
programming, data management and communication.
The impressive consequence: drastic reduction in engineering
costs of an automation solution and therefore in overall costs.
As a component part of TIA, SIMATIC HMI supports systemwide engineering under Windows, accesses shared data and
has integrated communication. In this way, the WinCC flexible
engineering software can be integrated into the central
programming software of the SIMATIC world, SIMATIC STEP 7,
and it can be used to configure all the operator panels. The
engineering software of SIMATIC HMI also accesses variables
and signal lists of the PLC and uses their communications
parameters. This prevents time-consuming repeat entries and
the associated sources of error from the very beginning.
Interacting with other SIMATIC components, SIMATIC HMI
supports system and process diagnostics during normal
operation. This enables you to activate STEP 7 diagnostics
directly from WinCC for comprehensive error diagnosis from
the circuit diagram through to the PLC program. And with
SIMATIC ProAgent, process diagnosis signals from the PLC are
displayed on operator panels or visualization systems – without
the need for additional configuration work on the HMI system
or additional diagnostic instruments.
The expert partner for automation solutions
With SIMATIC HMI, not only do you get excellent products for
your requirements, but we also support you in selecting a
partner for your automation solution. In our global network of
Siemens Automation Solution Providers, you will find expert
contacts who are close by and are always up-to-date with
SIMATIC HMI systems. Building on WinCC, the Siemens-internal
WinCC Competence Centers create technology-specific products
as well as customized and sector-specific solutions. WinCC
Professionals are external system integrators who combine
WinCC expertise with their sector and technology know-how
in tailor-made, cost-effective solutions. Numerous products
from our business partners that operate optimally with WinCC
are available as WinCC add-ons.
Investment security included
You will always benefit from our many years of experience in
the field of automation engineering. This also applies to our
global service network with its competent support. Further
services, such as the software update service, training and
even ordering over the Internet round off our range of products
and services.
SIMATIC HMI
The Human Machine Interface
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
1/9
SIMATIC HMI
The complete world of operator control and monitoring
Process visualization
SIMATIC WinCC
The SCADA system for scaleable process visualization for every
requirement – from the single-user system to the redundant
multi-user system – as well as for plant monitoring and operation
over the Internet. WinCC is the ideal information hub for IT and
business integration, such as for integration in MES and ERP
systems.
SIMATIC Push Button Panels
Operator panels that can be connected to the bus for easy,
direct operation of the machine.
SIMATIC Micro Panels
Operator panels for small machines and especially for
SIMATIC S7-200.
SIMATIC Mobile Panels
Mobile operator panels for direct operation of plant and
machinery from any location.
SIMATIC Panels
Compact, rugged operator panels for implementation directly
at the machine – finely graded in performance and userfriendliness as text displays, operator panels and touch panels.
SIMATIC Multi Panels
Multifunctional platforms that, apart from visualization, also
perform other automation tasks such as control functions.
SIMATIC Panel PCs
Industrial platforms for PC visualization on site or for the many
different automation tasks of PC-based Automation.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
The new system-wide, flexible HMI software for all graphical
operator panels – from the micro panel to the PC platform.
Ideal for operation and monitoring at the machine with
stationary, mobile or distributed operator panels. Additional
options support operation, service and diagnosis over the Web.
SIMATIC ProTool
Integrated, system-wide configuring software under Windows
for all SIMATIC HMI operator panels.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Visualization software for PC-based operator control and
monitoring directly at the machine. They permit short response
times and safe process operation.
1/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and
Process
monitoring at the machine visualization
Operator control and monitoring at the machine
Single-user PC
Push Button Panels
Micro Panels
SIMOTION
Motion Control
Actuator / Sensor
Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP)
Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES)
Client/Server
Mobile Panels
Internet-Client
Panels
Multi Panels
SCADA System WinCC
Panel PCs
HMI software
WinCC flexible
ProTool
SIMATIC Controllers
S7-400
S7-300
additional
automation
systems
S7-200
Field devices
Drives
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
1/11
SIMATIC HMI
The Human Machine Interface
1/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control
and monitoring devices
2/2
Introduction
2/105
Multi Panels
2/8
2/8
2/11
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
SIMATIC PP17
2/105
270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
2/15
2/15
2/17
2/19
2/22
2/25
2/28
Micro panels
Text Display TD 200
Text Display TD 200C
SIMATIC OP 73micro
SIMATIC TP 070
SIMATIC TP 170micro
SIMATIC TP 177micro
2/114
370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
2/123
2/126
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
2/130
System interfaces
2/32
Mobile panels
2/32
170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
2/131
2/133
2/135
2/136
Text panels
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
Non-Siemens PLCs
2/41
Panels
2/41
2/44
2/47
2/52
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
SIMATIC OP3
SIMATIC OP7
SIMATIC OP17
2/140
2/143
2/144
2/145
Panels and Runtime software
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC 505
Non-Siemens PLCs
2/149
Connecting cables
2/57
2/61
2/66
70 series
SIMATIC OP 73
SIMATIC OP 77A
SIMATIC OP 77B
2/151
Recommended printers
2/70
2/75
2/81
2/86
170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A
SIMATIC TP 170B
SIMATIC TP 177A
SIMATIC OP 170B
2/91
2/98
270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
SIMATIC OP 270
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Introduction
■ Overview
■ Benefits
Rugged and compact for use at the machine level
With IP65/NEMA 4 degree of protection at the front, a high EMC,
and extreme resistance to vibration, the SIMATIC Operator Panels are extremely suitable for use at the machine level in harsh
industrial environments. Thanks to their compact design with
shallow mounting depth, there is always sufficient space for the
stationary panels, even where space for installation is at a premium.
2
The mobile panels are especially suitable for use in industry
thanks to their extremely rugged and impact-resistant housing in
degree of protection IP65. Their low weight and ergonomic design mean they are simple and easy to use.
One configuration software for everything
A finely graded range of HMI devices is available for operator
control and monitoring at machine level: ranging from Push
Button Panels, Micro Panels, Panels and Multi Panels to Mobile
Panels.
Push Button Panels
Push Button panels (PP) are the innovative alternative to conventionally wired operator keypads. The bus-based input panels are
preconfigured and ready for installation, and permit drastic time
savings compared to conventional wiring.
Micro Panels
Tailored to applications with the Micro PLC SIMATIC S7-200,
either with text-oriented display (TD) or with pixel-graphics display, either as operator panel (OP) with membrane keyboard or
touch screen (TP).
Mobile Panels
The portable operator panels support operator control and monitoring at the exact location of the action with direct access and
line-of-sight to the process. They can be easily and reliably connected during operation and can therefore be used with flexibility on a machine or in a system.
Panels
Text Panels TD17, OP3/7/17
used as text displays (TD) for display only or as operator panels
(OP) for operator control and monitoring with a membrane keyboard.
Graphics Panel 70/170/270 series
with pixel-graphics display for realistic representation of sequences (from 170B also in color), either as touch panels (TP)
with touch-sensitive display or as operator panels (OP) with
membrane keyboard.
Multi Panels
270/370 series
in variants with operation by means of a touch screen or membrane keyboard enable the panels to be used in the same manner as the panels for operator control and monitoring. In addition, multi panels (MP) allow the installation of additional
applications and thus permit, for example, the integration of several automation tasks on a single platform using the PLC WinAC
MP software.
2/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATICProTool or SIMATIC WinCC flexible are tools for integrated configuring of all SIMATIC Panels as well as PC-based
systems with the visualization software ProTool/Pro Runtime or
WinCC flexible Runtime. Graded versions are available depending on the requirements. The software permits simple, efficient
configuration. Programming knowledge is not required.
Once configurations have been generated, they can simply be
used for the entire range.
Component of Totally Integrated Automation
Siemens provides the complete modular system of matched
components for automation solutions from one source and —
with Totally Integrated Automation — one of the most successful
automation concepts worldwide. SIMATIC ProTool and WinCC
flexible are integral parts of this world. This provides decisive advantages. Thanks to the uniformity in configuration/programming, data management and communication, the engineering
costs of an automation solution are significantly reduced.
Open for many different automation systems
Despite the consistent incorporation into the SIMATIC world, the
panels are nevertheless open for connection to PLCs from many
different vendors. The standard delivery includes a comprehensive range of convenient drivers.
Innovative operator control and monitoring
Based on the Windows CE operating system, the Mobile Panels,
Panels and Multi Panels of the 70,170, 270 and 370 series permit
innovative operator control and monitoring combined with ruggedness, stability and simplicity. Increased flexibility and openness, together with access to the office environment, are provided by standard hardware and software interfaces, for
example MMC/PC/CF card, USB, Ethernet, PROFIBUS DP, Visual Basic scripts and customized ActiveX controls.
Global use
The SIMATIC Panels are optimally designed for global use. Online language selectioni permits selection of up to 5 languages
during operation simply by pressing a key. The wide variety of
languages available includes Chinese, Taiwanese, Korean, Japanese or Russian. The configuration interface of ProTool or
WinCC flexible, including online Help and the complete documentation, are also multi-language. Up to 32 languages can be
used in a project. And all this is provided with global servicing
and support from Siemens.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Introduction
■ Summary of configuration
ProTool configuration software
TP-Designer
ProTool/Lite
ProTool
ProTool/Pro
WinCC flexible engineering software
Micro
Compact
Standard
Advanced
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Micro panels
• OP 73micro
1)
2
•
• TP 070
• TP 170micro
• TP 177micro
1)
Mobile panels
• Mobile Panel 170
•
•
•
•
•
•
Text panels
• TD17/OP3/OP7/OP17
Panels of the 70 series
• OP 73
1)
• OP 77A
1)
/B
Panels of the 170 series
•
• TP 170A/ TP/OP 170B/
• TP 177A
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1)
Panels of the 270 series
• TP 270/ OP 270
Multi Panels of the 270 series
• MP 270B 6"
• MP 270B 10"
Multi Panels of the 370 series
• MP 370
•
Possible
1) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/3
Operator control and monitoring devices
Introduction
■ Technological overview
Micro Panels
Mobile Panels
TD 200/TD 200C 1) Mobile
OP 73micro 1) 6)
Panel 170
TP 070 1)
TP 170micro
TP 177micro 6)
2
Text Panels
TD17
OP3/OP7/OP17
70er Serie
OP 73 6)
OP 77A 6)/B
Panels
170er Serie
TP 170A
TP/OP 170B
TP 177A 7)
270er Serie
TP 270
OP 270
Display
TD 200/ TD 200C:
Text display
OP 73micro:
3“ LCD
TP 070/
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro:
5.7" STN
5.7" STN
Text display
OP 73:
3“ LCD
OP 77A/B: 4.5”
LCD
5.7" STN
5.7" / 10.4" STN
• Colors
TD 200/ TD 200C/
OP 73micro:
Monochrome
TP 070/
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro:
4 blue modes
16 colors
Monochrome
Monochrome
TP 170A/
TP 177A
OP 170B:
4 blue modes
TP 170B:
4 blue modes/
16 colors
256 colors
• (TD 200/
-
•
•
•
•
-
-
-
•
•
-
•
-
-
-
-
•/•/-/-/-/-
•/•/•
-/-/•/-
• / • / • 2)
-/-/-/-
• 4) / • / •
• 4) / • 4) / - / -
• 5) / • / •
-/- / • 3)5) / -
•/•/•
• / optional
-/•/-
TD 200/ TD 200C/
TP 070
OP 73micro:
128 KB
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro:
256 KB
768 KB
TD17/OP3/OP7:
128 KB
OP17:
256 KB
OP 73/OP 77A:
256 KB
OP 77B:
1024 KB
TP 170A:
2 MB
320 KB
TP 177A:
512 KB
TP 170B/
OP 170B: 768 KB
• SIMATIC S7 / WinAC
S7-200 only
• SIMATIC S5 / 505
-/-/-
•/•
•/•
•/•
•
•/•
• 2) / • 2)
• 2) / • 2)
•/•
• 4) / • 4)
-/• 4)
•/•
• 5) / • 5)
• 3)5) / • 3)5)
• 5)
•/•
•/•
•/•
•
-
-
-
-
•
-
-
-
-
-
•
•
•
-
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard
TD 200C/
OP 73micro)
• Touch screen
• (TP 070/
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro)
• Membrane keyboard
and Touch
Interfaces/protocols
• Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
• USB / Ethernet
• MMC /CF / PC card slot
Memory
(available for user data)
Interface with PLC
• SINUMERIK / SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens controllers
Applications/options with ProTool
• ProAgent
• ThinClient/MP
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer
• WinAC MP
-
Applications/options with WinCC flexible
• ProAgent
• [email protected][email protected]
• OPC server
• ThinClient/MP
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer
• WinAC MP
• available
-
not available
1) The TP 070 is configured using TP-Designer
and the TD200/TD200C is configured with Micro/WIN
2) Except OP3
3) Except TP 170A
2/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4) OP 77B only
5) Not on TP 177A
6) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
Operator control and monitoring devices
Introduction
■ Technological overview
(continued)
270 series
MP 270B
Multi panels
370 series
MP 370
2
Display
5.7" / 10.4" TFT
12.1" / 15.1" TFT
• Colors
256 colors
256 colors
•
•
-
•
•
-
•/•/•
•/•
-/•/•
•/•/•
•/•
-/•/•
5 MB
12 MB
•/•
•/•
•/•
•
•/•
•/•
•/•
•
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard
• Touch screen
• Membrane keyboard and Touch
Interfaces/protocols
• Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
• USB / Ethernet
• MMC /CF / PC card slot
Memory
(available for user data)
Interface with PLC
• SIMATIC S7 / WinAC
• SIMATIC S5 / 505
• SINUMERIK / SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens controllers
Applications/options with ProTool/Pro
• ProAgent
• ThinClient/MP
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer
• WinAC MP
•
•
•
-
•
•
•
•
Applications/options with WinCC flexible
• ProAgent
• [email protected][email protected]
• OPC server
• ThinClient/MP
• MS Pocket Internet Explorer
•
•
•
•
• (MP 270B 10″)
•
• available
- not available
•
•
•
•
•
•
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/5
Operator control and monitoring devices
Introduction
■ Functionality (when configuring with ProTool)
Micro panels
Mobile panels
TD 200/ TD 200C Mobile
TP 070 3)
Panel 170
2
Text panels
TD17
OP3/OP7/
OP17
Panels
170 series
TP 170A
TP 170B
OP 170B
270 series
TP 270
OP 270
• Status signals/fault signals
TD 200:
80 / –
TP 070:
–/–
1000 / 1000
TD17:
999 / –
OP3: 499 / –
OP7:
499 / 499
OP17:
999 / 999
TP 170A:
1000 / –
TP 170B/
OP 170B:
1000 / 1000
• Message buffer
(number of entries)
–
128
OP3: –
TD17/OP7/OP
17: 256
TP 170A: 5) –
512
TP/ OP 170B: 5)
128
• Recipes
–
100
TD17/OP3: –
TP 170A: –
OP7/OP17: 99 TP/OP 170B:
100
• Process diagrams
TP 070: 20
100
TD17: –
OP3: 40
OP7/OP17:
99
• Bar/curve diagrams
(pixel graphics)
• / - (TP 070 only) • / •
• Variables
TP 070: 50
• Archiving
2000 / 2000
2000 / 2000
512
1024
300
300
500
TP 170A: 50
TP/ OP 170B:
100
300
300
300
-/-
• / • 1)
•/•
•/•
•/•
1000
TD17: 1000
OP3: 1024
OP7/OP17:
2048
TP 170A: 500
TP/OP 170B:
1000
2048
2048
2048
-
-
-
-
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Online languages
1
5
3
5
5
5
5
• Password protection
•
-
•
•
-
•
• 2)
• 4)
•
• 1)
-
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Visual Basic Scripts
• Print functions
• PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL) with SIMATIC S5/S7
(TD 200 only)
•
-
available
not available
1) Except TP 170A
2) Except TD17/OP3
3) The TP 070 is configured using TP-Designer and the TD200/TD200C
are configured with Micro/WIN
4) Except TD17
5) Non-retentive
2/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
1)
2000 / 2000
Multi panels
270 series
370 series
MP 270B 10"
MP 370
Operator control and monitoring devices
Introduction
■ Functionality (when configuring with WinCC flexible)
Micro panels
Mobile panels
OP 73micro 3) / Mobile
TP 170micro/ Panel 170
TP 177micro 3)
70 series
OP 73 2)3) /
OP 77A 2)3) /
OP 77B
Panels
170 series
TP 170A/
TP/OP 170B/
TP 177A 3)
270 series
TP 270
OP 270
Multi panels
270 series
370 series
MP 270B
MP 370
2
• No. of messages
OP 73micro:
250
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro:
500
2000
OP 73: 500
OP 77A/
OP 77B: 1000
TP 170A/
4000
TP 177A: 1000
TP/OP 170B:
2000
4000
4000
• Message buffer
(number of entries)
128 4)
256
256 4)
TP 170A: 128 4) 512
TP/OP 170B/
TP 177A: 256 4)
512
1024
• Recipes
-
100
100 2)
TP 170A: –
TP/OP 170B:
100
300
300
500
• Process diagrams
250
500
500
TP 170A: 250
TP/OP 170B:
500
500
500
500
• Bar/curve diagrams (pixel
graphics)
•/-
•/•
•/-
• / • 1)
•/•
•/•
•/•
• Variables
OP 73micro:
500
TP 170micro/
TP 177micro:
250
1000
1000
TP 170A/
TP 177A: 500
TP/OP 170B:
1000
2048
2048
2048
• Archiving
-
-
-
-
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Online languages
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
• User management (security)
•
-
•
•
•
• 2)
•
• 1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
-
-
-
-
•
•
•
• Visual Basic Scripts
• Print functions
• PG functions
(STATUS/CONTROL)
with SIMATIC S5/S7
•
1)
2)
3)
4)
available
not available
Except TP 170A/TP 177A
Only on OP 77B
Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
Non-retentive
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/7
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
■ Overview
■ Design
The push button panels impress customers with their compact
construction:
• Preassembled with 8 short-stroke keys that can be labelled as
required using slide-in labels
• Smooth, easily to clean front;
the front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergent.
• Long-life multi-color wide-area LEDs in all short-stroke keys
• 4 additional digital 24 V inputs for flexible expansions
• 5 perforated cutouts for 22.5 mm additional standard elements
(push buttons, lamps, EMERGENCY-STOP, key switches)
• Display on the rear with mini keypad for displaying operating
status also in plain text and for changing the standard settings
• The PP7 is identical in design to the OP7 and can therefore be
located contiguously with it
• Low-maintenance, as no battery is required
• All parameters are stored on an easily interchangeable memory card
2
SIMATIC push button panels are the innovative alternative to
conventional control panels for easy, direct machine operation:
• Pre-assembled turnkey system;
after they has been connected to the PLC, all keys and lamps
are immediately ready to operate
• Connection to any PLC over a bus cable (PROFIBUS DP or
MPI)
• Equipped with 8 short-stroke ke ys, 4 additional digital inputs
and 5 slots for 22.5 mm standard elements.
■ Benefits
• Up to 90% time savings: no in dividual mounting and wiring of
keys, switches and lamps
• Simplification of configuring and startup phase through the use
of standard cables, for example
• No configuring tool required
• Service-friendly thanks to displa y on rear for showing operating
statuses and messages in plain text without programming device
• Simple and user-friendly machine operation thanks to multicolored indicator lamps
• User-friendly labeling of th e keys and lamps using slide-in
labels
■ Application
The rugged push button panel PP7 is designed for simple and
straightforward machine operation.
It can be used wherever HMI functions cannot be carried out
without keys and lamps, e.g. on control consoles for machines
and plants in the food and beverage industry where smooth
fronts are necessary to facilitate cleaning. Even in special mechanical equipment manufacture, the push button panels can
be used to easily set up standard operator panels that are then
amenable to fast, flexible and modular expansion. The key and
lamp functions can be changed later at any time without having
to modify the wiring.
2/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Function
• Color modes for LEDs (e.g. red, green, orange, red flashing,
green flashing, orange flashing)
• Integrated flashing frequency 0.5 Hz for LEDs
• Integrated diagnostics functions
• Integrated lamp and key test (als o for additional 24 V digital inputs)
• Menu-assisted parameterization using display on the rear with
a mini keyboard
• Short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be individually parameterized as switches
• Configurable extension of pulses for short-stroke keys and digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)
• PROFIBUS DP standard slave
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
■ Integration
■ Technical specifications
The pushbutton panels can be connected to
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC Software and Slot PLC via
MPI and PROFIBUS DP
• SIMATIC S5 (AG95/Master or IM 308C) only through
PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIBUS DP standard master s from any manufacturer
(e.g. Allen Bradley, ...)
System interfaces
PLC
SIMATIC PP7 1)
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical
characteristics)
Connected via
SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC (MPI as master)
via MPI interface to
S7-200/-300/-400/
WinAC Software-PLC/Slot-PLC
(9-pin female/RS 485),3)4)
2)
Bus connector,
bus cable and MPI network
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave)
via PROFIBUS to max. 1 x
S7-200 (CPU 215-DP)
by means of MPI protocol
S7-300/-400
with integrated PROFIBUS-SS
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 with CP 443-5
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
via PROFIBUS DP to
S5-95U /PROFIBUS DP master
(6ES5 095-8ME02)
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with IM 308C/IM 308B
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with CP 5430/CP 5431
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
Non-Siemens PLCs (PROFIBUS DP master)
via PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
1)
2)
3)
4)
PP7 suitable up to 1.5 Mbit/s
Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used
S7-200 only via MPI (CPU 212 not possible)
S7-200 CPU 215-DP also possible on PROFIBUS DP interface
via MPI protocol
5) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02
Note:
The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0) is not
suitable for connecting a PP and a CPU.
PP7
Control elements
• Number of keys
• LED color modes
8 short-stroke keys
3
Additional digital inputs
4
Additional digital outputs
-
Short-circuit protection
Yes
Service life
• Short-stroke keys
(in ON-OFF operations)
• LEDs (ON period)
2
1,500,000
100%
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Current input, typ.
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.2 A
Ports
1 x RS 485
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC,
additional DP standard masters
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
+/- 35°
35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
0 °C to +55 °C
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 °C to +55 °C
tion)
- Transport, storage
-20 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity
95%
Dimensions
• Front plate W x H x D (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
144 x 204 x 531)
130 x 190
Weight
0.72 kg
Functions
• Short stroke keys / digital inputs as
pushbutton or switch
• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs
• Pushbutton and lamp test
• Pulse extension for short-stroke
keys and digital inputs, max.
• Enable input
• Mounting locations for 22.5 mm
standard elements
Yes
0.5 Hz
Yes
1000 ms
No
5
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65
IP20
Certification
cULus 508, CSA, CE for EMC
1) Depth without connecting cables
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/9
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP7
■ Ordering data
A)
■ Dimension drawings
6AV3 688-3AA03-0AX0
Dimensions in mm
144
128
55
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AE0
4
30
Brief start-up instructions
For PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
• German
6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0
• English
6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 130 x 190
Accessories for supplementary ordering
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting
cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
Sub-D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
Service package
for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
comprising:
• 1 x PP7 gasket
• 1 x PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
• 5 x clamps
• PP7 clamp-type terminal strip
• PP17-I/PP17-II clamp-type
terminal strips
6AV3 678-3XC30
For further information, visit our website at
Note:
Commercially available printing foils can be used as the
keyboard inscription strips. Word templates are included on a
diskette with the manual.
1) Incl. 3.5" diskette; diskette includes GSD files/TYP files and Word
templates for inscription strips
2/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ More information
http://www.siemens.com/panels
G_ST80_XX_00061
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AA0
• English
204
• German
108
Manual for PP7/PP17 1)
204
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
188
2
SIMATIC PP7
Pushbutton panel incl. mounting
accessories:
• 8 x short-stroke keys
• 8 x surface LEDs
• 4 x DI terminals (24 V)
• Max. 5 x 22.5 mm pre-perforated cutouts for additional units
Order No.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17
■ Overview
SIMATIC push button panels are the innovative alternative to
conventional control panels for easy and straight-forward machine operation:
• Pre-assembled turnkey system;
after they have been connected to the PLC, all keys and lamps
are immediately ready to operate
• Connection to any PLC over a bus cable (PROFIBUS DP or
MPI)
• PP17-I:
Equipped with 16 short-stroke keys, 16 additional digital inputs
and 16 additional digital outputs and 12 slots for 22.5 mm standard elements
PP17-II:
Equipped with 32 short-stroke keys and 16 additional digital inputs and 16 additional digital outputs.
■ Benefits
• Up to 90% time savings: no in dividual mounting and wiring or
keys, switches and lamps
• Simplification of configuring and startup phase, through the
use of standard cables, for example
• No configuring tool required
• Service-friendly thanks to displa y on rear for showing operating
statuses and messages in plain text without programming device
• Simple and user-friendly machine operation thanks to multicolored indicator lamps
• User-friendly labeling of th e keys and lamps using slide-in
labels
■ Design
The push button panels impress customers with their compact
design:
• Pre-assembled with 16 (PP17-I) or 32 (PP17-II) short-stroke
keys that can be inscribed as required using slide-in labels
• Smooth, easily to clean front;
the front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Long-life multi-color wide-area LEDs in all short-stroke keys
• 16 additional 24 V digital inputs and outputs for flexible expansion
• 12 perforated cutouts for 22.5 mm standard elements (push
buttons, lamps, etc.) for PP17-I
• Display on the rear with mini keypad for displaying operating
status in plain text and for changing the standard settings
• Central enable input
• The PP17 is identical in design to the OP17 and can therefore
be located contiguously with it
• Low-maintenance, as no battery is required.
• All parameters are stored on an easily interchangeable memory card
■ Function
• Color modes for LED (e.g. red, green, orange, red flashing,
green flashing, orange flashing)
• Integrated flashing frequencies 0. 5 Hz and 2 Hz for digital outputs and LEDs
• Integrated diagnostics functions
• Integrated lamp and push button test (also for additional 24 V
inputs and outputs)
• Menu-assisted parameterization using display on the rear with
a mini keyboard
• Short-stroke keys and digital inputs can also be individually parameterized as switches
• Configurable extension of pulses for short-stroke keys and digital inputs (max. 1000 ms)
• PROFIBUS DP standard slave
■ Application
The rugged PP17 push button panels are designed for easy and
straight-forward operation of the machine.
They can be used wherever keys and lamps are essential components in a human-machine interface. In the food processing
industry, for example, on machines and systems on which
smooth fronts are required for easier cleaning. Even in special
mechanical equipment manufacture, the push button panels
can be used to easily set up standard operator panels that are
then amenable to fast, flexible and modular expansion. The key
and lamp functions can be changed later at any time without
having to modify the wiring.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/11
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17
■ Integration
2
The push button panels can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC Software and Slot PLC via
MPI and PROFIBUS DP
• SIMATIC S5 (AG95/Master or IM 308C) only through
PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIBUS DP standard master s from any manufacturer
(e.g. Allen Bradley, ...)
System interfaces
PLC
SIMATIC PP17 1)
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical
characteristics)
Connected via
SIMATIC S7 / SIMATIC WinAC (MPI as master) 2)
via MPI interface to
S7-200/-300/-400/
WinAC Software-PLC/Slot-PLC
(9-pin female/RS 485),3)4)
Bus connector,
bus cable and MPI network
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS DP as standard slave)
via PROFIBUS to max. 1 x
S7-200 (CPU 215-DP)
by means of MPI protocol
S7-300/-400
with integrated PROFIBUS-SS
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 with CP 443-5
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
via PROFIBUS DP to
S5-95U /PROFIBUS DP master
(6ES5 095-8ME02)
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with IM 308C/IM 308B
S5-115U/-135U/-155U
with CP 5430/CP 5431
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
Non-Siemens PLCs (PROFIBUS DP master)
via PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
1)
2)
3)
4)
PP17 suitable up to 12 Mbit/s
Standard PG/PC MPI cable cannot be used
S7-200 only via MPI (CPU 212 not possible)
S7-200 CPU 215-DP also possible on PROFIBUS DP interface
via MPI protocol
5) Bus connector: 6GK1 500-0EA02
Note:
The standard PG/PC MPI cable (6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0)
is not suitable for connecting a PP and a CPU.
2/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17
■ Technical specifications
PP17-I
PP17-II
Control elements
• No. of keys
• LED color modes
16 short-stroke keys
3
32 short-stroke keys
3
Additional digital inputs
16
16
Additional digital outputs
• In groups of
• Output current max. 1)
• Aggregate current per group,
max.
• Short-circuit protection
16
4
100 mA
500 mA
16
4
100 mA
500 mA
Yes
Yes
1,500,000
1,500,000
Service life
• Short-stroke keys
(ON-OFF operations)
• LEDs (ON period)
100%
100%
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Current input, typ.
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.2 A
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.4 A
Ports
1 x RS 485 (12 Mbits/s)
1 x RS 485 (12 Mbits/s)
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC,
additional DP standard master
S5, S7-200/-300/-400, WinAC,
additional DP standard master
+/- 35°
35°
+/- 35°
35°
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
0 °C to +55 °C
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 °C to +55 °C
tion)
- Transport, storage
-20 °C to +70 °C
0 °C to +55 °C
0 °C to +55 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity
95%
95%
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
240 x 204
226 x 190
240 x 204
226 x 190
Weight
Approx. 1.2 kg
Approx. 1.5 kg
Yes
Yes
0.5 Hz
0.5 Hz or 2 Hz
0.5 Hz
0.5 Hz or 2 Hz
Yes
1000 ms
Yes
1000 ms
Yes
12
Yes
0
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65
IP20
IP65
IP20
Certification
cULus 508, CSA, CE for EMC
cULus 508, CSA, CE for EMC
Functions
• Short stroke keys / digital inputs as
pushbutton or switch
• Integrated flashing rate for LEDs
• Integrated flashing rate for digital
outputs
• Pushbutton and lamp test
• Pulse extension for short-stroke
keys and digital inputs, max.
• Enable input
• Mounting locations for 22.5 mm
standard elements
2
1) Lamps up to 2 Watt per output
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/13
Operator control and monitoring devices
Push Button Panels
SIMATIC PP17
■ Ordering data
Order No.
■ Dimension drawings
A)
SIMATIC PP17
Pushbutton panel incl. mounting
accessories:
PP17-I
• 16 x short-stroke keys
• 16 x surface LEDs
• 16 x DI terminals (24 V)
• 16 x DO terminals (24 V)
• 1 x release input
• Max. 12 x 22.5 mm pre-perforated cutouts for additional units
6AV3 688-3CD13-0AX0
PP17-II
• 32 x short-stroke keys
• 32 x surface LEDs
• 16 x DI terminals (24 V)
• 16 x DO terminals (24 V)
• 1 x release input
6AV3 688-3ED13-0AX0
240
224
204
188
204
95
53
G_ST80_XX_00059
4
32
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Manual for PP7/PP17 1)
• German
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AA0
• English
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 991-1CA00-1AE0
Panel cutout (B x H) in mm: 226 x 190
PP17-I
Dimensions in mm
Brief start-up instructions
For PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
• German
6AV3 991-1CA00-1BA0
• English
6AV3 991-1CA00-1BB0
240
224
Accessories for supplementary ordering
6XV1 830-1CH30
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
Service package
for PP7, PP17-I, PP17-II
comprising:
• 1 x PP7 gasket
• 1 x PP17-I/PP17-II gasket
• 5 x clamps
• PP7 clamp-type terminal strip
• PP17-I/PP17-II clamp-type terminal strips
6AV3 678-3XC30
53
Note:
Commercially available printing foils can be used as the keyboard inscription strips. Word templates are included on a
diskette with the Manual.
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 226 x 190
PP17-II
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_XX_00060
4
32
1) Incl. 3.5" diskette; diskette includes GSD files/TYP files
and Word templates for inscription strips
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/14
204
99
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
188
204
2
Dimensions in mm
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
Text Display TD 200
■ Overview
• Integrated interface for connection of cable
• Connection for optional power supply:
a power supply unit is required if the distance between the
TD 200 and S7-200 is more than 2.5 m. PROFIBUS bus cables
are then available instead of the connection cable.
• User-specific labeling strips:
It is necessary to remove the rear of the housing before fitting
the labeling strips. Therefore, please fit the strips before installing the device.
■ Function
• The user-friendly text display for the S7-200
• For control and monitoring:
Message text display, intervention in PLC program, setting of
inputs and outputs
• Direct connection to CPU interface using supplied cable or incorporation into network (also via EM 277)
• No separate power supply required
• No separate parameterization software required
• Addressing and setting of contrast in supplied menu
■ Application
The TD 200 text display is the optimum solution for all HMI tasks
with SIMATIC S7-200.
It supports:
• Display of message texts
• Operator actions in the control program, e.g., modification of
setpoints
• Setting of inputs and outputs, e.g., for switching a motor on and
off
■ Design
The TD 200 is simply connected to the PPI interface of the
S7-200 using the cable supplied. A separate power supply is not
required. It is also possible to connect several TD 200 displays
to one S7-200.
The TD 200 features:
• Rugged plastics housing with de gree of protection IP65 (front):
Increased watertightness due to absence of slots for labeling
strips.
• Mounting depth 27 mm:
The TD 200 can be mounted without additional accessories in
control cabinets or operator panels, or used as a handheld
unit.
• Backlit LCD;
easy to read even under poor lighting conditions
• User-friendly layout of input keys,
some of which are programmable function keys
The TD 200 permits:
• Display of message texts:
up to 80 message texts (alarms) with max. 6 variables display
current operating states, and can be optionally parameterized
as requiring acknowledgment and additionally protected by a
password. In addition, up to 64 static messages also with up to
6 variables can be configured. System texts are stored in English, German, French, Spanish and Italian in the unit. Various
character sets can be selected, and messages can also be
saved in the simplified Chinese character set.
• Display and modification of process parameters:
Process parameters are output on the display and can be modified using the input keys, e.g., for temperature settings or
modifications to speed.
• Setting of inputs and outputs:
A memory bit is assigned to each of the 8 programmable function keys. These can then be set during operation, e.g., during
commissioning, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible, for
example, to control motors without having to install additional
control elements in the system.
• Additional functions and features:
For example, processing of floating-point numbers, symbols
for bar-graph display, various data blocks for operation of several TD 200 displays on one CPU, password protection for integrated SETUP menu and modified variables.
• Activation of TD 200 editing mode by PLC:
Variables embedded in messages can be edited directly without having to press the Enter key or to shift the cursor to the
variable.
• Setting a PLC bit only wi th an STD 200 key pressed:
A PLC M-bit is set when pressing a function key, and deleted
again when the key is released.
• New character set (Greek, Latin2, Turkish) to support additional foreign languages.
Programming
The configuration data of the TD 200 are saved in the S7-200’s
CPU. The message texts and configuration parameters are generated using the STEP 7-Micro/WIN programming software V4
and higher. Additional parameterization software is not required.
Special data areas are reserved in the S7-200’s CPU for data exchange with the TD 200. The TD 200 directly accesses the respectively required functions of the CPU via these data areas.
Parameters can be set easily using a separate TD 200 Wizard in
STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4 and higher.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/15
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
Text Display TD 200
■ Technical specifications
■ Ordering data
TD 200
Display
LCD backlit, 2-line, 20 characters/line (ASCII, Cyrillic),
10 characters/line (Chinese),
5 mm character height
Interfaces
1 PPI (RS 485) max. to set up a
network with max. 126 stations
(S7-200, OP, TP, TBP, PG/PC);
Transmission speeds
9.6, 19.2, 187.5 kbit/s
2
24 V DC, 120 mA; Powered from
S7-200 communication interface
or optional external power pack.
Sensor power supply (24 V DC)
of CPU is not affected
Power supply
Ambient temperature
0 °C to +60 °C
Transport/storage temperature
-40 to +70 °C
Degree of protection
IP65 front
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
148 x 76 x 27
Installation opening
(standard cutout) in mm
138 x 68
Cabinet/control panel thickness
in mm
0.3 to 4
Weight
250 g
2/16
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Text Display TD 200
for connecting to
SIMATIC S7-200; used with
STEP 7 Micro/WIN V3.2 SP4
and higher
Order No.
6ES7 272-0AA30-0YA0
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
with 90° cable feeder
• without PG connection
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
• with PG connection
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
with 35° cable feeder
• without PG connection
6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
• with PG connection
6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable
for connecting to PPI;
standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-wire,
shielded, sold by the meter, up to
1000m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1 830-0EH10
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
Text Display TD 200C
■ Overview
■ Application
The TD 200C text display is the optimum solution for all HMI
tasks with SIMATIC S7-200. Individual printing of the surface of
the device enables it to be perfectly matched to the application
environment.
It supports:
• Display of message texts
• Operator actions in the control program, e.g., modification of
setpoints
• Setting of inputs and outputs, e. g., for switching a motor on and
off
■ Design
The TD 200C is simply connected to the PPI interface of the
S7-200 using the cable supplied. A separate power supply is not
required. It is also possible to connect several TD 200C displays
to one S7-200.
• The user-friendly text display fo r the S7-200 with customizable
display
• For control and monitoring:
Message text display, intervention in PLC program, setting of
inputs and outputs
• Direct connection to CPU interface using supplied cable or incorporation into network (also via EM 277)
• No separate power supply required
• No separate parameterization software required
• Frontpanel design can be individually selected
• Addressing and setting of contrast in supplied menu
The TD 200 features:
• Rugged plastics housing with degr ee of protection IP65 (front):
Increased watertightness due to absence of slots for labeling
strips.
• Mounting depth 27 mm:
The TD 200C can be mounted without additional accessories
in control cabinets or operator panels, or used as a handheld
unit.
• Backlit LCD;
easy to read even under poor lighting conditions
• User-friendly layout of input keys,
some of which are programmable function keys
• Integrated interface for connection of cable
• Connection for optional power supply:
A power supply unit is required if the distance between the
TD 200C and S7-200 is more than 2.5 m. PROFIBUS bus
cables are then available instead of the connection cable.
• Individually designed user interface:
The control elements on the front of the device can be configured to suit requirements by printing on the film. It is configured
accordingly using the Keypad Designer (a component of
STEP 7-Micro/WIN).
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/17
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
Text Display TD 200C
■ Function
2
■ Ordering data
The TD 200C permits:
• Display of message texts:
up to 80 message texts (alarms) with max. 4 variables display
current operating states, and can be optionally parameterized
as requiring acknowledgment and additionally protected by a
password. In addition, up to 64 static messages also with up to
4 variables can be configured. System texts are stored in English, German, French, Spanish and Italian in the unit. Various
character sets can be selected, and messages can also be
saved in the simplified Chinese character set.
• Display and modification of process parameters:
Process parameters are output on the display and can be modified using the input keys, e.g., for temperature settings or
modifications to speed.
• Setting of inputs and outputs:
A memory bit is assigned to each of the 8 programmable function keys. These can then be set during operation, e.g., during
commissioning, testing and diagnostics. It is then possible, for
example, to control motors without having to install additional
control elements in the system.
• Additional functions and features:
For example, processing of floating-point numbers, symbols
for bar-graph display, various data blocks for operation of several TD 200C displays on one CPU, password protection for integrated SETUP menu and modified variables.
• Activation of TD 200 editing mode by PLC:
Variables embedded in messages can be edited directly without having to press the Enter key or to shift the cursor to the
variable.
• Setting a PLC bit only with an STD 200 key pressed:
A PLC M-bit is set when pressing a function key, and deleted
again when the key is released.
• New character set (Greek, Latin2, Turkish) to support additional foreign languages.
• Programming the S7-200 memory submodule.
• Selection of the operating mo de of the CPU (RUN/STOP).
• Editing the V memory area.
Programming
The configuration data of the TD 200C are saved in the S7-200’s
CPU. The message texts and configuration parameters are generated using the STEP 7-Micro/WIN programming software V4.
Additional parameterization software is not required. The front
panel design is configured accordingly using the Keypad Designer (a component of STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4).
Special data areas are reserved in the S7-200’s CPU for data exchange with the TD 200C. The TD 200C directly accesses the respectively required functions of the CPU via these data areas.
Parameters can be set easily using a separate TD 200 Wizard in
STEP 7 Micro/WIN V4.
2/18
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Order No.
A)
Text Display TD 200C
With individually configurable
control elements on the front of
the device; for connecting to
SIMATIC S7-200; can be used
with STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
and higher
6ES7 272-1AA10-0YA0
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
with 90° cable feeder
• without PG connection
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
• with PG connection
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
with 35° cable feeder
• without PG connection
6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
• with PG connection
6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable
for connecting to PPI;
standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-wire,
shielded, sold by the meter, up to
1000m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1 830-0EH10
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
■ Overview
■ Design
• 3" LCD, 160 x 48 pixels, monochrome
• 8 system keys, 4 freely configurable function keys
• Numeric and alphanumeric input using cursor control keys
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Plug-in terminals for connecting a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for connecting the MPI connecting cable or
the PPI adapter
■ Function
• Operator panel for operator co ntrol and monitoring of small
machines and plants
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever
• Pixel graphics 3" LCD, monochrome
• 8 system keys, 4 freely configurable function keys
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200:
Communication with the controller is point-to-point using the integral interface
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable
• Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
■ Benefits
• High-contrast display for good readability
• Large keys for high operational safety
• Simple handling and configuring
• Fast configuring and start-up
- Service-friendly thanks to maintenance-free design (no battery) and long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
■ Application
The Operator Panels OP 73micro can be used wherever direct
operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is
required locally – whether in manufacturing automation, process
automation and building automation. They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
The OP 73micro is specially designed for use with the
SIMATIC S7-200.
Compatibility
• Same installation cutout as OP3 and TD200
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as simple graphics in the display.
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling the function keys, process images and process values in different font sizes
• Bar displays for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Language switchover during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication using password
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Task planner for glob al function execution
• Template concept;
creation of screen templates (picture elements configured in
the template appear in each picture)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading the configuration serially over RS485
- Individual contrast settings
- No batteries are necessary
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/19
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
■ Function (continued)
■ Integration
Configuration
2
Configuring is carried out with the engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or
Advanced (see HMI software/engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
The OP 73micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs
using the standard MPI bus cables or PROFIBUS DP cables (integration into networks possible).
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
The necessary HardwareSupportPackage (HSP) can be downloaded for free via the following link:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/WW/view/de/19241467
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configuration.
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP 73micro
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
LCD
3“
160 x 48
Monochrome (yellow-green)
Approx. 100,000 hours
Functions
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
4 function keys
8
Yes/yes 1)
Processor
ARM CPU
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash
128 KB
Ports
1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC
S7-200
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.1 A
Clock
Software clock, without battery
backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12,
NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
Available soon: FM, cULus, CE,
C-Tick
Certification
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
154 x 84
138 x 68
Weight
0.3 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
2/20
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
OP 73micro
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
2)
0 °C to +50 °C
2)
-20 °C to +70 °C
2)
Circulating buffer, 128 entries
each 3)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
250
1000 text elements
20
20
250
Bars
Yes
Variables
500
User administration (security)
Yes
Online languages
5
Project languages
(incl. system messages)
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
WinCC flexible, ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Task planner
Yes
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Micro
HSP for OP 73micro, OP 73,
OP 77A, TP 177micro, TP 177A
(to be ordered separately)
Serially via RS485
• Transfer of the configuration
Vertical
250
Yes
8
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Status not yet established
3) Not battery-backed
Note:
All specified values are maximum values.
The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size
of the user memory.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC OP 73micro
Order No.
SIMATIC OP 73micro
Operator panel for connecting
to the SIMATIC S7-200,
with 3" display, mono incl.
installation accessories
6AV6 640-0BA11-0AX0
Starter pack OP 73micro A)
comprising:
• Operator Panel OP 73micro
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro
engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), comprising all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
• MPI cable (5 m)
6AV6 650-0BA01-0AA0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
Service package
comprising:
• Gaskets
2
• 5 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
OP 73micro, TP 177micro
• German
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Micro
• German
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
PC/PPI Multimaster cable 1) B)
For connecting the S7-200 to the
serial PC/OP interface and for
downloading the configuration for
Micro Panels
6ES7 901-3CB03-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin,
terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
1) The PC/PPI cable with Order No. 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can also still be used
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
154
28.5
67.7
Configuration
With SIMATIC WinCC flexible
HSP OP 73micro, OP 73, OP 77A,
TP 177micro, TP 177A:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/
WW/view/de/19241467
Order No.
84
■ Ordering data
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 138 +1 x 68 + 0.7
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/21
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070
■ Overview
■ Design
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL 1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• A protective cover is availabl e as an option to achieve NEMA 4
degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
dirt and scratching
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
• Plug-type terminals for connecti on of a 24 V DC power supply
(200 mA)
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor
2
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
■ Function
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small
machines and plants
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN touch screen (analog/resistive),
Bluemode (4 levels)
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200:
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated interface over a point-to-point connection
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable
• Configuration with TP Desig ner (STEP 7 Micro/WIN Toolbox)
■ Benefits
• Fast configuring and start-up
• Service-friendly thanks to ma intenance-free design and the
long service life of the backlighting
• Standard bus cable instead of parallel wiring
• Can be used worldwide: 5 standard languages can be configured
■ Application
The Touch Panels TP 070 can be used wherever direct operator
control and monitoring of small machines and plants is required
locally – whether in manufact uring automation, process automation or building automation. They are in use in an extensive range
of sectors and applications.
The TP 070 is specially designed for use with the SIMATIC
S7-200. With their quick response times, they are also ideally
suited to jog mode.
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Buttons
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to "label" function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Configuration languages;
5 configuration languages, 1 online language
• Mathematical functions
• Simple maintenance and configuration through:
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- No batteries are necessary
Configuration
The TP 070 is configured using the configuring software
STEP 7 Micro/WIN Toolbox "TP Designer". Configuration of the
TP 070 is described in detail in the Online Help of TP Designer.
TP Designer can be used as stand-alone software or integrated
in STEP 7 Micro/Win.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configuration.
2/22
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070
■ Integration
The TP 070 can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs (except CPU 212) using standard MPI bus cables or PROFIBUS DP
cables.
Note:
For further information, see "System interfaces"
■ Technical specifications
Type
TP 070
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Touch screen
Yes/No
Processor
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
128 KB
Ports
1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC
S7-200
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.24 A
Clock
Software clock, without battery
backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in),
NEMA 4 (with protective cover)
IP20
Certification
CE, UL, CSA, FM
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
212 x 156
198 x 142
Weight
0.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
85%
Functions
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
20
80 text elements
10
Bitmaps, icons, background
images
Bars
Variables
50
Online languages
• Project languages
1
English, French, German, Italian
and Spanish
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable
Configuration tool
Micro/WIN TP Designer Version
3.1 and higher, executes under
Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serially over RS 485
• Configuration transfer
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/23
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 070
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC TP 070
Touch panel for connection to the
SIMATIC S7-200, 5.7" STN display
6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0
Dimensions in mm
Configuration
TP-Designer for TP 070 V1.0 B)
for configuration and parameterization of the TP 070; incl. documentation, on CD-ROM
6ES7 850-2BC00-0YX0
212
196
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
TP 070 Manual
• German
6AV6 591-1DC01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC01-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
6
42
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil
(pack of 10)
6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
Protective cover
(2 sets)
6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
Service package C)
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
PC/PPI cable Multimaster 1) C)
for connection of the S7-200 to
serial PC/OP interface
6ES7 901-3CB03-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
http://www.siemens.com/panels
1) The PC/PPI cable with the Order No.: 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can be used further
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/24
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_XX_00065
6ES7 810-2BC02-0YX0
140
STEP 7-Micro/WIN32
V3.2 programming software
156
2
■ Dimension drawings
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro
■ Overview
■ Design
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL 1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• A protective cover is availabl e as an option to achieve NEMA 4
degree of protection as well as for additional protection from
dirt and scratching
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
• Plug-type terminals for connecti on of a 24 V DC power supply
(200 mA)
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
■ Function
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small machines and plants
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels with
graphics capability complete with all the basic functions required for simple tasks
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN Tou ch Screen (analog/resistive),
Bluemode (4 levels)
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200:
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated interface over a point-to-point connection
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable
• The SIMATIC TP 170micro is t he innovated successor of the
SIMATIC TP 070 Touch Panel
■ Benefits
• Fast configuring and start-up
• Service-friendly thanks to ma intenance-free design and the
long service life of the backlighting
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
■ Application
The TP 170micro Touch Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of small machines and installations is required locally – whether in production automation,
process automation or building services automation. They are in
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
The TP 170micro is specially designed for use with SIMATIC
S7-200. With their quick response times, they are also ideally
suited to jog mode.
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Buttons
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on the buttons
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Language selection
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• User administration (security)
- Authentication using password
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Template concept;
generation of screen templates
• Simple maintenance and configuration through:
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- No batteries are necessary
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/25
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro
■ Function
■ Integration
Configuration
2
Configuration of the TP 170micro is carried out using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or Advanced engineering software (see HMI
software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).
The TP 170micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200 CPUs
(except for the CPU 212) using the standard MPI bus cables or
PROFIBUS DP cables (integration into networks possible).
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Importing of TP-Designer projects (TP 070) into WinCC flexible
is not possible.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configuration.
■ Technical specifications
Type
TP 170micro
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Functions
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Touch screen
Yes/yes
Processor
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
256 KB
Ports
1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC
S7-200
Power supply
• Permissible range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.24 A
Clock
Software clock, without battery
backup
Degree of protection
• Front
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Entries per diagram
• Graphics objects
TP 170micro
500
Yes
No
8
Circulating buffer, 128 entries
each 1)
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
250
500 text elements
20
20
Bitmaps, icons, background
images
Bars
Yes
Variables
250
User administration (security)
Yes
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
• Rear
IP65 (built-in),
NEMA 4 (with protective cover)
IP20
Certification
CE, UL, CSA, FM
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable
212 x 156
198 x 142
Configuration tool
Weight
0.7 kg
• Configuration transfer
From WinCC flexible 2004 Micro
(to be ordered separately)
Serially over RS 485
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
85%
1) Not battery-backed
2/26
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 170micro
Order No.
6AV6 640-0CA01-0AX0
Starter pack TP 170micro A)
comprising:
• TP 170micro Touch Panel
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro
engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
6AV6 650-0CA01-0AA0
Configuration
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
OP 170B
• German
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Micro
• German
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil
(pack of 10)
6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
Protective cover
(2 sets)
6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
Service package B)
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips
(for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
PC/PPI cable Multimaster 1) B)
for connecting the S7-200 to a
serial PC/OP interface and for
configuration download for micro
panels
6ES7 901-3CB03-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting
cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
2
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
212
196
6
1) The PC/PPI cable with Order No. 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can also still be used
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
42
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
G_ST80_XX_00065
SIMATIC TP 170micro
Touch panel for connection to the
SIMATIC S7-200, 5.7" STN display
Order No.
156
A)
140
■ Ordering data
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/27
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
■ Overview
■ Application
The TP 177micro Touch Panels can be used wherever direct operator control and monitoring of small machines and installations
is required locally – whether in production automation, process
automation or building automation. They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
2
The TP 177micro is specially designed for use with the SIMATIC
S7-200. With their quick response times, they are also ideally
suited to jog mode.
Compatibility with TP 070/ TP 170micro
• Same installation cutout as the TP 070 / TP 170micro
• The TP 070 configurations c annot be transferred from TPDesigner
■ Design
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small machines and plants
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels with
graphics capability complete with all the basic functions required for simple tasks
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN Tou ch Screen (analog/resistive),
Bluemode (4 levels)
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7-200:
Communication to the PLC is performed via the integrated interface over a point-to-point connection
• Connected to the PLC via MPI or PROFIBUS DP cable
• The SIMATIC TP 177micro is the innovative successor to the
SIMATIC TP 070/TP 170micro Touch Panels
• Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
■ Benefits
• Can even be used where installa tion space is restricted thanks
to vertical installation
• Fast configuring and start-up
• Service-friendly thanks to ma intenance-free design and the
long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
2/28
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• 5.7” STN display, CCFL 1) backlit, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
• On-screen alphanumeric keyboard
• Plug-in terminals for connecting a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for connection of the MPI cable or the PPI
adaptor
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
■ Function
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Buttons
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Vector graphics
simple geometric basic forms (line, circle and rectangle) can
be created direct in the configuring tool
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Language selection
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• User administration (security)
- Authentication using password
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Template concept;
creation of screen templates (picture elements configured in
the template appear in each picture)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through:
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading the configuration serially over RS485
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- No batteries are necessary
■ Integration
The TP 177micro can be connected to all SIMATIC S7-200-CPUs
using the standard MPI bus cables or PROFIBUS DP cables
(integration into networks possible).
2
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Configuration
Configuring is carried out with the engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or Advanced (see HMI software/engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
The necessary HardwareSupportPackage (HSP) can be
downloaded free of charge via the following link:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/WW/view/de/19241467
Importing of projects from the TP-Designer (TP 070) into WinCC
flexible is not possible.
A PC/PPI adaptor cable is needed to download the configuration.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/29
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
■ Technical specifications
2
Type
TP 177micro
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
Functions
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
(240 x 320 with vertical design)
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Touch screen
Yes / Yes 1)
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
TP 177micro
500
Yes
No
8
Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 3)
Processor
ARM CPU
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
256 KB
Ports
1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC
S7-200
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.24 A
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
250
500 text elements
20
20
Bitmaps, icons,
background images
Bars
Yes
Variables
250
Clock
Software clock, without battery
backup
User administration (security)
Yes
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
WinCC flexible, ideographic
languages
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Micro
HSP for OP 73micro, OP 73, OP
77A, TP 177micro, TP 177A
(to be ordered separately)
Serially over RS 485
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (in installed state),
NEMA 4, NEMA 4x, NEMA 12
IP20
Available soon:
FM, cULus, CE, C-Tick
Certification
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
212 x 156
198 x 142
Weight
0.7 kg
Ambient conditions 4)
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
1)
2)
3)
4)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Entries per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Configuration transfer
2)
0 °C to +50 °C
2)
2)
-20 °C to +60 °C
2)
Only English font can be displayed
Status not yet established on going to press
Not battery-backed
Ambient conditions for vertical mounting not yet specified
on going to press
Note:
All specified values are maximum values.
The total number of configurable elements is limited
by the size of the user memory.
2/30
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Micro panels
SIMATIC TP 177micro
Order No.
SIMATIC TP 177micro
Touch panel for connection to the
SIMATIC S7-200, 5.7" STN display
6AV6 640-0CA11-0AX0
Starter pack TP 177micro A)
comprising:
• TP 177micro Touch Panel
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro
engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish); comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
• MPI cable (5 m)
6AV6 650-0DA01-0AA0
Configuration
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
HSP OP 73micro, OP 73, OP 77A,
TP 177micro, TP 177A:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/
WW/view/de/19241467
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
OP 73micro, TP 177micro
• German
6AV6 691-1Df01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DF01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Micro
• German
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Order No.
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil
(pack of 10)
6AV6 671-2XC00-0AX0
Service package
comprising:
• Gaskets
• Tension clamps
• Plug-in terminal strip (block of
two)
6AV6 671-2XA00-4AX0
PC/PPI cable Multimaster 1) B)
for connecting the S7-200 to the
serial PC/OP interface and for
downloading the configuration for
Micro Panels
6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
2
1) The PC/PPI cable with Order No. 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can also still be used
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
44
212
156
A)
6.2
140
■ Ordering data
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 197+1 x 141+1
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/31
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Overview
■ Application
SIMATIC Mobile Panels are suitable for use in all sectors. They
can always be used when mobility is required in the on-site operation of machines and plants: for example, in larger production
plants, complex or fully enclosed machines, long transfer or production lines, or conveyor systems.
2
■ Design
• Mobile operator panel for dire ct operation of machines and
plants from any location
• Provides an optimum view of the workpiece or the process and,
at the same time, direct access and view of the operator unit
• Flexible use due to simple reconnection during operation
• Pixel graphics 5.7" color STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive),
16 colors
• 14 freely-configurable and fr eely-inscribable function keys
(8 with LEDs)
• Two 3-level enabling keys;
Optional variants with:
- STOP keys
- STOP keys, handwheel, key switches and illuminated pushbutton units
• Connection to the PLC and powe r supply is via the connection
box and connecting cable
■ Benefits
• Hot swapping during normal op eration without interruption of
the emergency stop circuit (with connecting box Plus) and
without causing any bus errors
• Fast, accurate set up and positioning
• Reliable operation with well -proven safety system concept
(Safety Category 3 to EN 954-1)
• Ergonomic and compa ct with low weight (approx. 1.3 kg)
• Rugged for industrial use
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Ergonomic and compact with various holding and gripping positions (suitable for right-handed and left-handed persons)
• Pixel graphics 5.7" color ST N Touch Screen (analog/resistive)
• 14 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable function keys
(8 with LEDs)
• The product is resistant to va rious oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Two 3-level enabling keys
• Optional product variants with
- STOP button or
- STOP button, handwheel, keyswitch and illuminated pushbutton.
The STOP button is specially provided with a "protective collar".
If the STOP button is connected into the EMERGENCY-STOP
loop, its function corresponds to an EMERGENCY-STOP.
• Extremely resistant to shock thanks to the double wall construction and the round housing shape
(they will survive a fall from a height of 1.5 m without any damage)
• Dust-tight and splash-proof housing to the IP65 degree of protection
• Integrated, serial, MPI and PROFIBUS interface
(up to 12 Mbit/s)
• Slot for one Compact Flash card (CF card)
• Connection to the control via t he reliable and rugged connecting box to the IP65 degree of protection:
- Connecting box Basic: allows the STOP button to be integrated into the safety circuit
- Connecting box Plus: allows the STOP button to be integrated
into the safety circuit
The emergency stop circuit always remains closed irrespective of whether the mobile panel is connected or not. Monitoring of the STOP button is possible.
Proven safety concept
The two enabling keys (to EN 60204-1) with three switching
steps each, guarantee the protection of man and machine in critical situations. They are integrated in the rear handle.
The STOP button (to EN 60204-1) is hard-wired and latches positively when operated. It can be looped into the emergency stop
circuit of a monitored system in which case it has the functionality of an emergency stop pushbutton, but it differs with respect
to its gray color. There is therefore no danger of confusion with
an emergency stop device. This is particularly important if the
mobile control unit is not connected to the machine. SIMATIC
Mobile Panels make it possible to provide safety functions at any
point of a machine or system.
STOP and enabling keys are designed with dual circuits according to the safety directives, and meet the requirements of safety
category 3 to EN 954-1.
2/32
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Design
Innovative connection concept
Configuration options with looping into emergency stop
The mobile panel is simply connected to the connecting box
where required in the system or on the machine, and is immediately available for use. The connecting box can be mounted anywhere, also outside the control cabinet. It guarantees fault-free
hot swapping, making it possible to swap the operating locations simply and reliably if there are several connection points in
a system or machine. The mobile panel can be configured such
that the associated user-interface is selected depending on the
connection point.
The versions with STOP switches can be incorporated into the
emergency stop circuit of a machine or system via the connecting boxes. Pressing the STOP switch on the mobile panel then
triggers the emergency stop. The STOP switch on the mobile
panel supplements the emergency stop device according to
EN 418 which is fixed to the machine, but does not replace it.
When disconnecting the mobile panel, the connecting box Plus
automatically closes the emergency stop circuit, thus ensuring
safe, fault-free operation when swapping its connection point.
Connection at one point of the machine
If a connecting box Basic is used, disconnecting of the mobile
panel results in opening the emergency stop circuit, and thus
triggering of the emergency stop function. This configuration is
therefore suitable for connecting the mobile panel to a fixed
point on the machine.
Wiring into the emergency stop circuit
with connection box Basic
- Mobile Panel connected - emergency stop circuit closed
- Mobile Panel disconnected - emergency stop circuit open
->Emergency stop is triggered
MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Connection box
Basic
Mobile Panel 170
with STOP switch
G_ST80_XX_00068
Emergency
stop circuit
Variable connection to different stations
of a machine or system
If a Mobile Panel 170 with STOP switch is used together with the
connecting box Plus, it is possible to design a configuration in
which the mobile panel can be used variably and is looped into
the emergency stop circuit at the same time. The emergency
stop circuit remains closed irrespective of whether the mobile
panel is connected or disconnected. When the mobile panel is
Automatic closing of emergency stop circuit
by connection box Plus
connected, the STOP button is looped into the emergency stop
circuit, when the STOP button is pressed, the circuit is opened
and the emergency stop function is activated. If the mobile panel
is disconnected during operation, the emergency stop circuit in
the connecting box Plus is automatically closed.
- Mobile Panel connected - emergency stop circuit closed
- Mobile Panel disconnected - emergency stop circuit open
MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Connecting box
[Plus 1]
Connecting box
[Plus n]
Mobile Panel 170
with STOP switch
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_XX_00069
Emergency
stop circuit
2/33
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Function
2
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals.
• Direct control of the additional operating elements (handwheel,
key-operated switch and illuminated pushbutton) as Profibus
DP input periphery (DP direct keys)
• Buttons
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Graphics
can be used as ICONs instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Vector graphics;
basic geometric shapes (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles) can
be created direct in the configuration tool
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Curve functions and bar charts
are used to visualize dynamic values
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language selection;
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Message system;
Administration of status, fault and system messages
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on optional CF card)
- Online/offline editing on the panel
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing with standard Excel and Access tools
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Interval timer
for cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy and messages (see "recommended printers")
• Dynamic positioning of object s and dynamic hiding and showing of objects
• Permanent window;
permanently defined screen area for outputting general information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
2/34
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional CF card (Compact
Flash card)
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
- No batteries are necessary
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
Configuration
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro configuration software
(see HMI software/configuration software or visualization software) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
WinCC flexible engineering software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Integration
Communication with the PLC is via PROFIBUS DP at up to
12 Mbit/s, via MPI, or via the serial interface. The interfaces are
already integrated. A wide range of drivers – also for non-Siemens PLCs – are included in the standard scope of supply. The
handwheel, keyswitch and illuminated pushbutton are directly
controlled via a DP I/O (DP direct key function).
The connecting box allows the mobile panel to be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMOTION
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon Modbus
- GE-Fanuc
- LG GLOFA GM
- Omron
2
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• SINUMERIK
(option with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE";
the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is
additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
■ Technical specifications
Type
Mobile Panel 170
With integral enabling button
Mobile Panel 170
With integral enabling button and
STOP pushbutton
Mobile Panel 170
With integral STOP pushbutton,
keyswitch, handwheel, illuminated
pushbutton and enabling button
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7’’
320 x 240
16 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7’’
320 x 240
16 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7’’
320 x 240
16 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
Touch and Key
14 (8 with LED)
Touch and Key
14 (8 with LED)
Touch and Key
14 (8 with LED)
Yes/yes 1)
No
2-channel, 3-stage
No
No
No
Yes/yes 1)
Optional, 2-channel,
forced latching, can be looped into
the EMERGENCY-OFF circuit
2-channel, 3-stage
No
No
No
Yes/yes 1)
Optional, 2-channel,
forced latching, can be looped into
the EMERGENCY-OFF circuit
2-channel, 3-stage
Yes, with 3 key positions
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operating system
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Useable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
768 KB
Flash / RAM
768 KB
Flash / RAM
768 KB
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
1
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
1
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
1
SS5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC Soft/Slot PLC (from V 3.0),
SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1),
Telemecanique (ADJUST)2), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
SS5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC Soft/Slot PLC (from V 3.0),
SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1),
Telemecanique (ADJUST)2), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
SS5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC Soft/Slot PLC (from V 3.0),
SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1),
Telemecanique (ADJUST)2), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
Control elements
• Type of operator control
• Programmable,
freely inscribable function keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
• STOP pushbuttons
• Enabling button
• Keyswitch
• Illuminated pushbutton
• Handwheel
Expansions for operator control
of the process
• DP direct keys/LEDs
(function keys and operator
elements - handwheel, keyswitch,
illuminated pushbuttons - and OP
keys/LEDs as I/O)
Ports
• CF card slot
Interface with PLC
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/35
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Technical specifications (continued)
2
Type
Mobile Panel 170
With integral enabling button
Mobile Panel 170
With integral enabling button and
STOP pushbutton
Mobile Panel 170
With integral STOP pushbutton,
keyswitch, handwheel, illuminated pushbutton and enabling
button
Clock
Hardware clock without battery
backup
Hardware clock without battery
backup
Hardware clock without battery
backup
Power supply
Via junction box
Via junction box
Via junction box
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
- Operation
- Transport, storage
0 °C to 40 °C
-20 °C to 60 °C
0 °C to 40 °C
-20 °C to 60 °C
0 °C to 40 °C
-20 °C to 60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
80%
80%
80%
External dimensions in mm
W 245 / D 58
W 245 / D 58
W 245 / D 58
Weight
1.3 kg
1.3 kg
1.3 kg
Certification
cULus, CE, SIBE
cULus, CE, SIBE
cULus, CE, SIBE
1000
1000
Yes
1 x 70
1000
1000
Yes
1 x 70
1000
1000
Yes
1 x 70
Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 3)
Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 3)
Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 3)
Recipes
• Records per recipe
• Entries per record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash, expandable 4)
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash, expandable 4)
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash, expandable 4)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
100
2000 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
100
2000 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
100
2000 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
1000
1000
1000
Password protection (levels)
10
10
10
Printer functions
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages
Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages
Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
Timer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Functionality when configuring
with ProTool
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• System messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Message buffer
3) Not battery-backed
4) By means of optional CF card
2/36
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
Mobile Panel 170
With integral enabling button
Mobile Panel 170
With integral enabling button and
STOP pushbutton
Mobile Panel 170
With integral STOP pushbutton,
keyswitch, handwheel, illuminated
pushbutton and enabling button
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
2000
Yes
Yes
8
2000
Yes
Yes
8
2000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 3)
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 3)
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 3)
Recipes
• Records per recipe
• Entries per record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 4)
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 4)
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 4)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
2500 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
500
2500 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
500
2500 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
1000
1000
1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
10
32
Variable
10
32
Variable
Printer functions
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
Task planner (timer)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Configuration tool
From ProTool/Lite Version 6.0 SP2
or from WinCC flexible 2004 Compact (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP/ automatic transfer detection
From ProTool/Lite Version 6.0 SP2
or from WinCC flexible 2004 Compact (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP/ automatic transfer detection
From ProTool/Lite Version 6.0 SP2
or from WinCC flexible 2004 Compact (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP/ automatic transfer detection
• Configuration transfer
3) Not battery-backed
4) By means of optional CF card
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/37
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Technical specifications (continued)
2
Type
Junction box Basic:
Junction box Plus:
Ports
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485 max. 12 Mbit/s
Expansions for operator control
of the process
• Hot swapping
• Monitoring of the
STOP pushbutton
• Location identification
With interruption in emergency stop circuit
No
Without interruption in emergency stop circuit
Yes
Yes
Yes
Housing degree of protection
IP65
IP65
Power supply
24 V DC
24 V DC
Dimensions
• External dimensions
W x H x D in mm
160 x 120 x 70
160 x 120 x 70
Weight
0.35 kg
0.4 kg
Ambient conditions
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
-20 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity
85%
85%
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
Order No.
A)
• With integral enabling button
6AV6 545-4BA16-0CX0
• With integral enabling button
and STOP pushbutton
6AV6 545-4BB16-0CX0
• With integral enabling button,
STOP pushbutton, handwheel,
keyswitch and illuminated pushbutton
6AV6 545-4BC16-0CX0
Junction box B)
• Basic
6AV6 574-1AE04-4AA0
• Plus
6AV6 574-1AE14-4AA0
Cable
Standard cables
•2m
6XV1 440-4AH20
•5m
6XV1 440-4AH50
• 10 m
6XV1 440-4AN10
• 25 m
6XV1 440-4AN25
Intermediate lengths 1)
•8m
6XV1 440-4AH80
• 15 m
6XV1 440-4AN15
• 20 m
6XV1 440-4AN20
Wall mount for
Mobile Panel 170
6AV6 574-1AF04-4AA0
1) Delivery period approx. 6 weeks
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/38
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Order No.
A)
Starter package Basic
• Mobile Panel 170 with integral
enabling button
• Junction box Basic
• Cable, 10 m
• Wall mount
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Software update service for
1 year
6AV6 575-1AJ06-0CX0
Starter package Plus A)
• Mobile Panel 170 with integral
enabling button, STOP pushbutton, handwheel, keyswitch and
illuminated pushbutton
• Junction box Plus
• Cable, 10 m
• Wall mount
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Software update service for
1 year
6AV6 575-1AJ16-0CX0
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
with SIMATIC ProTool and
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
Brief start-up instructions for
Mobile Panel 170 (ProTool)
• German
6AV6 591-1EC30-0AA0
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
• English
6AV6 591-1EC30-0AB0
ProTool user manual
configuring Windows-based
systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
Configuration
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual Mobile
Panel 170 (WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DC01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DC01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DC01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DC01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DC01-0AE0
User manual WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
Manual Communication for
Windows-based systems
(ProTool)
• German
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
User manual WinCC flexible
Communication
• German
2
Accessories for supplementary ordering
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product
manuals and communication
manuals for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Mobile Panel 170 Manual
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 591-1DC30-0AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC30-0AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC30-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC30-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC30-0AE0
CF card, 32 MB
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
Protective foil
to protect the Touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
6AV6 574-1AD04-4AA0
Protective pockets
for labeling strips (set of 5)
6AV6 574-1AB04-4AA0
Service package
comprising:
• Blanking plugs for cable duct
• 2 x PG screwed gland for junction box
• 1 set of screws for junction box
cover
• 2 x terminal box (12-pin)
• Dummy cap for junction box
6AV6 574-1AA04-4AA0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/39
Operator control and monitoring devices
Mobile panels — 170 series
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
123.9
24.6
o
18
7.8
G_ST80_XX_00046
245
92.3
61.3
SIMATIC Mobile Panel front and rear views
100.7
Wall mount for SIMATIC Mobile Panel
■ More information
Dimensions in mm
For further information, visit our website at
62.7
43
10
140
http://www.siemens.com/mobile-panels
Connecting box for SIMATIC Mobile Panel
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_XX_00045
110
120
142 ± 2
160
150
2/40
225.2
8o
121.7
8o
2
G_ST80_XX_00047
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
■ Overview
■ Design
The TD17 Text Display is based on OP7/OP17 technology.
• LED-backlit LCD:
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm.
• 7 system keys
• Metal-reinforced plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Small mounting depth
• Electronic fuse
■ Function
• Text display for displaying and storing messages
• For use directly at the machine as well as in a control room
• LED-backlit LCD:
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm.
• 7 system keys
■ Benefits
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability
• Fast variable updating
• Easy handling and configuration
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse
■ Application
The TD17 Text Displays can be used in all applications in which
monitoring of machines and installations is required on site –
whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use in an extensive range of
sectors and applications.
The TD17 is simply for display purposes and does not support
intervention in the process.
Message functions
• Integration of up to 8 process values per alarm
• Operating and system message buffer
• Scrolling in messages
• Specification of message priorities
• Date and time in messages
• Mixed operation using upper and lower case letters
Other functions
• Loadable firmware
• Contrast adjustment
• User-friendly native driver for various non-Siemens PLCs
• Backup/restore function for firmware and user data (ProSave)
• PLC orders to trigger PLC-controlled actions
• Language selection with 3 online languages
Configuration
Configuring is performed using the configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/
Pro Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
■ Integration
The TD17 can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• Non-Siemens PLCs, including
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon
- Omron
- GE Fanuc
Note:
For further information, see "System interfaces".
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/41
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
■ Technical specifications
2
Type
TD17
Type
TD17
Display
• Number of lines (max.)
• Characters per line (max.)
• Character height (mm)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C
LCD
8
40
6 or 11
Monochrome
Approx. 200,000 hours
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
+/- 90°
90°
Control elements
• System keys
Operating system
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Membrane keyboard
7
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to 50 °C
0 °C to 35 °C
-25 °C to 70 °C
RMOS
• Max. relative humidity
95%
Functionality 1)
Flash / RAM
128 KB
Ports
1 x TTY, 1 x RS 232,
1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST),
Modicon (Modbus), other
non-Siemens PLCs
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.34 A
Backup battery
Optional, 3.6 V
Clock
Hardware clock,
synchronized/with backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (when installed)
IP20
Certification
GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
240 x 98
231 x 89
Weight
0.9 kg
Message system
• Operating messages
• System messages
• Message length (lines x characters)
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
999
Yes
2 x 40
8
Battery-backed cyclic buffer,
256 entries each
Variables
1.000
Password protection (levels)
10
Online languages
• Project languages
3
Danish, German, English, Finnish,
French, Greek, Italian, Dutch,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Help system
Yes
Configuration tool
ProTool/Lite Version 2.51
upwards, executable under
Windows 98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(must be ordered separately)
Serial
• Configuration transfer
1) The specifications are maximum values.
The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the
user memory.
2/42
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC TD17
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC TD17
Text display, 8 lines,
40 characters/line,
incl. mounting accessories
Order No.
■ Dimension drawings
6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0
Dimensions in mm
2
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
6AV3 991-1AE00-0AX0
89
98
Communication manual
Instructions for connection of
TD/OP to the controller
• German
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
• English
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
1) Depth includes connectors and cabel connectors
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection A)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 231 x 89
51 1)
231
240
4
G_ST80_XX_00062
TD17 Manual
Multi-language (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish)
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Service package for
TD17, OP7 and OP17 1)
comprising:
• 1 x TD17 gasket
• 1 x OP7 gasket
• 1 x OP17 gasket
• 5 x clamping blocks
• 2-pin plug-in terminal strip
6AV3 678-1CC10
Backup battery
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B, MP 370
W79084-E1001-B2
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
System interfaces
See page 2/130
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
http://www.siemens.com/panels
1) Included in scope of supply
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/43
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3
■ Overview
■ Function
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured specific to the
display)
2
Message functions
• Process value indication
• Management and editing of operating messages
• Date and time in messages
• Definition of message priorities
Other functions
• Limit value check for inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S7
• Password protection
• Language selection with 3 online languages
• Contrast adjustment
• Linear conversion
• Variable limit values
• Operator panel for operator co ntrol and monitoring of small
machines and plants
• Specifically for SIMATIC S7
• Can also be used as a hand-held device
• LED-backlit LCD: 2-line, 20 char acters/line; character height
5 mm.
• 18 system keys, of which 5 ar e freely configurable function
keys
■ Benefits
• Easy handling and configuration
• Small and compact
• Extensive functionality, e.g.:
- Linear conversion
- Variable limit values
- PG function STATUS/CONTROL of variables
■ Application
The OP3 Operator Panels can be used in all small-scale applications in which operator control and monitoring of machines
and installations is required on site – whether in production
automation, process automation or building service automation.
They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
■ Design
• LED-backlit LCD, 2-line, 20 char acters/line; character height
5 mm
• 18 system keys, of which 5 ar e freely configurable function
keys
• Plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Small mounting depth
2/44
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Configuration
Configuring is performed using the configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/
Pro Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
■ Integration
Fast and easy coupling to SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400
PLCs (PPI or MPI) is possible over the integral interface.
An additional master (e.g. PG or OP) is permissible in the PPI
network.
Note
For further information see "System interfaces"
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP3
Type
OP3
Display
• Number of lines (max.)
• Characters per line (max.)
• Character height (mm)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
LCD
2
20
5
Monochrome
Approx. 200,000 hours
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
+/- 180°
180°
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
5 function keys
18
Yes/No
Operating system
RMOS
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
128 KB
Ports
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 485
Connection to PLC
S7-200, S7-300/400
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.07 A
Clock
Software clock,
without battery backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in)
IP20
Certification
GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
148 x 76
138 x 68
Weight
0.25 kg
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical mounting)
- Operation (max. angle
of inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
2
0 °C to +60 °C
0 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
85%
Functionality 1)
Message system
• Status messages
• System messages
• Message length (lines x characters)
• No. of process values per message
499
Yes
2 x 20
8
Process diagrams
• Entries per diagram
40
20
Graphics objects
Character graphics
Variables
1024
Password protection (levels)
10
Online languages
• Project languages
3
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
Yes, with S7
Configuration tool
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI
• Transfer of the configuration
1) The specifications are maximum values.
The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the
user memory.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/45
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP3
SIMATIC OP3
Operator panel, 2-line,
20 characters/line, 18 system
keys, incl. mounting accessories:
• Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point
connection to SIMATIC S7 and
for transmitting the configuration
data from PC/PG with MPI card
• Cable (3 m) for transmitting the
configuration data from PC/PG
with RS 232 interface
• Cable (5 m) for 24 V DC power
supply
6AV3 503-1DB10
SIMATIC OP3 starter kit A)
comprising:
• OP3 operator panel with
mounting accessories
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software
• Cable (2.5 m) for point-to-point
connection to SIMATIC S7 and
for transmitting the configuration
data from PC/PG with MPI card
• Cable (3 m) for transmitting the
configuration data from PC/PG
with RS 232 interface
• 24 V DC power supply
cable (5 m)
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
6AV6 520-0AA06-0CX0
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
68
76
2
Order No.
138
148
Panel coutout (W x H) in mm: 138 x 68
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, ProTool
or ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
OP3 Manual
• German
6AV3 591-1AD00-1AA0
• English
6AV3 591-1AD00-1AB0
• French
6AV3 591-1AD00-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 591-1AD00-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 591-1AD00-1AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection A)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Plug-type power supply unit
for convenient configuration of
OP3:
• 230 V AC/24 V DC
• 115 V AC/24 V DC
1)
6ES7 705-0AA00-1AA0
6ES7 705-0AA00-1BA0
System interfaces
See page 2/108
Connecting cables
See page 2/126
1) Not approved for sale in EU countries
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
2/46
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
http://www.siemens.com/panels
20
4
27
G_ST80_XX_00057
■ Ordering data
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
■ Overview
■ Function
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric/numeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured specific to the
display)
• Insert strips for all function keys
• Function keys partially with two-color LED
Message functions
• Process value indication
• Management and editing of operating and fault messages
• Date and time in messages
• Definition of message priorities
• Differentiation between first and last value messages
• Help text on messages, diagrams, etc.
• Compact, multi-functional operat or panel for operator control
and monitoring of machines and plants
• LED-backlit LCD: 4-line, 20 char acters/line; character height
8 mm
• 22 system keys, 8 freely-configur able and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
■ Benefits
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability
• Fast variable updating
• Extensive functionality for effici ent HMI – from receipe management through linear conversion as far as the backing up and restoring of firmware and user data
• Easy handling and configuration
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse
■ Application
The OP7 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
■ Design
• LED-backlit LCD, 4-line, 20 characters/line;
character height 8 mm
• 22 system keys, 8 freely-configur able and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• Plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Small mounting depth
• Electronic fuse
• Interfaces:
- OP7/PP:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422
- OP7/DP:
RS 232, RS 485/422,
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s
- OP7/DP-12:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422,
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
Other functions
• Limit value check for inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5
and S7
• Password protection
• Language selection with 3 online languages
• Selection from 17 languages, including system messages
(also with Cyrillic character set)
• Contrast adjustment
• PLC orders to trigger PLC-controlled actions
• Recipe management
• DP direct keys for fast and deterministic operator actions
• Linear conversion
• Native drivers for third-party PLCs
• PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
• Variable limit values
• Integrated printer port
Service concept
• Backup/restoring of configuration, firmware and recipe data
records
• Loadable firmware
Configuration
Configuring is performed using the configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/
Pro Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
■ Integration
The OP7 can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• Non-Siemens PLCs, e.g.
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon
- Omron
- GE Fanuc
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/47
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
■ Technical specifications
2
Type
OP7/PP
OP7/DP
OP7/DP-12
Display
• Line display
- No. of lines (max.)
- Characters per line (max.)
- Character height
LCD
LCD
LCD
4
20
8
4
20
8
4
20
8
• Colors
Monochrome
Monochrome
Monochrome
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
Approx. 100,000 hours
Approx. 100,000 hours
Approx. 100,000 hours
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
8 function keys, 4 with LEDs
22
Yes/yes
Membrane keyboard
8 function keys, 4 with LEDs
22
Yes/yes
Membrane keyboard
8 function keys, 4 with LEDs
22
Yes/yes
Operating system
RMOS
RMOS
RMOS
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
128 KB
Flash / RAM
128 KB
Flash / RAM
128 KB
Ports
1 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/485,
1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
(up to 1.5 Mbit/s)
1 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485,
1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
(up to 12 Mbit/s)
Connection to PLC
S5, 505, SINUMERIK,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)
Modicon (Modbus),
other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400,
SINUMERIK
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
SINUMERIK, Allen Bradley (DF1),
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST) Modicon (Modbus),
other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.19 A
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.19 A
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.19 A
Clock
Software clock,
without battery backup
Software clock,
without battery backup
Software clock,
without battery backup
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4, NEMA 4X
IP20
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4, NEMA 4X
IP20
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4, NEMA 4X
IP20
GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex Zone 2,
Ex Zone 22
GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex Zone 2,
Ex Zone 22
GL, FM, UL, CSA, CE, Ex Zone 2,
Ex Zone 22
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
144 x 180
135 x 171
144 x 180
135 x 171
144 x 180
135 x 171
Weight
0.43 kg
0.43 kg
0.43 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
+/- 90°
90°
+/- 90°
90°
+/- 90°
90°
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
Certification
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical mounting)
0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 °C to +35 °C
tion)
- Transport, storage
-25 °C to +70 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
95%
95%
95%
• DP direct keys/LEDs
(OP keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
-
Yes
Yes
Peripherals
Printer
Printer
Printer
• Max. relative humidity
Expansion for operator-process
communication
2/48
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
OP7/PP
OP7/DP
OP7/DP-12
499
499
Yes
4 x 20
499
499
Yes
4 x 20
499
499
Yes
4 x 20
8
8
8
Functionality 1)
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• System messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
2
Ring buffer, 256 entries each
Ring buffer, 256 entries each
Ring buffer, 256 entries each
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
99
99
99
4 KB integrated flash
99
99
99
4 KB integrated flash
99
99
99
4 KB integrated flash
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Entries per diagram
• Variables per diagram
99
31,680 text elements
99
792
99
31,680 text elements
99
792
99
31,680 text elements
99
792
Graphics objects
Character graphics
Character graphics
Character graphics
Variables
2048
2048
2048
Password protection (levels)
10
10
10
Printer functions
Hardcopy, messages
Hardcopy, messages
Hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
3
Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
3
Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
3
Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Configuration tool
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial
• Transfer of the configuration
1) The specifications are maximum values.
The total number of configurable
elements is limited by the size of the user memory.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/49
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
■ Ordering data
2
Order No.
Order No.
SIMATIC OP7
Operator panel, 4-line,
20 characters/line, 22 system
keys; incl. mounting accessories:
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
OP7/OP17 Manual
• German
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0
• OP7/PP
for connection to
SIMATIC S5/505 and PLCs
from other vendors; with
- 1x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface
6AV3 607-1JC00-0AX1
• English
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
• OP7/DP
for connection to SIMATIC
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and
PLCs from other vendors; with
- 1x RS 232 interface
- 1x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
interface, 1.5 Mbit/s
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface
6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1
Communication manual
Instructions for connection of
TD/OP to the controller
• German
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
• English
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• OP7/DP-12
for connection to
SIMATIC S5/S7/505,
PROFIBUS DP and PLCs
from other vendors; with
- 1x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
interface, 12 Mbit/s
- 1x RS 422/RS 485 interface
6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1
SIMATIC OP7/PP starter kit
comprising:
• OP7/PP Operator Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool/
Lite configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Standard function blocks
• Connecting cable between
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP,
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)
6AV6 520-0CA06-0CX0
SIMATIC OP7/DP starter kit 1) A)
As OP7/PP starter kit,
but with OP7/DP
6AV6 520-0CB06-0CX0
• Spanish
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
Configuration set
for SIMATIC OP7 and
SIMATIC OP17 A)
comprising:
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Standard function blocks
• Connecting cable between
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP;
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)
6AV6 573-1AA06-0CX0
2/50
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
A)
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Service package for TD17 2),
OP7 and OP17
comprising:
• 1 x TD17 gasket
• 1 x OP7 gasket
• 1 x OP17 gasket
• 5 x clamping blocks
• 2-pin plug-in terminal strip
6AV3 678-1CC10
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
System interfaces
See page 2/130
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
1) Native drivers cannot be used with DP variants
2) Included in scope of supply
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP7
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
42,5
144
http://www.siemens.com/panels
30
116,5
39
171
180
30
2
Panel cutout (B x H) in mm: 135 x 171
29
G_ST80_XX_00058
135
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/51
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
■ Overview
■ Function
Operator functions
• Alphanumeric/numeric setpoint input using system keys
• Softkeys (function of the keys can be configured specific to the
display)
• Insert strips for all function keys
• Function keys partially with two-color LED
2
Message functions
• Process value indication
• Management and editing of operating and fault messages
• Date and time in messages
• Definition of message priorities
• Differentiation between first and last value messages
• Help text on messages, diagrams, etc.
• Mixed operation using upper and lower case letters
• High-performance operator panel for easy operator control
and monitoring of machines and plants
• LED-backlit LCD:
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm
• 22 system keys, 24 freely-configu rable and freely-inscribable
function keys (16 with LEDs)
■ Benefits
• Clearly contrasting display, easier to read
• Large keys for enhanced operating reliability
• Fast variable updating
• Extensive functionality for effici ent HMI – from receipe management through linear conversion as far as the backing up and restoring of firmware and user data
• Easy handling and configuration
• Maintenance-free thanks to electronic fuse
■ Application
The OP17 Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required locally – whet her in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Service concept
• Backup/restoring of configuration, firmware and recipe data
records
• Loadable firmware
Configuration
Configuring is performed using the configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/
Pro Configuration (see configuration or visualization software)
■ Integration
■ Design
• LED-backlit LCD
- 4-line, 20 characters/line; character height 11 mm or
- 8-line, 40 characters/line; character height 6 mm
• 22 system keys, 24 freely-configu rable and freely-inscribable
function keys (16 with LEDs)
• Plastic housing with membrane front
• The front is resistant to variou s oils, greases and standard detergents
• Small mounting depth
• Electronic fuse
• Optional battery can be used
• Interfaces:
- OP17/PP:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422
- OP17/DP:
RS 232, RS 485/422, PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s
- OP17/DP-12:
RS 232/TTY, RS 485/422,
PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
2/52
Other functions
• Limit value check for inputs
• STATUS VAR/CONTROL VAR in conjunction with SIMATIC S5
and S7
• Password protection
• Language selection with 3 online languages
• Selection from 17 languages, including system messages
(also with Cyrillic character set)
• Contrast adjustment
• PLC orders to trigger PLC-controlled actions
• Recipe management
• DP direct keys for fast and deterministic operator actions
• Linear conversion
• Native drivers for third-party PLCs
• PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
• Variable limit values
• Internal real-time clock
• 48 timed interrupts
• Integrated printer port
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The OP17 can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• Non-Siemens PLCs, e.g.
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- Modicon
- Omron
- GE Fanuc
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP17/PP
OP17/DP
OP17/DP-12
Display
• Number of lines (max.)
• Characters per line (max.)
• Character height (mm)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
LCD
8
40
6 or 11
Monochrome
Approx. 200,000 hours
LCD
8
40
6 or 11
Monochrome
Approx. 200,000 hours
LCD
8
40
6 or 11
Monochrome
Approx. 200,000 hours
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
24 function keys, 16 with LEDs
22
Yes/No
Membrane keyboard
24 function keys, 16 with LEDs
22
Yes/No
Membrane keyboard
24 function keys, 16 with LEDs
22
Yes/No
Operating system
RMOS
RMOS
RMOS
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
256 KB
Flash / RAM
256 KB
Flash / RAM
256 KB
Interfaces
2 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422/485,
1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
(up to 1.5 Mbit/s)
2 x RS 232/TTY, 1 x RS 422/485,
1 x PPI/MPI/ PROFIBUS DP
(up to 12 Mbit/s)
Connection to PLC
S5, 505, SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)
Modicon (Modbus),
other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, 505, SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)
Modicon (Modbus),
other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, 505, SINUMERIK, Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)
Modicon (Modbus),
other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.39 A
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.39 A
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.39 A
Backup battery
Optional, 3.6 V
Optional, 3.6 V
Optional, 3.6 V
Clock
Hardware clock,
buffered/synchronized
Hardware clock,
buffered/synchronized
Hardware clock,
buffered/synchronized
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4x
IP20
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4x
IP20
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4x
IP20
cULus 508, CE with EMC, CSA,
NEMA / UL50 Typ4, FM, ExZone
2/22, ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, PRS
cULus 508, CE with EMC, CSA,
NEMA / UL50 Typ4, FM, ExZone
2/22, ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, PRS
cULus 508, CE with EMC, CSA,
NEMA / UL50 Typ4, FM, ExZone
2/22, ABS, DNV, GL, LRS, PRS
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
240 x 204
231 x 195
240 x 204
231 x 195
240 x 204
231 x 195
Weight
0.96 kg
0.96 kg
0.96 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
+/- 90°
90°
+/- 90°
90°
+/- 90°
90°
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
Certification
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical mounting)
0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 °C to +35 °C
tion)
- Transport, storage
-25 °C to +70 °C
• Max. relative humidity
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP
keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals
-25 °C to +70 °C
-25 °C to +70 °C
95%
95%
95%
-
Yes
Yes
Printer
Printer
Printer
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2
2/53
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
OP17/PP
OP17/DP
OP17/DP-12
999
999
Yes
2 x 40
999
999
Yes
2 x 40
999
999
Yes
2 x 40
8
8
8
Ring buffer with battery backup,
256 entries each
Ring buffer with battery backup,
256 entries each
Ring buffer with battery backup,
256 entries each
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
99
99
99
20 KB integrated flash
99
99
99
20 KB integrated flash
99
99
99
20 KB integrated flash
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Entries per diagram
• Variables per diagram
• Graphics objects
99
31,860 text elements
99
792
Character graphics
99
31,860 text elements
99
792
Character graphics
99
31,860 text elements
99
792
Character graphics
Variables
2048
2048
2048
Password protection (levels)
10
10
10
Printer functions
Messages
Messages
Messages
Online languages
• Project languages
3
Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
3
Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
3
Czech, Danish, Dutch, German,
English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Timer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Configuration tool
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial
From ProTool/Lite Version 2.51,
executes under Windows
98/SE/ME/NT/2000
(to be ordered separately)
Serial
Functionality 1)
2
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• System messages
• Message length (lines x characters)
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
• Transfer of the configuration
1) The specifications are maximum values.
The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size of the
user memory.
2/54
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC OP17
Operator panel, 4-line,
20 characters/line or 8-line,
40 characters/line, 22 system
keys; incl. mounting accessories
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• OP17/PP
for connection to
SIMATIC S5/505 and PLCs
from other vendors, with
- 2 x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface
6AV3 617-1JC00-0AX1
• OP17/DP
for connection to
SIMATIC S5/S7, PROFIBUS DP
and PLCs from other vendors,
with
- 2 x RS 232 interface
- 1 x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
interface, 1.5 Mbit/s
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface
6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX1
• OP17/DP-12
for connection to SIMATIC
S5/S7/505, PROFIBUS DP and
PLCs from other vendors, with
- 2 x RS 232/TTY interface
- 1 x PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
interface, 12 Mbit/s
- 1 x RS 422/RS 485 interface
6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1
SIMATIC OP17/PP starter kit A)
comprising:
• OP17/PP Operator Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool/
Lite configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Standard function blocks
• Connecting cable between
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP,
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)
6AV6 520-0EA06-0CX0
SIMATIC OP17/DP starter kit1) A)
As OP17/PP starter kit,
but with OP17/DP
6AV6 520-0EB06-0CX0
OP7/OP17 Manual
• German
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AA0
• English
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 991-1AE05-1AE0
Communication manual
Instructions for connection of
TD/OP to the controller
• German
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
• English
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• Spanish
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
Configuration set
for SIMATIC OP7
and SIMATIC OP17 A)
comprising:
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Standard function blocks
• Connecting cable between
PG/PC (9-pin, RS 232) and OP;
3.2 m (6XV1 440-2KH32)
6AV6 573-1AA06-0CX0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
2
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
A)
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Service package for TD17 2),
OP7 and OP17
comprising:
• 1 x TD17 gasket
• 1 x OP7 gasket
• 1 x OP17 gasket
• 5 x clamping blocks
• 2-pin plug-in terminal strip
6AV3 678-1CC10
Backup battery
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B, MP 370
W79084-E1001-B2
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
System interfaces
See page 2/130
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
1) Native drivers cannot be used with DP variants
2) Included in scope of supply
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/55
Operator control and monitoring devices
Text Panels
SIMATIC OP17
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
54
240
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 231 x 195
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
132
30
30
G_ST80_XX_00052
231
2/56
http://www.siemens.com/panels
50
195
204
120
35
35
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 73
■ Overview
■ Design
• 3" LCD, 160 x 48 pixels, monochrome
• 8 system keys, 4 freely configurable function keys
• Numeric and alphanumeric input using cursor control keys
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for process co nnections (MPI, PROFIBUS DP
to 1.5 Mbit/s) and for configuration download
■ Function
• Operator panel for operator co ntrol and monitoring of small
machines and plants
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever
• Pixel graphics 3" LCD, monochrome
• 8 system keys, 4 freely configurable function keys
• All interfaces on board (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP)
• SIMATIC OP 73 is the successor to the OP3 Operator Panel
• Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
■ Benefits
• High-contrast display for good readability
• Large keys for high operational safety
• Simple handling and configuring
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Service-friendly through mainte nance-free design (no battery)
and high service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is availabl e complete with ready-to-use
display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
■ Application
The OP 73B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Compatibility with OP3
• Same installation cutout as OP3
• Transfer of OP3 configurations from ProTool/Lite, ProTool and
ProTool/Pro
Migration manual with description of the essential changes to
OP3 or ProTool
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
• Graphics
can be used as icons instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as simple graphics in the display.
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Bars for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Language switchover during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Task planner for executin g functions globally
• Template concept;
Creation of picture templates (picture elements configured in
the template appear in each picture)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Download of the configuration via MPI/PROFIBUS DP or
serially via RS485
- Individual contrast settings
- No batteries are necessary
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/57
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 73
■ Function (continued)
■ Integration
Configuration
2
Configuration is carried out using the SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact, Standard or Advanced engineering software (see HMI
software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software).
The OP 73 can be connected to the following:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
The necessary HardwareSupportPackage (HSP) can be downloaded for free via the following link:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/WW/view/de/19241467
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP 73
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
LCD
3“
160 x 48
Monochrome (yellow-green)
Approx. 100,000 hours
Functions
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
4 function keys
8
Yes/yes 1)
Processor
ARM CPU
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash
256 KB
Ports
1 x RS 485
Interface with PLC
S7-200, S7-300/400, WinAC
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
Clock
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
1000
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.1 A
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Software clock,
without battery backup
Online languages
5
Project languages
(incl. system messages)
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
WinCC flexible,
ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Task planner
Yes
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Compact HSP for OP 73micro, OP 73,
OP 77A, TP 177micro, TP 177A
(to be ordered separately)
Serial through
RS485/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
IP65 (in installed state) NEMA 12,
NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
Weight
0.3 kg
• Max. relative humidity
2/58
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 3)
Variables
154 x 84
138 x 68
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
500
Yes
8
500
1000 text elements
20
20
500
Bars
Yes
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
Available soon: FM, cULus, CE,
C-Tick
Certification
OP 73
Vertical
2)
• Transfer of the configuration
0 °C to +50 °C
2)
-20 °C to +70 °C
2)
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Status not yet established on going to press
3) Not battery-backed
Note:
All specified values are maximum values.
The total of all configured elements is limited by the size of the
user memory
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 73
■ Ordering data
A)
Order No.
SIMATIC OP 73
Operator panel with 3" display,
monochrome, including mounting accessories
6AV6 641-0AA11-0AX0
Starter pack OP 73 A)
comprising:
• OP 73 Operator Panel
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), comprising all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
• MPI cable (5 m)
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable
• Software update service
for 1 year
6AV6 651-1AA01-0AA0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
2
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Configuration
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
HSP OP 73micro, OP 73, OP 77A,
TP 177micro, TP 177A:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/
WW/view/de/19241467
Order No.
B)
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
• German
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA1
• English
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB1
• French
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC1
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD1
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE1
User manual
WinCC flexible Compact/
Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Service pack
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 5 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
PC/PPI Multimaster cable 1) C)
6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
1) The PC/PPI cable with Order No. 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can also still be used
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/59
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 73
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
2
http://www.siemens.com/panels
154
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 138 +1 x 68 + 0.7
2/60
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
67.7
84
28.5
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77A
■ Overview
■ Application
The OP 77A operator panels can be used wherever direct operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required locally – whether in manufacturing automation, process
automation or building automation. They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Compatibility with OP7
• Same panel cutout as OP7
• Importing of OP7 configurations from ProTool/Lite, ProTool and
ProTool/Pro
Migration manual with description of the essential changes from
OP7 or ProTool
■ Design
• Compact Operator Panel for operating and monitoring machines and plants
• Together with the OP 77B, it is the successor to the successful
OP7
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever
• Pixel graphics 4.5" LC display, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configur able and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• All interfaces on board (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP)
• Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
■ Benefits
• High-contrast display for good readability
• Large keys for high operational safety
• Simple handling and configuring
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduction in service and star tup costs thanks to maintenancefree design (no battery) and long service life of the backlighting
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Graphics library is availabl e complete with ready-to-use
display objects
• 4.5" LCD, 160 x 64 pixels, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configur able and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• Numeric and alphanumeric input facilities
• Compact design with shallow installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for process lin ks (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to
1.5 Mbit/s) and for downloading the configuration
■ Function
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
• Graphics
can be used as icons instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as simple graphics in the display.
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
values in any character size
• Bars for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language switchover during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Message system
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/61
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77A
■ Function (continued)
2
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Task planner for cyclic function processing
• Template concept;
display elements configured in the template appear in each
display
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Download of the configuration via MPI/PROFIBUS DP and
serially via RS 485
- Individual contrast settings
- No batteries are necessary
Configuration
Configuration is carried out using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or Advanced configuration software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible
engineering software).
The necessary HardwareSupportPackage (HSP) can be downloaded free of charge via the following link:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/WW/view/de/19241467
2/62
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Integration
The OP 77A can be connected to the following:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77A
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP 77A
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
LCD
4.5“
160 x 64
Monochrome (yellow-green)
Approx. 100,000 hours
Expansion for operator-process
communication
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
8 function keys, 4 with LED
23
Yes/yes 1)
Processor
ARM CPU
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
256 KB
Ports
1 x RS 422/485
Interface with PLC
S7-200, S7-300/400, WinAC
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.2 A
Clock
Software clock, synchronized 2)
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
Certification
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12,
NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
OP 77A
2
Functions
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
1000
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 2)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
1000 text elements
30
30
1000
Bars
Yes
Variables
1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Online languages
5
Project languages
(incl. system messages)
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Available soon: FM, cULus,
CE, C-Tick, EX zone 2/22,
shipbuilding
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
150 x 186
135 x 171
Character set
WinCC flexible, ideographic
languages
Weight
0.5 kg
Help system
Yes
Task planner
Yes
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Compact HSP for OP 73micro, OP 73,
OP 77A, TP 177micro, TP 177A
(to be ordered separately)
Serial / via
RS485/MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Not battery-backed
3) Status not yet established
Vertical
3)
0 °C to +50 °C
3)
• Transfer of the configuration
-20 °C to +60 °C
3)
Note:
All specified values are maximum values.
The total of all configured elements is limited by the size of the
user memory
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/63
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77A
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
2
SIMATIC OP 77A
Operator panel with 4.5" display,
monochrome, including mounting accessories
A)
Starter pack OP 77A
comprising:
• Operator Panel OP 77A
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish), comprising all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service for
1 year
6AV6 641-0BA11-0AX0
6AV6 651-1BA01-0AA0
Configuration
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
HSP OP 73micro, OP 73;
OP 77A, TP 177micro, TP 177A:
http//www.ad.siemens.de/
WW/view/de/19241467
Instruction manual
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B 1)
• German
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA1
• English
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB1
• French
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC1
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD1
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE1
1) French/Italian/Spanish available soon
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
User manual
WinCC flexible Compact/
Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
2/64
Order No.
Service pack
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 5 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
PC/PPI Multimaster cable C)
6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77A
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
2
150
38.5
170
186
http://www.siemens.com/panels
134
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 135 x 171
G_ST80_EN_00087
6.2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/65
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B
■ Overview
■ Application
The OP 77B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whet her in production automation, process automation or building services automation. They are in
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
2
Compatibility with OP7
• Same installation cutout as OP7
• Importing of OP7 configurations from ProTool/Lite, ProTool and
ProTool/Pro
Migration manual and description of most important changes
compared to OP7 and ProTool
■ Design
• Compact operator panel for operating and monitoring machines and plants
• Together with the OP 77A 1) it is the successor to the successful
OP7
• A new dimension in graphics: small and clever
• Pixel graphics 4.5" LCD, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configur able and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connect ed via easy-to-use drivers
1) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
■ Benefits
• High-contrast display for good readability
• Large keys for high operational safety
• Simple handling and configuring
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
life of the backlighting
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase flexibility:
- Optional MMC (Multi Media Card), used for recipe data sets
and for backing up the configuration and system data
• Integral printer port via USB
2/66
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• 4.5" LCD, 160 x 64 pixels, monochrome
• 23 system keys, 8 freely-configur able and freely-inscribable
function keys (4 with LEDs)
• Numeric and alphanumeric input facilities
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 485/422 interface for process connections
(MPI and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process connections
- USB printer port
• Slot for multi media card (MMC)
■ Function
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. They can
be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals.
• Graphics
can be used as icons instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as simple graphics in the display.
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process
values in any character size
• Bar displays for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language switchover during runtime
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• User administration (security) according to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B
■ Function (continued)
• Message system
- Analog messages
- Bit messages as well as Alarm S signaling procedure with
SIMATIC S7
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on optional multi media card)
- Online/offline editing on the panel
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing with standard Excel and Access tools
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Task planner (interval timer) fo r cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy, messages and freely-configurable reports
• Template concept;
display elements configured in the template appear in each
display
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional multi media card
(MMC)
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading the configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS 232/USB
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
- No batteries are necessary
■ Integration
The OP 77B can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
2
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Configuration
Configuration is carried out using the SIMATIC WinCC
flexible Micro, Compact, Standard or Advanced configuration
software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible
engineering software).
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/67
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B
■ Technical specifications
2
Type
OP 77B
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
LCD
4.5“
160 x 64
Monochrome (yellow-green)
Approx. 100,000 hours
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP keys/
LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
8 function keys, 4 with LED
23
Yes/yes 1)
Processor
ARM CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
1 MB
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• Multi Media Card (MMC) slot
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485
1 x USB
1 x MMC slot
Printer
Yes via USB (up to 100 mA)
Interface with PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, Allen Bradley, Mitsubishi,
Modicon, Omron, GE Fanuc,
other non-Siemens PLCs
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.2 A
Clock
Software clock, synchronized 2)
Ports
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12,
NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
FM, cULus, CE, C-Tick,
EX Zone 2/22,
available soon: shipbuilding
Certification
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
150 x 186
135 x 171
Weight
0.5 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 90°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
95%
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Not battery-backed
3) By means of optional MMC
2/68
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
OP 77B
Yes
Functions
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• Number of process values
per message
• Message buffer
1000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 3)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
2500 text elements
30
30
1000
Bars
Yes
Variables
1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Printer functions
Hardcopy, messages, report
Online languages
5
Project languages
(incl. system messages)
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, ideographic languages
freely scalable/WinCC flexible
Help system
Yes
Task planner (timer)
Yes
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Compact (to be ordered separately)
Serial/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/USB
• Transfer of the configuration
Note:
all specified values are maximum values.
The total of all configured elements is limited by the size of the
user memory
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 70 series
SIMATIC OP 77B
Order No.
SIMATIC OP 77B
Operator panel with 4.5" display,
monochrome, including mounting accessories
A)
Starter pack OP 77B
comprising:
• OP 77B Operator Panel
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service
for 1 year
6AV6 641-0CA01-0AX0
Order No.
Accessories
Memory cards
MMC card 64 MB C)
6AV6 651-1CA01-0AA0
Configuration
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
Configuring set B)
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable
• MPI cable (5 m)
6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
6AV6 671-1CB00-0AX0
2
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Service pack OP 73, OP
73micro, OP 77A, OP 77B
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 5 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 671-1XA00-0AX0
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
OP 73, OP 77A, OP 77B
• German
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AA1
• English
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AB1
• French
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AC1
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AD1
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DA01-0AE1
Instruction manual (compact)
OP 77B
• German
6AV6 691-1EA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1EA01-0AB0
User manual
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection D)
Electronic documentation,
CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
150
38.5
170
186
A)
134
6.2
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 135 x 171
G_ST80_EN_00087
■ Ordering data
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/69
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A
■ Overview
■ Application
The TP 170A Touch Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whet her in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
2
With its quick response times, the TP 170A is also ideally suited
to jog mode.
■ Design
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small machines and plants
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels with
graphics capability complete with all the basic functions required for simple tasks
• Pixel graphics 5.7" STN Tou ch Screen (analog/resistive),
Blue mode (4 levels)
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
• Non-Siemens PLCs can be connect ed via easy-to-use drivers
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
■ Function
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 21 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic
character sets
- When configuring with WinCC flexible:
32 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic
character sets and
up to 5 languages can be switched over online
2/70
• 5.7” STN, CCFL 1) backlit display, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
• On-screen alphanumeric keyboard
• Compact design with shallow installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option for achieving the
NEMA 4 degree of protection and as additional protection
against dirt and scratching
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 485/422 interface for process links and for downloading
the configuration (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 1.5 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process links and for downloading the
configuration
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Buttons
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Bar displays
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Configuration languages;
21 configuration languages incl. Asiatic and Cyrillic character
sets, 1 online language
• Password protection with 2 levels
• Message system;
administration of status and system messages
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A
■ Function (continued)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading the configuration via MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration
computer
- No batteries are necessary
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Language selection:
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
■ Integration
The TP 170A can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5 (9/25-pin adapter and RS232/TTY
converter required)
• SIMATIC 505
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
2
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
When configuring with WinCC flexible, the TP 170A can be connected to max. 4 SIMATIC S7 PLCs
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Configuration
Configuring is carried out using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/
Pro Configuration (see HMI software/configuring software or visualization software) or the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact,
Standard or Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/71
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A
■ Technical specifications
2
Type
TP 170A
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Touch screen
Yes/yes 1)
Processor
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
320 KB 3)
Ports
1 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, Allen Bradley (DF1),
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST) 2), Modicon (Modbus),
LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.24 A
Clock
Software clock, without battery
backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 4
(with protective cover)
IP20
Certification
CE, UL, CSA, FM
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
212 x 156
198 x 142
Weight
0.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 0 °C to +40 °C
tion)
- Transport, storage
-20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
1)
2)
3)
4)
85%
Only English font can be displayed
Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
ProTool V6 or WinCC flexible 2004 and higher
Not battery-backed
2/72
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Message system
• Status messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values
per message
TP 170A
1000
1 x 70
8
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
50
1000 text elements
20
Bitmaps, icons, background
images
Bars
Yes
Variables
500 3)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Graphics objects
Password protection (levels)
2
Online languages
• Project languages
1
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Functionality
when configuring with
WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
1000
Yes
No
8
Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 4)
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
250
1000 text elements
20
20
Bitmaps, icons, background
images
Bars
Yes
Variables
500
User administration (security)
Yes
Online languages
• Project languages (incl. system
messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Configuration tool
ProTool/Lite from Version 5.2 SP1
or from WinCC flexible 2004
Compact
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
• Transfer of the configuration
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC TP 170A
Touch panel with 5.7" STN display, Bluemode (4 levels), incl.
mounting accessories
6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0
TP 170A starter kit A)
comprising:
• TP 170A Touch Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool/
Lite configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service
for 1 year
6AV6 575-1AD06-0CX0
TP 170/OP 170B Manual
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0
ProTool user manual, configuring Windows-based systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
User manual
Communications for Windowsbased systems (ProTool)
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
6AV6 573-1FA06-0CX0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Configuration
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
• with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Configuration set
comprising:
Configuring or engineering
software, SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection (CD), 5 languages
(English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish),
RS 232 cable (5 m),
MPI cable (5 m)
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software B)
• with engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact C)
Order No.
See Section 4
See Section 4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
OP 170B (WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AE0
Protective foil
(pack of 10)
6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
Protective cover
(2 sets)
6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
Service package D)
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting
cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
RS 485 bus connector with axial
cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
2
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/73
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170A
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
2
http://www.siemens.com/panels
212
196
140
156
6
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
2/74
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_XX_00064
42
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B
■ Overview
• Touch panel for operating and m onitoring machines and plants
• Universal unit for first-time us ers in the category of touch panels with graphics capability with extensive functionality
• Pixel-graphics 5.7" STN touch screen (analog/resistive),
Bluemode (4 levels) or color (16 colors)
• All interfaces RS 422/485 (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are onboard
• SIMATIC S5 and non-Siemens PLCs can be connected using
user-friendly drivers or converters
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or
optionally via compact flash card (CF card)
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
life of the backlighting
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic
character sets
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase flexibility:
- Compact flash card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the configuration and system data
• Integrated serial printer port
• Extensive documentation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection CD
■ Application
The TP 170B Touch Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
■ Design
• 5.7” STN, CCFL 1) backlit display, bluemode (4 levels) or color
(16 colors)
• Resistive analog touch
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
• On-screen alpha keyboard (with English font)
• Compact design with shallow installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• A protective cover is available as an option for achieving the
NEMA 4 degree of protection and as additional protection
against dirt and scratching
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 485/422 interface for process links and for downloading
the configuration (up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process links and for downloading the
configuration
- Serial RS 232 printer interface
• Slot for a Compact Flash card
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
■ Function
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Buttons
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Vector graphics;
simple geometric forms (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles) can
be created directly with the configuration tool
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Curve functions and bars
are used for graphical display of dynamic values
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language selection;
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Message system;
administration of status, fault and system messages
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on CF Card)
- Online/offline processing at the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools such as Excel and
Access is possible
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/75
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B
■ Functions
2
■ Integration
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Timer
for cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy and messages (see "recommended printers“)
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding of
objects
• Permanent window;
permanent display area for the output of information that is not
specific to the particular display (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional CF Card (Compact
Flash Card)
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Download/upload of configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232 and CF Card (optional)
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
- No batteries are necessary
• Message system; bit messages with message history
(no battery backup)
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Message system
- Analog messages (limit messages) as well as the Alarm S
messaging alarm system for SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept;
- Creation of a screen template
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
Configuration
Configuring is carried out using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/
Pro Configuration (see HMI software/configuring software or
visualization software) or using the SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact, Standard or Advanced engineering software (see HMI
software/engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
2/76
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The TP 170B can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5 (9/25-pin adapter and RS232/TTY converter
required)
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• SINUMERIK
(option with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible CE";
the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is
additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B
■ Technical specifications
Type
TP 170B monochrome
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Touch screen
Yes/yes 1)
TP 170B color
2
16 colors
Processor
RISC 32 bit, 66 MHz
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
768 KB
Ports
• CF card slot
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485, TTY using optional adapter and converter
1
Printer
Yes
Interface with PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST) 2), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.25 A
Clock
Software clock, synchronized, without battery backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12/4 (with protective cover)
IP20
Certification
cULus 508, FM, CE, NEMA/UL50 type 12/type 4 with optional protective hood
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
212 x 156
198 x 142
Weight
0.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of
inclination without forced
ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
85%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys
(TP buttons as I/O peripherals)
Peripherals
Yes
Printer
Functionality when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values
per message
• Message buffer
1000
1000
1 x 70
8
Circulating buffer, 128 entries each 3)
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/77
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
TP 170B monochrome
TP 170B color
Functionality when configuring with ProTool (continued)
2
Recipes
• Records per recipe
• Entries per record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash, expandable 4)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
100
2,000 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
1000
Password protection (levels)
10
Printer functions
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Interval timer
Yes
Functionality when configuring with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
2000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer, 256 entries each 3)
Recipes
• Records per recipe
• Entries per record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash, expandable 4)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
2,500 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Printer functions
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Task planner (timer)
Yes
Configuration tool
• Configuration transfer
ProTool/Lite from Version 5.2 SP1 or from WinCC flexible 2004 Compact (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
3) Not battery-backed
4) By means of optional CF card
2/78
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC TP 170B
Touch panel with 5.7" STN display
• Bluemode (4 levels)
6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0
• Color (16 colors)
6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
incl. mounting accessories
TP 170B starter kit A)
comprising:
• TP 170B with STN display,
Bluemode
• SIMATIC ProTool/
Lite configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service
for 1 year
Order No.
6AV6 575-1AG06-0CX0
Configuration
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
• with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
Configuration set
comprising:
configuring or engineering software, SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection (CD), 5 languages
(German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish),
RS 232 cable (5 m),
MPI cable (5 m)
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software B)
6AV6 573-1FA06-0CX0
• with engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact C)
6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Instruction manual
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
OP 170B (WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
TP 170/OP 170B Manual
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0
ProTool user manual,
Configuring Windows-Based
Systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
User manual
Communication for Windowsbased systems (ProTool)
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2
2/79
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 170B
■ Ordering data
Order No.
■ Dimension drawings
Accessories
Dimensions in mm
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
6AV6 574-1AD00-4AX0
Protective cover
(2 sets)
6AV6 574-1AE00-4AX0
Service package D)
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
TTY-RS 232 converter
for connecting to S5 CPUs;
3.2 m long;
Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
6ES5 734-1BD20
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
RS 485 bus connector with
axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
G_ST80_XX_00064
42
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/80
212
196
140
Protective foil
(pack of 10)
156
2
Memory cards
CF card, 32 MB
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 177A
■ Overview
■ Application
The Touch Panels TP 177 A can be used wherever direct operator control and monitoring of small machines and plants is required locally – whether in manufacturing automation, process
automation or building automation. They are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
With fast response times, the TP 177A is also eminently suitable
for jog mode.
Compatibility with TP 170A
• Same installation cutout as TP 170A
• Transfer of the TP 170A configurations from ProTool/Lite,
ProTool und ProTool/Pro
• Migration manual with descripti ons of the essential changes to
TP 170A or ProTool
■ Design
• Touch panel for operator control and monitoring of small machines and plants
• Low-cost starter unit in the category of touch panels with
graphics capability complete with all the basic functions required for simple tasks
• Pixel-graphics 5.7" STN touch screen (analog/resistive),
Bluemode (4 levels)
• All interfaces (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on board
• SIMATIC TP 177A is the innov ative successor to the Touch
Panel TP 170A
• Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
■ Benefits
• Can even be used where installa tion space is restricted thanks
to portrait configuration
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• 5.7” STN, CCFL 1) backlit display, Bluemode (4 levels)
• Resistive analog Touch
• Numeric system keyboard for decimal, binary and hexadecimal number formats
• On-screen alphanumeric keyboard
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• RS 485 interface for process co nnections (MPI, PROFIBUS DP
to 1.5 Mbit/s) and for configuration download
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
■ Function
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Buttons
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Vector graphics
simple geometric basic forms (line, circle and rectangle) can
be created direct in the configuring tool
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Bars
for the graphical display of dynamic values
• Language selection:
- 5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/81
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 177A
■ Function
2
■ Integration
• User administration (security) acco rding to the requirements of
the various sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Message system
- Bit messages
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
- Message history
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Task planner for global function execution
• Template concept
Creation of screen templates (picture elements configured in
the template appear in each picture)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system
and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Download of the configuration via MPI/PROFIBUS DP and
serially via RS485
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast setting and calibration
- Clean screen
- No batteries are necessary
Configuration
Configuration is carried out using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact, Standard or Advanced
configuration software (see HMI software/engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
The necessary HardwareSupportPackage (HSP) can be
downloaded for free via the following link:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/WW/view/de/19241467
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
2/82
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The TP 177A can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 177A
■ Technical specifications
Type
TP 177A
Type
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
Functions
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
(240 x 320 with in portrait configuration)
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Touch screen
Yes/yes 1)
Processor
ARM CPU
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
512 KB
Ports
1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
Connection to PLC
S7-200, S7-300/400, WinAC
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.24 A
Clock
Software clock, without battery
backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
Certification
IP65 (in installed state), NEMA 4x,
NEMA 4
IP20
212 x 156
198 x 142
Weight
0.7 kg
Ambient conditions 4)
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
2)
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
0 °C to +50 °C
- Operation (max. angle of inclina- 2)
tion)
- Transport, storage
-20 °C to +60 °C
1)
2)
3)
4)
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
2
1000
Yes
No
8
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 3)
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
250
1,000 text elements
30
30
Bitmaps, icons, background
images
Bars
Yes
Variables
500
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech,
Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
WinCC flexible, ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Task planner
Yes
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Compact HSP for OP 73micro, OP 73,
OP 77A, TP 177micro, TP 177A
(to be ordered separately)
Serially via RS 485/ MPI /
PROFIBUS DP
Available soon:
FM, cULus, CE, C-Tick
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
• Max. relative humidity
TP 177A
• Transfer of the configuration
2)
Only English font can be displayed
Status not yet established on going to press
Not battery-backed
Ambient conditions for vertical mounting not specified on going
to press
Note:
All specified values are maximum values.
The total number of configurable elements is limited by the size
of the user memory.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/83
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 177A
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
2
SIMATIC TP 177A
Touch panel with 5.7" STN
display, Bluemode (4 levels),
incl. mounting accessories
A)
TP 177A starter kit
comprising:
• TP 177A Touch Panel
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection,
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian, Spanish); comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
• MPI cable (5 m)
• PC/PPI Multimaster cable
• Software update service
for 1 year
6AV6 642-0AA11-0AX0
6AV6 651-2AA01-0AA0
Configuration
• With SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
HSP OP 73micro, OP 73, OP 77A,
TP 177micro, TP 177A:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/
WW/view/de/19241467
1) The PC/PPI cable with Order No. 6ES7 901-3BF21-0XA0
can also still be used
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual TP 177A
• German
6AV6 691-1DG01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DG01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DG01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DG01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DG01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
2/84
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Protective foil
(pack of 10)
6AV6 671-2XC00-0AX0
Service package
comprising:
• Gaskets
• Clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 671-2XA00-0AX0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
PC/PPI Multimaster cable 1)
For connecting the S7-200 to the
serial PC/OP interface, and for
image booting of the panel
6ES7 901-3CB03-0AX0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC TP 177A
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
2
44
http://www.siemens.com/panels
6.2
140
156
212
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 197+1 x 141+1
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/85
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B
■ Overview
■ Design
• 5.7” STN, CCFL 1) backlit display, Bluemode (4 levels)
• 35 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (18 with LEDs)
• Numeric and alphanumeric keyboard
• Compact design with shallow installation depth
• Rugged plastic housing
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 485/422 interface for process connections
(MPI and PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- RS 232 interface for process connections
- Serial RS 232 printer interface
• Slot for compact flash card
2
1) Cold Cathode Fluorescence Lamps
■ Function
• Operator panel for operator co ntrol and monitoring of machines and plants
• Universal unit for first-time user s in the category of panels with
graphics capability with extensive functionality
• Pixel-graphics 5.7" STN display, Bluemode (4 levels)
• 35 system keys, 24 freely-configu rable and freely-inscribable
function keys (18 with LEDs)
• All interfaces RS 422/485 (e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP) are on
board
• SIMATIC S5 and non-Siemens PLCs can be connected using
convenient drivers or converters
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via compact flash card (CF card)
- Remote downloading of configuration with automatic transfer
recognition also over WAN (Wide Area Network)
- Maintenance-free design (no batteries) and the long service
life of the backlighting
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured including Asiatic and Cyrillic
character sets
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase flexibility:
- Compact flash card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the configuration and system data
• Integrated serial printer port
• Extensive documentation on the SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection CD
■ Application
The OP 170B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They are in use
in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
2/86
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals.
• Buttons
for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on buttons.
• Graphics
can be used as ICON instead of text to label function keys or
buttons. They can also be used as background displays (wallpaper).
In the configuration tool, a library is available containing extensive graphics and a wide variety of objects. All editors with an
OLE interface can be used as graphics editor (such as PaintShop, Designer or CorelDraw).
• Vector graphics;
simple geometric forms (e.g. lines, circles and rectangles) can
be created directly using the configuration tool
• Fixed texts
for labeling function keys, process diagrams and process values in any character size
• Curve functions and bars
are used for graphical display of dynamic values
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Language selection;
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Message system;
administration of status, fault and system messages
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on CF Card)
- Online/offline processing at the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools such as Excel and
Access is possible
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B
■ Functions (continued)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Indicator light
for machine and plant status indication
• Timer
for cyclic function processing
• Print;
hardcopy and messages (see "recommended printers“)
• Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding of
objects
• Permanent window;
permanent display area for the output of information that is not
specific to the particular display (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional CF Card (Compact
Flash Card)
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Download/upload of configuration via
MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232 and CF Card (optional)
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
- No batteries are necessary
• Message system; bit messages with message history
(no battery backup)
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Message system
- Analog messages (limit messages) as well as the Alarm S
messaging alarm system for SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Creation of a screen template
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
Configuration
Configuring is carried out using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite, SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration (see HMI software/configuring software or visualization software) or using the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact,
Standard or Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
■ Integration
The OP 170B can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- LG GLOFA, GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
2
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• SINUMERIK
(optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP 170B
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
4 blue levels
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Membrane keyboard
24 function keys, 18 with LED
Yes / Yes1)
Processor
RISC 32 bit, 66 MHz
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
768 KB
Ports
• CF card slot
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485
TTY using optional converter
1
Interface with PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST) 2),
Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA
GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Power supply
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 to +30 V DC
0.25 A
Clock
Software clock, synchronized,
without battery bakkup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (when installed)
IP20
1) Only English font can be displayed
2) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/87
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B
■ Technical specifications (continued)
2
Type
OP 170B
Type
Certification
cULus, 508, NEMA/UL50 Type 4,
FM, CE
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
240 x 252
229 x 241
Weight
0.9 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. inclination)
- Transport, storage
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
• Max. relative humidity
85%
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP keys/
LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Yes
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
1000
1000
1 x 70
8
Circulating buffer,
128 entries each 1)
Recipes
• Records per recipe
• Entries per record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash,
expandable 2)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
100
2,000 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
1000
Password protection (levels)
10
Printer functions
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Timer
Yes
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
256 entries each 1)
Recipes
• Records per recipe
• Entries per record
• Recipe memory
100
200
200
32 KB integrated flash, expandable 2)
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
2,500 text elements
50
50
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Graphs, bars, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
1000
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Printer functions
Color print, hardcopy, messages
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, freely scalable
ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
Task planner (timer)
Yes
Configuration tool
From ProTool Version 5.2 SP1 or
from WinCC flexible 2004 Compact (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP
Printer
Peripherals
2/88
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
OP 170B
• Configuration transfer
1) Not battery-backed
2) By means of optional CF card
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC OP 170B
Operator panel with 5.7" STN
display, Bluemode (4 levels),
incl. mounting accessories
6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite,
ProTool or ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
Configuration set
comprising:
configuring or engineering
software, SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection (CD), 5 languages
(German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish),
RS 232 cable (5 m),
MPI cable (5 m)
• with SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
configuration software B)
6AV6 573-1FA06-0CX0
• with engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Compact C)
6AV6 621-0AA01-0AA0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
TP 170micro/TP 170A/TP 170B/
OP 170B (WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
• Italian
• Spanish
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
Order No.
ProTool user manual,
Configuring Windows-based
Systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
User manual Communication
for Windows-based Systems
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Accessories
Memory cards
CF card, 32 MB
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
Accessories for supplementary ordering
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
Service package D)
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
PROFIBUS 830-1T
connecting cable
For connection of data terminal,
precut/preassembled with two
sub D connectors, 9-pin, terminated at both ends, 3 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
TP 170/OP 170B manual
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC11-2AE0
2
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/89
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 170 series
SIMATIC OP 170B
■ Dimension drawings
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Dimensions in mm
2
6
Panelcutout (W x H) in mm: 229 x 241
2/90
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
30
42
G_ST80_XX_00053
227
240
239
252
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Overview
■ Application
The SIMATIC TP 270 Touch Panels can be used in all applications in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required on site – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They
are in use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Their operation without a hard disk or fan, real-time capability as
well as short start-up times make demanding machine visualization tasks possible even under harsh industrial conditions.
■ Design
• Touch panel with extensive f unctional scope for demanding
machine visualization applications
• 5.7" pixel graphics STN Touch Screen (analog/resistive), color
(256 colors)
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB;
Ethernet optional
• The SIMATIC TP 270 Touch Panels are innovative successors
to the SIMATIC TP27 Touch Panels
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for communication between
various SIMATIC HMI systems
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for remote maintenance and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via USB, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial)
and optionally via Ethernet (TCP/IP) or compact flash card
(CF card)
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is availabl e complete with ready-to-use
display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase flexibility:
- CF card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the
configuration and system data
- Integrated USB interface for "Hot plug-in/out“ of I/O devices
(printer, keyboard, mouse, barcode reader)
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes for further processing using standard tools (e.g.
MS Excel)
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management
and project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
• 5.7” (TP 270 6“) or 10.4“ (TP 270 10“) STN color display,
256 colors
• Resistive analog Touch
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic (TP 270 6") or aluminum die-cast housing
(TP 270 10") with IP65/NEMA 4/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20 (rear of
unit) degree of protection
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• High electromagnetic compatib ility (EMC) and extreme vibration resistance
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- Serial RS 232 interface and RS 485/422 for process connections and for downloading the configuration (MPI and
PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/uploading configurations
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) using network card for exchanging data with a higher-level PC, connecting a network printer
and downloading/uploading configurations;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
• Slot for compact flash card
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/91
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Function
2
• Displaying and changing process parameters
• Process visualization:
- TP 270 6“:
QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels),
TP 270 10“:
VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels)
with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text
- Vector graphics (various line and shape objects)
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of objects
- Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts
- Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window;
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period.
Read-off line for determining the current values and display
via a table
- Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library)
- Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock
- Cyclic function processing using an interval timer
• Multiplex function for variables
• Message system
- Administration of status, fault and system messages
- Status and fault messages with historical trend
- Preconfigured message display, message window and message line
• Archiving messages and proce ss values (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet)
- Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive
- Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- Online evaluation of process value archives using trend
curves
- External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools
• Message log and shift log
• Print functions (see "R ecommended printers”)
• Language changeover
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on CF card)
- Online/offline editing on the panel
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG functional ity in conjunction with SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables (comparing
operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Permanent window;
permanently defined screen area for outputting general information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional CF card (Compact
Flash card) or optionally via Ethernet
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
2/92
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
- Downloading/uploading a configuration via
USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/Ethernet (optional)/modem
and CF card(optional)
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
• Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
translation with standard word processors
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Project-specific faceplates wi th central modification facility
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Service functions (option with "WinCC flexible/[email protected]")
- E-mail generation
- Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet
Explorer
- Web server with status HTML sites and control functions
• Client/server functions
(option with "WinCC flexible /[email protected]")
- Remote operator control and monitoring of other SIMATIC
HMI systems
- System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
data
Configuration
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software (see HMI software/configuration software or visualization software) or with the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced engineering
software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering
software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Applications/options
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP;
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
Remote operator control and monitoring as well as communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems (see WinCC
flexible RT options)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via the
Internet/intranet (see WinCC flexible RT options)
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Integration
The TP 270 can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique 1)
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
• Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to high er-level PC and network printer
(optionally over NE2000-compatible network card)
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Ethernet communication with SI MATIC S7 (optionally over
NE2000-compatible network card)
• Multi-protocol capability
• HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (optionally with the "WinCC flexible /[email protected]" option)
• SINUMERIK
(optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces".
■ Technical specifications
Type
TP 270 6"
TP 270 10"
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
256 colors
Approx. 40,000 hours
10.4"
640 x 480
256 colors
Approx. 60,000 hours
Control elements
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
• External mouse, keyboard,
barcode reader
Touch screen
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Processor
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Useable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
2048 KB configuration memory (without supplementary memory for options)
Ports
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• CF card slot
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
1 x USB
1 x CF card slot
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST)1), Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.6 A
Backup battery
Optional, 3.6 V
Clock
Hardware clock, synchronized, with backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
Certification
FM, UL, cULus, Ex Zone 2, Ex Zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuilding approval (e.g. ABS, GL, LRS, NK)
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
212 x 156
198 x 142
335 x 275
310 x 248
Weight
1 kg
4.5 kg
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/93
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Technical specifications (continued)
2
Type
TP 270 6"
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys (TP buttons as
I/O peripherals)
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
TP 270 10"
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
85%
Yes
Peripherals
Printer, barcode reader, mouse, keyboard
Applications/options
• Under ProTool
• Under WinCC flexible
ProAgent
ProAgent, [email protected], [email protected]
Yes
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Operating messages
• Fault messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values
per message
• Message buffer
2000
2000
1 x 70
8
Circulating buffer, 512 entries each2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
300
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project
• Number of process tags per proj.
• Number of sequential archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
• Online evaluation
20
20
40
10,000
Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
CF card, Ethernet (option)
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
Using trend curves
Password protection (levels)
10
Visual Basic Scripts
Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, Arial, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Timer
Yes
2/94
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
TP 270 6"
2
4000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer, 512 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project
• Number of process tags per
project
• Number of sequential archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
• Online evaluation
TP 270 10"
20
20
400
500,000
Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
CF card, Ethernet (option)
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Visual Basic Scripts
Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, German, English, Finnish, French, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
Help system
Yes
PG functions
(STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (timer)
Yes
Configuration tool
• Transfer of the configuration
From ProTool Version 6 or from WinCC flexible 2004 Standard (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Ethernet
2) Not battery-backed
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/95
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC TP 270
Touch panel with
2
Order No.
A)
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0
User manual WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service
for 1 year
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
Configuration
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0
• 5.7" color STN display
6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0
• 10.4" color STN display
incl. mounting accessories
6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0
Starter kit TP 270 A) with
• TP 270 6" Touch Panel
6AV6 575-1AH16-0CX0
• TP 270 10" Touch Panel
6AV6 575-1AH36-0CX0
comprising:
• TP 270 Touch Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool configuration
software
with SIMATIC ProTool and
ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
(ProTool) Manual
• German
Configuring set B)
comprising:
• WinCC flexible Standard
engineering software
6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0
ProTool user manual,
Configuring Windows-based
Systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• MPI cable, 5 m
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
Applications/options
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Configuration cable USB master-master between PG/PC and
panel
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
User manual Communication
for Windows-based systems
(ProTool)
• German
• English
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
When configuring with WinCC flexible
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
2/96
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC TP 270
■ Ordering data
Order No.
■ Dimension drawings
Accessories
Memory cards
CF card, 32 MB
Backup battery
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B, MP 370
Dimensions in mm
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
2
W79084-E1001-B2
212
196
58
6,2
Accessories for supplementary ordering
6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
Service package for TP 270 6" D)
comprising:
• Gaskets
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
140
G_ST80_XX_00044
6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
• for TP 270 10"
156
Protective foil
to protect the touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
• for TP 270 6"
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• 7 clamps
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
TP 270 6"
Dimensions in mm
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
335
309
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
TTY-RS 232 converter
for connecting to S5 CPUs;
3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
6ES5 734-1BD20
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
59,2
54,9
275
• Socket wrench
9,5
247
Service package for TP 270 10"
• Gaskets
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248
G_ST80_XX_00043
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
TP 270 10"
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/97
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility:
- CF card, used for recipe data sets and for backing up the
configuration and system data
- Integrated USB interface for "Hot plug-in/out“ of I/O devices
(printer, keyboard, mouse, barcode reader)
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes for further processing using standard tools (e.g.
MS Excel)
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management
and project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
■ Overview
2
■ Application
The OP 270B Operator Panels can be used in all applications in
which operator control and monitoring of machines and installations is required on site – whet her in production automation, process automation or building services automation. They are in
use in an extensive range of sectors and applications.
Their operation without a hard disk or fan, real-time capability as
well as short start-up times satisfy demanding machine visualization tasks even under harsh industrial conditions.
• Operator panel with comprehensive functions for demanding
machine visualization tasks
• Pixel graphics 5.7" or 10.4” STN display, color (256 colors)
• OP 270 6":
36 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (18 with LEDs)
OP 270 10":
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (28 with LEDs)
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB;
Ethernet optional
• SIMATIC OP 270 Operator Panels are the innovative successors of the SIMATIC OP27 Operator Panels
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- WinCC flexible /[email protected]Access for communication between
various SIMATIC HMI systems
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for remote maintenance and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via USB, MPI, PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial)
and optionally via Ethernet (TCP/IP) or compact flash card
(CF card)
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library complete with ready-to-use display objects
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
2/98
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Design
• 5.7” (OP 270 6“) or 10.4“ (OP 270 10“) STN color display,
256 colors
• Membrane keyboard:
- OP 270 6":
36 system keys, 24 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (18 with LEDs)
OP 270 10":
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (28 with LEDs)
• Compact design with small installation depth
• Rugged plastic (OP 270 6") or aluminum die-cast housing
(OP 270 10") with IP65/NEMA 4/NEMA 12 (front) or IP20 (rear
of unit) degree of protection
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard detergents
• High electromagnetic compatib ility (EMC) and extreme vibration resistance
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- Serial RS 232 interface and RS 485/422 for process connections and for downloading the configuration (MPI and
PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- USB for mouse, keyboard, printer and downloading/uploading configurations
- Optional Ethernet (TCP/IP) using network card for exchanging data with a higher-level PC, connecting a network printer
and downloading/uploading configurations;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
• Slot for compact flash card
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
■ Function
• Displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys
for direct initiation of functions and actions. Up to 16 functions
can be configured simultaneously on function keys. The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input peripherals.
• Process visualization:
- OP 270 6“:
QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels),
OP 270 10“:
VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels)
with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text
- Vector graphics (various line and shape objects)
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of
objects
- Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts
- Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window;
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period.
Read-off line for determining the current values and display
via a table
- Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library)
- Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock
- Cyclic function processing using an interval timer
• Multiplex function for variables
• Message system
- Administration of status, fault and system messages
- Status and fault messages with historical trend
- Preconfigured message display, message window and message line
• Archiving messages and proce ss values (on CF card, optionally through Ethernet)
- Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive
- Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- Online evaluation of process value archives using trend curves
- External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools
• Message log and shift log
• Print functions (see "R ecommended printers”)
• Language changeover
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on CF card)
- Online/offline editing on the panel
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG funct ionality in conjunction with
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables (comparing
operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Permanent window
permanently defined screen area for outputting general information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on the optional CF card (Compact
Flash card) or optionally via Ethernet
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC using ProSave
- Downloading/uploading a configuration via
USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/Ethernet (optional)/modem
and CF card(optional)
- Automatic transfer identification
- Individual contrast settings
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
• Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
translation with standard word processors
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Project-specific faceplates wi th central modification facility
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Service functions (option with "WinCC flexible/[email protected]")
- E-mail generation
- Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet
Explorer
- Web server with status HTML sites and control functions
• Client/server functions
(option with "WinCC flexible /[email protected]")
- Remote operator control and monitoring of other SIMATIC
HMI systems
- System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
data
Configuration
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration software (see HMI software/configuration software or visualization software) or with the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced engineering
software (see HMI software/SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering
software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Applications/options
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP;
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
Remote operator control and monitoring as well as communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems (see WinCC
flexible RT options)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via the
Internet/intranet (see WinCC flexible RT options)
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/99
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
■ Integration
2
The SIMATIC OP 270 operator panels can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique 1)
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
• Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to high er-level PC and network printer
(optionally over NE2000-compatible network card)
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Ethernet communication with SI MATIC S7 (optionally over
NE2000-compatible network card)
• Multi-protocol capability
• HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (optionally with the "WinCC flexible /[email protected]" option)
• SINUMERIK
(optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces".
■ Technical specifications
Type
OP 270 6"
OP 270 10"
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
STN liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7"
320 x 240
256 colors
Approx. 40,000 hours
10.4"
640 x 480
256 colors
Approx. 60,000 hours
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
• External mouse, keyboard,
barcode reader
Membrane keyboard
24 function keys, 18 with LED
36
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Processor
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Memory
• Type
• Useable memory for user data
Flash / RAM
2048 KB configuration memory (without supplementary memory for options)
Ports
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• CF card slot
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422 1 x RS 485
1 x USB
1 x CF card slot
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505, WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION, Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi (FX),
Telemecanique (ADJUST)1) Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.6 A
Backup battery
Optional, 3.6 V
Clock
Hardware clock, synchronized, with backup
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65 (built-in), NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
Certification
FM, UL, cULus, Ex Zone 2, Ex Zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuilding approval (e.g. ABS, GL, NK)
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
308 x 204
282 x 178
483 x 310
436 x 295
Weight
1 kg
6 kg
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
2/100
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
36 function keys, 28 with LED
38
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
OP 270 6"
OP 270 10"
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
Expansion for operator-process
communication
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP keys/
LEDs as I/O peripherals)
Vertical
+/- 35°
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
2
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
90%
Yes
Peripherals
Printer, barcode reader, mouse, keyboard
Applications/options
• Under ProTool
• Under WinCC flexible
ProAgent
ProAgent, [email protected], [email protected]
Yes
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer
2000
2000
1 x 70
8
Circulating buffer, 512 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
300
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project
• Number of proc. tags per project
• Number of sequential archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
• Online evaluation
20
20
40
10,000
Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
CF card, Ethernet (option)
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory over the network drive
Using trend curves
Password protection (levels)
10
Visual Basic Scripts
Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, Arial, freely scalable ideographic languages
Help system
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer
Yes
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/101
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
2
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• Number of process values
per message
• Message buffer
4000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer, 512 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
500
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides, hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project
• Number of process tags per
project
• Number of sequential archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
• Online evaluation
20
20
400
500,000
Short-term archive; sequence archive, message archive, process value archive
CF card, Ethernet (option)
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel, MS Access
Dependent on the available memory on the CF card or spare hard disk memory on the network
Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
Visual Basic Scripts
Number = 50 / number of lines per script = 20
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese,
Korean, Dutch, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish, Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
Help system
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (interval timer)
Yes
Configuration tool
• Transfer of the configuration
From ProTool Version 6 or from WinCC flexible 2004 Standard (to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Ethernet
2) Not battery-backed
2/102
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC OP 270
Operator panel with
• 5.7" color STN display
• 10.4" color STN display
incl. mounting accessories
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0
6AV6 575-1AH06-0CX0
• French
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0
6AV6 575-1AH26-0CX0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0
User manual WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0
6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0
A)
Starter kit OP 270 with
• OP 270 6" Operator Panel
• OP 270 10" Operator Panel
Order No.
comprising:
• OP 270 Operator Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool
configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service
for 1 year
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool or
ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
Configuring set B)
6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0
TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
(ProTool) Manual
• German
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0
ProTool user manual,
Configuring Windows-based
Systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
User manual, Communications
for Windows-based Systems
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
comprising:
• WinCC flexible Standard
engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC
and panel
• MPI cable, 5 m
Applications/options
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP
See Section 4
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
2
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/103
Operator control and monitoring devices
Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC OP 270
■ Ordering data
Order No.
■ Dimension drawings
Accessories
Backup battery
Lithium battery, 3.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B, MP 370
Dimensions in mm
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
W79084-E1001-B2
308
280
59
6
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
Service package for OP 270 10"
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket wrench
6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
TTY-RS 232 converter
for connecting to S5 CPUs;
3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
6ES5 734-1BD20
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
Panel cutout (B x H) in mm: 282 x 178
OP 270 6"
Dimensions in mm
482,6
431,6
OP 270 10"
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/panels
288,3
G_ST80_XX_00055
Panel cutout (B x H) in mm: 436 x 295
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
58,6 9,5
55,3
310,3
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/104
G_ST80_XX_00056
Service package for OP 270 6" D)
comprising:
• Gaskets
• 2 sets of labeling strips
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
176
Accessories for supplementary ordering
204
2
Memory cards
CF card, 32 MB
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Overview
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility:
- PC/CF card slot for memory expansions, backup/restore or
additional interfaces
- Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management and
project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 possible when configuring
with WinCC flexible
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes enables further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
■ Application
• Like operator panels, Multi Pa nels (MP) are used for on-site
machine operation and monitoring
• Their functionality can be expanded by installing additional
Windows CE applications (Multi Panel and Panel options)
• The SIMATIC MP 270B units ba sed on Windows CE combine
the ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs
• Pixel-graphics 5.7" or 10.4" TF T display, color (256 colors)
• MP 270B 10“ Key:
38 system keys, 36 freely configurable and freely inscribable
function keys (28 with LED)
MP 270B 6“ and 10“ Touch:
Touch screen (analog/resistive)
• All interfaces on board, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB,
Ethernet, serial
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- ThinClient/MP for use as terminal client on a Windows terminal server (only MP 270B 10" Touch)
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for communication between
various SIMATIC HMI systems
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for remote maintenance and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
- WinCC flexible /OPC server for communication with applications from various vendors
- MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply)
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, MPI,
PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via PC/CF card
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library is available complete with ready-to-use display objects
The SIMATIC MP 270B Multi Panels can be used in all applications in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required on site – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They
are used in a variety of sectors and applications and their field
of applications can be expanded using the multi panel options,
e.g. by displaying HTML documents via the MS Pocket Internet
Explorer.
Windows CE provides the fundamentals for use in harsh industrial environments. The lack of a hard disk and fan means that it
can also be used in applications in which high levels of vibration
or dust place restrictions on the operation of a PC. Short powerup times mean that the multi panels are quickly ready for use.
■ Design
• 5.7“ or 10.4" TFT color display, 256 colors
• MP 270B Keys:
- Membrane keyboard, 38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable
and freely-inscribable function keys (28 with LEDs)
• MP 270 B Touch:
- Touch screen (analog/resistive)
• Compact construction with a mounting depth of only 55 mm
(MP 270B Touch) or 59 mm (MP 270B Keys)
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents
• IP65/NEMA 4x/NEMA 12 degree of protection (front) or IP20
(on the rear of the unit)
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- RS 232/RS 485/RS 422 interface for process connections
(MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- USB for mouse, keyboard, printer, barcode reader and downloading/uploading configurations
- Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for data transfer to a higher-level
PC and for connecting a network printer
• Slot for Compact Flash card (CF card)
• Slot for PC card
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/105
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Function
2
• Displaying and changing process parameters
• Function keys (only with MP 270B 10" Keys)
support the direct activation of functions and actions. Up to 16
functions can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input
peripherals.
• Process visualization:
- MP 270B 6" Touch: QVGA resolution (320 x 240 pixels)
MP 270B 10": VGA resolution (640 x 480 pixels)
with 256 colors for pixels, 16 colors for text
- Vector graphics (various line and shape objects)
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic hiding and showing of objects
- Pixel graphics, trend curves and bar charts
- Display of up to 8 curves in a curve window;
Curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions provide access to the history and permit flexible selection of the representation period.
Read-off line for determining the current values and display
via a table
- Comprehensive libraries (SIMATIC HMI symbol library)
- Display objects: Slider, gauge, clock
- Cyclic function processing using an interval timer
• Multiplex function for variables
• Message system
- Administration of status, fault and system messages
- Status and fault messages with historical trend
- Preconfigured message display, message window and message line
• Archiving of messages and process values (on PC/CF card or
network drive through Ethernet)
- Various archive types: short-term and sequence archive
- Storing of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- Online evaluation of process value archives using trend
curves
- External evaluation with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools
• Message log and shift log
• Print functions (see "R ecommended printers”)
• Language changeover
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on PC/CF card)
- Online/offline editing on the panel
- Storing of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing with standard MS Excel and MS Access
tools
• STATUS/CONTROL VAR PG funct ionality in conjunction with
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Representation of HTML documen ts with MS Pocket Internet
Explorer
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through implementation of new
functions incl. interfacing with ProTool variables (comparing
operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
2/106
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Permanent window;
permanently defined screen area for outputting general information (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• Simple maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC or CF card (option) or via
Ethernet
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC
- Downloading/uploading a configuration via
Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/modem and
CF card (option)
- Automatic transfer identification
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
• Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
translation with standard word processors
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Project-specific faceplates wi th central modification facility
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit messages), as well
as Alarm S telegram signaling procedure with SIMATIC S7
and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept
- Generation of screen templates
• Password system
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Service functions (option with "WinCC flexible/[email protected]")
- E-mail generation
- Remote operation of SIMATIC HMI system on basis of Internet
Explorer
- Web server with status HTML sites and control functions
• Client/server functions (option with "WinCC flexible/[email protected]")
- Remote operator control and monitoring of other SIMATIC
HMI systems
- System-wide calling of information and archiving of process
data
Configuration
Configuration can be carried out using the SIMATIC ProTool or
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro configuration software (not MP 270B 6"
Touch) (see HMI software/configuration software or visualization
software) or with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or
Advanced engineering software (see HMI software/SIMATIC
WinCC flexible engineering software).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Function (continued)
Applications/options
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP;
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (only MP 270B 10" Touch);
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variants as MS Windows terminal
client and therefore use of the MS terminal services (see multi
panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP)
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP (o nly MP 270B 10" Touch)
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variants as MS Windows terminal
client and therefore use of the MS terminal services (see multi
panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP)
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
Specific and fast process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
Remote operator control and monitoring as well as communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible
RT options)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
Remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants via the
Internet/intranet (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
Communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or office applications) from different vendors (see HMI software/runtime
software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
■ Integration
The MP 270B can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique 1)
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
• Over Ethernet (TCP/IP) to hig her-level PC, network printer
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
• Multi-protocol capability
• OPC XML server (optionally with "WinCC flexible /OPC Server")
• HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (optionally with the "WinCC flexible /[email protected]" option)
• SINUMERIK
(optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces".
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/107
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Technical specifications
2
Type
MP 270B 6" Touch
MP 270B 10" Key
MP 270B 10" Touch
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
5.7“
320 x 240
256 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
10.4"
640 x 480
256 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
10.4"
640 x 480
256 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
• External mouse, keyboard,
barcode reader
Touch screen
–
–
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Membrane keyboard
36 function keys, 28 with LED
38
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Touch screen
–
–
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Processor
RISC CPU
RISC CPU
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Flash / RAM
5 MB
(of which 4 MB for configuration)
Flash / RAM
5 MB
(of which 4 MB for configuration)
Flash / RAM
5 MB
(of which 4 MB for configuration)
Ports
• PC card slot
• CF card slot
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• Ethernet
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
1 x PC card slot
1 x CF card slot
1 x USB
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
1 x PC card slot
1 x CF card slot
1 x USB
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
2 x RS 232, 1 x RS 422, 1 x RS 485
1 x PC card slot
1 x CF card slot
1 x USB
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)1),
Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA
GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)1),
Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA
GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1), Mitsubishi
(FX), Telemecanique (ADJUST)1),
Modicon (Modbus), LG GLOFA
GM, other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.75 A
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.9 A
24 V DC
+18 V to +30 V DC
0.9 A
Backup battery
Optional, 3.6 V
Optional, 3.6 V
Optional, 3.6 V
Clock
Hardware clock, backed up,
synchronized
Hardware clock, backed up,
synchronized
Hardware clock, backed up,
synchronized
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4 IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
IP20
IP20
FM Class i Div 2, cULus, Ex Zone 2, FM Class i Div 2, cULus, Ex Zone 2, FM Class i Div 2, cULus, Ex Zone 2,
Ex Zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuild- Ex Zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuild- Ex Zone 22, CE, C-TICK, shipbuilding approval (e.g. ABS, GL, NK)
ing approval (e.g. ABS, GL, NK)
ing approval (e.g. ABS, GL, NK)
Certification
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
212 x 156
198 x 142
483 x 310
436 x 295
335 x 275
310 x 248
Weight
1 kg
6 kg
4.5 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
Vertical
+/- 35°
Vertical
+/- 35°
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +40 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
85%
90%
90%
–
Yes
–
Yes
–
Yes
Printer, barcode reader
Printer, barcode reader
Printer, barcode reader
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. angle of
inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
Expansion for operator control
of the process
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP
keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
• DP direct keys (TP buttons as
I/O peripherals)
Peripherals
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
2/108
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
MP 270B 6" Touch
MP 270B 10" Key
MP 270B 10" Touch
Applications/options
• Under ProTool
-
Internet Explorer, ProAgent
Internet Explorer, ProAgent,
[email protected], [email protected],
OPC server
Internet Explorer, ProAgent,
[email protected], [email protected],
OPC server
ThinClient/MP, Internet Explorer,
ProAgent
Thin Client/MP, Internet Explorer,
ProAgent, [email protected],
[email protected], OPC server
–
–
–
2000
2000
1 x 70
2000
2000
1 x 70
–
8
8
–
Circulating buffer,
512 entries each 2)
Circulating buffer,
512 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
–
–
–
–
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Entries per diagram
• Graphics objects
–
–
–
–
–
–
• Dynamic objects
–
300
10,000 text elements
200
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides,
hidden buttons
Yes
• Under WinCC flexible
Functionality
when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• Number of process values
per message
• Message buffer
–
300
10,000 text elements
200
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides,
hidden buttons
Yes
Variables
–
2048
2048
Archiving
• Number of archives per project
• Number of process tags per
project
• Archive types
–
–
–
20
20
20
20
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
–
–
–
• Size of archive
–
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available memory
on the PC/CF card or spare hard
disk memory over the network drive
Using trend curves
- Libraries
–
• Online evaluation
–
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available memory
on the PC/CF card or spare hard
disk memory over the network drive
Using trend curves
Password protection (levels)
–
10
10
Visual Basic Scripts
–
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 20
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 20
Printer functions
–
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
–
–
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
Character set
–
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
Help system
–
Yes
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
–
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Interval timer
–
Yes
Yes
2) Not battery-backed
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/109
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
2
MP 270B 6" Touch
MP 270B 10" Key
MP 270B 10" Touch
4000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
512 entries each 2)
4000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
512 entries each 2)
4000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
512 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
300
500
1000
64 KB integrated flash, expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
500
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides,
hidden buttons
Yes
500
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides,
hidden buttons
Yes
500
10,000 text elements
200
200
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, slides,
hidden buttons
Yes
2048
2048
2048
• Online evaluation
20
20
400
500,000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available memory
on the PC / CF card or spare hard
disk memory on the network drive
Using trend curves
20
20
400
500,000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available memory
on the PC / CF card or spare hard
disk memory on the network drive
Using trend curves
20
20
400
500,000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available memory
on the PC / CF card or spare hard
disk memory on the network drive
Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
10
32
Variable
10
32
Variable
Visual Basic Scripts
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 200
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 200
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 200
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
5
Danish, German, traditional Chinese, simplified Chinese, English,
Finnish, French, Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Dutch, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian,
Swedish, Spanish, Czech, Turkish,
Hungarian
Character set
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 2 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (timer)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Configuration tool
From WinCC flexible 2004 Standard From ProTool Version 6.0 or WinCC
(to be ordered separately)
flexible 2004 Standard (to be
ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB / Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet
Ethernet
Functionality when configuring
with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• No. of process values p. message
• Message buffer
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
Variables
Archiving
• No.of archives per project
• No. of process tags per project
• No. of sequence archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
• Transfer of the configuration
2) Not battery-backed
2/110
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
From ProTool Version 6.0 or WinCC
flexible 2004 Standard (to be
ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC MP 270B
Multi panel with
• 6" color TFT display, Touch
6AV6 545-0AH10-0AX0
• 10" color TFT display, Touch
6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0
• 10" color TFT display, Key
incl. mounting accessories
6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Instruction manual
TP 270/OP 270 and MP 270B
(WinCC flexible)
• German
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AC0
6AV6 575-1AH56-0CX0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AD0
6AV6 575-1AH46-0CX0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DD01-0AE0
comprising:
• MP 270B Multi Panel
• SIMATIC ProTool configuration
software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software update service
for 1 year
User manual WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
Configuration
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
TP/OP 270 and MP 270B
(ProTool) Manual
• German
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AA0
• English
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AB0
• French
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DC20-0AE0
ProTool user manual,
Configuring Windows-Based
Systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
Applications/options
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
When configuring with ProTool
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
User manual Communications
for Windows-Based Systems
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
MP 270B starter package A) with
• MP 270B 10" Multi Panel, Touch
• MP 270B 10" Multi Panel, Key
with SIMATIC ProTool
and ProTool/Pro
(MP 270B 10" Touch and Key)
See Section 4
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
Configuring set B)
comprising:
• WinCC flexible Standard
engineering software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish)
• Configuration cable USB
master-master between PG/PC
and panel
• MPI cable, 5 m
6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP
See Section 4
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
See page 2/126
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
See Section 4
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
See page 2/126
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
See Section 4
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
2
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/111
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order No.
Accessories
Memory cards
2
• CF card, 32 MB
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
• PC card (ATA flash), 64 MB
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0
Backup battery
Lithium battery, 2.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah, for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370
W79084-E1001-B2
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Protective foil
to protect the Touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
• for MP 270B 10" Touch
6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
• for MP 270B 6" Touch
6AV6 574-1AD00-4DX0
Service package for
MP 270B 6" Touch D)
comprising:
• Gasket
• 2 sets of labeling strips (for OPs)
• 7 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
6AV6 574-1AA00-4AX0
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
2/112
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Order No.
Service package for
MP 270B 10" Touch
comprising:
• Gasket
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket wrench
6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
Service package for
MP 270B 10" Key
comprising:
• Gasket
• 2 sets of labeling strips
• 10 clamps
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket wrench
6AV6 574-1AA00-2DX0
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
Configuration cable
between PG/PC and MP,
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
TTY-RS 232 converter
for connecting to S5 CPUs;
3.2 m long; Canon 15-pin – 25-pin
6ES5 734-1BD20
System interfaces
See page 2/139
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 270 series
SIMATIC MP 270B
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
2
6,2
G_ST80_XX_00044
140
156
58
275
212
196
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 198 x 142
59,2
54,9
MP 270B 6“ Touch
9,5
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248
G_ST80_XX_00043
335
309
247
Dimensions in mm
MP 270B 10“ Touch
■ More information
Dimensions in mm
For further information, visit our website at
482,6
431,6
58,6 9,5
55,3
Panel cutout (B x H) in mm: 436 x 295
288,3
G_ST80_XX_00055
310,3
http://www.siemens.com/mp
MP 270B 10" Key
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/113
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
• Can be used worldwide:
- 32 languages can be configured (including Asiatic and
Cyrillic character sets)
- Up to 5 languages are selectable online
• Standard hardware and software interfaces to increase
flexibility:
- PC/CF card slot for memory expansions, Backup/Restore or
additional interfaces
- Ethernet (TCP/IP) for centralized data management and
project management;
connection of PLC to SIMATIC S7 when configuring with
WinCC flexible
- Standard Windows storage format (CSV) for archives and
recipes enables further processing using standard tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
■ Overview
2
■ Application
• Multi panels (MPs) can be used ju st like the operator panels for
operating and monitoring machines on site.
• Their functional scope can be expanded by installing additional Windows CE applications (multi panel options)
• The SIMATIC MP 370 units based on Windows CE combine the
ruggedness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs
• Pixel graphics 12.1" or 15.1" TFT display, color (256 colors)
• MP 370 12“ Keys:
38 system keys, 36 freely-configurable and freely-inscribable
function keys (36 with LEDs)
MP 370 12" and 15" Touch:
Touch screen (analog/resistive)
• All interfaces on board, e.g MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB, Ethernet,
serial
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• Modular expansion possible with options such as:
- Software PLC SIMATIC WinAC MP
- ThinClient/MP for use as terminal client on a Windows terminal server
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for communication between
various SIMATIC HMI systems
- WinCC flexible /[email protected] for remote maintenance and
servicing of machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
- WinCC flexible /OPC server for communication with applications from various vendors
- MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included in scope of supply)
• Reduces the service and start-up costs due to:
- Backup/restore via Ethernet (TCP/IP), USB, MPI,
PROFIBUS DP, RS 232 (serial) or optionally via PC/CF card
- Remote downloading/uploading of the configuration and
firmware
- Specific drivers can be downloaded
- Long service life of the backlighting
• Graphics library complete with ready-to-use display objects
2/114
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The SIMATIC MP 370 Multi Panels can be used in all applications in which operator control and monitoring of machines and
installations is required locally – whether in production automation, process automation or building service automation. They
are used in a variety of sectors and applications and their field
of applications can be expanded using the multi panel options,
e.g. by displaying HTML documents via the MS Pocket Internet
Explorer.
Windows CE provides the fundamentals for use in harsh industrial environments. The lack of a hard disk and fan means that it
can also be used in applications in which high levels of vibration
or dust place restrictions on the operation of a PC. Short powerup times mean that the multi panels are quickly ready for use.
■ Design
• 12.1" or 15.1" TFT color display, 256 colors
• MP 370 12“ Keys:
- Membrane keyboard, 38 system keys, 36 freely-inscribable
function keys (36 with LED), of which 36 are softkeys
• MP 370 12“ and 15“ Touch :
- Touch screen (analog/resistive)
• Compact construction with a mounting depth of only 65 mm
(MP 370 12" Keys), 59 mm (MP 370 12" Touch) or 69 mm
(MP 370 15" Touch)
• The front is resistant to various oils, greases and standard
detergents.
• IP65/NEMA 4x/NEMA 12 degree of protection (front) or IP20
(on the rear of the unit)
• Plug-type terminals for connection of a 24 V DC power supply
• Interfaces:
- TTY/RS 232, RS 485/RS 422 interface for process connections (MPI, PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s)
- Serial RS 232 interface (printer, download/upload)
- USB for mouse, keyboard, printer, barcode reader and downloading/uploading configurations
- Ethernet interface (TCP/IP) for exchanging data with a higherlevel PC, for connecting a network printer and downloading/uploading configurations
• Slot for Compact Flash card (CF card)
• Slot for PC card
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Function
• Displaying and modifying process parameters
• Function keys (only for MP 370B 12“ Key)
are used for direct triggering of functions and actions. Up to 16
functions can be configured simultaneously on function keys.
The function keys can be used directly as PROFIBUS DP input
peripherals.
• Process display:
- MP 370 12“:
SVGA resolution (800 x 600 pixels)
MP 370 15“ Touch:
XGA resolution (1024 x 768 pixels)
with 256 colors for picture elements, 16 colors for text
- Vector graphics (various line-drawn and solid objects)
- Dynamic positioning and dynamic showing/hiding of objects
- Pixel graphics displays, curves and bar displays
- Presentation of up to 8 curves in a curve field;
curve graphics with scroll and zoom functions for accessing
historical values and for flexible selection of the displayed
time frame;
Read-off line for reading off current values and display in a
table
- Comprehensive image libraries (SIMATIC HMI
Symbol Library)
- Graphics objects: slider, gauge, clock
- Cyclic function processing using timers
• Multiplex function for variables
• Message system
- Administration of status, fault and system messages
- Status and fault messages with message history
- Preconfigured message display, message window and message line
• Archiving of messages and process values (on PC/CF Card or
network drives over Ethernet)
- Different archive types: short-term archive and sequence
archive
- Storage of archive data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- Online evaluation of process value archives through curves
- External evaluation using standard tools (MS Excel and MS
Access) is possible
• Message log and shift log
• Print functions (see "recommended printers")
• Language selection
5 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
• Password protection with 10 levels
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on PC/CF Card)
- Online/offline processing at the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools MS Excel and MS
Access is possible
• PG functions STATUS/CONTROL VAR in combination with
SIMATIC S5 and SIMATIC S7
• Display selection from the PLC
supports operator prompting from the PLC
• Display of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet Explorer
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility through the implementation of
new functions including linking to ProTool variables (comparison operations, loops, etc.)
• Help texts
for process diagrams, messages and variables
• Mathematical functions
• Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Permanent window;
permanent display area for the output of information that is not
specific to the particular display (e.g. important process variables, date and time)
• User-friendly maintenance and configuration through
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC/CF card or over Ethernet
- Backup and restoring the configuration, operating system,
data records and firmware on a PC
- Download and upload of configuration via
Ethernet/USB/MPI/PROFIBUS DP/RS232/modem and
CF card
- Automatic transfer identification
- Configuration simulation directly on the configuration computer
• Import/export of all texts including messages in CSV format for
translation using standard word processing programs
Additional functions when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Project-specific picture blocks that can be modified centrally
• Message system
- Bit messages and analog messages (limit value messages)
as well as the Alarm S message frame procedure for
SIMATIC S7 and SIMOTION
- Freely-definable message classes (e.g. status/fault messages) for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
• Language selection:
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Permanent window expanded by template concept;
- generation of screen templates
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication by means of user ID and password
- Privileges specific to user groups
• Visual Basic Runtime object model
• Service functions
(optionally with "WinCC flexible/[email protected]")
- E-mail generation
- Remote operation of the SIMATIC HMI system based on
Internet explorer
- Web server with status HTML pages and control functions
• Client/server functions (optionally with "WinCC flexible /[email protected]")
- Remote operation and monitoring of other SIMATIC HMI
systems
- Plant-wide scanning of information and archiving of process
data
Configuration
Configuring is carried out using the configuring software
SIMATIC ProTool or SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration
(see HMI software/configuring software or visualization software)
or using the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard or Advanced
engineering software (see HMI software/engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible).
Projects generated using ProTool can be imported into WinCC
flexible.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/115
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Function (continued)
Applications/options
2
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP;
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP;
use of the Multi Panel Touch variant as MS Windows terminal
client for utilizing the MS terminal services (see multi panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP)
• SIMATIC WinAC MP
Software PLC under Windows CE, executable on the multifunctional SIMATIC MP 370 platform (see multi panel options/SIMATIC WinAC MP)
When configuring with WinCC flexible
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
Use of the Multi Panel Touch variant as MS Windows terminal
client for utilizing the MS terminal services (see multi panel options/SIMATIC ThinClient/MP)
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent;
fast, localized fault diagnosis in plants and machines for
SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI (see HMI software/process
diagnostics software SIMATIC ProAgent)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
remote operation and monitoring as well as communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible
RT options)
• WinCC flexible /[email protected];
remote maintenance and servicing of machines/plants over the
Internet/intranet (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
• WinCC flexible /OPC Server
Communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP, or applications in the office environment) from various manufacturers
(see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC
WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
2/116
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Integration
The MP 370 can be connected to:
• SIMATIC S7-200/-300-400
• SIMATIC WinAC Software/Slot PLC
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK
• SIMOTION
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley
- Mitsubishi
- Telemecanique
- LG GLOFA GM
- Modicon
- GE-Fanuc
- OMRON
• Via Ethernet (TCP/IP) to the hi gher-level PC, network printer
Additionally when configuring with WinCC flexible
• Ethernet communication with SIMATIC S7
• Multi-protocol capability
• OPC XML server (option with "WinCC flexible /OPC server")
• HTTP communication to other SIMATIC HMI systems (optionally with "WinCC flexible /[email protected]")
• SINUMERIK
(optionally with "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC flexible
CE"; the "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible"
is additionally necessary for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60)
Note:
For further information see "System interfaces"
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Technical specifications
Type
MP 370 12” Key
MP 370 12" Touch
MP 370 15" Touch
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
• Colors
• MTBF of backlighting (at 25 °C)
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
12.1"
800 x 600
256 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
12.1"
800 x 600
256 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
TFT liquid crystal display (LCD)
15.1"
1024 x 768
256 colors
Approx. 50,000 hours
Control elements
• Function keys, programmable
• System keys
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
• External mouse, keyboard,
barcode reader
Membrane keyboard
36 function keys, all with LEDs
38 (3 with LED)
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Touch screen
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Touch screen
Yes/yes
USB / USB / USB
Processor
RISC CPU
RISC CPU
RISC CPU
Operating system
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows CE
Flash / RAM
12 MB
(of which 7 MB for configuration)
Flash / RAM
12 MB
(of which 7 MB for configuration)
Flash / RAM
12 MB
(of which 7 MB for configuration)
1 x TTY/RS 232, 1 x RS 232,
1 x RS 422/RS 485
1 x PC card slot
1 x CF card slot
1 x USB
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x TTY/RS 232, 1 x RS 232,
1 x RS 422/RS 485
1 x PC card slot
1 x CF card slot
1 x USB
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
1 x TTY/RS 232, 1 x RS 232,
1 x RS 422/RS 485
1 x PC card slot
1 x CF card slot
1 x USB
1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
Connection to PLC
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1 and DH485),
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST) 1), Modicon (Modbus),
OMRON (Link/MultiLink),
LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1 and DH485),
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST) 1), Modicon (Modbus),
OMRON (Link/MultiLink),
LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
S5, S7-200, S7-300/400, 505,
WinAC, SINUMERIK, SIMOTION,
Allen Bradley (DF1 and DH485),
Mitsubishi (FX), Telemecanique
(ADJUST) 1), Modicon (Modbus),
OMRON (Link/MultiLink),
LG GLOFA GM,
other non-Siemens PLCs
Supply voltage
• Permitted range
• Nominal current
-15%, + 20%
+ 18 to + 30 V DC
1.15 A
-15%, + 20%
+ 18 to + 30 V DC
1.15 A
-15%, + 20%
+ 18 to + 30 V DC
1.8 A
Backup battery
Optional, 3.6 V
Optional, 3.6 V
Optional, 3.6 V
Clock
Hardware clock, backed up and
synchronized
Hardware clock, backed up and
synchronized
Hardware clock, backed up and
synchronized
IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
IP65, NEMA 12, NEMA 4x, NEMA 4
IP20
FM Class I Div 2, cULus,
EX Zone 2/22, CE
FM Class I Div 2, cULus,
EX Zone 2/22, CE
FM Class I Div 2, cULus,
EX Zone 2/22, CE, C-TICK
Dimensions
• Front W x H (mm)
• Cutout W x H (mm)
483 x 310
450 x 290
335 x 275
310 x 248
400 x 310
368 x 290
Weight
6 kg
5 kg
5.7 kg
Ambient conditions
• Mounting position
- Max. permissible angle of inclination without forced ventilation
Vertical
+/- 35°
Vertical
+/- 35°
Vertical
+/- 35°
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
0 °C to +50 °C
0 °C to +35 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
-20 °C to +60 °C
85%
85%
85%
Memory
• Type
• Usable memory for user data
Ports
• PC card slot
• CF card slot
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• Ethernet
Degree of protection
• Front
• Rear
Certification
• Temperature
- Operation (vertical installation)
- Operation (max. angle of inclination)
- Transport, storage
• Max. relative humidity
1) Cannot be connected in conjunction with WinCC flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/117
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
2
MP 370 12” Key
MP 370 12" Touch
MP 370 15" Touch
Yes
-
-
-
Yes
Yes
Printer, barcode reader, mouse,
keyboard, diskette drive
Printer, barcode reader, mouse,
keyboard, diskette drive
Printer, barcode reader, mouse,
keyboard, diskette drive
Soft PLC, Internet Explorer,
ProAgent
Internet Explorer, ProAgent,
[email protected], [email protected],
OPC server
Thin Client/MP, Soft PLC,
Internet Explorer, ProAgent
Thin Client/MP, Internet Explorer,
ProAgent, [email protected],
[email protected], OPC server
Thin Client/MP, Soft PLC,
Internet Explorer, ProAgent
Thin Client/MP, Internet Explorer,
ProAgent, [email protected],
[email protected], OPC server
2000
2000
1 x 70
2000
2000
1 x 70
2000
2000
1 x 70
8
8
8
Circulating buffer,
1024 entries each 2)
Circulating buffer,
1024 entries each 2)
Circulating buffer,
1024 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
500
1000
1000
128 KB integrated flash,
expandable
500
1000
1000
128 KB integrated flash,
expandable
500
1000
1000
128 KB integrated flash,
expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
300
30,000 text elements
400
400
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, sliders,
hidden buttons
Yes
300
30,000 text elements
400
400
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, sliders,
hidden buttons
Yes
300
30,000 text elements
400
400
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, sliders,
hidden buttons
Yes
2048
2048
2048
• Online evaluation
50
50
40
50,000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the
network drive
Using trend curves
50
50
40
50,000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the
network drive
Using trend curves
50
50
40
50,000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the
network drive
Using trend curves
Password protection (levels)
10
10
10
Visual Basic scripts
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 100
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 100
Number = 50 / number of lines
per script = 100
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy, messages, shift log
Expansion for operator control
of the process
• DP direct keys/LEDs (OP
keys/LEDs as I/O peripherals)
• DP direct keys (TP buttons as
I/O peripherals)
Peripherals
Applications/options
• Under ProTool
• Under WinCC flexible
Functionality when configuring with ProTool
Message system
• Status messages
• Fault messages
• Message length
(lines x characters)
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
Variables
Archiving
• No. of archives per project
• No. of process tags per project
• No. of sequence archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
2/118
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
MP 370 12” Key
MP 370 12" Touch
MP 370 15" Touch
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Functionality when configuring with ProTool (continued)
Online languages
• Project languages
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Timer
Yes
Yes
Yes
4000
Yes
Yes
8
4000
Yes
Yes
8
4000
Yes
Yes
8
Circulating buffer,
1024 entries each 2)
Circulating buffer,
1024 entries each 2)
Circulating buffer,
1024 entries each 2)
Recipes
• Data records per recipe
• Entries per data record
• Recipe memory
500
1000
1000
128 KB integrated flash,
expandable
500
1000
1000
128 KB integrated flash,
expandable
500
1000
1000
128 KB integrated flash,
expandable
Process diagrams
• Text objects
• Variables per diagram
• Fields per diagram
• Graphics objects
500
30,000 text elements
400
400
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, sliders,
hidden buttons
Yes
500
30,000 text elements
400
400
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, sliders,
hidden buttons
Yes
500
30,000 text elements
400
400
Bitmaps, icons, background
images, vector graphics
Diagrams, bars, sliders,
hidden buttons
Yes
2048
2048
2048
• Online evaluation
50
50
400
500.000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the
network drive
Using trend curves
50
50
400
500.000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the
network drive
Using trend curves
50
50
400
500.000
Short-term archive, sequence
archive, message archive,
process value archive
PC card, CF card, Ethernet
CSV
Readable, e.g. using MS Excel,
MS Access
Dependent on the available
memory on the PC / CF card or
spare hard disk memory on the
network drive
Using trend curves
User administration (security)
• No. of user groups
• No. of users
• No. of user group privileges
10
32
Variable
10
32
Variable
10
32
Variable
Functionality when configuring with WinCC flexible
Message system
• No. of messages
• Bit messages
• Analog messages
• No. of process values
per message
• Message buffer
• Dynamic objects
- Libraries
Variables
Archiving
• No. of archives per project
• No. of process tags per project
• No. of sequence archives
• Entries per archive
• Archive types
• Storage location
• Data storage format
• External evaluation
• Size of archive
2) Not battery-backed
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/119
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
MP 370 12” Key
MP 370 12" Touch
MP 370 15" Touch
Functionality when configuring with WinCC flexible
2
Visual Basic Scripts
Number = 100 / number of lines
per script = 500
Number = 100 / number of lines
per script = 500
Number = 100 / number of lines
per script = 500
Printer functions
Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log
Color printout, hardcopy,
messages, shift log
Online languages
• Project languages
(incl. system messages)
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
5
Traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
German, English, Finnish, French,
Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Norwegian, Polish,
Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish, Turkish
Character set
Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
Tahoma, Courier New, 4 further
character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideo- character sets can be loaded, ideographic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
graphic languages freely scalable
Help system
Yes
Yes
Yes
PG functions (STATUS/CONTROL)
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
For SIMATIC S5/S7
Task planner (interval timer)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Configuration tool
ProTool from Version 5.2 SP3 or
from WinCC flexible 2004 Standard
(to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet
ProTool from Version 5.2 SP3, or
from WinCC flexible 2004 Standard
(to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet
ProTool from Version 6.0 SP2 or
from WinCC flexible 2004 Standard
(to be ordered separately)
Serial / MPI / PROFIBUS DP / USB /
Ethernet
• Transfer of the configuration
2) Not battery-backed
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC MP 370 A)
Multi panel with
Order No.
Applications/options
• 12" color TFT display, Touch
6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0
• 12" color TFT display, Key
6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0
• 15" color TFT display, Touch
6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0
Configuring set B)
comprising:
6AV6 622-0BA01-0AA0
• Engineering software WinCC
flexible Standard
• Documentation CD, 5 languages (English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish)
incl. mounting accessories
Configuration
with SIMATIC ProTool and
ProTool/Pro
See Section 4
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
See Section 4
• RS 232 cable (5 m)
• MPI cable, 5 m
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
When configuring with ProTool
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP
See Section 4
• SIMATIC WinAC MP
See page 2/123
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
See page 2/126
When configuring with WinCC flexible
2/120
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
See page 2/126
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /[email protected]
See Section 4
• WinCC flexible /OPC server
See Section 4
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
Accessories
Instruction manual
MP 370 (WinCC flexible)
• German
Memory cards
• CF card, 32 MB
6AV6 691-1DE01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1DE01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1DE01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1DE01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1DE01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible
Compact/Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
MP 370 Manual (ProTool)
• German
• English
• French
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AA0
• PC card (ATA Flash),
64 MB C)
6AV6 574-2AC00-2AF0
Backup battery
Lithium battery, 2.6 V DC;
1.7 Ah, for TD17, OP17, OP25,
OP27, OP 270, OP35, OP37,
TP27, TP 270, TP37, MP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370
W79084-E1001-B2
2
Accessories for supplementary ordering
Key labeling strips
for MP 370 Key
for function keys, without labeling,
set of 2 (plastic)
6AV6 574-1AB00-2BA0
Protective foil
to protect the Touch front against
dirt/scratching (set of 10)
• for MP 370 12" Touch
6AV6 574-1AD00-4CX0
• for MP 370 15" Touch
6AV6 574-1AD00-4EX0
6AV6 574-1AA00-2CX0
6AV6 591-1DB10-2AA0
Service package
for MP 370 Touch
comprising:
6AV6 591-1DB10-2AB0
• Gasket
6AV6 591-1DB10-2AC0
• 10 clamps
• Italian
6AV6 591-1DB10-2AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 591-1DB10-2AE0
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Socket wrench
ProTool user manual,
Configuring Windows-based
Systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Clamp-type terminal strip
(block of two)
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
• Socket wrench
Service package for MP 370 Key
comprising:
User manual Configurations
for Windows-based Systems
(ProTool)
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
• Italian
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
6AV6 574-1AA00-2BX0
• 2 sets of labeling strips
• 6 clamps
Configuration cable
between PG/PC and MP,
RS 232 cable (5 m)
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
RS 485 bus connector
with axial cable outlet (180°)
6GK1 500-0EA02
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
System interfaces
See page 2/139
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
Connecting cables
See page 2/149
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C) 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/121
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panels — 370 series
SIMATIC MP 370
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
483
465
400
10
235
310
69
366
288
65
310
2
10
288
Dimensions in mm
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 450 x 290
MP 370 12" Keys
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 368 x 290
MP 370 15“ Touch
■ More information
Dimensions in mm
For further information, visit our website at
335
309,4
59
10
MP 370 12" Touch
2/122
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_XX_00050
Panel cutout (W x H) in mm: 310 x 248
247,4
275
http://www.siemens.com/mp
G_ST80_XX_00051
G_ST80_XX_00049
448
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP
■ Overview
■ Application
Processing large volumes of data
WinAC MP has a large user memory for the PLC user program
and user data.
The limits for the user memory can be adapted to suit the application depending on whether the emphasis is on large volumes
of data in the PLC or demanding visualization.
Installation directly at the machine
WinAC MP is suitable for use directly at the machine in hostile
environments or as a cell controller in a system network.
SIMATIC MP 370 also constitutes a rugged hardware platform
without a fan and without rotating mass storage.
SIMATIC WinAC MP, ProTool and MP 370 are perfectly matched
to each another. This increases the operational reliability in every
situation over the service life.
The underlying operating system Windows CE V3.0 ensures deterministic operation for WinAC MP. The excellent computing capacity of the MP 370 allows fast execution speeds for PLC user
programs combined with fast update speeds and short display
building times for visualization.
• The software PLC which runs under Windows CE and can be
installed on the multifunctional platform MP 370 12" and
MP 370 15“
• The cost-optimized solution fo r deterministic processes in conjunction with a rugged hardware platform. At the same time it
is ideal for applications in which large amounts of data are processed.
• Ideal for tasks directly at the ma chine when a user-friendly user
interface is extremely important or the control task demand
large programs and extensive data memory.
■ Design
SIMATIC WinAC MP comprises the following components:
• Windows logic controller
• Driver for PROFIBUS DP
• Electronic manuals
• Control functions for ProTool
An MP 370 is also needed in order to operate WinAC MP.
This has the following key feature:
• Compact design:
All the components needed for an automation task – control
and visualization – are contained in a compact, easy-to-install
housing. This saves space in the plant and reduces the wiring
outlay considerably. Due to the integrated unit and screen, the
equipment is easy to install on a girder or in the machine panel.
For a detailed description and order information for the MP 370
and accessories, see "PC-based Automation/Industrial
PC/Embedded Platform/SIMATIC MP 370" or " SIMATIC HMI
Control and Monitoring Systems/Control and Monitoring
Systems/MultiPanel/370 Series".
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/123
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP
■ Function
2
Configurable attributes
• Communication:
Determining and defining device addresses
• Start-up/cycle behavior:
Setting maximum cycle time and load and self-test functions
• Oscillator flag:
Setting addresses
• Protection level:
Defining access rights to programs and data
• System diagnostics:
Setting handling and scope of diagnostic messages
• Timed interrupts:
Setting periodicity
• Schedulers:
Setting start date, start time and periodicity
Reporting functions
• Test functions:
The PG can display signal states as the program is running,
modify process variables independently of the user program,
and output stack contents.
• Information functions:
The PG can provide the user with information about memory
capacity and CPU operating mode, the current capacity utilization of main memory and load memory, and current cycle
times and diagnostic buffer contents in plain text.
System functions
The CPU offers a wide range of system functions for diagnosis,
parameterization, synchronization, alarm signaling, time measurement, etc.
Visualization and operation with ProTool
Visualization on the MP 370 takes place with SIMATIC ProTool.
WinAC MP and ProTool are automatically interconnected on installation without any special configuration work. Thus complete
TIA functionality exists between ProTool and WinAC MP. This
ranges from visualization of the process data to creating and
loading recipes through to handling signals and alarms.
The user interface for WinAC MP has been implemented in
ProTool. It contains the RUN/STOP switch, the status indicators
and additional operator controls and displays. Special ProTool
screens are included in the ProTool project for use by operators
and service personnel. WinAC MP can then be operated without
the need to close ProTool. The integrated user administration
function in ProTool can be used to restrict access to these functions to authorized personnel.
Due to flexible integration of the operator controls and displays
of WinAC MP into ProTool, it is possible to adapt the user interface of WinAC MP to the requirements of the maintenance staff
and the application easily and with flexibility.
Easy configuration and start-up
With WinAC MP and the MP 370, everything is "on board", no additional hardware or software components are needed. The
MP 370 comes with integrated interfaces. When WinAC MP is installed, these interfaces are automatically configured, so startup is possible immediately. Simply download the STEP 7 project
and the ProTool project and start! ProTool is preinstalled in
MP 370.
2/124
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Loading user programs and ProTool projects
The integrated Ethernet interface on the MP 370 is generally
used for loading user programs and ProTool projects. All communication functions are available with this interface, e.g. the
ProTool project can also be loaded via the same interface.
The user program can also be downloaded for WinAC MP via the
integrated PROFIBUS interface.
Communications and I/O connection
The MP 370 has an integrated PROFIBUS interface, an Ethernet
interface and RS 232 and USB interfaces.
Distributed I/O devices are connected via the integrated
PROFIBUS interface on the MP 370. WinAC MP configures this
interface automatically when it is loaded onto the MP 370 and
then started. All settings and configurations for the I/O connection are implemented exclusively by means of the associated
STEP 7 project.
WinAC MP can also communicate with other SIMATIC controllers via the Ethernet or PROFIBUS interface.
Mode of operation
Windows logic controller (WinLC)
The Windows logic controller takes care of the actual control task
and the execution of the control program. It coordinates the necessary input and output of process values via the lower-level
PROFIBUS fieldbus system and provides the process values for
visualization and data processing tasks.
Several processing levels are available for optimum process
control:
• Cyclical program execution
• Alarm processing
• Time and date-controlled execution
STEP 7 can be used to program and parameterize the configuration, properties and behavior of WinAC MP.
Programming
Programming WinAC MP
Programming and configuration of WinAC MP is performed using STEP 7 and the SIMATIC Engineering Tools for manufacturing systems. All SIMATIC programming languages are therefore
also available for WinAC MP.
The SIMATIC programming languages comply with the DIN EN
6.1131-3 standard. This reduces the time required for learning
and training.
Program modules that were programmed for SIMATIC S7 controls can be reused in WinAC without modification provided that
they were not suited to specific features of a SIMATIC S7 CPU.
Processing ProTool projects
ProTool projects for the MP 370 are processed with ProTool CS.
ProTool CS and STEP 7 work closely together and have a shared
database, ensuring optimum integration when creating your application.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC WinAC MP
■ Technical specifications
■ Ordering data
Type
SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.1
User memory
• Flash memory (integrated)
• Working memory (integrated)
• Load memory (integrated)
• Bit memories
• Counters
• Timers
• Retentive data
5 MB
1 MB
1 MB
2 KB
512
512
Yes with UPS
Number of blocks
• FB/FC/OB/DB/SDB
max. 2500
I/O
• I/O address space
• Number of inputs/outputs
• Connection of the I/O
• Number of PROFIBUS DP slaves
each 16 KB I/O
each 1 KB I/O
PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbits/s
(MP 370 on board)
32
Execution times
• Bit operations (typ.)
• Mathematical operations, typ.
0.2 µs
0.15 µs
Technology
• SIMATIC FMs
• Easy Motion Control
FM 350, FM 351, FM 352
Yes
System requirements
• Hardware
• Operating system
• PLC programming software
• Visualization configuration
software
• Communication software for
Industrial Ethernet (only required
on the programming device)
SIMATIC WinAC MP V3.1
Software-based PC-based control
system under Windows CE;
CD-ROM with electronic
documentation (G, E, F)
Single license A)
Order No.
2
6ES7 671-0EC02-0YA0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
SIMATIC MP 370 12" Touch,
MP 370 12" Key or
MP 370 15” Touch
Windows CE 3.0
(included on MP 370)
STEP 7, Version 5.2 or higher
ProTool, Version 6.0, SP2
or higher
SOFTNET PG for IE
Communication functions
Connections, total
• Ethernet, max.
• PROFIBUS, max.
• Reserved OS connections
• Reserved PG connection
24
22
4
1
1
PG/OP communication
Yes
Global data communication
No
S7 basic communication
No
S7 communication
• As server
• As client
Yes
Yes
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/125
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
■ Overview
2
• Multi panel option upgradeable
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP exp ands the Multi Panels MP 270B
10" Touch and MP 370 Touch with the functional scope of a
Windows-based terminal (Terminal Client)
• This means that the multi panel s can be implemented as a Thin
Client for a Windows 2000 Terminal Server
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP supports operation of the multi panels
either simply as a Thin Client or with parallel operation as a Thin
Client and platform for visualization with ProTool or
WinCC flexible
■ Benefits
• PC functionality on rugged, compact and cost-optimized
Windows CE platform
• Implementation of pure Thin Clie nt solutions or Thin Client functionality parallel to visualization with ProTool or WinCC flexible
• Low administration and main tenance costs since these only
occur once for the central terminal server and not for every terminal client
• Simple operation
• Avoidance of maloperations by automatic establishment of
connection to terminal server when starting the multi panel
(autostart)
• Uncomplicated establishment of connection to terminal server
using preconfigured buttons
• Increased safety through indivi dual approval of possible applications for the user at the server end
2/126
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
■ Application
• SIMATIC ThinClient/MP supports operation of the multi panels
either simply as a Thin Client or with parallel operation as a Thin
Client and platform for local process visualization with ProTool
or WinCC flexible.
Examples of possible applications
- Preventive maintenance program
- SAP R/3 order management
Multi panel simply as a Thin Client
When the multi panel is used simply as a Thin Client, it is only implemented as an input and output terminal for the terminal
server. Operator control and monitoring at machine level using
ProTool or WinCC flexible as well as a direct link to the PLC are
omitted. All applications – vi sualization, maintenance management, quality assurance or office applications – are implemented
on the terminal server which can also connect to the process.
Office
Control room
(FAT Clients)
- MS Exel
WinCC
WinCC
- WinCC Web Navigator
- Server/Client
Terminal Clients (Thin Clients)
WinCC
Shopfloor
Industrial Ethernet
WinCC
PROCESS BUS
G_ST80_DE_00020
Terminal Server
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/127
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
■ Application (continued)
Visualization and Thin Client in parallel
Examples of possible applications
- Preventive maintenance program
Office Control room
(FAT Clients)
WinCC
- SAP R/3 order management
- MS Exel
WinCC
- WinCC Web Navigator
- Server/Client
Terminal Clients (Thin Clients)
Shop floor
WinCC
Industrial Ethernet
WinCC
PROCESS BUS
Terminal Server
G_ST80_XX_00019
2
When the multi panel is used in parallel operation, in addition to
local process visualization with ProTool or WinCC flexible and direct connection to the PLC, Thin Client functionality is also used.
This means that, when the visualization is running, a terminal
session on the terminal server can be opened simultaneously.
For example, a higher-level SCADA system such as SIMATIC
WinCC can be called via the WinCC Web Navigator for the pur-
pose of changing from the local machine overview to the plant
or factory overview. From here, plant-wide information such as
alarms or trend curves can be displayed. Other possibilities involve calling a maintenance program for the specific machine or
plant or an order processing program in order to establish the
current status of the order. It is also possible to call batch logs
for a machine that have been stored on a terminal server.
■ Function
The principle of Terminal Services Computing is based on the
fundamental physical separation of data, applications and display visualization. The terminal services of Windows 2000 servers enable Thin Clients (terminal clients) to run applications in
the main memory of a central Windows 2000 terminal server instead of in its own main memory. The Thin Clients are then used
as terminals solely for the purpose of visualizing and entering
data which they then send to the terminal server.
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP enables the platforms MP 370 Touch and
MP 270B 10" Touch to control PC applications that run on a
Windows 2000 terminal server. These can be SCADA (e.g.
SIMATIC WinCC + Web Navigator) or MS-Office applications.
Additional functions
• Autostart function
supports the automatic setup of a connection to a fixed terminal server after the multifunctional platform has been switched
on. This means that no other operations are required on starting.
• Configuration of extensive user authorizations, e.g.
starting of and access to only one application on the terminal
server
• Configuration of t he connection settings ensures quick and
reliable connection setup
2/128
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
ThinClient/MP is executable on:
• SIMATIC MP 270B 10" Touch
• SIMATIC MP 370 12" Touch
• SIMATIC MP 370 15" Touch
Installation
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP is installed and authorized quickly and
easily on the multifunctional platforms using the supplied panel
service tool ProSave.
System requirements for terminal server:
Operating system:
• Windows 2000 server with SP2 or higher, including installed
terminal services
Licenses
• CAL (Client Access License) 1)
• TS CAL (Terminal Services Client Access License)
1)
1) One license from Microsoft is required for each multi panel that is
operated as a Thin Client on the terminal server.
Operator control and monitoring devices
Multi Panel Options
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
■ Integration
Communication with the terminal server is via the Ethernet interface integrated in the multi panel by means of Microsoft RDP
(Remote Desktop Protocol). Thus complex installation of additional interface cards is unnecessary.
The option is provided with 3 licenses. These permit installation
of the option on up to three MP 370 Touch or MP 270B Touch.
■ Technical specifications
Type
ThinClient/MP V1.0
Platform 1)
MP 270B 10" Touch,
MP 370 12" Touch,
MP 370 15" Touch
2
System requirements (terminal server)
• Operating system
Windows 2000 server with SP2
or higher, including installed
terminal services
• Licenses (Microsoft)
• CAL (Client Access License) 2)
• TS CAL (Terminal Services
Client Access License)2)
The licenses required for the Microsoft terminal server are not
part of this package.
• Hardware
- CPU
- RAM
3)
(recommended)
≥ Pentium III 700 MHz
≥ 256 MB + 50 MB
per terminal session
≥ 3 GB
10/100 Mbit/s
Yes
- Hard disk
- Network card
- CD-ROM
1) Is not part of the option and must be ordered separately
2) One license from Microsoft is required for each multifunctional platform that is operated as a Thin Client on the terminal server
3) The specified values are average values and depend on the
application used on the terminal server
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP V1.0
3 licenses for installation on
3 devices, software and documentation on CD, license key on
diskette, software and documentation in English, executes under
Windows CE 3.0 on
SIMATIC MP 270B 10" Touch
and MP 370 Touch
6AV3 681-2AA00-0AX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/mp
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/129
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
Overview
■ Overview
2
The SIMATIC Text Displays (TD) TD17 and Operator Panels (OP) 1)
OP3, OP7, OP17, provide HMI functionality in conjunction with
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC 505
• SINUMERIK 2)
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04, 05 and MicroLogix
(DH485 protocol)
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04, 05 (DF1 protocol)
- Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60, 80 (DF1 protocol)
- GE Fanuc 90-30 + 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol)
- Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol)
- Modicon 984-120,130, 131,141,145, 380, 381, 385, 480, 485,
680, 685, 780, 785 (MODBUS protocol)
- Modicon TSX Quantum CPU113,213,424,434,534 (MODBUS
protocol)
- Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV (LINK protocol)
- Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST + UNITELWAY protocols)
- Telemecanique TSX 37 + TSX 57///(ADJUST + UNI-TELWAY
protocols)
2/130
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
You can find more detailed information in the ProTool User’s
Guide, in the Communications Manual and in the online Help.
1) In the following text, the abbreviation “OP" is used to include TDs
and OPs. This does not represent a restriction to a specific group of
devices; if certain devices do not provide particular functions, this is
explicitly referred to in the text.
2) For further information, see Catalog NC 60.
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
SIMATIC S7
■ Overview
Three different types of interface are used for communication
between SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7:
• PPI interface:
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7-200 via PPI
• MPI interface:
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7 via PG/OP communication
(communication services implemented in the operating system
of SIMATIC S7); a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not
necessary!
• PROFIBUS interface:
For linking the SIMATIC OP to S7 via the integrated PROFIBUS
interface of the CPU or alternatively via the PROFIBUS interface of a separate interface module and the backplane bus to
the SIMATIC S7 CPU.
The MPI or PROFIBUS interface operates over the multipoint
communications interfaces of SIMATIC OP and SIMATIC S7
through "PG/OP communication". You can connect:
• One OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/ 400 (MPI master)
• More than one OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-300/ 400
(MPI master)
• One OP (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s) (MPI slave)1)
• Several OPs (MPI master) to one or more S7-200(s)
(MPI slave)1)
The PROFIBUS interface and MPI interface are functionally identical (SIMATIC OPs are "active bus nodes" and not "DP slaves" as
in the case of PROFIBUS interfacing to SIMATIC S5).
In addition to the original master–master relationship, this produces a master–slave relationship that allows S7-200s (except
S7-212) to be integrated in MPI or PROFIBUS networks. 1)
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of a CPU depends on its performance (see Catalog ST 70); from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC OP, the following limitations apply:
• OP3: max. 2 connections
• TD17, OP7/17: max. 4 connections
The method of exchanging information between SIMATIC OP
and SIMATIC S7 is irrespective of whether an MPI or PROFIBUS
network is used:
PPI interface
The OP3 is only released for connection to SIMATIC S7-300/400
through MPI (master–master), i. e. it cannot communicate with
FM 353, FM 354, FM 453, etc..
The PPI interface is basically a point-to-point connection between one OP (PPI master) or alternatively one PG (PPI master)
with one S7-200 (PPI slave).
However, it is also possible to connect
• One OP to several S7-200s
(logical point-to-point-connection from the viewpoint of each
S7-200).
• Several OPs and/or PGs to one S7-200
(sequential logic point-to-point relationship; i.e. for each
S7-200, only one connection is active at any one time).
MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface
(restrictions on OP3)
In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are
static and are set up during startup and then monitored.
The SIMATIC OPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs are
S7 servers.
1) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/131
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
SIMATIC S7
2
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical characteristics)
TD17
OP3
OP7 / OP17
including variants
/PP
/DP
/DP-12
Connected via
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
S7-200 via PPI,
S7-300/400m via MPI
(PG/OP communication)
(9-pin socket/RS 485)
–
•
–
–
–
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0 1)
(2.5 m)
PPI network
via connecting cable
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
(bus connector with PG interface)
to max. 2 x S7-200
–
•
–
–
–
PPI network
(see Catalog ST 70)
MPI network
via connecting cable
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
(bus connector with PG interface)
to max. 2 x S7-300/400
–
•
–
–
–
MPI network
(see Catalog ST 70)
S7-200 via PPI
S7-200 via MPI
(PG/OP communication),
S7-300/400 via MPI
(PG/OP communication)
S7-300/400 via PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
(9-pin socket/RS 485)
•
–
–
•
•
6ES7-901-0BF00-0AA0 2)
(5 m)
via PPI network
to max. 2 x S7-200
•
–
–
•
•
PPI network 3)
(see Catalog ST 70)
via MPI network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200, S7-300, -400,
WinAC
•
–
–
•
•
MPI network 3)
(see Catalog ST 70)
via PROFIBUS network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-300, S7-400, WinAC
•
–
–
•
•
PROFIBUS 3) 4)
(see Catalog ST 70/IK PI)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1)
2)
3)
4)
Included in the OP3 scope of supply
Included in the PG scope of supply
Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02
Max. 12 Mbit/s; OP7/DP and OP17/DP max. 1.5 Mbit/s
2/132
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
SIMATIC S5
■ Overview
A range of interfaces of varying types and capacities are available for connecting SIMATIC OP (not OP3) to SIMATIC S5 (not
S5-150U).
In each case, from the viewpoint of the connected OP, the connection is a logical point-to-point link, i.e. one OP is always permanently assigned to one PLC. The PLC must be provided with
a standard function block, which must be invoked for each OP
connected (the standard FB must be ordered separately).
AS511 interface (not OP3)
S5-90 to -135U (except CPU 945, except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11])
The AS511 interface operates through the PG interface of the
SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the OP depends on the performance of the used
SIMATIC CPU.
FAP interface (not OP3)
S5-115,-135U through 2.CPU-SS (CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B,
CPU 945, CPU 928B)
S5-95U, -100U through CP 521 (except CPU 100, except
CPU 102)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U through CP 523 (except CPU 945,
except CPU 922 < Version 9, except CPU 928
[6ES5 928-3UA11])
PROFIBUS DP interface (not OP3)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U via IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/DP
(except CPU 922 < Version 9, except CPU 928
[6ES5 928-3UA11], except CPU 946/947
[6ES5 94•-3UA11], except CPU 946/947
[6ES5 94•-3UA21], except CPU 946/947
[6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
The following can be connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface:
• Up to 2 OPs as slaves through a PROFIBUS network to one
SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP/master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01];
• Up to 30 OPs can be connec ted as slaves through a
PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate PROFIBUS
DP/IM 308C master interface, or CP 5431 FMS/DP.
The OP (DP slave) and SIMATIC S5 (DP master) communicate
through PROFIBUS DP frames according to EN 50170 with superimposed “FAP protocol", whic h is processed in the programmable controller by the corresponding standard function block.
The FAP interface uses either the free ASCII interface of a
SIMATIC CPU or interface modules CP 521/CP 523. In ET200,
OPs must not be connected through CP 521.
Communication between the OPs and SIMATIC S5 is based on
a special "FAP protocol", which is handled by the corresponding
standard FB in the PLC.
More than one OP can be connected to one PLC; the performance depends on the cycle time of the SIMATIC.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/133
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
SIMATIC S5
2
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical characteristics)
TD17
OP3
OP7 / OP17
including variants
/PP
/DP
/DP-12
Connected via
SIMATIC S5 (AS511)
•
-
•
-
•
6XV1 440-2A...
(max. 1000 m)
S5-115U/CPU 943B, CPU 944A/B
(2nd interface)
(15-pin socket/TTY)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2A...
(max. 1000 m)
S5-115U/CPU 945B,
-135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2J...
(max. 1000 m)
S5-115U/CPU 945B,
-135U/CPU 928B (2nd interface)
(25-pin socket/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2J...
(max. 16 m)
S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with
CP 521SI
(25-pin socket/TTY)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2G...
(max. 1000 m)
S5-95U, -100U/CPU 103 with
CP 521SI
(25-pin socket/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 418-0C...
(max. 16 m)
+
6XV1 440-2DE32
(max. 0.32 m)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U with
CP 523
except CPU 945,
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
(25-pin socket/TTY)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2F...
(max. 1000 m)
Via PROFIBUS DP to
S5-95U/L2-DP/Master
(6ES5 928-3UA11)
•
–
–
•
•
PROFIBUS 1) 2)
(see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
Via PROFIBUS DP with
IM 308B/IM 308C to
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94•-3UA11, 6ES5 94•-3UA21,
6ES5 94•-3UA22 < Version 5)
•
–
–
•
•
PROFIBUS 1) 2)
(see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
Via PROFIBUS DP with
CP 5430/CP 5431 to
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94•-3UA11, 6ES5 94•-3UA21,
6ES5 94•-3UA22 < Version 5)
•
–
–
•
•
PROFIBUS 1) 2)
(see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
S5-90U to S5135U
(1st/2nd PG-SS)
except CPU 945,
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
(15-pin socket/TTY)
SIMATIC S5 (FAP)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP + FAP)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) Max. 12 Mbit/s; OP/DP and OP17/DP max. 1.5 Mbit/s
2) Bus connector for OP: 6GK1 500-0EA02
2/134
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
SIMATIC 505
■ Overview
Communication between SIMATIC OP (not OP3) and
SIMATIC 505 is based on the NITP protocol. The direct connection of an OP to the programming device interface of a
SIMATIC 505 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been
tested and approved.
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical characteristics)
TD17
2
OP3
OP7 / OP17
including variants
/PP
/DP
/DP-12
Anschluss über
SIMATIC 505 (NITP)
PLC 525, 535, 565T
(25-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 545, 555
(9-pin male/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T
(9-pin female/RS 422)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2M...
(max. 300 m)
PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555
(9-pin female/RS 422)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1M...
(max. 300 m)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/135
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
Non-Siemens PLCs
■ Overview
2
Allen Bradley (not OP3)
Modicon (not OP3)
Two communications protocols are available for interfacing between SIMATIC and Allen Bradley.
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Modicon runs on the
basis of the MODBUS protocol. The following have been tested
and approved:
• Direct connection of an OP to the MODBUS interface of a
Modicon 984 or a TSX Quantum (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Connection of an OP (MODBUS/ Master) to a Modicon 984 or
TSX Quantum (MODBUS/slave) over MODBUS using Modicon
MODBUS J878 modems at both ends at distances of up to
4000 m (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Integration of an OP using a Modicon MODBUS PLUS Bridge
BM85-000 into a MODBUS PLUS network and communication
between the OP (MODBUS/master) and a Modicon 984 or TSX
Quantum (MODBUS/slave) in the network (logical point-topoint relationship)
• Integration of an OP using th e Bridge function of a Modicon
984-145 or TSX Quantum in a MODBUS PLUS network and
communication between the OP (MODBUS/master) and a
Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum (MODBUS/slave) in the network
(logical point-to-point relationship)
DF1 interface
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Allen Bradley executes on the basis of the DF1 protocol (logical point-to-point
link). The following have been tested and approved:
• Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Allen
Bradley PLC5
• Direct connection of an OP to the DF1 interface of an Allen
Bradley SLC500.
Integration of SIMATIC OP over a "Communications adapter“
from Allen Bradley in their DH+ or DH485 networks has not been
approved (communications adapter = gateway)!
DH485 interface
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Allen Bradley is
based on the DH485 protocol. The following have been tested
and approved:
• Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of an Allen
Bradley SLC500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship)
• Integration of OP in an Allen Bradley DH485 network and communication between the OP and one or more SLC 500s or
MicroLogix in the network (multi-point link from the viewpoint of
the OP).
With regard to the maximum number of connections from the
viewpoint of the OP, the same values apply as for SIMATIC S7.
GE-Fanuc (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OP and GE-Fanuc runs on
the basis of the SNP/SNPX protocols. The following have been
tested and approved:
• Direct connection of an OP to the PG interface of a GE-Fanuc
90-30 or 90-70 (logical point-to-point link)
• Integration of the OP in a GE-Fanuc network and communication between the OP (SNP/master) and one or more GE-Fanuc
90-30 or 90-70 (SNP/slaves) in the network (multipoint link from
the viewpoint of the OP).
With regard to the maximum number of connections from the
viewpoint of the OP, the same values apply as for SIMATIC S7.
Mitsubishi (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Mitsubishi executes
on the basis of the FX protocol. Direct connection of an OP to the
PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0 (logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.
2/136
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Omron (not OP3)
Communication between SIMATIC OP and Omron runs on the
basis of the LINK protocol. Direct connection of an OP to the PG
interface of an Omron SYSMAC C (except CQM1 CPU11), Omron SYSMAC α or Omron SYSMAC CV has been tested and approved (logical point-to-point relationship).
Telemecanique (not OP3)
Two communications protocols are available for interfacing between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique:
ADJUST interface
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique
is based on the ADJUST protocol. Direct connection of an OP to
the PG interface of a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107
has been tested and approved (logical point-to-point relationship).
UNI-TELWAY interface
This communication between SIMATIC OP and Telemecanique
is based on the UNI-TELWAY protocol. The following have been
tested and approved:
• Connection of an OP (UNI-T/s lave) through a Telemecanique
TSX SCA62 socket outlet to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T/ master) (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Connection of an OP (UNI-T/Sla ve) through a Telemecanique
TSX SCA62 + ACC01 socket outlet to a Telemecanique TSX 37
or TSX 57 (UNI-T/master) (logical point-to-point relationship)
• Integration of an OP throug h a Telemecanique TSX SCA62
socket outlet into a UNI-TELWAY network and communication
between the OP (UNI-T/slave) and a TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T/master or slave) in the network (logical point-to-point relationship).
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
Non-Siemens PLCs
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical characteristics)
TD17
OP3
OP7 / OP17
With variants
Connected via
/PP
/DP
/DP-12
Allen Bradley (DF1)
SLC 500/03,04,05
(9-pin male/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80
(25-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80
(25-pin female/RS 422)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2V...
(max. 60 m)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix
(9-pin male/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
Via DH485 network
to max. 4 x SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04
or MicroLogix
•
–
•
–
•
DH485-Netz
(see online help)
Via Mitsubishi PG cable SC-07 to
FX0 (9-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2UE32
(0.32 m)
Via Mitsubishi PG cable SC-08 to FX
(9-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2UE32
(0.32 m)
FX0
(mini DIN 8-pin female/RS 422
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 500 m)
FX
(mini DIN 8-pin female/RS 422
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2R...
(max. 500 m)
•
–
•
–
•
SNP-Netz
(see online help)
984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380,
381, 185, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780,
785 or TSX Quantum –
CPU 113, 213, 424, 434, 534
(9-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1K...
(max. 15 m)
Via modem J878/MODBUS to
984-120, ... or TSX Quantum –
CPU 113, ...
(25-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
Via Bridge BM85-000 or PLC with
bridge functionality /
MODBUS PLUS network
to 984-120, ... or TSX Quantum –
CPU 113, ...
(9-pin female/RS 232)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1K...
(max. 15 m)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1X...
(max. 15 m)
2
Allen Bradley (DH485)
Mitsubishi (FX)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
Via SNP network
to max. 4 x
GEF 90-30, 70
Modicon (MODBUS)
Omron (LINK)
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC α
• SYSMAC CV
(9-pin female/RS 232)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/137
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Text panels
Non-Siemens PLCs
2
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(connector/physical characteristics)
TD17
OP3
OP7 / OP17
With variants
Connected via
/PP
/DP
/DP-12
Telemecanique (ADJUST)
TSX 17
(15-pin female/RS 485)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
TSX 47/67/87/107
(9-pin female/TTY)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1F...
(max. 1000 m)
Via connection socket TSX SCA62
to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107
(15-pin female/RS 485)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Via TSX SCA62 + ACC01 connection
sockets to TSX 37/57
(15-pin female/RS 485)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Via TSX SCA62 connection socket
and UNI-TELWAY network to
1 x TSX 17 or TSX 37/57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107
(15-pin female/RS 485)
•
–
•
–
•
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
2/138
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
Overview
■ Overview
The SIMATIC Touch Panels (TP) TP 070, TP 170micro,
TP 177micro 4), TP 177A 4), TP 170A, TP 170B, TP 270, Operator
Panels (OP) OP 73micro 4), OP 73 4), OP 77A 4), OP 77B,
OP 170B, OP 270, Mobile Panel 170, multifunctional platforms
(MP)1) MP 270B, MP 370 as well as the SIMATIC HMI software
packages for PC ProTool/Pro Runtime and WinCC flexible Runtime offer HMI functionality in conjunction with:
• SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC S5
• SIMATIC 505
• SIMOTION 2)
• SINUMERIK 3)
• Non-Siemens PLCs
- Allen Bradley PLC5/-11, 20, 30, 40, 60 and 80 (DF1 protocol)
or through KF2 module/DH+ network with PLC5 and SLC
500/03, 04 or 05
- Allen Bradley SLC 500/03, 04 and 05 (DF1 protocol) or
through KF-3 module/DH485 network with SLC 500 and MicroLogix
- Allen Bradley SLC500/00, 01, 02, 03, 04 and MicroLogix
(DH485 protocol)
- GE Fanuc 90-Micro, 90-30 and 90-70 (SNP/SNPX protocol)
- LG GLOFA GM with Cnet card (protocol-dedicated)
- Mitsubishi FX (FX protocol)
- Mitsubishi FX, series A and series Q (MP4 protocol)
- Modicon 984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380, 381, 385, 480,
485, 680, 685, 780 and 785 (MODBUS protocol)
- Modicon TSX Quantum CPU 113, 213, 424, 434, 534 and TSX
Compact (MODBUS protocol)
- Omron SYSMAC C, SYSMAC α, SYSMAC CV (Link/MultiLink
protocol)
- Telemecanique TSX 17 + TSX 47/67/87/107 (ADJUST + UNITELWAY protocols)
- Telemecanique TSX 37, TSX 57 (UNI-TELWAY protocol)
For further information, see the user manuals for ProTool or
WinCC flexible, the manual "Communication Windows-Based
Systems", and the online Help of ProTool or WinCC flexible.
Communications standard
SIMATIC HMI
Version
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
Expanded functionality with WinCC flexible
For the first time, WinCC flexible offers OPC communication for
SIMATIC MP 270B/MP 370, and HTTP communication for the
panels of performance class TP/OP 270 and above. Both OPC
and HTTP communication can be used in parallel with the process links to SIMATIC S7/S5/505 or the controllers of other manufacturers.
OPC data access
(only SIMATIC MP 270B/MP 370, WinCC flexible Runtime)
OPC data access is an open standard for local or remote
exchange of variables between applications using Industrial
Ethernet. In the original version, OPC is based on Microsoft
COM/DCOM and therefore requires a Microsoft Windows
operating system for PCs on the client and server sides (not
Windows CE). As OPC XML, the communication is based on the
Internet standard SOAP/XML and is therefore suitable for embedded systems with Windows CE.
Required options: WinCC flexible /OPC server
HTTP communication for exchange of variables between
SIMATIC HMI systems
(only SIMATIC TP/OP 270, MP 270B/MP 370, WinCC flexible
Runtime)
Communication based on HTTP telegrams permits exchange of
variables between SIMATIC HMI systems.
Required options: WinCC flexible /[email protected] Access
1) For simplicity, the abbreviation "SIMATIC TP/OP/MP " is used in the text
below. This does not imply any constraints; the statements apply for all
systems listed above. If there are any restrictions, this is stated explicitly in the text.
2) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
3) Required with WinCC flexible: "Sinumerik HMI copy license WinCC
flexible CE" as well as "Sinumerik HMI copy license OA".
The "Sinumerik HMI engineering package WinCC flexible" is also
required for configuration;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60
4) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
MP 370
ProTool/Pro Runtime /
Connected via
WinCC flexible Runtime
OPC Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) / V0.9 (XML)
OPC client
(COM/DCOM)
–
–
•
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
OPC server
(COM/DCOM)
–
–
• 1)
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML client
(SOAP/XML)
–
–
• 2)
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML server
(SOAP/XML)
• 3)
• 3)
–
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
HTTP communication for exchange of variables between SIMATIC HMI systems
HTTP client
• 4)
• 4)
• 5)
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
HTTP server
• 4)
• 4)
• 5)
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
WinCC flexible Runtime: WinCC flexible /OPC server option required for WinCC flexible Runtime
DCOM/XML gateway in the scope of supply of WinCC flexible enables access to the OPC XML server of the MP 270B, MP 370
Only MP 270B; MP 370 with WinCC flexible; WinCC flexible /OPC server option required for SIMATIC Multi Panel
Only with WinCC flexible: WinCC flexible /[email protected] option required for SIMATIC Panel
Only for WinCC flexible Runtime: WinCC flexible /[email protected] option required for WinCC flexible Runtime
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/139
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
SIMATIC S7
■ Overview
2
The following types of interface are used between
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7:
• PPI interface:
For linking the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7-200 via PPI.
Communication is carried out using the PPI protocol; a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not necessary.
• MPI interface:
For linking SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integral
PPI interface on the S7-200 or the MPI interface on the S7-300/
-400, or alternatively via the MPI interface of a separate interface module and the backplane bus to SIMATIC S7-CPU.
Communication is carried out using the MPI protocol (PG/OP
communication); a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not
necessary.
• PROFIBUS interface:
For linking the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated PROFIBUS interface of the CPU or alternatively via the
PROFIBUS interface of a separate interface module and the
backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU. Communication is carried out using the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication);
a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not necessary.
• Industrial Ethernet interface:
For linking the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated Industrial Ethernet interface of the CPU or alternatively
via the Industrial Ethernet interface of a separate interface
module and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7 CPU.
Communication is carried out using the MPI protocol (PG/OP
communication); a standard FB as used with SIMATIC S5 is not
necessary.
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of a CPU
depends on its performance (see Catalog ST 70); from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP, the following limitations apply:
• TP 070, TP 170micro, OP 73micro 2), TP 177micro 2):
1 connection
• OP 73 2): max. 2 connections
• OP 77A 2), TP 177A 2), OP 77B, Mobile Panel 170,
TP 170A, TP 170B, OP 170B: max. 4 connections
• TP 270, OP 270, MP 270B, MP 370: max. 6 connections
• PC with ProTool/Pro Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime:
max. 8 connections
PPI link (not TP 070, OP73micro 2), TP 177micro 2), OP 73 2),
OP 77A 2), TP 177A 2))
PPI interfaces are basically point-to-point connections between
one SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (PPI master) or one PG (PPI master) and
one S7-200 (PPI slave).
One SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and/or one PG can be connected to
one S7-200 (sequential logical point-to-point relationship, i.e.
from the viewpoint of the S7-200, only one connection is active
at a given time).
(Network topology: exclusively PPI)
2/140
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
MPI interface/PROFIBUS interface/Industrial Ethernet
interface
The multi-point communication interfaces of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP
and SIMATIC S7 are used. Possible are:
• Coupling of one or more TP/OP/MP (MPI master) to one or more
S7-300/400 or WinAC (MPI master)
(possible network topology:
MPI/PROFIBUS/Industrial Ethernet)
• Connection of one or more TP/OP/MP (MPI master) to one or
more S7-200 (MPI slave) 1)
(possible network topology: PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS)
In contrast to the PPI connections, the MPI connections are
static and are set up during startup and then monitored.
Along with the original master-master relationship, there is now
also a master-slave relationship that enables integration of the
S7-200 (except CPU 212). 1)
In general, this type of information transfer between
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the
network used, PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet: The
SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs are S7 clients and the SIMATIC S7 CPUs
are S7 servers.
1) For transmission rate limitations for the S7-200, see Catalog ST 70.
2) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
SIMATIC S7
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physical characteristics)
TD 200
TP 070
TP 170micro
OP73 micro
TP 177micro
OP 73
OP 77A
TP 177A
Connected via
• 1)
–
• 4)
–
–
6XV1 830-1CH30 8)
(3.2 m)
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
Via PPI to S7-200 (PPI)
2
8)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
to S7-200
–
• 2) 3)
• 3) 4)
• 5)
• 6) 7)
6XV1 830-1CH30
(3.2 m)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
to S7-300, -400
–
–
–
–
• 6) 7)
6XV1 830-1CH30 8)
(3.2 m)
Via PPI-network (PPI)
to max. 1 x S7-200
• 1)
–
• 4)
–
–
PPI network 9)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via PPI-network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200
• 1)
–
–
• 5)
• 6) 7)
PPI network 9)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS-network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200
–
–
• 3) 4)
• 5)
• 6) 7)
MPI or PROFIBUS network 9)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS-network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
–
–
–
–
• 6) 7)
MPI or PROFIBUS network 9)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP)
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC
–
–
–
–
–
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) TD 200 can only be connected via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is possible;
max. transmission rate 187.5 kbit/s; cable included in scope of supply
2) TP 070 can only be connected over MPI point-to-point link to S7-200 (MPI);
network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is not possible; max. transmission rate 19.2 kbit/s;
3) Only to passive S7-200
4) TP 170micro can be connected to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is possible;
max. transmission rate 187.5 kbit/s
5) OP 73micro, TP 177micro can be connected to max. 1 x S7-200 (MPI); network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is possible;
max. transmission rate 187.5 kbit/s
6) OP 73 can be connected to max. 2 x SIMATIC S7 (MPI); network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is possible;
7) Max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s
8) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 Kbit/s) included in scope of supply of the programming device
9) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/141
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
SIMATIC S7
2
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physical characteristics)
TP 170A
OP 77B
Mobile
Panel 170
TP 170B
OP 170B
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
MP 370
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Runtime
Connected via
Via PPI to S7-200 (PPI)
• 1)
• 1) 4)
• 1)
• 1)
• 1) 5)
6XV1 830-1CH30 9)
(3.2 m)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
to S7-200
• 2) 3)
• 3) 4)
• 3)
• 3)
• 3) 5)
6XV1 830-1CH30 9)
(3.2 m)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication)
to S7-300, -400
• 2)
• 4)
–
–
• 5)
6XV1 830-1CH30 9)
(3.2 m)
Via PPI-network (PPI)
to max. 1 x S7-200
• 1)
• 1) 4)
• 1)
• 1)
• 1) 5)
PPI network 10)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via PPI-network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200
–
–
–
–
• 6)
PPI network 10)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS-network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200
• 2) 3)
• 3) 4)
• 3) 6)
• 3) 6)
• 3) 5) 6)
MPI or PROFIBUS network 10)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via MPI or PROFIBUS-network
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
• 2)
• 4)
• 6)
• 6)
• 5) 6)
MPI or PROFIBUS network 10)
(see Catalogs ST 70 and IK PI)
Via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP)
(PG/OP communication)
to max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC
–
–
• 6) 7)
• 6) 7)
• 6) 8)
Industrial Ethernet
(see Catalog IK PI)
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) Can be connected via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI); network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is possible
2) TP 170A under ProTool can only be connected to 1 x SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI);
network operation (parallel programming device, etc.) is possible;
max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s
TP 170A under WinCC flexible can be connected to max. 4 x SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI);
max. transmission rate 1.5 Mbit/s
3) Only to passive S7-200
4) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH504 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10)
and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
5) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 must be used with the standard PC
6) Up to 8 S7 connections are possible depending on the scope of configuration (communication)
7) Not available under ProTool, only for configuration with WinCC flexible:
on MP 270B, MP 370 via integral Industrial Ethernet interface;
commercially available Ethernet CF card required on TP 270, OP 270.
8) Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface; with the standard PC the CP 1512, CP 1612 or CP 1613 must be used
With an integrated Industrial Ethernet interface or when using the CP 1512 or CP 1612, SIMATIC NET driver software
Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET S7-Lean V6.2 (6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0) is also required or
Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 (66K1704-1CW61-3AA0)
(Industrial Ethernet SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2 from WinCC flexible 2004 +SP1 upwards included in the WinCC flexible Runtime package)
When using the CP 1613, the SIMATIC NET driver software S7-1613 / Windows V6.1 (6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0) is required.
9) MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 Kbit/s) included in scope of supply of the programming device
10) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
2/142
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
SIMATIC S5
■ Overview
For connecting SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S5 (not S5150U), there are various interfaces that differ according to type
and performance. The one common feature is that, as far as the
connected SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is concerned, the interface is
always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. a SIMATIC
TP/OP/MP is always permanently assigned to one programmable controller.
AS511 interface (not Mobile Panel 170)
S5-90U to -135U, -155U (except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
The AS511 interface operates through die PG interface of the
SIMATIC S5 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the performance of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU.
PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A)
S5-115U, -135U, -155U via IM 308C or CP 5431 FMS/ DP
(except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 [6ES5 928-3UA11],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA11],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA21],
except CPU 946/947 [6ES5 94•-3UA22] < Version 5)
The following can be connected to the PROFIBUS DP interface:
• Up to 2 SIMATIC TP/OP/MP can be connected as slaves
through one PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5-95U with integrated PROFIBUS DP master interface [6ES5 095-8ME01].
• Up to 30 SIMATIC TP/OP/MP can be connected as slaves
through one PROFIBUS network to a SIMATIC S5 with separate
PROFIBUS DP/master interface IM 308C, or CP 5431 FMS/DP.
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (DP slave) and
SIMATIC S5 (DP master) takes place through PROFIBUS DP
message frames according to EN 50170 with a superposed HMI
profile. The programmable controller must be equipped with
a function block which is called up once for each connected
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (this FB is included with ProTool).
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physical characteristics)
TP 170A
OP 77B
Mobile
Panel 170
TP 170B
OP 170B
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
•
• 1)
•
MP 370
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Rutime
Connected via
•
6ES5 734-1BD20 2)
(3.2 m)
SIMATIC S5 (AS511)
S5-90U to 155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11)
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94•-3UA11, 6ES5 94•-3UA21,
6ES5 94•-3UA22 < Version 5) (TTY)
•
6XV1 440-2A...
(max. 1000 m)
SIMATIC S5 (PROFIBUS DP + HMI)
Via PROFIBUS DP to 1 x S5-95U/
L2-DP/Master [6ES5 095-8ME02]
–
• 3)
•
•
• 4)
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
Via PROFIBUS DP with IM 308C
toS5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94•-3UA11, 6ES5 94•-3UA21,
6ES5 94•-3UA22 < Version 5)
–
• 3)
•
•
• 4)
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
Via PROFIBUS DP with CP 5431
FMS/DP to
S5-115U, -135U, -155U
except CPU 922 < Version 9,
except CPU 928 (6ES5 928-3UA11),
except CPU 946/947
(6ES5 94•-3UA11, 6ES5 94•-3UA21,
6ES5 94•-3UA22 < Version 5)
–
• 3)
•
•
• 4)
PROFIBUS 5)
(see Catalog ST 50/IK PI)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) Not Mobile Panel 170
2) PC cable with integrated regulating transformer RS 232/TTY
3) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50;
10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10) and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
4) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 must be used with the standard PC
5) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/143
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
SIMATIC 505
■ Overview
2
For connecting SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC 505, various interfaces are available that differ with regard to type and performance. The one common feature is that, as far as the connected
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP is concerned, the interface is always a logical point-to-point connection, i.e. a TP/OP/MP is always permanently assigned to one programmable controller.
NITP interface
The NITP interface operates through die PG interface of the
SIMATIC 505 and uses the respective CPU resources, i.e. the
performance of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP depends on the performance of the used SIMATIC CPU.
PROFIBUS DP interface (not TP 170A)
SIMATIC 505 PLC or SIMATIC 545, SIMATIC 555 with CP 5434
When the PROFIBUS DP interface is used, up to
30 SIMATIC TPs/OPs/MPs can be connected as slaves via a
PROFIBUS network to one SIMATIC 545, 555 with a plug-in
PROFIBUS DP master interface of the CP 5434 type.
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (DP/slave) and
SIMATIC 505 (DP/master) takes place through PROFIBUS DP
message frames according to EN 50170 with a superposed
HMI profile. The programmable controller must contain an
application ladder, which is called up for each connected
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (an application ladder example is included
with ProTool).
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(Physik)
TP 170A
OP 77B
Mobile
Panel 170
TP 170B
OP 170B
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
MP 370
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Runtime
Connected via
•
• 1)
•
–
•
•
PPX: 2601 094-8001
–
•
•
SIMATIC 505 (NITP)
PLC 525, 535, 565T
(RS 232)
PLC 545, 555
(RS 232)
–
• 1)
•
2)
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PPX: 2601 094-8001
2)
6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 535, 545/CPU 1101, 565T
(RS 422)
–
• 1)
•
•
• 3)
6XV1 440-2M...
(max. 300 m)
PLC 545/CPU 1102, 555
(RS 422)
–
• 1)
•
•
• 3)
6XV1 440-1M...
(max. 300 m)
–
–
•
•
• 4)
PROFIBUS- 5)
(see Catalogs ST 50/IK PI)
SIMATIC 505 (PROFIBUS DP + HMI
via PROFIBUS DP to
1 x PLC 545, 555 with CP 5434
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10)
and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
2) A standard adapter, 9-pin/25-pin male, is required on the PLC end
3) A generally available level converter RS 232/RS 422 is required on the PC end
4) Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; the CP 5611 must be used with the standard PC
5) Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
2/144
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs
■ Overview
Allen Bradley
LG GLOFA GM
Two communications protocols are available for connecting
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to Allen Bradley:
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and LG GLOFA
GM runs on the basis of the dedicated protocol; The following
have been tested and approved:
• Connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to a LG GLOFA GM with
Cnet module (point-to-point relationship)
• The Integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through a LG Cnet
module into an RS 422 network. Communication is possible
between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not a PC with ProTool/ProRuntime) and up to 4 PLCs of the LG GLOFA GM type in the
network (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
TP 170A)
DF1 interface
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Allen
Bradley is based on the DF1 protocol. The following have been
tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to the PG interface
of an Allen Bradley PLC5 or to the DF1 interface of an Allen
Bradley SLC 500 (point-to-point connection)
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP /OP/MP through Allen Bradley
Gateway KF2 into an Allen Bradley DH+ network. Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the
SLC 500 or PLC5 type (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with TP 170A)
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP /OP/MP through Allen Bradley
Gateway KF3 into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the
SLC 500 or Micro Logix type (multipoint relationship from the
viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is
possible with TP 170A)
DH485 interface
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Allen
Bradley is based on the DH485 protocol. The following have
been tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP /OP/MP to an Allen Bradley
SLC500 or MicroLogix (point-to-point relationship)
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP /OP/MP through Allen Bradley
AIC adapter into an Allen Bradley DH485 network. Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the
SLC 500 or MicroLogix type (multipoint relationship from the
viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is
possible with TP 170A)
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an Allen Bradley
DH485 network. Communication between the SIMATIC
TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the SLC 500 or MicroLogix type
(multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC
TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with TP 170A)
GE-Fanuc
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and GE-Fanuc
runs on the basis of the SNP protocol; The following have been
tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to a GEF 90-Micro,
90-30 or 90-70 (point-to-point relationship)
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP via adapter into an
RS 422 network. Communication is possible between
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs GEF 90-Micro, 90-30
or 90-70 (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
TP 170A)
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/
PRO Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an RS 422 network. Communication is possible between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP
and up to 4 PLCs GEF 90-Micro, 90-30 or 90-70 (multipoint
relationship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP;
only one connection is possible with TP 170A)
Mitsubishi
Two communications protocols are available for connecting
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to Mitsubishi:
FX protocol
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
Mitsubishi is based on the FX protocol. Direct connection of a
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to the PG interface of a Mitsubishi FX or FX0
(logical point-to-point relationship) has been tested and approved.
MP4 protocol
This communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and
Mitsubishi is based on the MP4 protocol. The following have
been tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to a Mitsubishi FX,
A or Q series (point-to-point relationship)
• The integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through a Mitsubishi
FX-48SC-IF converter into an RS 422 network. Communication
between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 PLCs of the FX,
A or Q series (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
TP 170A)
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an RS 422 network.
Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to
4 PLCs of the FX, A or Q series (multipoint relationship from the
viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is
possible with TP 170A)
Modicon
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Modicon runs
on the basis of the MODBUS protocol; the following have been
tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to the MODBUS interface of a Modicon 984, a TSX Quantum or a TSX Compact
(point-to-point relationship).
• Integration of a SIMATIC TP /OP/MP via Modicon MODBUS
PLUS Bridge BM85-000 or the bridge function of a MODICON
984-145 or TSX Quantum into a MODBUS PLUS network and
communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (MODBUS/master) and up to 4 PLCs Type Modicon 984 or TSX Quantum
(MODBUS/Slave) in the network (multipoint relationship from
the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection
is possible with TP 170A)
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/145
2
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs
■ Overview (continued)
2
Omron
Telemecanique1)
Communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Omron runs
on the basis of the Link/MultiLink protocol; The following have
been tested and approved:
• Direct connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to an Omron Sysmac C, Sysmac α or Sysmac CV (point-to-point relationship)
• The Integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through an Omron NTAL001 converter in an RS 422 network. Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4 Sysmac C, Sysmac
or Sysmac CV PLCs (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint
of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with
TP 170A)
• Integration of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (not PC with ProTool/Pro
Runtime or WinCC flexible Runtime) into an RS 422 network.
Communication between the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and up to 4
Sysmac C, Sysmac or Sysmac CV PLCs (multipoint relationship from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one
connection is possible with TP 170A)
Data exchange between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and Telemecanique runs on the basis of the UNI-TELWAY protocol;
The following have been tested and approved:
• Connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/ MP (UNI-T/slave) through
Telemecanique connection socket TSX SCA62 to a Telemecanique TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107 (UNI-T/ master) (logical
point-to-point relationship)
• Connection of a SIMATIC TP/OP/ MP (UNI-T/slave) through
Telemecanique connection socket TSX SCA62 + ACC01 to
a Telemecanique TSX 37 or TSX 57 (UNI-T/master) (logical
point-to-point relationship)
• Integration of a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP through Telemecanique
connection socket TSX into a UNI-TELWAY network and communication between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (UNI-T/slave) and up
to 4 PLCs Type TSX 17, TSX 37, TSX 57 or TSX 47/67/87/107
(UNI-T/master or slave) in the network (multipoint relationship
from the viewpoint of the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP; only one connection is possible with TP 170A)
1) Not available under WinCC flexible
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physical characteristics)
TP 170A
OP 77B
Mobile
Panel 170
TP 170B
OP 170B
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
MP 370
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Runtime
Connected via
•
• 1)
•
–
•
•
1747 CP3
–
•
•
Allen Bradley (DF1)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or MicroLogix
(RS 232)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232)
•
• 1)
•
2)
6XV1 440-2K...
(max. 15 m)
1784 CP10
2)
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 422)
∞
• 1)
•
•
•
6XV1 440-2V...
(max. 60 m)
Via Gateway KF2 and
DH+ network to max.
4 x SLC 500/00,01,02,03,04 or
PLC 5/11,20,30,40,60,80 (RS 232)
• 4)
• 1)
•
–
•
•
1784 CP10
Via Gateway KF3 and
DH485 network to max.
4 x SLC 500 or
MicroLogix (RS 232)
• 4)
–
•
•
• 1)
•
2)3)
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
1784 CP10
3)
2)3)
6XV1 440-2L...
(max. 15 m)
3)
Allen Bradley (DH485)
SLC 500/03,04,05 or
MicroLogix (RS 232)
•
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 5)
via Adapter AIC and
DH485 network to max.
4 x SLC 500 or
MicroLogix (RS 232)
• 4)
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 5)
via DH485 network
to max. 4 x SLC 500 or
MicroLogix (RS 485)
• 4)
• 1)
•
•
–
See online Help 5)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10)
and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
2) Allen Bradley PC cable
3) Cable for connecting to KF2/KF3 gateway; at the gateway end,
a Gander changer 25-pin female/25-pin female is required
4) TP 170A can only be connected to one PLC
5) Detailed information (cable assignments) in the online Help of ProTool or WinCC flexible
and in the user manual Communication Windows-Based Systems
2/146
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physical characteristics)
TP 170A
OP 77B
Mobile
Panel 170
TP 170B
OP 170B
GEF 90-Micro, 90-30, 90-70
(RS 232)
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
MP 370
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Runtime
Connected via
2
GE-Fanuc (SNP)
•
•
1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
Via Adapter to max. 4 x GEF 90Micro, 90-30, 90-70 (RS 232)
• 5)
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
To max. 4 x GEF 90-Micro,
90-30, 90-70 (RS 422)
• 5)
• 1)
•
•
–
See online Help 4)
GLOFA-GM with Cnet module
(RS 232)
•
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
To max. 4 x GLOFA-GM
with Cnet module (RS 422)
• 5)
• 1)
•
•
–
See online Help 4)
•
• 1)
• 1)
•
•
• 2)
•
•
–
SC-071
• 1)
• 1)
•
•
• 2)
•
•
–
SC-081
•
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
Via converter FX-48SC-IF to max.
4 PLCs
• Series FX with communications
module
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS)
with interface module (RS 232)
• 5)
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
To max. 4 PLCs
• Series FX
with communications module
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS)
with interface module (RS 422)
• 5)
• 1)
•
•
–
See online Help 4)
984-120, 130, 131, 141, 145, 380,
381, 185, 480, 485, 680, 685, 780,
785 or TSX Quantum – CPU 113,
213, 424, 434, 534 (RS 232)
•
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
Via Bridge BM85-000 or PLC
with bridge functionality/
MODBUS PLUS network to max.
4 x 984-120, ... or TSX Quantum –
CPU 113, ... (RS 232)
• 5)
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 4)
TSX Compact (RS 232)
•
• 1)
•
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
•
•
See online Help 4)
LG GLOFA (dedicated)
Mitsubishi (FX)
FX0 (RS 422)
FX (RS 422)
Mitsubishi (MP4)
• Series FX
with communications module
• Series A (AnN, AnA, AnU, AnS)
with interface module
• Series Q (QnA, QnAS) with interface module (RS 232)
•
3)
6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 20 m)
3)
6XV1 440-2P...
(max. 20 m)
Modicon (MODBUS)
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10)
and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
2) With connection via a Mitsubishi PC cable, an adapter 6XV1 440-2UE32 for 15-pin male/ 9-pin male is required
3) Mitsubishi PC cable with integrated level converter RS 232/RS422
4) Detailed information (cable assignments) in the online Help of ProTool or WinCC flexible
and in the user manual Communication Windows-Based Systems
5) TP 170A can only be connected to one PLC
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/147
Operator control and monitoring devices
System interfaces: Panels and Runtime software
Non-Siemens PLCs
2
PLC
SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL)
(physical characteristics)
TP 170A
OP 77B
Mobile
Panel 170
TP 170B
OP 170B
TP 270
OP 270
MP 270B
MP 370
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
WinCC
flexible
Runtime
Connected via
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
•
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 2)
Via NT-AL001 converter to max. 4
PLCs
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 232)
• 3)
• 1)
•
•
•
See online Help 2)
To max. 4 PLCs
• SYSMAC C
(except CPU CQM1 – CPU 11/21)
• SYSMAC a
• SYSMAC CV
(RS 422)
• 3)
• 1)
•
•
–
See online Help 2)
via connection socket TSX SCA62
to TSX 17 or TSX 47/67/87/107
(RS 485)
•
• 1)
•
•
• 4)
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Via TSX SCA62 + ACC01 connection sockets to TSX 37/57 (RS 485)
•
• 1)
•
•
• 4)
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Via connection socket TSX SCA62
and UNI-TELWAY network
to 4 x TSX 17 orTSX 37/57 or
TSX 47/67/87/107 (RS 485)
• 3)
• 1)
•
•
• 4)
6XV1 440-1E...
(max. 20 m)
Omron (Link/Multi Link)
Telemecanique (UNI-TELWAY) 5)
• System coupling is possible
– System coupling not possible
1) Connection of Mobile Panel 170 via special connecting cable (5 m: 6XV1 440-4AH50; 10 m: 6XV1 440-4AN10)
and terminal box; for cable assignment, see manual
2) Detailed information (cable assignments) in the online Help of ProTool or WinCC flexible
and in the User Manual Communication Windows-Based Systems
3) TP 170A can only be connected to one PLC
4) At the PC end, one RS 485 interface card and an adapted cable are required.
Detailed information (tested board, cable assignments) in the Online Help of ProTool or
WinCC flexible and in the User Manual Communication Windows-Based Systems
5) Not available with WinCC flexible
2/148
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Connecting cables
■ Overview
You can find the order numbers of the cables required for connecting the SIMATIC Panels under Ordering data.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Connecting cables 6ES5 731-...
Standard lengths:
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2F...
Lengths up to 1000.0 m
• 5.0 m
6ES5 731-1BF00
• 10.0 m
6ES5 731-1CB00
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 0
PC 16-20 interface adapter
required for the connection
between programming device
and connecting cable
6ES5 731-6AG00
Lengths up to 1000.0 m
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6XV1 440-2KH32
Special lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2L...
• 10.0 m
6ES5 734-2CB00
Lengths up to 16.0 m
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 0
Connecting cables 6ES7 705-...
Standard length:
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
6XV1 440-2P 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2R...
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
• Lengths up to 500.0 m
6XV1 440-2R 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2V...
Lengths up to 60.0 m
• 3.2 m
6XV1 418-0CH32
• 10.0 m
6XV1 418-0CN10
Special lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 418-0C 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1E...
6XV1 440-2V 7 7 7
For length key
see Appendix
Note:
See appendix for length codes for connecting cables
6XV1 440-1E 7 7 7
1) Included in the OP3 scope of supply
2) Included in the PG scope of supply
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1F...
Lengths up to 1000.0 m
6XV1 440-2M 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2P...
• Lengths up to 500.0 m
Connecting cables 6XV1 418-...
Standard lengths:
Lengths up to 20.0 m
6XV1 440-2L
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2M...
Lengths up to 16.0 m
Connecting cables 6ES7 901-...
Standard length:
2)
6XV1 440-2J 7 7 7
• 3.2 m
6ES5 734-1BD20
• 5.0 m
6XV1 440-2G 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2J...
• 3.2 m
1)
6XV1 440-2F 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2G...
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2K...
Standard length:
Connecting cables 6ES5 734-...
Standard lengths:
• 2.5 m
2
Order No.
6XV1 440-1F 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1K...
Lengths up to 15.0 m
6XV1 440-1K 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1L...
Lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 440-1L 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-1M...
Lengths up to 300.0 m
6XV1 440-1M 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2A...
Standard lengths:
• 3.2 m
6XV1 440-2AH32
• 5.0 m
6XV1 440-2AH50
• 10.0 m
6XV1 440-2AN10
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6XV1 440-2A 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2B...
Standard lengths:
• 3.2 m
6XV1 440-2BH32
• 10.0 m
6XV1 440-2BN10
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7
Connecting cables 6XV1 440-2C...
Standard lengths:
• 3.2 m
6XV1 440-2CH32
• 10.0 m
6XV1 440-2CN10
Special lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7
For length key
see Appendix
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/149
Operator control and monitoring devices
Connecting cables
■ Ordering data (continued)
2
Order No.
Order No.
Configuration cable
Accessories for supplementary ordering
For PC/PG 7xx (serial)
(9-pin male/RS 232) for OP3 1)
PROFIBUS RS 485
bus connector
with axial cable outlet
6GK1 500-0EA02
SIMATIC S7 RS 485
bus connector
with straight cable outlet
with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
Further bus
connectors/terminals
see Catalog IK PI
Y cable (adapter)
0.20 m long
6XV1 440-2HE20
Adapter cable
0.32 m long
between TD/OP and
connecting cable 6ES5 735-...
6XV1 440-2DE32
Adapter cable
between TD/OP and PC cable
(non-Siemens)
6XV1 440-2UE32
For PC/PG 7xx with CP 5611
• For OP3
1)
• For OP27
6ES7 705-0AA00-7BA0
2)
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
For PG 7xx (serial)
(25-pin female/TTY) 3)
Standard lengths:
• 5.0 m
6ES5 734-2BF00
• 10.0 m
6ES5 734-2CB00
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6ES5 734-2 7 7 7 00
or
Standard lengths:
• 5.0 m
6ES5 731-1BF00
• 10.0 m
6ES5 731-1CB00
Special lengths up to 200.0 m
6ES5 731-1 7 7 7 00
PC 16-20 interface adapter
required for the connection
between programming device
and connecting cable
6ES5 731-6AG00
For PC (serial) 4)
(9-pin male/RS 232)
Standard length:
• 3.2 m
6XV1 440-2KH32
Special lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 440-2K 7 7 7 0
For PC (serial) 4)
(25-pin female/RS 232)
Lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 440-2L 7 7 7 0
Connecting cable
between PG/PC and panel
(9-pin female/RS 232)
• 5.0 m
6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Configuration cable for MPI
2)
• 3.0 m
6XV1 830-1CH30
Printer cable
For printer (25-pin female/TTY)
for OP17/27/37, TP27/37
Standard lengths:
• 3.2 m
6XV1 440-2BH32
• 10.0 m
6XV1 440-2BN10
Special lengths up to 1000.0 m
6XV1 440-2B 7 7 7
For printer (25-pin female/RS 232)
for OP17/27/37, TP27/37
• 3.2 m
6XV1 440-2CH32
• 10.0 m
6XV1 440-2CN10
Special lengths up to 16.0 m
6XV1 440-2C 7 7 7
For length key
see Appendix
2/150
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Note:
See appendix for length codes for connecting cables
1)
2)
3)
4)
Included in the OP3 scope of supply
Included in the PG scope of supply
Not OP3 and OP7/DP
Not OP3
Operator control and monitoring devices
Recommended printers
for Micro Panels and Panels
■ Overview
Printer functions
Hardcopy
OP7
OP17
OP/TP 27
OP/TP 37
OP 77B
OP/TP 170B
OP/TP 270
Print
list 1)
Print
log 2)
•
–
–
•
–
–
•
•
–
•
•
–
•
–
•
•
–
–
•
–
•
• Function possible
– Function not possible
Alarm
log
On/Off
Print
alarm
message
buffer
Status
message
buffer
Print
alarms
with
filter
Print all Diadiagram
grams
contents
list
Print
Print all Recipe
data set data
consets
tents
list
Header/
footer
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
2
1) Print the diagram list
2) Variables, messages, recipes
3) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
Note:
TD17, OP3, OP 73micro 3), OP 73 3), OP 77A 3),
TP 070, TP 170micro, TP 177micro 3), TP 170A, TP 177A 3)
have no printer interface
Released printers
Brother
EPSON
GMW
Tally
Siemens
HL1450
HL5140
LQ300+
LQ580
LQ590
HP Deskjet
TM-T88II
6127
IPP 144-40 G
T 2024
T2150
DR 2030
OP7
–
Serial
–
Serial
–
Serial
Serial
Serial
OP17
–
Serial
–
Serial
–
Serial
Serial
Serial
OP/TP27
–
Serial
–
Serial
–
Serial
Serial
Serial
OP/TP37
–
Serial
or parallel
Parallel
Serial
–
Serial
Serial
or parallel
Serial
or parallel
OP 77B
USB
–
USB 1)
–
USB
–
–
–
OP/TP 170B
–
Serial
–
Serial
–
Serial
Serial
Serial
OP/TP 270
USB
Serial
USB
Serial
USB
Serial
Serial
Serial
1) System test not yet completed at time of printing catalog
(subject to change without prior notice)
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/151
Operator control and monitoring devices
Recommended printers
for Micro Panels and Panels
■ Overview (continued)
Supply sources
2
Manufacturer
Printer name
Printer type
Physical
characteristics
Field of application
Supplier address
for printer
Brother
HL1450 3)
HL 5140 3)
Laser
Parallel / USB
Workplace printer
http://www.brother.com
EPSON
LQ300+
24 dot matrix B/W
Serial / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.epson.de
LQ580
24 dot matrix B/W
Serial 1) / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.epson.de
LQ590
24 dot matrix B/W
Parallel / USB
Workplace printer
http://www.epson.de
TM T88II 2)
Thermal B/W
Serial
Built-in printer
http://www.epson.de
Color inkjet
USB
Workplace printer
http://www.hewlettpackard.de
3)
HewlettPackard
Deskjet 6127
GMW
IPP 144-40 G 2) 4)
Thermal B/W
Serial
Built-in printer
http://www.g-mw.de
Tally
T 2024/9; T 2024/24
T 2150/24
9 or 24 dot matrix
Serial / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.tally.de
Siemens
DR 2030/9; DR 2030/24 9 or 24 dot matrix
Serial 1) / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.siemens.de
1)
2)
3)
4)
For serial printing, a module is available as an option
"Hardcopy" and "Print log" not possible
Line-by-line message printout not possible
System test not yet completed at time of printing catalog (subject to change without prior notice)
■ More information
Printer and printer settings
For further information, visit our website at
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/news/csi/en/11376409
2/152
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Operator control and monitoring devices
Recommended printers
for Multi Panels
■ Overview
Print functions
MP 270
MP 270B
MP 370
Hardcopy
Print log
Alarm log On/Off
•
•
•
• Function possible
•
•
•
•
•
•
2
Released printers
Brother
EPSON
HP Deskjet
GMW
Tally
Siemens
HL1450
HL 5140
LQ580
LQ300+
TM-T88II
LQ590
6127
IPP 144-40G
T 2024
T2150
DR 2030
MP 270
USB
Serial
USB
USB
Serial
Serial
Serial
MP 270B
USB
Serial
USB
USB
Serial
Serial
Serial
MP 370
USB
Serial
USB
USB
Serial
Serial
Serial
Supply sources
Manufacturer
Printer name
Printer type
Physical
characteristics
Field of application
Supplier address
for printer
Brother
HL1450 3)
HL 5140 3)
Laser
Parallel / USB
Workplace printer
http://www.brother.com
EPSON
LQ300+
24 dot matrix B/W
Serial / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.epson.de
LQ580
24 dot matrix B/W
Serial 1) / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.epson.de
LQ590
24 dot matrix B/W
Parallel / USB
Workplace printer
http://www.epson.de
TM T88II 2)
Thermal B/W
Serial
Built-in printer
http://www.epson.de
3)
Hewlett Packard
Deskjet 6127
Color inkjet
USB
Workplace printer
http://www.hewlett-packard.de
GMW
IPP 144-40G 2) 4)
Thermal B/W
Serial
Built-in printer
http://www.g-mw.de
Tally
T 2024/9; T 2024/24
T 2150
9 or 24 dot matrix
Serial / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.tally.de
Siemens
DR 2030/9;
DR 2030/24
9 or 24 dot matrix
Serial 1) / parallel
Workplace printer
http://www.siemens.de
1)
2)
3)
4)
Optionally available module required
"Hardcopy" and "Print log" not possible
Line-by-line message printout not possible
System test not yet completed at time of printing catalog (subject to change without prior notice)
■ More information
Printer and printer settings
For further information, visit our website at
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/news/csi/en/11376409
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
2/153
Operator control and monitoring devices
2
2/154
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC Panel PC
3/2
3/4
3/8
3/13
3/22
Introduction
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
3/30
3/30
3/31
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator,
Image & Partition Creator
3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1
3/32
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC Panel PC
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870
High industrial compatibility
• Vibration resistance duri ng operation: 1.0 g
• Shock resistance during operation: 5.0 g
High investment protection
• Spare parts availability guaranteed for at least 5 years
• High level of continuity of components
• Equipment configuration is very service-friendly
High industrial functionality
• Built-in PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface
• Low mounting depth (Panel PC 670)
• ISA and PCI slots
• Maximum expandability (Panel PC 870)
• Distributed configuration (opera tor control unit and computing
unit can be up to 20 m apart)
• Direct key module (optional)
3
SIMATIC Panel PCs are suitable for use in standard control
cabinets, control panels and switchboards.
Typical fields of application can be found in both manufacturing
automation and process automation.
Two device categories are available for varying requirements:
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and SIMATIC Panel PC 870
• SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 and SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
Common industrial functionality
• IP65 degree of protection, NEMA 4
• High EMC: CE mark for industrial environments
• Designed for continuous duty
• MTBF backlighting 50 ,000 h or 60,000 hrs
• Ethernet on board (10/100 Mbits)
• Up to 45°C ambient temperature during operation
(maximum configuration)
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 and IL 77
Industrial compatibility
• Vibration resistance during operation: 0.25 g
• Shock resistance during operation: 1.0 g
Investment protection
• Spare parts availability g uaranteed for at least 3 years
• The latest PC technology
• Attractive price
High system availability
• SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator –
software tool for saving of hard disk data (option)
3/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
High system availability
• SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator –
software tool for saving of hard disk data (add-on components)
• SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor –
PC diagnostics/signaling software (add-on components)
• Second hard disk
• RAID1 (optional)
■ Benefits
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 and Panel PC IL 77
Industrial compatibility in combination with
high performance at an attractive price
The SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 and Panel PC IL 77 are the first
choice for applications which require industrial compatibility in
conjunction with high-performance IPC platforms.
Integral interfaces
The integral Ethernet interface can be used for communication
with the office world or control level. The integral USB 2.0 interfaces at the front and rear mean that connection of peripheral
devices from the PC world is child’s play.
For example, an external mouse, keyboard, CD-ROM or ZIP
drive, printer, chip card or barcode reader etc. can be simply
installed and operated during an application. The PCI slots provide sufficient freedom for installing PC expansion cards, e.g.
communications cards for connecting to the process.
Price
The Panel PC IL 70 and Panel PC IL 77 offer industrial compatibility at an attractive price.
SIMATIC Panel PC
Introduction
■ Benefits (continued)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870
Compact, rugged and high-performance
The Panel PCs 670/870 are panel PCs with full industrial functionality. With display sizes of 10" (only PC 670), 12" and 15"
together with operation using membrane keyboard or touch
screen, they are appropriate for many different operating concepts.
Rugged design
The complete system has been designed for a high degree of
resistance to vibrations and shocks. For example, a special
vibration-absorbing mount for the hard disk ensures reliable
operation even under high mechanical stress.
Continuity
The continuity in the availability of the same components, e.g.
motherboards from our own production, means that the SIMATIC
Panel PCs 670 and 870 offer very high investment safeguarding.
Service-friendly design
Particular attention was paid during the design of the Panel PC
670 and 870 range to extreme service friendliness. For example,
the computer box and front panel can be simply opened for fast
replacement of components. The interior with the CPU and slots
is easily accessible for subsequent expansions.
Integral interfaces
The PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface is already integrated in the
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 and 870 at no extra charge. Also present
is the Ethernet interface for linking to the control level or to the
Internet.
Modern servicing/start-up interface
The standard USB (Universal Serial Bus) PC I/O interface guarantees simple connection of components at both the front and
rear.
Compact design
The maximum mounting depth of 100/130 mm means that the
SIMATIC Panel PC 670 can also be used where space for installation is at a premium.
Expansion
The 5 vacant PC slots in the SIMATIC Panel PC 870 provide
sufficient options for expansions.
Options
The SIMATIC Panel PCs 670 and 870 provide a high degree of
industrial functionality extending beyond standard PC features.
For example, it is also possible to have a distributed design with
the computing and operator units spatially separated.
A further component that ensures operational reliability is the
optional direct key module. This can be used to operate the process independent of the bus system and without delay directly
via PROFIBUS DP.
■ Overview SIMATIC Panel PC
Design
• Centralized configuration
• Distributed configuration
Display
• Size
• Resolution
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard
• Touch screen
General features
• Processor
• RAM
• Free slots for expansion
• Operating system
Ports
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• Ethernet
• USB
Ambient conditions
• Vibration resistance in operation
• Shock resistance in operation
SIMATIC Panel PC IL70 and IL 77
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
•
–
•
•
•
•
12.1"/15.1"/19.1“ TFT (IL 77 only) 1)
10.4"/12.1"/15.1" TFT
12.1"/15.1" TFT
800 x 600 / 1024 x 768 / 1280 x 1024 640 x 480 / 800 x 600 / 1024 x 768 800 x 600 / 1024 x 768
•
•
(only IL 77)
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz or
Intel Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz
•
•
•
•
Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz
or
Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz or
Intel Pentium 4 2.4 GHz,
or
Intel Pentium 4 mobile 2.2 GHz
128 MB, expandable to 2 GB
IL 70: 128 MB / 256 MB
IL 77: 256 MB / 512 MB
3 x PCI, 1 x AGP (IL 70 only)
128 MB, expandable to 256 MB,
512 MB or 1 GB
1 x PCI, 1 x ISA/PCI shared,
1 x Type III Cardbus slot (PCMCIA);
Note: RAID1 option occupies one
PCI slot
Without, Windows NT 4.0 (Ger./Eng.) Without, Windows 98 SE (Eng.,
(IL 70 only), Windows 2000 Profes- Ger), Windows NT 4.0 (Eng., Ger.),
sional multi-language, Windows XP Windows 2000 Professional MultiProfessional Multi-Language
Language, Windows XP Professional Multi-Language
2 x PCI, 2 x PCI/ISA shared, 1 x ISA
Note: RAID1 option occupies one
PCI slot
Without, Windows 2000 Professional Multi-Language,
Windows XP Professional MultiLanguage
– (using plug-in card)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
0.25 g
1g
1g
5g
1g
5g
• available
– not available
1) From 1st quarter 2005
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/3
3
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
■ Overview
■ Design
The Panel PC IL 70 comprises a computing unit (Box PC) and an
operator unit (front panel).
Components of the computing unit:
• Metal housing, resistant to vi bration and shock, with high
electromagnetic compatibility
• Processor:
- Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz with 128 MB RAM
- Intel Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz with 256 MB RAM
• Hard disk: ≥ 20 GB;
• Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5“
• CD-ROM drive
• AGP graphics, on board
• Interfaces:
- Ethernet on board
- 2 x USB connection (USB 2.0)
• Free slots for expansion:
- 3 x PCI, 1 x AGP (slots for card holder)
• Power supply: 110/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
3
Components of the operator unit:
• Industry standard PC platform for demanding tasks in the field
of HMI
• Maximum performance due to the highest processor performance at a low starter price
• Design of the front panels:
- 12“ or 15“ TFT color display
- Touch screen
■ Benefits
• Industry standard vibrat ion and shock resistance
• Investment safeguarding thanks to guaranteed availability of
spare parts for the components
• USB interface for simple and fa st connection of required components
• Integral Ethernet interface
• Minimization of downtimes than ks to high system availability:
Data backup solutions (preventive data backup)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 is used both in manufacturing
automation and in process automation and can be installed in
control cabinets and in control panels.
A SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 is a platform for PC-based
Automation:
• PC-based machine-level visualiz ation on-site with SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMATI C WinCC process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
Siemens offers the complete building block set of automation
components that are perfectly matched to one another.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI packages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
3/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The front panels are available in the following designs:
12" Touch
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
15" Touch
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
Side view of the Panel PC IL 70
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
■ Design (continued)
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• Software tool for preventive da ta saving of hard disk contents
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions;
user software and special installations are also saved
• Software tool for adaptati on of hard disk partitioning
3.5" USB diskette drive
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation with degree of
protection IP54 means that data exchange is possible from the
front without opening the control cabinet door.
The drive is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface.
The scope of delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard.
3.5" high density diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
Use of the USB diskette drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
• Windows XP: Possible without separate driver
• Windows 2000: The required driver is included in the scope of
delivery of the operating system
• Windows 98/NT: Use of the US B diskette drive is not possible
Note:
For further information, see "Expansion components"
3
■ Technical specifications
Typee
General features
• Processor
• RAM
• Free slots for expansion
• Operating system
• Power supply
• MTBF of backlighting
Drives
• Hard disk
• CD-ROM
• Diskette drive
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• Ethernet
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• Serial interface
• Parallel interface
• Keyboard, mouse
• Multimedia
• Graphics interface
Monitoring functions
• Temperature and watchdog
Panel PC IL 70
Intel Pentium 4 technology;
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz,
Intel Pentium 4; 2.4 GHz
128 MB or 256 MB,
maximum expansion to 2 GB
3 x PCI, 1 x AGP
(slots with card retainer)
Windows 2000 Prof.
(multi-language1)),
Windows NT4.0 (Eng., Ger.),
Windows XP Prof.
(multi-language1)),
opt. without operating system
110 V / 230 V AC (wide range)
50/60 Hz
Typically 50,000 h
(at 24 h continuous operation,
depending on temperature)
2.5" hard disk drive ≥ 20 GB
On rear, access from side
1.44 MB, on rear, access from
side
Can be implemented through
plug-in card
On board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45,
no plug-in card required
2 x on rear (USB 2.0)
COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232)
LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2
(external mouse)
Audio in/out, microphone in,
joystick port
No (only as alternative to
integrated TFT display)
On board
1) Multilanguage comprises:
E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/ Korean/Japanese
2) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-3 replaces 50081-1,
61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2-2
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection
• Vibration resistance in operation
• Shock resistance in operation
• EMC
• Ambient temperature in operation
• Relative humidity
IP65 (on front)
according to EN 60529
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
20 to 58 Hz: 0.0185mm,
58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25g)
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29:
10 m/s2 (1 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
CE, EN 55011, EN 55022,
EN 50081-1, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 2)
+5 °C to +45 °C when fully
equipped
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
DIN IEC 68-2-30,
DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80%
at 25 °C (no condensation)
Approvals
CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED
Packages
Optional with
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro,
SIMATIC WinCC flexible,
SIMATIC WinCC
Front panels
12" Touch
15" Touch
Display
• Size
• Resolution (pixels)
12.1" TFT Touch
800 x 600
15.1" TFT Touch
1024 x 768
Control elements
• Touch screen
Yes
Yes
Dimensions
• Operator unit (W x H) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of
centralized model (W x H x D,
without CD-ROM) in mm
391 x 330
449 x 373
367 x 305 x 213 425 x 349 x 213
Weight
• Panel PCs in centralized
configuration
Approx. 13 kg
Expansion components
Approx. 15 kg
SIMATIC NET communications
modules,
3.5" USB diskette drive,
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition
Creator
Note for SIMATIC PC operating system licenses
The enclosed operating system license only permits installation
on the supplied SIMATIC PCs. In accordance with Microsoft
OEM licensing guidelines, installation is only permissible on
these SIMATIC systems.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/5
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Panel PC configuration
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70 A)
Expansion components
6AG7 01 7 - 7 7 A00-0A 7 0
Front panels:
• 12“ TFT Touch
0
• 15“ TFT Touch
1
CPU/RAM:
0A
• Pentium IV 2.4 GHz/
256 MB SDRAM
1B
Memory module
• Without operating system
A
• Windows NT 4.0, German
B
• Windows NT 4.0, English
C
• Windows 2000 Professional
multilanguage (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Korean, Japanese)
D
• Windows XP Professional
multilanguage (English, French,
German, Italian, Spanish,
traditional Chinese, simplified
Chinese, Korean, Japanese)
E
• 128 MB DDR333
D)
6AV7 570-0JA00-1AA0
• 256 MB DDR333
D)
6AV7 570-0JA10-1AA0
USB 3.5" diskette drive
with 1 m connecting cable 1) D)
6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
Front cover for
USB diskette drive,
with frame, cover and bearing
block
6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
Communications components
CP 1613
1) For Windows 2000 and XP
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
D) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6GK1 161-3AA00
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
CP 5611
6GK1 561-1AA00
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2 C)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS
3/6
6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
Accessories
• Celeron 2.0 GHz/
128 MB SDRAM
Operating system:
3
SIMATIC PC/PG
Image & Partition Creator B)
Software tool for data saving and
hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(Eng/Ger/Fr/Sp/It)
6GK1 561-3AA01
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
221
H1
6
H
B1
3
Panel cutout
12,1" TFT Touch
15,1" TFT Touch
Front dimensions
12,1" TFT
15,1" TFT
Display
12,1" TFT
15,1" TFT
W
H
D
367
425
305
349
213
213
W
H
391,1 330,4
449,1 373,1
251,1 189,4
309,1 233,1
G_ST80_XX_00033
B
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/7
W1
H1
Panel PC IL 70 operator unit
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
■ Overview
■ Design
The Panel PC IL 77 comprises a computing unit (Box PC) and an
operator unit (front panel).
3
• Industrial PC platform for de manding operator control and
monitoring tasks
• Maximum performance thanks to high processor performance
at an attractive entry-level price
• Front panel versions:
- 12“, 15“ and 19“ TFT Touch
- 12“ and 15“ TFT Key
■ Benefits
• Industry standard resistance to vibrations and shocks
• Investment safeguarding through guaranteed availability of
spare parts for the components
• USB interface for simple and fa st connection of required components
• Integral Ethernet interface
• Minimization of downtimes thro ugh high system availability:
solutions for data backup (preventive data backup)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77 is used both in manufacturing
automation and in process automation and can be installed in
control cabinets and control panels.
A SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77 is a platform for PC-based Automation:
• PC-based machine-level visualiz ation on site with SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMATIC WinCC process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
Siemens offers the complete building block set of automation
components that are perfectly matched to one another.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI packages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
3/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Components of the computing unit:
• Metal housing, resistant to vi bration and shock, with high
electromagnetic compatibility
• Processor:
- Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz
- Intel Pentium 4 2.4 GHz
• Memory:
- 256 MB DDR 333
- 512 MB DDR 333
- With expansion capability up to 2.5 GB
• Hard disk: ≥ 30 GB;
• Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5", optionally via USB, can be
ordered as accessory
• CD-ROM drive, optional
• Interfaces:
- Ethernet on board
- 4 x USB connection (USB 2.0)
- 1 x USB connection on front (USB 2.0)
• Free slots for expansions:
- 3 x PCI (slots with card retainer + 1 slot specially prepared for
WinAC Slot module),
• Power supply: 110/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Components of the operator unit:
The front panels are available in the following designs:
12" Touch
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
• USB 2.0 connection on front
15" Touch
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
• USB 2.0 connection on front
19“ Touch
• 19.1“ TFT color display, 1280 x 1024 pixels (XGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
• USB 2.0 connection on front
12” Key
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and
36 additional function keys and an integrated mouse
• USB 2.0 connection on front
15“ Key
• 15.1“ TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Membrane keyboard with international PC character set and
36 additional function keys and an integrated mouse
• USB 2.0 connection on front
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
■ Design (continued)
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• Software tool for preventive da ta saving of hard disk contents
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions; user
software and special installations are also saved
• Software tool for adaptati on of hard disk partitioning
3.5" USB diskette drive
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation with degree of
protection IP54 permits data exchange from the front without
opening the control cabinet door.
The drive is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface. The
scope of delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette
drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard.
■ Function
• Integral, parameterizable moni toring functions (program sequence (watchdog), housing inside temperature, fan speed)
■ Integration
Integral interfaces
• Ethernet
The integral Ethernet interface (10/100 Mbit/s) can be used for
IT communication and for data exchange with programmable
controllers such as SIMATIC S7 (with "SOFTNET S7" software
package).
• Other interfaces
Three free slots for PC modules, the USB 2.0 (Universal Serial
Bus) port, and serial/parallel interfaces are available for connecting other I/O devices.
3.5" high density diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
Use of USB diskette drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
• Windows XP: Possible without separate driver
• Windows 2000: The required driver is included in the scope of
delivery of the operating system
• Windows 98/NT: Use of the USB diskette drive not possible
Note:
For further information see "Expansion components"
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/9
3
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
■ Technical specifications
Type
Panel PC IL 77
General features
• Processor
• RAM
• Free slots for expansion
• Operating system
3
• Power supply
• MTBF of backlighting
Drives
• Hard disk
• CD-ROM
• Diskette drive
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• Ethernet
Intel Pentium 4 technology;
Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz,
Intel Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz
256 MB or 512 MB,
maximum expansion to 2,5 GB
3 x PCI, (slots with card retainer)
Windows 2000 Prof.
(multi-language1)),
Windows XP Prof.
(multi-language1)),
optionally without operating
system
110 V / 230 V AC (wide range)
50/60 Hz
Typically 50,000 h
(at 24 h continuous operation,
depending on temperature)
2.5" hard disk drive ≥ 30 GB
Optional on rear, operated from
the side
1.44 MB, 3.5", optionally via USB,
can be ordered as accessory
Type
Panel PC IL 77
Monitoring functions
• Temperature and watchdog
On board
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection
• Vibration resistance in operation
• Shock resistance in operation
• EMC
• Ambient temperature in operation
• Relative humidity
IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529,
NEMA 4
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6: 20
to 58 Hz: 0.0185 mm,
58 to 200 Hz: 2.5 m/s2 (0.25g)
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29:
10 m/s2 (1 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
CE, EN 55011, EN 55022,
EN 50081-1, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-3, EN 61000-6-4 2)
+5 °C to +45 °C when fully
equipped
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
DIN IEC 68-2-30,
DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80%
at 25 °C (no condensation)
Approvals
CE, UL 508 C-UL US LISTED
Packages
Optional with
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro,
SIMATIC WinCC flexible,
SIMATIC WinCC
1) Multilanguage comprises:
E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/ Korean/Japanese
2) 61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-3 replaces 50081-1,
61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2
• Multimedia
• Graphics interface
Using plug-in card
On board, 10/100/1000 Mbit/s,
RJ45, no plug-in card required
4 x on rear (USB 2.0),
1 x on front (USB 2.0)
COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232)
LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2
(external mouse)
Audio In/Out, microphone In
Not used
Front panels
12" Touch
12" Key 1)
15" Touch
15" Key 1)
19" Touch 2)
Display
• Size
• Resolution (W x H in pixels)
12.1" TFT Touch
800 x 600
12,1" TFT Key
800 x 600
15.1" TFT Touch
1024 x 768
15.1" TFT Key
1024 x 768
19.1" TFT Touch
1240 x 1024
Control elements
• Keyboard
• Function keys
• Touch screen
• Mouse at the front
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
No
No
Yes
No
Yes/yes 3)
Yes
36
No
Yes
Yes/yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes/yes 3)
Yes
36
No
Yes
Yes/yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes/yes 3)
400 x 310
(7 HU)
368 x 290 x 152
483 x 310
(19", 7 HU)
450 x 290 x 137
483 x 310
(19", 7 HU)
450 x 296 x 155
483 x 355
(19", 8 HU)
450 x 327 x 162
483 x 400
(19", 9 HU)
450 x 380 x 150
+27 mm
+27 mm
+27 mm
+27 mm
+27 mm
Weight
• Panel PCs in centralized configuration
Approx. 11 kg
Approx. 12 kg
Approx. 13 kg
Approx. 13 kg
Approx. 15 kg
Expansion components
SIMATIC NET communications modules, 3.5" USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
Accessories
Touch protection foil
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• Serial interface
• Parallel interface
• Keyboard, mouse
Dimensions
• Operator unit (W x H) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of
centralized model (W x H x D,
without CD-ROM) in mm
• Additional mounting depth
(versions with CD-ROM)
1) Start of delivery approximately end of 2nd quarter 2005
2) Start of delivery approximately end of 1st quarter 2005
3) Using virtual keyboard
3/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Insertable strips
for keyboard
Note for SIMATIC PC operating system licenses
The enclosed operating system license only permits installation
on the SIMATIC PCs supplied. In accordance with Microsoft
OEM licensing guidelines, installation is only permissible on
these SIMATIC systems.
Touch protection foil
Insertable strips
for keyboard
Touch protection foil
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Panel PC configuration
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77 A)
Expansion components
6AG7 10 7 -0A 7 7 0- 7 A 7 0
Front panels:
• 12“ TFT Touch
0
• 12“ TFT Key
1
• 15“ TFT Touch
2
• 15“ TFT Key
3
• 19“ TFT Touch
4
SIMATIC PC/PG
Image & Partition Creator B)
Software tool for data saving and
hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(Eng/Ger/Fr/Sp/It)
6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
Accessories
Processor:
• Celeron 2.0 GHz
A
• Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz
B
USB 3.5" diskette drive
with 1 m cable 1) C)
6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
Front cover
for USB diskette drive,
with frame, cover and bearing
block
6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
3
Main memory:
Communications components
• 256 MB DDR 333
0
6GK1 161-3AA00
• 512 MB DDR 333
1
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
CP 5611
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to PROFIBUS
6GK1 561-1AA00
CP 5613 A2 A)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS
6GK1 561-3AA01
Optical drives:
• Without
2)
• CD-ROM
0
1
Operating system:
• Without operating system
A
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
(English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish, traditional
Chinese, simplified Chinese,
Korean, Japanese)
B
• Windows XP Professional
multi-language
(English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish, traditional
Chinese, simplified Chinese,
Korean, Japanese)
C
Memory expansion C)
Set contains two memory chips
for dual channel mode
• 512 MB DDR SDRAM
(2 x 256 MB)
6ES7 648-2AD30-0FB0
• 1.0 GB DDR SDRAM
(2 x 512 MB)
6ES7 648-2AD40-0FB0
• 2.0 GB DDR SDRAM
(2 x 1.0 GB)
6ES7 648-2AD50-0FB0
1) For Windows 2000 and XP
2) Not recommended for applications with WinCC / WinCC flexible
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/11
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
H
3
10.5
D
W
D+
W+1 (cutout)
H+1 (cutout)
Installation cutouts
W+1
H+1
310
311
400
Touch
12"
15"
19"
368
450
449
179
152
290
182
155
290
380 on req. on req.
310
355
Key
12"
15"
450
450
290
321
W
H
Touch
12"
15"
19 "
400
483
483
Key
12"
15"
483
483
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc
3/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
D
137
162
D+
164
189
on req. = on request
G_ST80_EN_000178
Front dimensions
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Overview
■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC 670 is designed for implementation
directly at the machine. The shallow mounting depth of only
100/130 mm allows it to be installed in extremely confined
spaces.
The PC is used both in manufacturing automation and in process
automation, installed in control cabinets and desks, 19“ cabinets/racks and swing arms (girders).
A SIMATIC Panel PC is the ideal platform for PC-based
Automation:
• PC-based machine-level visua lization on-site with SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMA TIC WinCC process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
Siemens offers the complete building block set of automation
components that are perfectly matched to one another.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI packages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
• PC platform with high industrial suitability for demanding tasks
in the area of PC-based automation
• Rugged construction:
the PC can withstand even extremely harsh mechanical stress
and is reliable
• Compact design
• High investment protection
• Can be integrated quickly
• Distributed configuration:
offers additional applications thanks to the separation of
operator unit and computing unit by up to 20 m
• Front panel versions:
- 10“, 12“ or 15“ TFT color display
- Membrane keyboard or touch screen
■ Benefits
• Highly suitable for use in in dustry thanks to rugged design,
even if subjected to strong vibrations and shocks
• High investment security th rough guaranteed spare parts
availability (5 years)
• High continuity of the compo nents for long-term machine
concepts without renewed engineering overhead
• Savings in time and costs through service-friendly device
design:
- Operator unit and computing unit can be easily separated for
quick replacement of components or later expansions
- USB port on front and rear for simple and fast connection of
additional hardware components
• High industrial functionality thanks to integral
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and Ethernet interfaces
• Operational safety:
- With the optional direct key module, the process can be
operated without delay via PROFIBUS DP, independently of
the operating system
• Minimization of standstill times thanks to high system
availability
- Efficient self-diagnostics (SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor)
- Solutions for data backup (preventive data backup)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
■ Design
The Panel PC 670 comprises a computing unit and an operator
unit.
Components of the computing unit:
• Rugged metal housing, resistant to vibration and shock, with
high electromagnetic compatibility
• Processor:
- Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz or
- Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
• Main memory, standard configuration:
128 MB (8 to 32 MB shared graphics memory configurable via
BIOS)
• Hard disk: ≥ 40 GB;
the special vibration-absorbing hard disk support ensures reliable operation even under extremely high mechanical stress
• Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5“
• Graphics on board
• Interfaces:
- Ethernet on board
- PROFIBUS DP/MPI on board, electrically isolated
- 2 x USB connection
• Free slots for expansion:
- 1 x PCI, 1 x ISA/PCI shared (slots for card holder);
Note: RAID1 option occupies one PCI slot
- 1 x Cardbus slot Type III (PCMCIA)
• Power supply: 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange), 50/60 Hz
or 24 V DC
Optional additional components:
• Main memory expansion to 256 MB, 512 MB, or 1 GB
• Hard disk ≥ 80 GB
• CD-ROM drive
• CD-RW/DVD drive
• Direct control key module
• 2 x ≥ 40 GB hard disk system
• RAID1 system
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/13
3
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Design (continued)
Components of the operator unit:
Distributed configuration:
The front panels are available in the following designs:
In the case of the distributed configuration, the operator unit and
the computing unit can be operated separated by a distance of
up to 20 m, whereby the Look & Feel and the functional scope of
the PC are retained. This offers even more application possibilities for the Panel PC 670:
10" Key
• 10.4" TFT color display, 640 x 480 pixels (VGA)
• Membrane keyboard with inter national PC character set and
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
12" Key
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Membrane keyboard with inter national PC character set and
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
3
12" Touch
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
15" Key
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Membrane keyboard with inter national PC character set and
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
15" Touch
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
The front panels have a USB interface for connecting an external
keyboard or mouse. The touch variants are optionally available
without a USB connection. In this case, they comply with
NEMA 4.
The computing unit is connected via a ribbon cable attached to
the rear of the operator unit.
Side-view of the Panel PC 670
Space-saving installation of the flat distributed operator unit
(69 mm), e.g. in the control cabinet door or on a swing arm
(girders)
• Additional installation possibilities (e.g. in operator consoles)
since the distributed operator unit can be installed at an angle
of up to 70° from the vertical
• Extremely resistant to interference
• Quick and easy start-up
The connection between the operator unit and the computing
unit is a rugged industrial cable with the following characteristics:
• 10 million bending cycles
• Silicone and CFC free, casing material flame-retardant acc. to
IEC 60 332.1
• Oil-resistant to VDE 0472 Part 803 Test Type B
• Suitable for trailing
• Plug connector with lock
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• Software tool for preventive data saving of hard disk contents
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions;
user software and special installations are also saved
• Software tool for adaptati on of hard disk partitioning
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
• PC diagnostics/signaling software for early detection and diagnostics of PC problems
• Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, fans, hard disks
(SMART), watchdog
• Operating hours counter for preventive maintenance
• Integral recording function, comprehensive text messages,
online help (German/English)
• Network-wide monitoring via SNMP and OPC interface
possible
3.5" USB diskette drive
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation and the IP54
degree of protection mean that data exchange is possible from
the front without opening the control cabinet door.
The device is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface. The
scope of delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette
drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5" high density diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
Types of configuration
• Centralized configuration: Comp uting unit and operator unit
are integrated
• Distributed configuration: Comput ing unit and operator unit are
physically separated (up to 20 m)
Use of USB diskette drive with SIMATIC Panel PCs:
• Windows XP: Possible without separate driver.
• Windows 2000: The required driver is included in the scope of
delivery of the operating system
• Windows 98 1)/NT: Use of the USB diskette drive not possible
Note:
For further information see "Expansion components"
1) Only available for a limited period
3/14
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Technical specifications
Type
Panel PC 670 – centralized configuration
General features
• Processor
• RAM
• Free slots for expansion
• Operating system
• Power supply
• MTBF of backlighting
Drives
• Hard disk
• CD-ROM
• DVD/CD-R/RW
• Diskette drive
Ports
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• Ethernet
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
Panel PC 670 – distributed configuration
Intel Pentium III technology, Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz, Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB to 1 GB
1 x PCI, 1x PCI/ISA shared,
(all slots with card retainer)
1 x type III Cardbus slot (PCMCIA);
Note: RAID1 option occupies one PCI slot
Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language1)), Windows 986) SE (d, e), Windows NT4.0 (d, e) 2),
Windows XP Prof. (multi-language1)), opt. without operating system
110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; or 24 V DC
Typically 60,000 hrs (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature)
• Parallel interface
• Keyboard, mouse
• Graphics interface
On board, isolated, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required
On board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required
1 x on front 4), 2 x on rear
Front: 1 x on front 4), 1 x on rear,
computing unit: 2 x
COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232),
COM2: 1 x V.24(RS232C)/TTY for S5 communication
LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse)
Analog VGA, resolution as for integrated display, 16-bit color depth
Monitoring functions
• Temperature and watchdog
• Status LEDs
On board
Power, temperature (on front)
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection
IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529, NEMA 4 3)
• Serial interface
• Vibration resistance in operation
IP65 (front) acc. EN 60529, NEMA 4 3)
IP20 (computing unit) acc. to EN 60529
• Shock resistance in operation
• EMC
• Ambient temperature in operation
• Relative humidity
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
- 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm
- 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1g)
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
CE, EN 55011, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 5)
+5 °C to +45 °C when fully equipped
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3, DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56: 5% to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
Approvals
CE, cULus, FM Class 1 Div.2 3)
Packages
Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinCC flexible, SIMATIC WinCC
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
3
3.5" hard disk drive ≥ 40 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration
• Optional, also with 2-hard-disk system or
Optional, in computing unit
RAID1 system
• Optional, also with 2-hard-disk system or
Optional, in computing unit
RAID1 system
1.44 MB, on rear, can be accessed from the side
1.44 MB in computing unit
CE, cULus
Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/ Korean/Japanese
For centralized configuration only
For touch variants without front USB interface
Touch variants available optionally without front USB interface
61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2
Only available for a limited period
Note for SIMATIC PC operating system licenses
The enclosed operating system license only permits installation
on the supplied SIMATIC PCs only. In accordance with Microsoft
OEM licensing guidelines, installation is only permissible on
these SIMATIC systems.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/15
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Technical specifications
Front panels
10" Key
12" Touch
12" Key
15" Touch
15" Key
• Centralized configuration
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• Distributed configuration
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
• Size
10.4" TFT
12.1" TFT Touch
12.1" TFT
15.1" TFT touch
15.1" TFT
• Resolution (pixels)
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
Design
Display
Control elements
3
• Keyboard
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
• Function keys
36 with LEDs
No
36 with LEDs
No
36 with LEDs
• Touch screen
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
• Mouse at the front
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
Yes/yes
Yes/yes 1)
Yes/yes
Yes/yes 1)
Yes/yes
• Operator unit (W x H) in mm
483 x 310
(19", 7 HU)
400 x 310
(7 HU)
483 x 310
(19", 7 HU)
483 x 310
(19", 7 HU)
483 x 355
(19", 8 HU)
• Mounting dimensions of
centralized model (W x H x D,
without CD-ROM) in mm
450 x 296 x 100
368 x 290 x 125
450 x 290 x 100
450 x 296 x 130
450 x 327 x 130
• Mounting dimensions of operator
unit in distributed configuration
(W x H x D) in mm
-
368 x 290 x 85
450 x 290 x 69
450 x 296 x 91
450 x 327 x 91
• Mounting dimensions of computing unit in distributed configuration
(W x H x D) in mm
298 x 305 x 104
298 x 305 x 104
298 x 305 x 104
298 x 305 x 104
• Additional mounting depth
(versions with CD-ROM)
+20 mm
+20 mm
+20 mm
+20 mm
+20 mm
• Panel PCs in centralized
configuration
Approx. 12 kg
Approx. 11 kg
Approx. 12 kg
Approx. 13 kg
Approx. 13 kg
• Operator unit in distributed
configuration
-
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
• Computing unit in distributed
configuration
-
Approx. 7.5 kg
Approx. 7.5 kg
Approx. 7.5 kg
Approx. 7.5 kg
Expansion components
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communications processors,
3.5" USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator, SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
Accessories
Keyboard slide-in
labels, direct key
module
Dimensions
Weight
1) Using virtual keyboard
3/16
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Touch protection
foil
Keyboard slide-in
labels, direct key
module
Touch protection
foil
Keyboard slide-in
labels, direct key
module
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Panel PC configurator (contract-based production and delivery)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
Design:
• Centralized configuration
• Distributed configuration
Front panels:
• 10“ TFT Key 2)
• 12" TFT Touch
• 12“ TFT Key
• 15" TFT Touch
• 15“ TFT Key
• 12" TFT Touch without front
USB interface
• 15" TFT Touch without front
USB interface
RAM:
• 128 MB
6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0
21
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
• 512 MB
3
1)
4
CPU
• Celeron 1.2 GHz
• Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
Country-specific design/
power supply:
• Computing and operator unit
24 V DC
• Computing and operator unit
110 V/230 V US
• Computer and operator unit
110 V/230 V Europe
• Computing unit 110 V/230 V US,
operator unit 24 V DC
• Computing unit 110 V/230 V
Europe, operator unit
24 V DC
• Computing unit 24 V DC,
operator unit 110 V/230 V US
• Computing unit 24 V DC,
operator unit 110 V/230 V Europe
0
1
2
3
4
• 2 x 40 GB hard disk (2.5") +
CD-ROM/DVD
- Without operating system
- Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
- Windows XP Professional
multi-language
1
• 256 MB
• 1 GB
6AV7 777 - 77777 -0A 7 0
Drives:
• 40 GB hard disk 2)
• 40 GB hard disk + CD-ROM
• 80 GB hard disk 2)
• 80 GB hard disk + CD-ROM
• 80 GB hard disk +
CD-RW/DVD
• 2 x 40 GB hard disk (2.5") +
CD-ROM
- Without operating system C)
- Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
- Windows XP Professional
multi-language
2
3
2)
Panel PC configurator (continued)
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
A
B
A
B
C
3
D
3
E
3
F
3
G
• RAID1 + 2 x 40 GB hard disk
(2.5") + CD-ROM
- Without operating system
- Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
- Windows XP Professional
multi-language
• RAID1 + 2 x 40 GB hard disk
(2.5") + CD-ROM/DVD
- Without operating system
- Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
- Windows XP Professional
multi-language
Distance between computing unit
and operator unit/cable length:
• 0 m (centralized design)
•2m
•5m
• 10 m
• 20 m
Operating system:
• Without operating system
• Windows NT 4.0, German
• Windows NT 4.0, English
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
• Windows 98 German 2) 3)
• Windows 98 English 2) 3)
• Windows XP Professional
multi-language
2
3
3
3
3
5
5
A
D
5
G
6
6
A
D
6
G
7
7
A
D
7
G
8
8
A
D
8
G
3
0
1
2
3
4
2
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
1) Not for Windows 98 SE 3)
2) Not recommended in conjunction with WinCC / WinCC flexible
3) Only available for a short period
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/17
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Delivery versions (ex stock)
Expansion components
Panel PC 670, 10" TFT display
Celeron 1.2 GHz, 40 GB hard disk
+ CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM,
110 V/230 V, Europe
SIMATIC PC/PG
Image & Partition Creator A)
Software tool for data saving and
hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(G/E/F/S/I)
6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
SIMATIC PC/PG DiagMonitor
V1.0 A)
Software tool for monitoring
SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual,
on CD-ROM (German/English)
6ES7 648-6CA01-0YX0
USB 3.5" diskette drive
with 1 m cable 1) C)
6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
• Without operating system
A)
6AV7 721-1AC10-0AA0
• Windows NT 4.0, German
B)
6AV7 721-1AC10-0AB0
• Windows NT 4.0, English
B)
6AV7 721-1AC10-0AC0
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT display
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 40 GB hard
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM,
110 V/230 V, Europe
3
Order No.
• Without operating system
A)
6AV7 723-1BC10-0AA0
• Windows NT 4.0, German
B)
6AV7 723-1BC10-0AB0
B)
6AV7 723-1BC10-0AC0
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language C)
6AV7 723-1BC10-0AD0
• Windows NT 4.0, English
Panel PC 670, 12" TFT Touch
display
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 40 GB hard
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM,
110 V/230 V, Europe
Uninterruptible power supplies
SITOP power, DC UPS module
15 A with RS 232 interface
with charger unit for 24 V
lead battery,
input 24 V/16 A DC,
output 24 V/15 A DC
6EP1 931-2EC31
SITOP power, battery module
24 V/3.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
6EP1 935-6MD11
• Without operating system
A)
6AV7 722-1BC10-0AA0
Communications components
• Windows NT 4.0, German
B)
6AV7 722-1BC10-0AB0
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 161-3AA00
CP 5613 A2 B)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS
6GK1 561-3AA01
B)
6AV7 722-1BC10-0AC0
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language C)
6AV7 722-1BC10-0AD0
• Windows NT 4.0, English
Panel PC 670, 15" TFT display
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 40 GB hard
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM,
110 V/230 V, Europe
Accessories
Memory expansion C)
• Without operating system
A)
6AV7 725-1BC10-0AA0
• 128 MB
6ES7 648-2AC10-0CA0
• Windows NT 4.0, German
B)
6AV7 725-1BC10-0AB0
• 256 MB
6ES7 648-2AC20-0CA0
B)
6AV7 725-1BC10-0AC0
• 512 MB
6ES7 648-2AC30-0CA0
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language C)
6AV7 725-1BC10-0AD0
Direct key module
for Panel PC 670/870 C)
6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0
Option package
for direct key module
• Transfer module to interface
module with 16 I/Os
6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0
• Windows NT 4.0, English
Panel PC 670, 15" TFT Touch
display
Pentium III 1.26 GHz, 40 GB hard
disk + CD-ROM, 128 MB RAM,
110 V/230 V, Europe
• Without operating system
• Windows NT 4.0, German
A)
6AV7 724-1BC10-0AA0
B)
6AV7 724-1BC10-0AB0
B)
6AV7 724-1BC10-0AC0
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language C)
6AV7 724-1BC10-0AD0
• Windows NT 4.0, English
Protective foil for
Panel PC 670/870
to protect the touch front against
contamination/scratching
(set of 10)
• for 12" touch
6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
• for 15" touch
6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0
Key inscription strips
for PC 670/870 panel
for inscription of softkeys and
function keys, without inscriptions, set of 3 (plastic), for
1) For Windows 2000 and XP
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
3/18
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• 10" panel
6AV7 671-0CA00-0AA0
• 12" panel
6AV7 671-3CA00-0AA0
• 15" panel
6AV7 671-5CA00-0AA0
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Dimension drawings
H ± 0.5
267 ± 0.5
B±1
Dimensions in mm
3
+3
10
Operating unit
swivelled through 90°
Frontpanel dimensions
D2 ± 0.5
10 ± 0.5
D
Operating unit in end position
297 ± 0.5
A±2
Ü
L ± 0.3
Front
All dimensions exclude screw projections
L
H
D
1)
D2
A
B
Ü
(a) with key fronts:
10.4"-TFT
12.1"-TFT
15.1"-TFT
483
483
483
310
310
355
100
100
130
20
20
42
68
68
80
21
21
29
38
38
28
(b) with touch screen
fronts:
12.1"-TFT
15.1"-TFT
400
483
310
310
125
130
36
42
58
87
23
23
50
22
Operating unit PC 670
1) with CD-ROM
G_ST80_XX_00036
Centralized configuration of operator unit
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/19
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Dimension drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Operating units PC 670
H
(a) with key fronts:
10.4"-TFT
12.1"-TFT
15.1"-TFT
450
450
450
296
296
327
(b) with touch screen fronts:
12.1"-TFT
15.1"-TFT
368
450
296
296
G_ST80_XX_00035
3
Rz 120
H +1
W+1
W
1.5 to 6
Panel cutout for standard unit (W x H x D) in mm (without CD-ROM)
Cutout for installation
Dimensions in mm
48.6
269
B±1
All dimensions exclude screw projections
Distributed configuration of operator unit
3/20
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Dim.
A
B
C
D
E
12”
12”
Touch
15”
15”
Touch
483
310
21
20
68
400
310
23
36
58
483
355
23
42
87
483
310
29
42
80
G_ST80_XX_00034
319
C±1
E±2
D ± 0.5
A ± 0.5
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 670
■ Dimension drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm
A
F
G
H
Dim.
W
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
103.5
–
297.2
–
–
211
–
253
–
304.6
–
–
289.6
–
–
–
3
G_ST80_XX_00039
B
D
E
C
PC 670
Distributed configuration of computing unit
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/21
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Overview
■ Application
The SIMATIC Panel PC 870 is designed for applications directly
at the machine.
It is used both in manufacturing automation and in process
automation and is installed in control cabinets and desks,
19“ cabinets and racks and on swing arms (girders).
A SIMATIC Panel PC is the ideal platform for PC-based
Automation:
• PC-based machine-level visua lization on-site with SIMATIC
ProTool/Pro or SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• Complex solutions with SIMA TIC WinCC process visualization
• PC-based Control with SIMATIC WinAC software PLC or with
SIMATIC WinAC Slot PLC
3
Siemens offers the complete building block set of automation
components that are perfectly matched to one another.
The SIMATIC Panel PCs can be ordered in combination with
ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible or WinCC as SIMATIC HMI packages at a special price (see SIMATIC HMI complete systems).
■ Design
• PC platform with high degree of industrial compatibility for
demanding tasks in the field of PC-based Automation
• Rugged design:
The PC is even resistant to extremely harsh mechanical stress
and is reliable in operation
• Extended investment protection
• Fast integration capability
• Remote configuration:
Additional applications are possible thanks to the separation of
the operating unit and computing unit
• Design of the front panels:
- 12“ or 15“ TFT color display
- Membrane keyboard or touch screen
■ Benefits
• Highly suitable for use in in dustry thanks to rugged design
even in the face of strong vibrations and shocks
• High investment security th rough guaranteed spare parts
availability (5 years)
• High continuity of the compo nents for long-term machine concepts without renewed engineering overhead
• Savings in time and costs through service-friendly device
design:
- Operator unit and computing unit can be easily separated for
quick replacement of components or later expansions
- USB port on front and rear for simple and fast connection of
additional hardware components
• High industrial functionality thanks to integral
PROFIBUS DP/MPI and Ethernet interfaces
• Operational safety:
- With the optional direct key module, the process can be
operated without delay via PROFIBUS DP, independently of
the operating system
• Minimization of standstill times thanks to high system
availability
- Efficient self-diagnostics (SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor)
- Solutions for data backup (preventive data backup)
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
3/22
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The Panel PC 870 comprises a computing unit and an operator
unit.
Components of the computing unit:
• Rugged metal housing, resistant to vibration and shock, with
high electromagnetic compatibility
• Processor:
- Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz or
- Intel Pentium 4, 2.4 GHz
- Intel Pentium 4 mobile 2.2 GHz
• Main memory, standard configuration:
128 MB (of which 8 to 32 MB shared graphics memory configurable via BIOS)
• Hard disk: ≥ 40 GB;
the special vibration-absorbing hard disk support ensures reliable operation even under extremely high mechanical stress
• Diskette drive: 1.44 MB, 3.5“
• Graphics on board
• Interfaces:
- Ethernet on board
- PROFIBUS DP/MPI on board, electrically isolated
- 2 x USB connection
• Free slots for expansion:
- 2 x PCI, 2 x ISA/PCI shared, 1 x ISA (slots for card holder)
• Power supply: 110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz
or 24 V DC
Optional extras:
• Main memory expansion to 256 MB, 512 MB, 1 or 2 GB
• Hard disk ≥ 80 GB
• CD-ROM drive
• CD-RW/DVD drive
• Direct control key module
• Dual hard disk (2 x 40 GB)
• RAID system
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Design (continued)
Components of the operator unit:
Distributed configuration:
The front panels are available in the following designs:
In the case of the distributed configuration, the operator unit and
the computing unit can be operated separated by a distance of
up to 20 m, whereby the Look & Feel and the functional scope of
the PC are retained. This offers even more application possibilities for the Panel PC 870:
12" Key
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Membrane keyboard with inter national PC character set and
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
12" Touch (in distributed configuration only)
• 12.1" TFT color display, 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
15" Key
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Membrane keyboard with inter national PC character set and
36 additional function keys with LED and an integrated mouse
15" Touch
• 15” TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA)
• Touch screen, analog resistive
The front panels have a USB interface for connecting an external
keyboard or mouse. The Touch variants are optionally available
without a USB connection. In this case, they comply with
NEMA 4.
The computing unit is connected via a ribbon cable attached at
the rear of the operator unit.
Side-view of the Panel PC 870
Space-saving installation of the flat distributed operator unit
(69 mm), e.g. in the control cabinet door or on a movable swing
arm (girders)
• Additional installation possibilities (e.g. in operator consoles),
since the distributed operator unit can be installed at an angle
of up to 70° from the vertical
• Extremely resistant to interference
• Quick and easy start-up
The connection between the operator unit and the computing
unit is a rugged industrial cable with the following characteristics:
• 10 million bending cycles
• Silicone and CFC free, casing material flame-retardant acc. to
IEC 60 332.1
• Oil-resistant to VDE 0472 Part 803 Test Type B
• Suitable for trailing
• Plug connector with lock
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator
• Software tool for preventive data saving of hard disk contents
• Fast, bit-exact restoration of system and data partitions;
user software and special installations are also saved
• Software tool for adaptati on of hard disk partitioning
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
• PC diagnostics/alarm software for early detection and diagnosis of hardware problems
• Comprehensive monitoring of temperature, fans, hard disks
(SMART), watchdog
• Operating hours counter for pr eventive maintenance and data
backup measures
• Integral recording function, comprehensive text messages,
online help (German/English)
• Network-wide monitoring via SNMP and OPC interface possible
3.5" USB diskette drive"
The USB diskette drive is provided for fast exchange of user
data, e.g. recipes, or of files. The drive must not be used as a
cyclic archiving drive. The front panel installation with degree of
protection IP54 means that data exchange is possible from the
front without opening the control cabinet door.
Types of configuration
• Centralized configuration: Comp uting unit and operator unit
are integrated
• Distributed configuration: Comput ing unit and operator unit are
physically separated
The drive is connected via the USB interface of the Panel PC.
The power supply is also connected via the USB interface. The
scope of delivery includes a 1 m long USB cable. The diskette
drive complies with the USB 1.1 standard. 3.5" high density diskettes can be used (1.44 MB).
Use of USB diskette drive with SIMATIC panel PCs:
• Windows XP: Possible without separate driver.
• Windows 2000: The required driver is included in the scope of
delivery of the operating system
• Windows 98/NT: Use of the USB diskette drive not possible
Note:
For further information see "Expansion components"
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/23
3
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Technical specifications
Type
Panel PC 870 – centralized configuration
General features
• Processor
• RAM
• Free slots for expansions
• Power supply
• MTBF of backlighting
Intel Pentium 4 technology, Intel Celeron 2.0 GHz, Intel Pentium 4 2.4 GHz, Intel Pentium 4 mobile 2.2 GHz
128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB to 1 GB 1)
2x PCI, 2x PCI/ISA shared,
1x ISA (all slots with card holder)
Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language2)),
Windows XP Prof. (multi-language2)),
optionally without operating system
110 V / 230 V AC (autorange) 50/60 Hz; or 24 V DC (only with Pentium 4 mobile processor)
Typically 60,000 h (at 24 h continuous operation, depending on temperature)
Drives
• Hard disk
• CD-ROM
• DVD/CD-R/RW
• Diskette drive
3.5" hard disk drive ≥ 40 GB, with isolation mounts against vibration
Optional, on rear
Optional, in computing unit
Optional, on rear
Optional, in computing unit
1.44 MB, on rear, operation from side
1.44 MB, in computing unit
• Operating system
3
Panel PC 870 – distributed configuration
Ports
• PROFIBUS/MPI
• Ethernet
• USB (Universal Serial Bus)
• Parallel interface
• Keyboard, mouse
• Graphics interface
- Graphics
On board, floating, max. 12 Mbit/s, no plug-in card required, CP 5611-compatible
On board, 10/100 Mbit/s, RJ45, no plug-in card required
1 on front (USB 1.1) 3), 2 on rear (USB 2.0)
Front: 1 on front 3), 1 on rear (USB 1.1),
computing unit: 2x (USB 2.0)
COM1: 1 x V.24 (RS232),
COM2: 1 x V.24 (RS232C)
LPT1 (EPP/ECP)
PS/2 (external keyboard); PS/2 (external mouse)
Analog VGA, resolution in each case as on integral display
Color depth 16 bits, graphics memory to 32 MB
Monitoring functions
• Temperature, fan and watchdog
• Status LEDs
On board
Power, temperature (on front)
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection
IP65 (front) acc. to EN60529, NEMA 4 4)
• Serial interface
• Vibration resistance in operation
• Shock resistance in operation
• EMC
• Ambient temperature in operation
• Relative humidity
IP65 (front) acc. to EN 60529, NEMA 4 4),
IP20 (computing unit) acc. to EN 60529
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-6:
- 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm
- 58 to 200 Hz: 9.8 m/s2 (1g)
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-29: 50 m/s2 (5 g), 30 ms, 100 shocks
CE, EN 55011, EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2 5)
+5 °C to +45 °C when fully equipped
Tested to DIN IEC 68-2-3,
DIN IEC 68-2-30, DIN IEC 68-2-56:
5% to 80% at 25 °C (no condensation)
Approvals
CE, cULus, UL508
Packages
Optional with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinCC flexible, SIMATIC WinCC
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Expandable up to 2 GB using accessories
Multilanguage comprises: E/F/G/I/SP/CHIN traditional/CHIN simplified/ Korean/Japanese
Touch variants available optionally without front USB interface
For Touch variants without front USB interface
61000-6-2 replaces 50082-2, 61000-6-4 replaces 50081-2
Note for SIMATIC PC operating system licenses
The enclosed operating system license only permits installation
on the supplied SIMATIC PCs. In accordance with Microsoft
OEM licensing guidelines, installation is only permissible on
these SIMATIC systems.
3/24
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Technical specifications
Front panels
12" Touch
12" Key
15" Touch
15" Key
Design
• Centralized configuration
• Distributed configuration
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Display
• Size
• Resolution (pixels)
12.1" TFT Touch
800 x 600 pixels
12.1" TFT
800 x 600 pixels
15.1" TFT Touch
1024 x 768 pixels
15.1" TFT
1024 x 768 pixels
Control elements
• Keyboard
• Function keys
• Touch screen
• Mouse at the front
• Numeric/alphanumeric input
No
No
Yes
No
Yes/yes 1)
Yes
36 with LEDs
No
Yes
Yes/yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes/yes 1)
Yes
36 with LEDs
No
Yes
Yes/yes
Ports
• USB (USB 1.1)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
400 x 310 (7 HU)
-
483 x 310 (19", 7 HU)
450 x 290 x 187
483 x 310 (19", 7 HU)
450 x 296 x 212
483 x 355 (19", 8 HU)
450 x 327 x 212
368 x 290 x 85
450 x 290 x 69
450 x 296 x 91
450 x 327 x 91
376 x 335 x 189
376 x 335 x 189
376 x 335 x 189
376 x 335 x 189
+25 mm
+25 mm
+25 mm
+25 mm
-
Approx. 16 kg
Approx. 17 kg
Approx. 17 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 8.5 kg
Approx. 11.5 kg
Approx. 11.5 kg
Approx. 11.5 kg
Approx. 11.5 kg
Dimensions
• Operator unit (W x H) in mm
• Mounting dimensions,
centralized configuration,
(W x H x D, without CD-ROM)
in mm
• Mounting dimensions of
operator unit, distributed configuration, (W x H x D) in mm
• Mounting dimensions of computing unit, distributed configuration,
(W x H x D) in mm
• Additional mounting depth
(versions with CD-ROM)
Weight
• Panel PCs in centralized
configuration
• Operator unit in distributed
configuration
• Processor unit in distributed
configuration
Expansion components
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), SIMATIC NET communications modules,
3.5" USB diskette drive, SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator, SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
Accessories
Touch protection foil
Keyboard slide-in strips,
direct control key module
Touch protection foil
3
Keyboard slide-in strips,
direct control key module
1) Using virtual keyboard
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/25
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Panel PC configurator (contract-based production and delivery)
Expansion components
SIMATIC Panel PC 870 V2
SIMATIC PC/PG
Image & Partition Creator A)
Software tool for data saving and
hard disk partitioning for SIMATIC
PCs, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(Ger/Eng/Fr/Sp/It)
6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
SIMATIC PC/PG DiagMonitor
V1.0 A)
Software tool for monitoring
SIMATIC PCs, incl. manual, on
CD-ROM (German/English)
6ES7 648-6CA01-0YX0
SB 3.5" diskette drive
with 1 m cable 1) C)
6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
Front cover
for USB diskette drive,
with frame, cover and bearing
block
6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
Design:
• Centralized configuration
• Distributed configuration
3
Order No.
Front panels:
• 12" TFT Touch
• 12“ TFT Key
• 15" TFT Touch
• 15“ TFT Key
• 12" TFT Touch without front
USB interface
• 15" TFT Touch without front
USB interface
RAM:
• 128 MB SDRAM
• 256 MB SDRAM
• 512 MB SDRAM
• 1 GB SDRAM
2)
4
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
CPU
• Celeron 2.0 GHz
• Intel Pentium 4 2.4 GHz
• Intel Pentium 4 mobile 2.2 GHz
Country-specific design/
power supply:
• Computing and operator unit
24 V DC
• Computing and operator unit
110 V/230 V US
• Computing and operator unit
110 V/230 V Europe
• Computing unit 110 V/230 V US,
operator unit 24 V DC
• Computing unit 110 V/230 V
Europe, operator unit 24 V DC
• Computing unit 24 V DC,
operator unit 110 V/230 V US
• Computing unit 24 V DC,
operator unit 110 V/230 V Europe
Drives:
• 40 GB hard disk
• 80 GB hard disk
• 2 x 40 GB (2.5“)
• RAID1, 2 x 40 GB (2.5“),
(1 PCI less)
Distance betw. computing unit
and operator unit/cable length:
• 0 m (centralized design)
•2m
•5m
• 10 m
• 20 m
Optical drives
• Without optical drive
6AV7 777 - 77777 - 7 A 7 0
2)
Uninterruptible power supplies
A
B
C
A
CP 5613 A2 B)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS
6GK1 561-3AA01
D
E
Accessories
C
Memory expansion C)
F
G
0
2
5
6
• 128 MB
6ES7 648-2AD10-0EA0
• 256 MB
6ES7 648-2AD20-0EA0
• 512 MB
6ES7 648-2AD30-0EA0
• 1 GB
6ES7 648-2AD40-0EA0
Direct key module for
Panel PC 670/870 C)
6AV7 671-7DA00-0AA0
Option package for direct key
module
• Transfer module for interface
connection to 16 I/Os
6ES7 648-0AA00-0XA0
Protective foil for
Panel PC 670/870
to protect the Touch front against
fouling/scratching (set of 10)
0
1
2
3
4
• for 12" Touch
6AV7 671-2BA00-0AA0
• for 15" Touch
6AV7 671-4BA00-0AA0
Key labeling strips for
PC 670/870 Panel
for labeling of softkeys and
function keys, without labeling,
set of 3 (plastic), for
0
2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6EP1 935-6MD11
6GK1 161-3AA00
1
3/26
SITOP power, battery module
24 V/3.2 Ah
for DC UPS module 15 A
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
B
• CD-R/RW/DVD (combined)
1) For Windows 2000 and XP
6EP1 931-2EC31
Communications components
• CD-ROM
Operating system:
• Without operating system
• Windows 2000 Professional
multi-language
• Windows XP Professional
multi-language
SITOP power, DC UPS module
15 A with RS 232 interface
with charger unit for 24 V
lead battery,
input 24 V/16 A DC,
output 24 V/15 A DC
A
D
E
• 12" panel
6AV7 671-3CA00-0AA0
• 15" panel
6AV7 671-5CA00-0AA0
2) Not recommended for applications with WinCC / WinCC flexible
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Dimension drawings
H ± 0.5
267 ± 0.5
B±1
Dimensions in mm
3
+3
10
Operating unit
swivelled through 90°
Frontpanel dimensions
D2 ± 0.5
10 ± 0.5
D
Operating unit in end position
297 ± 0.5
A±2
Ü
L ± 0.3
Front
All dimensions exclude screw projections
Operating units PC 870 V2
A
B
Ü
187
212
60
60
50
50
12
20
143
143
212
60
50
12
143
H
D
(a) with key fronts:
12.1"-TFT
15.1"-TFT
483
483
310
355
(b) with touch screen
fronts:
15.1"-TFT
483
310
1) with CD-ROM
1)
D2
L
G_ST80_XX_00038
Centralized configuration of operator unit
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/27
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Dimensional Drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Operating units PC 870
H
(a) with key fronts:
12.1"-TFT
15.1"-TFT
450
450
296
327
(b) with touch screen fronts:
15.1"-TFT
450
296
G_ST80_XX_00037
3
Rz 120
H +1
W+1
W
1.5 to 6
Panel cutout for standard unit (W x H x D) in mm (without CD-ROM)
Cutout for installation
Dimensions in mm
48.6
269
B±1
All dimensions exclude screw projections
Distributed configuration of operator unit
3/28
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Dim.
A
B
C
D
E
12”
12”
Touch
15”
15”
Touch
483
310
21
20
68
400
310
23
36
58
483
355
23
42
87
483
310
29
42
80
G_ST80_XX_00034
319
C±1
E±2
D ± 0.5
A ± 0.5
SIMATIC Panel PC
SIMATIC Panel PC 870
■ Dimensional Drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm
C
B
D
E
A
Dim.
W
H
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
189
–
376
–
–
259
280
301
–
334.6
–
290.1
317.9
–
–
–
3
PC 870
G_ST80_XX_00040
F
G
H
Distributed configuration of computing unit
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/panel-pc
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/29
SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor
■ Overview
■ Function
The SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor monitors, signals and communicates with a central server, reacts in the event of an alarm and
logs the system states of the SIMATIC PCs.
It monitors
• The temperature of the processor and inside the casing
• The fan
• The system state by means of "watchdog“ and "heartbeat“
• The function of the hard disk or RAID1
It signals
• The operating hours for managing service intervals
• Every alarm and logs it in a list
• Overshoot/undershoot of the permissible operating temperature
• Program interruption after th e watchdog timer has elapsed
• Hard disk problems by evaluating the diagnostic bytes
3
Measuring the temperature inside the casing at various measuring points
The monitoring and remote signaling software SIMATIC PC
DiagMonitor detects possible faults in the hardware and software early.
It can be used with the SIMATIC Box PC 620/840, Rack PC 840
and Panel PC 670/870 and can be ordered directly using the PC
configurator or as a separate product.
It communicates
• Locally with the OPC client
• Locally through DLL or SN MP with a central server
• Remote over the LAN, e-mail, SMS
• Through diagnostic LEDs on the device itself
It reacts in the event of an alarm
• By starting customer applications
• By executing a "Reset"
• With the simple integration or activation of PC tools
It logs
• By automatic recording in a log file
System requirements:
Executable under Windows 98, Windows NT WS, Windows
2000/XP Professional
Licensing: Single license
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor V 1.1
Software tool for monitoring
the SIMATIC PC,
incl. manual on CD ROM
(German, English)
Order No.
A)
6ES7 648-6CA01-0YX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
3/30
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator,
Image & Partition Creator
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator
V1.1
Software tool for preventative
data backup for SIMATIC PCs,
incl. manual on CD-ROM
(German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian)
Order No.
A)
SIMATIC PC/PG
Image & Partition Creator A)
V1.1
Software tools for data backup
and hard disk partitioning for
SIMATIC PCs/programming
devices, incl. manual on CD-ROM
(German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian)
Can be ordered via the
SIMATIC PC configurator
6ES7 648-6AA02-0YX0
3
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator is the software tool for easy and
fast backup and restoring of the contents of a hard disk (images
of individual partitions or complete hard disks). This software
can be ordered using the configurator for the SIMATIC PCs.
SIMATIC PC/PG Image & Partition Creator as a single product
contains, in addition to the SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator, the
additional SIMATIC PC/PG Partition Creator software tool which
enables subsequent modification of the hard disk partitions without loss of data.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
3/31
SIMATIC Panel PC
Expansion components
3.5" disk drive, USB 1.1
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
SINUMERIK 3.5” disk drive, USB 1.1
Power consumption, max.
2.5 W
Degree of protection to EN 60529
(IEC 60529)
• Front
• Rear
IP54
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance
with EN 60721-3-3
3
Permissible ambient temperature
• Storage and transport
• Operation
-20 … +60 °C (-4 … +140 °F)
+4 … +50 °C (39 … 122 °F)
Max. distance to PCU
5 m (16 ft 5 in)
Weight, approx.
0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
Dimensions (W x H x D)
145 mm x 50 mm x 161 mm
(5.71 in x 1.97 in x 6.34 in)
■ Ordering data
The 3.5" disk drive is suitable for archiving user data and can be
installed in front panels. It is connected via a USB 1.1 interface.
■ Function
SINUMERIK 3.5" disk drive,
USB 1.1 A)
incl. connecting cable
Length: 1 m (3.28 ft)
Order No.
6FC5 235-0AA05-1AA2
Accessories
The 3.5" disk drive is envisaged for transfer of user data. Installation in front panels makes it possible to transfer data without
opening the control cabinet door. You can use normal density
(720 KB) and high density (1.2/1.44 MB) 3.5" disks to store user
data.
Cover for disk drive
with masking frame, cover and
bearing bracket
6FC5 247-0AA20-0AA0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99H
■ More information
■ Integration
Note for SIMATIC Panel PCs
The disk drive is suitable for connecting to:
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP
• SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows NT 4.0 and PCUBase software ≥ 07.03.03
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/I L 70 with Windows 2000/XP
3/32
Class 3K5 condensation and
icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 °C (32 °F).
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The USB disk drive is compatible with the Windows 2000/XP operating systems. The drivers required for the disk drive are already included in the scope of supply of the operating systems.
Note for SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70
Operation of the USB disk drive requires a PCU 50/PCU 70
(566 MHz, 1.2 GHz) with BIOS V02.03.07 and Windows NT4.0
V07.03.03 or Windows XP V07.03.02.01 operating system.
HMI Software
4/2
Introduction
4/6
SIMATIC ProTool
configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and
SIMATIC ProTool
4/6
4/10
4/10
4/18
4/19
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options
4/19
Engineering software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
4/24
4/24
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES options
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl
4/25
4/25
Runtime software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
4/32
4/32
4/33
4/34
4/37
4/40
4/42
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Archives
WinCC flexible /Recipes
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
WinCC flexible /OPC server
WinCC flexible /ProAgent
4/43
4/43
4/58
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC options
4/59
4/61
4/65
4/67
4/68
4/69
4/70
4/71
4/72
4/74
4/76
4/78
4/80
4/81
4/82
4/83
4/86
4/87
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Server
WinCC/Web Navigator
WinCC/Redundancy
WinCC/ProAgent
WinCC/Messenger
WinCC/Guardian
WinCC/[email protected]
WinCC/Client Access License (CAL)
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA
SIMATIC IT WinBDE
WinCC/Basic Process Control
WinCC/User Archives
WinCC/Storage
FDA Options
WinCC/IndustrialX
WinCC/ODK and
WinCC/Comprehensive Support
4/88
WinCC Add-ons and
partner management
4/90
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
SIMATIC ProAgent
4/90
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
Introduction
■ Overview
With the SIMATIC ProTool and SIMATIC WinCC product families,
SIMATIC HMI offers visualization and configuration software for
the complete scope of applications:
• SIMATIC ProTool
covers applications directly at the machine ranging from
PC-based HMI solutions for single-user systems based on
ProTool/Pro through to the SIMATIC HMI operator panels. For
configuring ProTool/Pro Runtime for the PC as well as the
SIMATIC HMI operator panels, the ProTool family offers the
system-wide, scaleable configuring tools ProTool/Lite, ProTool
and ProTool/Pro CS.
• SIMATIC WinCC
is the process visualization or SCADA system (PC-based
HMI system) for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and plants in all sectors – from the simple
single-user system through to the distributed multi-user system
with redundant servers and remote solutions with Web clients.
WinCC is, at the same time, the information hub for companywide vertical integration (process visualization and platform for
IT and business integration).
WinCC
ProTool/Pro CS
ProTool
Engineering
4
ProTool/Lite
TP-Designer
SIMATIC Micro Panel
TP 070
SIMATIC Panels
Text Panels/170 Series
SIMATIC Panels and
Multi Panels
270/370 Series
PC based
ProTool/Pro RT
PC based
WinCC
RT
G_ST80_DE_00079
Runtime
4/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
Introduction
■ Overview (continued)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
is the logical development of the SIMATIC HMI software products. For applications directly at the machine (previously covered by the ProTool family), WinCC flexible provides a significant
leap forward in configuring efficiency as well as new, innovative
automation concepts. In process-oriented plant and machine
engineering, SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 also supports:
• Further increases in productivity (configuring efficiency) when
generating HMI projects
• Implementation of innovative, TCP/IP and Web-based
automation and HMI concepts
• Increased availability of machines and plants thanks to new
service concepts
• Secure, flexible and worldwide access to process data
• New SIMATIC HMI operator panels
WinCC flexible Advanced
WinCC flexible Standard
Engineering
WinCC flexible Compact
4
WinCC flexible
Micro
SIMATIC Micro Panel
TP 170micro
SIMATIC Panels
70/170 Series
SIMATIC Panels and
Multi Panels
270/370Series
PC based
WinCC flexible
Runtime
G_ST80_DE_00080
Runtime
It is easy to change over from the ProTool family to WinCC flexible by loading or converting the configuration data. The ProTool
family will, however, continue to be available alongside WinCC
flexible for the foreseeable future.
SIMATIC WinCC remains the process visualization system for
plant monitoring with single-user and multi-user solutions and
the platform for IT & business integration under Windows 2000
and XP Professional.
In a further step, WinCC flexible will also become the platform for
integration of the visualization system SIMATIC WinCC. Then,
compatible transfer of WinCC V6 projects will be possible in the
same way as is possible today for ProTool V6 projects.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/3
HMI Software
Introduction
■ Overview (continued)
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
• The integrated family of conf iguring systems (ProTool/Lite,
ProTool, ProTool/Pro CS) for SIMATIC operator panels, the HMI
part of the SIMATIC C7 as well as the PC-based visualization
software ProTool/Pro RT:
- SIMATIC TD17 Text Panels, OP3/OP7/OP17 as well as
C7-621/626/633/634
- SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170
- SIMATIC Panels of the 170/270 series, as well as C7-635
- SIMATIC Multi Panels of the 270/370 series (not MP270B 6")
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and Windows NT
4.0/2000/XP
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
STEP 7, SIMOTION, Component based Automation (CBA)
4
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT visualization software
• PC-based HMI solution for sing le-user systems directly at the
machine
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP
• Complete system with functions for visualizing, signaling,
logging, recipes and archiving
• Specific applications can be added with VB scripts and
customized ActiveX controls
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES engineering software
• Newly developed family of configuring systems with WinCC
flexible Micro/Compact/Standard/Advanced for SIMATIC operator panels, the HMI part of SIMATIC C7 as well as the PCbased visualization software WinCC flexible RT
- SIMATIC Micro Panels
- SIMATIC Panels of the 70/170/270 series as well as C7-635
and C7-636 (keys)
- SIMATIC Multi Panels of the 270/370 series
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
• For Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Expanded integration into Totall y Integrated Automation (TIA):
STEP 7, SIMOTION, Component based Automation (CBA)
• Maximum configuring efficiency thanks to preconfigured objects, modular system, intelligent tools and mass data processing
• Optionally expandable with func tions for version administration
and logging changes
(WinCC flexible/ChangeControl)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT visualization software
• Modular PC-based HMI solu tion for single-user systems
directly at the machine
(further development of ProTool/Pro RT)
• For Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Basic package for visualizing, signaling and logging as
cost-effective first-time user solution; expandable with selected option packages
• Flexible expansion with VB scripts and customized ActiveX
controls (Open Platform Program)
• Can be integrated into innova tive automation solutions based
on TCP/IP networks
• Expanded service concepts with remote operation, diagnostics and administration over the intranet and Internet as well as
e-mail communication (using options)
4/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC WinCC SCADA system
• PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and
systems in all sectors - from the simple single-user station
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC is the
information hub for company-wide vertical integration (process
visualization and platform for IT & business integration).
• For universal use thanks to solu tions for all sectors, e.g. conforming to FDA 21 CFR Part 11, and multiple languages for
worldwide use
• All HMI functions on board with industry-standard functions for
signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages
and measured values, logging of all process and configuration
data, user administration and visualization (WinCC basic software).
• Configuring is easy and efficient using object libraries, modular
systems, tools for mass data processing and online loading of
changes
• Company-wide, flexible client/server structures with operator
stations on the Web, distributed servers and data integrity
thanks to redundancy
• Easy to integrate over standard interfaces such as OPC (OLE
for Process Control), WinCC OLE-DB, VBA (Visual Basic for
Applications), VB script, C-API (ODK)
• Integration platform in the co mpany thanks to the Historian
functionality integrated into WinCC based on the Microsoft SQL
Server 2000, standard and programming interfaces and tools
and clients for evaluation
• Modular expansion with options and add-ons as well as individual function expansions with VB Script, Visual Basic for
Applications, C-API (ODK) and integration of ActiveX elements
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
HMI Software
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
SIMATIC WinCC
Application areas
HMI software designed for applica- HMI software designed for applica- SCADA software for operator contions in (series) machine building
tions in (series) machine building
trol and monitoring of simple to
on the factory floor
on the factory floor
complex automation solutions
Configurations
Single-user system, usually based
on a panel PC
Single-user system, usually based
on a panel PC
Support of simple distributed operating stations in TCP/IP networks
Innovative service concepts using
e-mail, remote operation, monitoring and administration over the
intranet/Internet
Single and multi-user system as
well as distributed systems
Internet capability using the
WinCC/Web Navigator option
Data integrity with redundant
solutions
Integrated Historian functions
Processing of large volumes of data
Strategies
Integrated solution concept from
operator panels through to PCbased operator control stations
based on ProTool/Pro Runtime
Integrated solution concept from
operator panels through to PCbased operator control stations
based on WinCC flexible Runtime
High-quality SCADA functionality
and integration platform for
ERP/MES solutions based on the
integrated Historian functionality
(IT & business integration)
Configuration
A compatible family of configuring
tools supports integrated solutions
Fast configuration due to preconfigured objects
A compatible family of configuring
tools supports integrated solutions
Fast configuration due to preconfigured objects and variable blocks
that can be cross-referenced
Tabular editors for efficient mass
data processing
Intelligent tools for easy configuration of complex plants, e.g. menus,
automatic compilation
Flexibility through customized
dynamic sampling possibilities
Object library and building block
system (including referencing)
Efficient configuring of mass data
using configuring tool
Easy configuration of I&C applications; text library for the signaling
system
Online loading of changes in active
projects
Functional scope
HMI functional scope matched to
the machine application
Expansion of standard functions
can be quickly and easily implemented using VB scripts
Inching mode is possible
HMI basic functionality expandable with option packages
Expansion of standard functions
can be quickly and easily implemented using VB scripts
Inching mode is possible
High-quality, comprehensive
SCADA functionality
Expansion of standard functions
can be quickly and easily implemented using VB scripts and
C scripts
Integral component of the PCS 7
process control system
Openness and expansion
capability
Customized solutions based on
ActiveX controls are possible
Customized solutions based on
ActiveX controls are possible
(Open Platform Program)
Access using VB scripts to runtime
display objects
Expandable using open Windows
interfaces for integration in a factory-wide or company-wide information system
Standard SQL database with
WinCC OLE DB Provider
C-APIs (ODK), access to the COM
object model of WinCC RT using
VB script and WinCC CS using VBA
OPC: Access to WinCC RT data
using OPC DA, OPC HDA and OPC
A&E (connectivity pack)
Extensive range of options and
add-ons
SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnosis software
• Process diagnosis software for fast, targeted fault diagnosis in
plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• A standardized diagnostics concept for different SIMATIC
components:
optimized interaction between STEP 7 engineering tools and
SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized user interface
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay,
reduces the lifecycle costs
• With ProAgent,
- plant and machine personnel are optimally supported with
troubleshooting and fault rectification,
- plant availability is increased and
- downtimes are reduced
• No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
• Frees up PLC capacity with re gard to memory and program
execution time
• No special operator know-how is required thanks to clearly
comprehensible indication of the cause of error
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/5
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool
■ Overview
■ Application
SIMATIC ProTool can be used to configure SIMATIC Operator
Panels from the Text Panel up to the Multi Panel. SIMATIC ProTool/Lite is a low-cost subset of SIMATIC ProTool and as such is
limited to configuring the text-based devices (text panels), the
smaller graphical devices (panels of the 170 series) and the
Mobile Panels 170 as well as the HMI part of SIMATIC C7.
■ Function
4
• Standard configuration software for SIMATIC Operator
Panels and for the HMI part of the SIMATIC C7
• Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP Professional
• Current versions:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP3
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
Enhanced productivity, reduction of engineering outlay, reduction of lifecycle costs thanks to integration in STEP 7; i.e. management of HMI projects using SIMATIC Manager within
STEP 7 projects and sharing of STEP 7 data such as symbol
tables, communications parameters and signaling systems
• Once configurations have b een created, they can be easily
reused within the system family.
Projects can be ported to different HMI platforms. This means
reduced maintenance and service costs and investment security.
• Shorter familiarization time and efficient configuration;
e.g. through the standard operating mechanisms of Windows,
validity checks, integral online Help with direct assistance and
the copying of project data from one project to another
• Straight-forward configuration that is easy to change thanks to
object-oriented symbolic data management and cross-reference lists with direct access at the click of the mouse button.
• Display editor with comprehensive possibilities for fast and
efficient configuring of displays
• Graphics libraries with a large selection of graphics objects
that are ready to use
• Library management for struct ured storage of reusable
graphics objects
• Complete simulation of the proj ect including variable simulation at the configuration PC – even without the PLC and the
panel.
• Export/import of all texts of a project for easy translation.
• Can be used worldwide thanks to extensive language support,
also for Asian ideographic languages
4/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The functions described below are dependent on the device
type used.
• Efficient configuring with shor t familiarization time thanks to:
- Standard operating mechanisms of Windows
- Validity checks
- Integral online help with direct assistance
- Copying from one project to another
- Replacing project parts
- etc.
• Process visualization with Windows-compatible user interface
with predefined graphics objects, such as:
- Numerical display
- Comprehensive HMI symbol library
- Text display, bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse
and zoom function and read line
- Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library
- Signal-dependent text and graphics lists
- Switches, buttons and selection fields for texts and graphics
as an example for process operation
- Editing fields for process values (signals)
- Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics
objects
• Alarms and messages
- System messages, status messages, fault messages
- Bit signaling system, Alarm S (SIMATIC S7)
• Message and process value archiving
• Logging using the report editor for time-based and eventbased project documentation
• Recipes
- Creation of data records via a configurable picture object or
via process images when distributed within the project
- Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
- Import/export of data records
- Access protection with passwords
• Flexibility thanks to Visual Basic script and OLE automation
• Library for predefined or for user-generated display elements
• DP direct keys
If keys or buttons in the panels and multi panels are configured
as DP direct keys, they are transferred to the SIMATIC S7 as I/O
peripherals over PROFIBUS DP. This permits time-critical operations with extremely short response times.
• Function expansions for mult ifunctional platforms (MP 270B
10“/MP 370)
- Optional installation of MS Pocket Internet Explorer (included
in the ProTool package)
- Optional installation of Soft PLC SIMATIC WinAC MP (MP 370
12“)
- Optional installation of ThinClient software SIMATIC ThinClient/MP
• Integration of ProTool in STEP 7
- Shared use of STEP 7 data such as variable names, symbol
lists, communications parameters and signaling system
- Management and handling of ProTool or ProTool/Lite projects
using SIMATIC Manager within STEP 7 projects
- Automatic synchronization with the STEP 7 symbol list:
References are retained in STEP 7 even if a PLC is replaced
or they are resynchronized by means of automatic functions
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool
■ Function
• Complete simulation of ProTool configuration
(Windows CE-based systems);
a complete configuration can be quickly and easily simulated
on the configuration computer: The complete HMI target system is presented on the configuration computer. Using the
mouse, e.g. the softkeys or function keys of the device are
easily operated. Simulation of the PLC hardware and animation
of the variables can be implemented with the SIMATIC engineering tool S7-PLCSIM instead of the ProTool simulator.
• Connection of ProTool to STEP 7 Lite
• Integration of ProTool in th e engineering tool SIMOTION
SCOUT
• Import/ export of all project texts (fixed text, text lists,
messages, information text, etc.) for easy translation of the HMI
projects using standard text editors
• Conversion of projects wi th different resolutions
Conversion of a project for another HMI system is possible in
just a few steps even when the display resolution is higher or
lower (e.g. from OP37 10“ to MP 370 12“). All contents of the
display are automatically "zoomed" to the new resolution. The
function comprises all the graphical devices configured in
ProTool.
• Conversion of OP27/37 and TP27/37 projects for Windows
CE-based devices
Conversion is easy using the instruction manual "Configuration
support for new users"
• Downloading projects
onto SIMATIC operator panels (dependent on the hardware
interface)
- Serial
- MPI, PROFIBUS DP
- Ethernet, USB
- Analog/ISDN (Teleservice, modem line)
Service tool ProSave V6.0 + SP2
• Service tool under Windows for panels and multi panels
• Linking over serial, MPI, Ethernet, USB interface
• Can be used autonomously or integrated into ProTool
• Language selection, with ni ne languages including Asian
ideographic languages
Can be used for
• Backup/restoring
• Additionally with the Windows CE-based devices: installation
of options, license transfer and operating system update
System requirements
Operating system
• Minimum
• Recommended
Windows 98 SE, Windows ME
Windows NT 4.0 SP 6a, Windows
2000 SP3, Windows XP Professional, for multi-language configurations Windows 2000 SP3 MUI,
Windows XP Professional MUI
Processor
• Minimum
• Recommended
Pentium II, 233 MHz
≥ Pentium III, 500 MHz
Graphics
• Minimum
• Recommended
SVGA
SVGA with accelerated hardware
Resolution
• Minimum
• Recommended
800 x 600 1)
800 x 600
RAM 2)
• Minimum
• Recommended
64 MB
≥ 128 MB
Hard disk (free memory)
≥ 300 MB for ProTool +
40 MB for each additional
language
CD-ROM
For software installation
4
1) ProTool/Lite also 640 x 480
2) The required RAM is determined in particular by the size of the
graphics used.
Options
SIMATIC ProAgent
• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
components
• No further configuration fo r diagnostics functionality
• Frees up PLC capacity with re gard to memory and program
execution time
Note:
For further details, see "SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics
software
Can be used with the following operator panels:
• Line devices: TD17, OP7, OP17, C7-633, C7-634
• Graphics devices: OP27, TP27, OP37, TP37
• Windows CE-based devices: TP 070, TP 170A, TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP 270, TP 270, C7-635 Touch,
C7-635 Key, MP 270, MP 270B 10“, MP 370
Einsetzbar bei folgenden Bediengeräten:
• Zeilengeräte: TD17, OP 7, OP17, C7-633, C7-634
• Grafikgeräte: OP27, TP27, OP37, TP37
• Windows CE-basierte Geräte: TP 070, TP 170A, TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP 270, TP 270, C7-635 Touch,
C7-635 Tasten, MP 270, MP 270B 10“, MP 370
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/7
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool
■ Integration
■ Ordering data
The following can be configured with
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite:
• Text panels
- TD17 Text Display
- OP3, OP7 and OP17 Operator Panels
• Panels of the 170 series
- TP 170A and TP 170B Touch Panels
- OP 170B Operator Panels
- 170 Mobile Panels
• HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 control systems
- C7-621, -623, -624, -633, -634, -635
4
SIMATIC ProTool:
• Text panels
- TD17 Text Display
- OP3, OP7 and OP17 Operator Panels
• Panels of the 170 series
- TP 170A and TP 170B Touch Panels
- OP 170B Operator Panels
- 170 Mobile Panels
• Panels of the 270 series
- OP27 Operator Panel
- TP27 Touch Panel
- OP 270 Operator Panels
- TP 270 Touch Panels
• Multi Panels of the 270 and 370 series
- MP 270B (10"), MP 370
• HMI part of the SIMATIC C7 control systems
- C7-621, -623, -624, -626, -633, -634, -635
Note:
For information on communication, see "Operator control and
monitoring units/system coupling"
Order No.
Configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool V6.0 + SP2
including ProAgent V6.0 +
SP3 1) A)
(ProAgent for OP; ProAgent/MP),
language versions: G/E/F/I/S, incl.
native drivers on CD-ROM; electronic documentation (.pdf/.chm)
in German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian on CD-ROM
6AV6 581-3BX06-0DX0
Configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite V6.0 +
SP3 A)
Language variants: G/E/F/I/S,
incl. native drivers on CD-ROM;
electronic documentation
(.pdf/.chm) in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian on
CD-ROM
6AV6 580-3BX06-0DX0
Standard function blocks V3.32
for SIMATIC S5
for linking TD17, OP7, OP17,
OP27, OP37, TP27, TP37;
executes on SIMATIC S5-90U to
155U, on 3.5" diskettes (MS-DOS)
6AV3 980-1AA21-0AX0
Software update service
• SIMATIC ProTool
2) A)
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite
6AV6 581-3AX00-0AX2
2) A)
6AV6 580-3AX00-0AX2
Powerpack
• ProTool/Lite to
ProTool V6.0 + SP3 A)
6AV6 571-3AB06-0DX0
Upgrade
• ProTool/Lite to
ProTool/Lite V6.0 + SP3 A)
6AV6 580-3BX06-0DX4
• ProTool to
ProTool V6.0 + SP3 A)
6AV6 581-3BX06-0DX4
1) Runtime licenses for ProAgent must be ordered separately
2) For a period of 12 months the customer automatically receives all
upgrades and service packs for a fixed price per installed ProTool or
ProTool/Lite package. The contract is automatically extended by a
further year unless canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiry.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool configuration software
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite and SIMATIC ProTool
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order No.
■ More information
Documentation
Notes for creating Asian configurations
ProTool user manual,
configuring line-oriented
displays
ProTool offers extensive language support, also for Asian
characters (simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and
Japanese). The prerequisite for configuring Asian characters
using ProTool V6.0+SP2 is an appropriate Asian version of Windows (98SE/NT4-SP6/2000/XP) or a multi-language Win2000/XP
version with Asian language support installed and an Asian
language as the system language. The configuration interface
remains with 5 languages (English, French, German, Italian or
Spanish)
• German
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0
ProTool user manual,
configuring graphic displays
• German
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
ProTool user manual,
configuring Windows-based
systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
Communication manual
Description of TD/OP/TP
connection to the controller
If configuration is to be performed in ProTool under an Asian user
interface, if for example, the menus, dialogs and online Help are
in Chinese, you will need the ProTool/Pro Configuration
V6.0+SP2 ASIA visualization software. This package supports
the English, Chinese (simplified), Chinese (traditional), Korean
and Japanese configuration interfaces (see visualization software)
Notes on configuration support:
For the TP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP27/37,
TP27/37, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10“ and MP 370, texts with
Chinese (simplified/traditional) or Korean characters can be
configured.
It is also possible to configure Japanese texts for the TP170A,
TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10“,
MP 370. The OP27/37 and TP27/37 do not support Japanese
characters.
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17 , OP25, OP35 and C7
units) can only be configured with Latin characters.
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
• German
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AA0
• English
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AB0
• French
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AC0
• Italian
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV3 991-1BC05-1AE0
http://www.siemens.com/protool
Communication manual
Description of connection of
Windows-based systems to the
controller
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
A)
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Electronic documentation, on
CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/9
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Overview
■ Application
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro is up-to-date visualization software for simple visualization tasks at the machine level. It can be used as a
single-user solution for all automation applications in production
automation, process automation and building services automation.
ProTool/Pro includes the functions of ProTool for configuring
SIMATIC Operator Panels, but also enables implementation of
machine visualization tasks with PC-based systems.
■ Design
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of:
• Configuring software SIMATIC Pr oTool/Pro Configuration (CS)
for configuring PC-based systems as well as SIMATIC
Operator Panels
• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runt ime software for PC-based
systems
4
• PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems direct at the
machine
• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro consists of:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based
systems
- Configuring software SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS)
for configuring PC-based systems as well as SIMATIC
Operator Panels
• For Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP Professional
• Current version:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP3
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environment provides conformity in communications, in data management and in configuration and programming
• Openness:
Consistent support of the Windows standards such as
OLE-Automation and OPC (OLE for Process Control)
• Flexibility:
Individual function expansions can be implemented with Visual
Basic scripts
Archiving of process data and alarms, e.g. in an ODBC
(Open Data Base Connectivity) database
• Convenient process visualization:
Ranging from archiving through print functions, graphics libraries, trend displays, messaging system, logging system, recipe
management through to comprehensive controller drivers
• Language selection:
Reduction in handling and configuration costs by management
of up to 32 languages in the project and online switching of up
to 5 languages on the device
4/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software is available as a
software package with 128, 256, 512 or 2048 PowerTags. The
term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have a
process connection to the PLC. Variables without process integration, constant variable and message limits (up to 2000 fault
messages and 2000 operating messages) are available as additional system features.
■ Function
• Efficient configuring with shor t familiarization time thanks to:
- Standard operating mechanisms of Windows
- Validity checks
- Integral online help with direct assistance
- Copying from one project to another
- Replacing project parts
- etc.
• Process visualization with Windows-compatible user interface
with predefined graphics objects, such as:
- Numerical display
- Comprehensive HMI symbol library
- Text display, bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse
and zoom function and read line
- Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library
- Signal-dependent text and graphics lists
- Switches, buttons and selection fields for texts and graphics
as an example for process operation
- Editing fields for process values (signals)
- Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics
objects
• Alarms and messages
- System messages, status messages, fault messages
- Bit signaling system, Alarm S (SIMATIC S7)
• Message and process value archiving
- Different archive types
- Online evaluation of process value archives through trend
curve graphics
- External evaluation using MS standard tools
- Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases
• Logging with the report editor for time-driven and event-driven
project documentation with freely-designable layout
• Recipes
- Creation of data records via a configurable graphics object or
via process images when distributed within the project
- Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
- Import/export of data records
- Access protection with passwords
• Flexibility thanks to Visual Basic script and OLE automation
• Library for predefined or for user-generated display elements
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Function
• Online connection through teleservice
(analog/ISDN, ProTool/Pro RT)
• OPC (client/server)
• Integration of ProTool/Pro Configuration in STEP 7
- Shared use of STEP 7 data such as variable names, symbol
lists, communications parameters and signaling system
- Administration and handling of the ProTool/Pro projects using
SIMATIC Manager within STEP 7 projects
- Automatic synchronization with the STEP 7 symbol list:
References are retained in STEP 7 even if a PLC is replaced
or they are resynchronized by means of automatic functions
- Supports the SIMATIC PC station
• Complete simulation of the ProTool/Pro configuration (Windows
CE-based systems);
A complete configuration can be quickly and easily simulated
on the configuration computer: The complete HMI target system is displayed on the configuration computer. Using the
mouse, the softkeys or function keys of the device are easily
operated. Simulation of the PLC hardware and animation of the
variables can also be implemented with the SIMATIC engineering tool S7-PLCSIM instead of the ProTool simulator.
• Interfacing ProTool/Pro C onfiguration to STEP 7 Lite
• Integration of ProTool/Pro Conf iguration in the engineering tool
SIMOTION SCOUT
• Import/ export of all project texts (fixed text, text lists, messages, information text, etc.) for easy translation of the HMI
projects using standard text editors
• Conversion of OP27/37 and TP27/37 projects for Windows
CE-based devices;
for easy conversion refer to the instruction manual
”Configuration support for new users”.
• Downloading projects:
to SIMATIC operator panels and all PC systems based on ProTool/Pro Runtime (dependent on the available device interface)
- Serial
- MPI, PROFIBUS DP
- Ethernet, USB
- Analog/ISDN (Teleservice, modem line)
Service tool ProSave V6.0 + SP2
• Service tool under Windows for panels and multi panels
• Linking over serial, MPI, Ethernet, USB interface
• Integrated in ProTool/Pro and can also be used stand-alone
• Language selection, with ni ne languages including Asian
ideographic languages
Can be used for:
• Backup/restoring
Additionally with the Windows CE-based devices:
• Installation of options
• License transfer
• Operating system update
Can be used with the following operator panels:
• Line devices: TD17, OP7, OP17, C7-633, C7-634
• Graphics devices: OP27, TP27, OP37, TP37
• Windows CE-based devices: TP070, TP 170A, TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP 270, TP 270, C7-635 TP,
C7-635 OP, MP 270, MP 270B 10“, MP 370
System requirements for
Operating system
• Minimum
• Recommended
Processor
• Minimum
• Recommended
Graphics
• Minimum
• Recommended
ProTool/Pro
runtime
software
ProTool
configuration
software
Windows 98 SE, Windows ME (ME
not for ASIA version)
Windows NT 4.0 SP 6a, Windows
2000 SP3, Windows XP Professional, for multi-language configurations Windows 2000 SP3 MUI,
Windows XP Professional MUI
Pentium II, 233 MHz
≥ Pentium III, 500 MHz
VGA
SVGA with
accelerated
hardware
SVGA
SVGA with
accelerated
hardware
Resolution
• Minimum
• Recommended
640 x 480
800 x 600
800 x 600
RAM 1)
• Minimum
• Recommended
64 MB
≥ 128 MB
Hard disk (free memory)2)
≥ 100 MB
≥ 300 MB for
ProTool + 40 MB
for each additional language
Diskette drive 3)
3.5"/1.44 MB
-
CD-ROM
For software installation
4
1) The required RAM is determined in particular by the size of the
graphics used.
2) Without taking archives into account.
In addition to ProTool, Windows also makes demands on the free hard
disk space; e.g. free memory space must be allowed for the swap file.
The following formula is recommended:
Size of swap file = 3 x size of RAM.
For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation.
3) For authorization of the runtime software.
Options
SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management
With the SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management system,
the operator panel becomes the central acquisition and control
unit for machine data, permitting comprehensive evaluations
and analyses to be carried out directly on site.
The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event
of faults, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the
availability of production facilities and production units.
Note:
For further details, see "SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options"
SIMATIC ProAgent
• Targeted and rapid process faul t diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
components
• No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
• Frees up PLC capacity with re gard to memory and program
execution time
Note:
For further details, see "SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics
software"
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/11
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Integration
Protocol
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) can be used to configure:
• Text panels
- TD17 Text Display
- OP3, OP7, OP17 Operator Panels
• Panels of the 170 series
- TP 170A, TP 170B Touch Panels
- OP 170B Operator Panels
- 170 Mobile Panels
• Panels of the 270 series
- OP27 Operator Panels
- TP27 Touch Panels
- OP 270 Operator Panels
- TP 270 Touch Panels
• Multi Panels of the 270 and 370 series
- MP 270B (10"), MP 370
• HMI components of the SI MATIC C7 control system
- C7-621, C7-623, C7-624, C7-626, C7-633, C7-634, C7-635
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/IL 70 and other PC-based systems
(Touch/Key)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime supports linking to:
Non-Siemens PLCs
Protocol
4
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S5 via AS511 (TTY)
COM1/COM2
S5-90U
S5-95U
S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103)
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944,
945)
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2)
CP 5614 2)
PC/PPI-Adapter 3)
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4)
S7-300
S7-400
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2)
CP 5614 2)
PC/MPI-Adapter 8)
Teleservice V5.1
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 5)
S7-215 4)
S7-300 CPUs with integr.
PROFIBUS interface
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 CPUs with integr.
PROFIBUS interface
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
4/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
Internal system interface
SIMATIC 505 NITP
SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422
COM1/COM2
SIMATIC 505 via PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434
SIMOTION
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
12)
SINUMERIK
13)
Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 14)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
LG GLOFA GM
Mitsubishi (FX/MP4)
Modicon (Modbus)
OMRON (Link/Multilink) 15)
Telemecanique (Uni-Telway)
Data Access V2.0 + V1.1
SIMATIC S5 via PROFIBUS DP 1)
S7-200
CP 1512 9)10)
CP 1612 9)10)
CP 1613 11)
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
COM1/COM2
RS 485-Interface Board 7)
OPC (client + server)
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
S5-95U/L2-DP master
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944,
945)
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
S7-200 with CP 243-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400 with CP 443-1
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2)
CP 5614 2)
CP 1512 9)
CP 1612 9)
1) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive station (DP slave); the function block required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of ProTool/Pro
2) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal MPI interface
3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download; operating
systems: Windows 98/ME/2000/XP;
Order No. 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
4) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
5) ProTool/Pro RT is an active station; communication with S7 functions
6) ProTool/Pro RT is a passive station (DP slave). The Application Ladder required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of
ProTool/Pro
7) See ProTool online Help
8) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
no configuration download; operating systems: Windows
98/ME/2000/XP;
Order No. 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
9) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface
10) Additionally required: SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
(6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0) or SOFTNET-S7 V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
(6GK1 704-1CW62-3AA0)
11) Additionally required: S7-1613/Windows V6.2
(6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0)
12) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
13) "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required; for further
information, see Catalog NC 60
14) DH485 interface only for Windows NT4.0/2000/XP operating systems
15) OMRON interface only for Windows NT4.0/2000/XP operating
systems
Note:
For further information, see "Operator control and monitoring
units/system coupling"
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Integration
Higher-level
visualisation system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP
On-site visualisation
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
ProTool/
Pro
ProTool/
Pro
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
Non-Siemens PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
4
G_ST80_DE_00003
PROFIBUS
OPC-Server
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/13
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Technical specifications
Type
Operating system
Type
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
The specifications are maximum
values
Password protection
• Password levels
• Number of passwords
10 (0 ... 9)
50
Visual Basic scripts
• Number of lines
50
100
Online languages, max.
5
MS Windows 98 SE/ME
(ME not for ASIA version),
MS Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP
Professional
Messages
• Message text
(number of characters)
• Message buffer size
• Pending message events
4000
70
Archives (number)
• Archivable data
100
Process values (max. 100),
messages
500,000
• Max. number of entries per archive
(incl. sequential archive)
• Archive types
• Data storage format
4
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
1024
500
Short-term archives, sequential
archives (max. 40 per archive)
CSV (Comma Separated Variable) and interfacing to ODBC
database (database not
included in scope of supply)
Recipes
• Entries per recipe
• Data records
1000
2000 3)
5000 2)
Diagrams
• Fields per diagram
• Variables per diagram
• Static text
• Graphics objects
• Complex objects per picture
(e.g. bars)
• Trend curves
• Graphics lists 1)
• Text lists 1)
• Number of entries in symbol lists
300
400
400
30,000
2000
40
Variables
2048 3)
4/14
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
800
500
500
3,500
Communication
SIMATIC S7 MPI
interface/PROFIBUS DP interface
• Number of connectable
partners, max.
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface
• Number of connectable
partners, max.
SIMATIC S5 loop-through
arrangement
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS DP interface,
• Number of connectable
partners, max.
ProTool/Pro permits up to
8 connections, depending
on the scope of configuration
(communication)
1 for ProTool/Pro
No
1 for ProTool/Pro
1) Only 500 text and graphics lists in total
2) Depends on the storage medium used
3) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration V6.0 + SP3 incl.
ProAgent V6.0 + SP3 A) 3)
Language versions: G/E/F/I/S on
CD-ROM, containing:
• ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS)
V6.0 + SP3
• Simulation software for Mobile
Panel 170, TP 170A/B,
OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270,
MP 270, MP 270B 10", MP 370
and ProTool/Pro Runtime
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation
(.pdf/.chm) in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian
6AV6 582-2BX06-0DX0
Order No.
Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Configuration V6.0 + SP2 ASIA B)
Language/script variants:
English/Chinese traditional and
simplified/Korean/Japanese;
comprising:
• ProTool/Pro Configuration
(CS) V6.0 + SP2 ASIA
• Simulation software for Mobile
Panel 170, TP 170A/B,
OP 170B, TP 270, OP 270,
MP 270, MP 270B 10", MP 370
and ProTool/Pro Runtime
• Electronic documentation
(.pdf/.chm) in: English, Chinese
(traditional and simplified), Korean and Japanese
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
V6.0 + SP3 for PC systems incl.
ProAgent V6.0 + SP3 A) 3)
6AV6 582-2BX06-0CV0
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 584-1AB06-0DX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256)
6AV6 584-1AC06-0DX0
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime
V6.0 + SP2 ASIA for
PC systems B)
on CD-ROM with license
(single license) for
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512)
6AV6 584-1AD06-0DX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256)
6AV6 584-1AC06-0CV0
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048)
6AV6 584-1AF06-0DX0
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512)
6AV6 584-1AD06-0CV0
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048)
6AV6 584-1AF06-0CV0
on CD-ROM with license
(single license) for
Upgrade
• ProTool/Pro to ProTool/
Pro V6.0 + SP3 1) A)
6AV6 582-2BX06-0DX4
• ProTool/Pro RT to ProTool/
Pro RT V6.0 + SP3 A)
6AV6 584-3AX06-0DX4
Powerpacks
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT
PowerTags from A)
• 128 to 256 PowerTags
6AV6 570-1BC00-0AX0
• 128 to 512 PowerTags
6AV6 570-1BD00-0AX0
• 128 to 2048 PowerTags
6AV6 570-1BF00-0AX0
• 256 to 512 PowerTags
6AV6 570-1CD00-0AX0
• 256 to 2048 PowerTags
6AV6 570-1CF00-0AX0
• 512 to 2048 PowerTags
6AV6 570-1DF00-0AX0
• SIMATIC ProTool/Lite to
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP3 A)
6AV6 571-2AC06-0DX0
• SIMATIC ProTool to
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP3 A)
6AV6 571-2BC06-0DX0
Software update service
• Software Update Service
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
2) A)
6AV6 582-3AX00-0AX2
1) Upgrade for Configuration Station (CS) as well as Runtime (RT) Station
2) For a period of 12 months and for a fixed price, the customer is automatically provided with all upgrades and service packs per installed
ProTool/Pro package. The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiry.
3) The runtime licenses for ProAgent/PC must be purchased separately
for each target system
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B1
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99H
6AV6 584-1AB06-0CV0
4
Communication via Industrial Ethernet
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(communications software must
be ordered separately)
6GK1 161-3AA00
S7-1613 V6.1 B)
Software for S7 communication,
S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) incl. OPC,
PG/OP communication (S5/505
Layer 4 communication with
TCP/IP), for Windows NT4.0 /
2000 / XP
6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0
CP 1612 C)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET S7 must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 161-2AA00
CP 1512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit) for
connecting a PG/notebook computer to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 151-2AA00
SOFTNET-S7 V6.1
Software for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and
S7 communication for
Windows NT4.0 / 2000 / XP
(max. 64 connections)
6GK1 704-1CW61-3AA0
SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.1 B)
Software for S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and
S7 communication for Windows
2000 / XP (max. 8 connections)
6GK1 704-1LW61-3AA0
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/15
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Communication via PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2 A)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
A)
4
Order No.
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
6GK1 561-3AA01
CP 5614
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 561-4AA00
S7-5613 V6.2 A)
Software for S7 communication
incl. PG/OP communication,
FDL, S7 OPC server, for
Windows 2000 / XP /2003 Server
6GK1 713-5CB62-3AA0
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (CARDBUS 32 bit)
for connecting a PG/notebook
computer to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communication software
included in ProTool/Pro)
6GK1 551-2AA00
CP 5611
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communication software
included in ProTool/Pro)
6GK1 561-1AA00
CP 5611 MPI
Comprising PCI card CP 5611
(32 bit) and MPI cable, 5 m
6GK1 561-1AM00
PC/PPI adapter B)
RS 232, 9-pin; male with
RS 232/PPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
PC/MPI adapter
RS 232, 9-pin; male with
RS 232/MPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
ProTool/Pro Runtime user
manual
• German
6AV6 594-1CA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1CA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1CA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1CA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1CA06-0AE0
ProTool user manual, configuring Windows-based systems
• German
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1MA06-1AE0
ProTool user manual for
configuring line-oriented
displays
• German
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1AA06-0AE0
ProTool user manual for
configuring graphic displays
• German
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 594-1BA06-0AE0
Communications manual for
Windows-based systems
• German
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 596-1MA06-0AE0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C) 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all available user
manuals, product manuals and
communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B1
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4/16
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
■ More information
Asian language variant of ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2
ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 is also available in simplified Chinese,
traditional Chinese, Japanese and Korean as well as English
specially for the Asian market. This requires a Chinese (simplified or traditional), Korean or Japanese Windows 98 SE or
Windows NT 4.0/2000/XP version. ProTool/Pro V6.0 + SP2 ASIA
features a configuration interface in the local language.
For the TP170A, TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel 170, OP27/37,
TP27/37, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10“ , MP 370 as well as ProTool/Pro Runtime for the PC, texts with Chinese (simplified/traditional) or Korean characters can be configured. The online Help
is also available for these systems in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and English.
It is also possible to configure Japanese texts for the TP170A,
TP170B, OP170B, Mobile Panel, TP/OP 270, MP 270B 10“, MP
370 as well as ProTool/Pro Runtime for PCs. The online Help is
also available for these systems in Japanese.
The OP27/37 and TP27/37 do not support Japanese characters.
These devices can only be configured using Latin characters
under the Japanese configuration interface.
All other panels (TD17, OP3, OP7, OP17, OP25, OP35 and C7
units) can only be configured with Latin characters under the
Chinese, Korean, Japanese or English configuration interface.
The operating system packages required can be obtained from
the relevant Siemens sales representative. For indirect export to
China, Taiwan, Korea or Japan, a special configuration of
Windows 2000 or XP can be used to simplify the configuration
process.
The configuring software ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP2
ASIA as well as the Runtime software ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0
+ SP2 ASIA are separate delivery packages (CD-ROM) that contain the language variants of English, simplified and traditional
Chinese, Korean and Japan.
Contact:
• Simplified Chinese
Siemens Ltd. China
A&D Group
7, Wangjing Zhonghuan Nanlu
Chaoyang District
P.O. Box 8543
Beijing 100102, P.R. China
• Traditional Chinese
Siemens Ltd. Taiwan
A&D Group
Tun-Hua S. Road Sec. 2
Taipei
Taiwan, R.O.C.
P.O. Box 26-755 Taipei
• Korean
Siemens Ltd. Seoul
A&D Group
726 Asia Building 10th floor
Yeoksam-dong,
Kangnam-Gu
Seoul 138-080 P.O. Box 3001
Korea
• Japanese
Siemens K.K.
AS Sect. A&D Dept.
Gotanda GE Edison Building 4F
25-11 Higashi-Gotanda1-Chome,
Shinagawa-ku,
Tokyo 141-0022,
Japan
4
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
The Runtime licenses are not language-dependent, the English
handling program (AuthorsW) executes under the Chinese,
Korean and Japanese Windows variants listed above.
The documentation can be ordered in Chinese, Korean and
Japanese through the regional companies in China, Korea,
Taiwan and Japan.
http://www.siemens.com/protoolpro
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/17
HMI Software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro visualization software
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options
■ Overview
SIMATIC WinBDE
Supervisor
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP
SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstation
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC WinBDE is the machine data management software
for acquisition, evaluation and analysis of machine data
• The operator unit is then transformed into the central acquisition and operating terminal for machine data, either directly on
site (Workstation) or spanning several plants (Supervisor)
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation V7.2 + SP1
- SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor V7.2 + SP1
Third-party PLCs
G_ST80_XX_00004
PROCESS BUS
4
■ Benefits
• Vivid representation of machine sequences enables:
- Support for fast counter-measures in the event of a fault
- Increased machine runtimes
- Detection of bottlenecks in the process
- Assessment of the efficiency of the machines used through
the calculated KPI/OEE indicators (availability, performance,
quality, OEE)
• Automatic data acquisition and processing support the
generation of objective availability verification for production
equipment and manufacturing units
• WinBDE can be used for everythi ng from individual machines
right up to complete production plants
■ More information
Note:
For further details on SIMATIC WinBDE, see "SCADA system SIMATIC
WinCC / WinCC options"
4/18
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
Engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
■ Overview
■ Application
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Micro/Compact/Standard/Advanced
are innovative engineering tools for configuration of SIMATIC
HMI devices, the operating component of SIMATIC C7 devices,
the SIMOTION/SINUMERIK Panel PCs, and the PC-based
visualization system WinCC flexible Runtime.
• Uniform range of engineering tools for configuration of
SIMATIC HMI devices, the operating component of SIMATIC
C7 devices, the SIMOTION/SINUMERIK panel PCs, and the
PC-based visualization software WinCC flexible Runtime
• For Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Standard
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Compact
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Micro
■ Benefits
• Uniformity of configuration soft ware reduces training, maintenance and updating requirements, and guarantees future
compatibility
• Minimization of engineering requir ements and reduction in life
cycle costs through Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)
• Minimization of configuration requirements through repeated
use of scalable, dynamic objects
• Intelligent tools for simple and efficient configuration:
- Wizard for definition of basic structure for an HMI project
- Table-based editors simplify the generation and processing
of objects of the same type, e.g. for variables, texts or
messages
- Graphic configuration simplifies complex tasks such as the
definition of trajectories or the generation of fundamental
operator prompting
• Comprehensive support of mult i-language configurations for
global use
- Selectable views for multi-language input of configuration
data
- System-specific and user-specific dictionaries
- Export/import of language-dependent texts
• Investment protection through
- Importing of configuration from the configuration tools of the
ProTool range
- Transfer of static picture components and variables from
WinCC V6.0
Various target systems can be configured depending on the
selected product:
• WinCC flexible Micro
- Micro Panel: OP 73micro 1), TP 170micro, TP 177micro 1)
• WinCC flexible Compact
- Micro Panel: OP 73micro 1), TP 170micro, TP 177micro 1)
- Panels of the 70 series: OP 73 1), OP 77A 1), OP 77B
- Panels of the 170 series: TP 170A, TP 177A 1), TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Key) , C7-636 (Key)
• WinCC flexible Standard
- Micro Panel: OP 73micro 1), TP 170micro, TP 177micro 1)
- Panels of the 70 series: OP 73 1), OP 77A 1), OP 77B
- Panels of the 170 series: TP 170A, TP 177A 1), TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170
- Panels of the 270 series: TP 270, OP 270
- Multi Panels of the 270 series MP 270B
- Multi Panels of the 370 series MP 370
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Key) , C7-636 (Key)
• WinCC flexible Advanced
- Micro Panel: OP 73micro 1), TP 170micro, TP 177micro 1)
- Panels of the 70 series: OP 73 1), OP 77A 1), OP 77B
- Panels of the 170 series: TP 170A, TP 177A 1), TP 170B,
OP 170B, Mobile Panel 170
- Panels of the 270 series: TP 270, OP 270
- Multi Panels of the 270 series MP 270B
- Multi Panels of the 370 series MP 370
- C7 devices: C7-635 (Touch), C7-635 (Key) , C7-636 (Key)
- Standard PC
- SIMATIC Panel PC: Panel PC 670, Panel PC 870, Panel PC
IL70, Panel PC IL77
- SIMOTION Panel PC: P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T, PCR,
PCR-Touch
- SINUMERIK Panel PC: OP010, OP012, OP015, TP012,
TP015, OP015A
1) Start of delivery approximately end of 4th quarter 2004
For configuration, a Hardware Support Package (HSP) is required that can
be downloaded free of charge by clicking the following link:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/ww/view/de/19241467
■ Design
The engineering tools of the SIMATIC WinCC flexible range are
based on one another. The available editors largely depend on
the respectively configured target systems and their functions.
A more comprehensive engineering tool such as WinCC flexible
Standard also offers the facilities of the smaller engineering
tools, e.g. WinCC flexible Compact or Micro.
Upgrading of a smaller engineering tool to a larger one is possible using a Powerpack. An exception is WinCC flexible Micro.
The scope of functions of the WinCC flexible engineering tools
already includes project support for the Runtime options
available for SIMATIC Panels or WinCC flexible Runtime, independent of the RT licenses purchased. Separate licensing is
required for the target system in order to use the configured
Runtime options.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/19
4
HMI Software
Engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
■ Function
Integration into automation systems
• Integration in SIMATIC ST EP 7 (from Version V5.3 or
Professional Edition 2004)
- Management of HMI projects within STEP 7
- Shared use of communications settings and process point
definitions, i.e. symbols and messages
- Display of HMI configuration objects in the SIMATIC Manager
of STEP 7
• Integration in SIMOTION SCOUT (to be released separately)
- Management of HMI projects within SCOUT
- Shared use of communications settings and process point
definitions
- Integration of the WinCC flexible editors into the SCOUT
workbench
• Integration in Component based Automation (CBA) with
SIMATIC iMap (to be released separately)
- Management of CBA components with sequence and HMI
parts in SIMATIC iMap
- Connection of CBA components with/without HMI parts in
SIMATIC iMap
- Generation of HMI basic data from SIMATIC iMap for WinCC
flexible Advanced, e.g. tag list and interconnected HMI
blocks
4
Configuration GUI
• Innovative engineering tools ba sed on state-of-the-art SW
technology, Microsoft.NET
• Clear, fast access to editor s and project data using the
workbench application
• Adaptive GUI of engineering tools dependent on configured
target system
• User-definable settings for GUI, e.g. layout, toolbars, object
default settings
Project handling
• Device-independent configur ation data can be used on
different target systems without conversion;
the GUI is adapted in the process to the functional possibilities
of the currently configured device.
• Cross-device use of shared conf iguration data (e.g. text library) in multi-device projects.
• Wizard-supported definition of basic structure of HMI projects
(e.g. display division, operator prompting)
Display editor with comprehensive possibilities for fast and
efficient configuring of displays
• Generation of linked graphics objects using drag & drop, e.g.
of variables for generation of input/output boxes with process
interface, or of buttons with display selection function
• Templates for definition of glob al graphics objects and functions (comparable with slide master of MS PowerPoint)
• Convenient editor for generation of faceplates with defined
external interface comprising graphics objects
• Graphic configuring of trajectories
• Level system with max. 32 levels
• Tools for alignment, rotation and mirroring functions
4/20
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Tabular editors
• Fast and convenient generation and modification of configuration objects of the same type, e.g. variables, texts or messages, in tabular editors
• Intelligent default settings depe ndent on previously configured
data, e.g. automatic incrementing of addresses when generating successive variables
• Modification of properties by simple access to the properties
dialog without superfluous operations ("Always on Top")
• Simultaneous modification of shared object properties
Object-oriented data management with convenient search
and modification options
• Cross-reference list with direct access to all objects, e.g. for
modifying or selecting
• Searching for objects throughout the project
• Central rewiring of variables
• Search/replace texts
Project documentation
• Selective project documentation on printer or in file (.pdf, rtf,
htm, tif, txt)
Libraries for predefined or self-generated configuration
objects
• Large number of scaleable, dynamic graphics objects included in scope of delivery
• Graphics of scalable size for indu strial applications included in
WMF format in the scope of delivery
• Preview function for library objects
• Storage of all configuration object s in the library, e.g. blocks as
well as complete displays or variables;
customer-specific or project-specific generation of faceplates
from simple graphics objects. Modifications of these faceplates can be carried out centrally in the block definition.
Language support
• Multi-language project genera tion (max. 32 languages) in the
editors through switchable views
• Automatic translation on basi s of system-specific and userspecific dictionaries in a central text library
• Central management of language-dependent texts and
graphics in libraries
• Editing, exporting and importing of texts for translation
• Language-dependent graphics
Visual Basic script support
• IntelliSense function for fast programming of access operations to runtime objects
• Simple generation of control sequences in script code;
script debugging in simulator and WinCC flexible Runtime
Graphic configuration of operator prompting
• Simple derivation of operator pr ompting from hierarchical input
tree
HMI Software
Engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
■ Function (continued)
Test and startup support
• Simulation of the HMI proj ects from the engineering PC
• Jump to cause of fault starting from compiler messages
• Expanded ProSave service tool for all operator systems
supported by WinCC flexible or ProTool
Task planner for definition of all global tasks
• Configuration of global system functions or time-triggered
events
ChangeControl (option)
• Management of project versions with rollback and comparison
functions
• Logging of changes in config uration, e.g. for regulated
industries
Definition of runtime data in the engineering tools
• Users and passwords
• Recipe data sets
Migration of existing HMI projects
• Complete data importing with projects for ProTool/Pro RT and
operator panels of the 170, 270 and 370 series
• Conversion of configuration data with OP/TP27 and OP/TP37;
analog conversion within ProTool V6.0
• Conversion of OP3 or OP7 conf iguration data to OP 73 or
OP 77B
Compatibility
• Integral upward compatibility: further processing of WinCC
flexible configuration data with future versions without loss of
data
• Integral downward compatibilit y: generation of configuring
data for older versions of the WinCC flexible engineering tools
(can be used with versions > 2004)
System requirements for
WinCC flexible ES
Operating system
Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP
Professional SP1
For multi-language
configurations:
Windows 2000 SP4 MUI,
Windows XP Professional SP1
MUI
Processor
• Minimum
• Recommended
Pentium III, 800 MHz
≥ Pentium 4, 2.0 GHz
Resolution
• Minimum
• Recommended
1024 x 768
≥ 1280 x 1024
RAM
• Minimum
• Recommended
256 MB in the case of WinCC
flexible Micro; otherwise 512 MB
≥ 512 MB
Hard disk (free memory)1)
≥ 1 GB
Diskette drive 2)
3.5"/1.44 MB
CD-ROM
For software installation
1) In addition to WinCC flexible, Windows also makes demands on the spare
hard disk space;
e.g. spare memory space must be allowed for the swap file. The following
formula is recommended: size of swap file = 3 x size of RAM.
For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation.
2) For authorization of the engineering software.
Options
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/ChangeControl
WinCC flexible/ChangeControl enables consistent saving of
configuration data. Delivered customer projects, approved
reference states or development states are managed in a
database. Changes to project data can be integrated without
problem into the version management using new versions. A
rollback is possible at any time.
The history of changes can be exactly proven for applications
requiring interruption-free proof for the complete life cycle of a
product. Comparisons between configuration data permit
recognition of differences between project versions.
Note:
For further details, see "WinCC flexible ES options"
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/21
4
HMI Software
Engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
■ Ordering data
4
Order No.
WinCC flexible 2004
Advanced A)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring WinCC flexible Runtime as
well as the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170/270/370
series incl. C7-635/636
• SW for WinCC flexible /ChangeControl engineering option 1)
• Simulation software for WinCC
flexible Runtime as well as the
micro panels and the panels of
the 70/170/270/370 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish
6AV6 613-0AA01-0AA0
WinCC flexible 2004
Standard A)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170/270/370
series incl. C7-635/636
• Simulation software for the micro
panels and the panels of the
70/170/270/370 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish
6AV6 612-0AA01-0AA0
WinCC flexible 2004
Compact A)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Simulation software for the micro
panels and the panels of the
70/170 series incl. C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish
6AV6 611-0AA01-0AA0
WinCC flexible 2004
Micro A)
Single license, on CD-ROM
without authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring the micro panels
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German, French,
Italian, Spanish
6AV6 610-0AA01-0AA0
Order No.
Versions for Russia
WinCC flexible 2004
Russia Advanced A)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring WinCC flexible Runtime as
well as the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170/270/370
series incl. C7-635/636
• SW for WinCC flexible /ChangeControl engineering option 1)
• Simulation software for WinCC
flexible Runtime as well as the
micro panels and the panels of
the 70/170/270/370 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German
6AV6 613-0AA21-0AA0
WinCC flexible 2004
Russia Standard A)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170/270/370
series incl. C7-635/636
• Simulation software for the micro
panels and the panels of the
70/170/270/370 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German
6AV6 612-0AA21-0AA0
WinCC flexible 2004
Russia Compact A)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Simulation software for the micro
panels and the panels of the
70/170 series incl. C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, German
6AV6 611-0AA21-0AA0
Powerpacks
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Powerpacks A)
Single license, only authorization
• WinCC flexible Standard to
WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced
6AV6 613-2CD01-0AD0
• WinCC flexible Compact to
WinCC flexible 2004 Advanced
6AV6 613-2BD01-0AD0
• WinCC flexible Compact to
WinCC flexible 2004 Standard
6AV6 612-2BC01-0AD0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
4/22
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
Engineering software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
Software update service
Software update service
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2) A)
• WinCC flexible Advanced
6AV6 613-0AA00-0AL0
• WinCC flexible Standard
6AV6 612-0AA00-0AL0
• WinCC flexible Compact
6AV6 611-0AA00-0AL0
Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
WinCC flexible 2004
ASIA Advanced A)
Single license, on CD-ROM
without authorization, includes:
• Engineering software for configuring WinCC flexible Runtime as
well as the micro panels and the
panels of the 70/170/270/370
series incl. C7-635/636
• SW for WinCC flexible /ChangeControl engineering option 1)
• Simulation software for WinCC
flexible Runtime as well as the
micro panels and the panels of
the 70/170/270/370 series incl.
C7-635/636
• Native drivers
• Electronic documentation (.pdf)
in English, simplified Chinese,
traditional Chinese, Korean,
Japanese
■ More information
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
6AV6 613-0AA11-0AA0
4
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
User manual
WinCC flexible Compact/
Standard/Advanced
• German
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Micro
• German
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1AA01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
SIMATIC HMI Manual
Collection B)
Electronic documentation, on
CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
1) The licenses for WinCC flexible /ChangeControl must be purchased
separately for each engineering station
2) For a period of 12 months, customers are automatically supplied with
all updates and service packs for a fixed price per installed WinCC
flexible engineering system or option.
The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless
canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiry.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/23
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES options
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl
■ Overview
■ Application
• In machine/special machine co nstruction for project management, e.g. delivered customer versions and their modifications
• For saving of intermediate st ates during complex new developments or expansions, with rollback facility
• During work for specific orders as basis for calculating costs
for modifications
• In regulated sectors as proof of state of plants or machines and
any modifications made to them
■ Function
• Integral GUI for management of project versions (version tree
with main line and secondary lines for modified project
versions)
• Comparison function for determination of differences between
two project versions, i.e. between the current version and a
saved version
• Modification log can be activa ted/deactivated and shows who
carried out modifications, and when/which.
Modification reasons can be entered as comments.
4
• Option for version assignment to configuration data and for
tracking of modifications to configuration (e.g. as proof in
regulated sectors)
• For the SIMATIC WinCC flexib le Advanced engineering tool
• One license is necessary fo r each configuration station
■ Benefits
• Consistent saving of configuration data
- Delivered versions, approved reference states or development states are managed in a database.
- Changes to project data can be integrated without problem
into the version management using new versions. A rollback
is possible at any time.
- Comparisons between configuration data permit recognition
of differences between project versions.
• Tracking of modificat ions in configuration
- The history of changes can be proven for applications
requiring interruption-free proof for the complete life cycle of
a product.
4/24
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC flexible/ChangeControl
2004 for WinCC flexible 2004
Advanced 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 613-6AA01-0AB0
1) Use of the ChangeControl option for integral operation with STEP 7 has
not been released.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Overview
■ Application
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is the high-performance visualization software for simple visualization tasks at the machine
level. It can be used as a single-user solution for all automation
applications in production automation, process automation and
building services automation.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime can be used together with the
following operator panels:
• SIMATIC Panel PCs
- Panel PC 670
- Panel PC 870
- Panel PC IL 70
- Panel PC IL 77
• SIMOTION Panel PCs
- P012K, P015K, P012T, P015T
- PCR, PCR-Touch
• SINUMERIK Panel PCs
- OP010, OP012, OP015
- TP012, TP015, OP015A
• Standard PCs with resolutions (W x H in pixels) of:
- 640 x 480, 800 x 600, 1024 x 768, 1280 x 1024, 1600 x 1200
• PC-based visualization software for single-user systems
direct at the machine
• For Windows 2000/XP Professional
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 Runtime with 128, 512 or 2048
PowerTags
■ Benefits
• Optimized price/performance ratio through individually
scalable system functionality
• Functions for all visualization tasks:
input functions, graphics and curves, message system, logging system, archiving (option), recipe management (option),
process fault diagnostics (option)
• Flexible runtime functionality using Visual Basic scripts
• Innovative servicing concept with remote operation, diagnostics, administration using intranet/Internet and e-mail communication increase the availability (option)
• Support of simple, distributed automation solutions on basis of
TCP/IP networks at machine level (option)
■ Design
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is available as a software
package with 128, 512 and 2048 PowerTags. The term PowerTags is applied only to process variables that have a process
connection to the PLC. Variables with no process link, constant
limit values of variables and messages (up to 4000 bit-triggered
messages) are also available as additional system performance.
The scope of WinCC flexible Runtime functions includes the
central HMI components for visualization and signaling, and can
be expanded appropriate to requirements and costs using
option packages.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured using the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/25
4
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Function
Visualization using operator interface corresponding to
Windows standards
comprising programmable graphic objects and project-specific
faceplates:
• Numeric and alphanumeric input/output boxes
• Static text and graphic displays as well as vector graphics
• Animated graphics from the HMI symbol library
• Bar graphs, trend curve graphics with browse and zoom
function and read line
• Signal-dependent text and graphics lists
• Buttons and switches for process operations
• Editing fields for process values (signals)
• Analog indication and sliders as examples of further graphics
objects
• Project-specific faceplates generated from the basic system
objects
• Graphic displays for various standard formats, e.g. bitmaps,
.jpg, .wmf
4
Alarms and messages
• Bit messages and analog messages as well as the Alarm S
event-driven alarm system in the case of SIMATIC S7
• Freely-definable message classes for definition of acknowledgment response and display of message events
Message and process value archiving 1)
• Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases
• Online evaluation of process value archives through trend
curve graphics
• Evaluation of message archives using e.g. standard Microsoft
tools
Recipes 1)
• Generation of data sets fo r machine or production data
• Data record display or input for a configurable picture object or
via process images when distributed within the project
• Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
• Import/export of CSV files
Documentation of process data, events and recipes
• Time-dependent or event-de pendent output of report
• Freely configurable layout
Flexible expansion of system function using Visual Basic
script
Language support for multi-language projects
• Up to 16 online languages (including Asian and Cyrillic)
• Language-dependent texts and graphics
• Language switchover during runtime
User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of regulated sectors
• Authentication by means of user ID and password
• Privileges specific to user groups
On board link to many different PLCs
• Simultaneous connection using several protocols: OPC client
or SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol are additive, that is, they can be
used in combination with other controller connections
• Communication using native drivers and standard OPC
channel
4/26
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Open communication between HMI systems and with
higher-level systems 1)
• OPC server
• [email protected] for communication between HMI systems on basis of Ethernet networks or via intranet/Internet
• Reading and writing of variables;
WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels provide data (variables) to other SIMATIC HMI systems or Office applications
• A SIMATIC HMI system can be used for remote operator
control and monitoring of another system;
entry-level solution for client/server configurations for distributed operator stations or for solutions with master station or
control room
[email protected] for remote operation, diagnostics and
administration via intranet and Internet 1)
• Display of and access to proce ss images on remote PC or
panel
• Sending of e-mails on demand or event-controlled
• System diagnostics visualized on device-specific HTML sites
1) Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime; runtime licenses must be
purchased separately
Function expansions in contrast to
ProTool/Pro Runtime V6
• Expansion of graphics system by faceplate function and
language-dependent graphics
• Expansion of message system by analog message procedure
and freely-definable message classes
• Improved access protection ac cording to requirements of
regulated sectors
• Access using scripts to runtime graphics objects, from xP270
onwards and PC
• Expanded communications faciliti es for operation, servicing
and diagnostics
- Multi-protocol support
- Remote operation, diagnostics and administration
- Event-controlled sending of e-mails
- Device-specific HTML sites
- HTTP communication with further SIMATIC operator panels
Changes in contrast to ProTool/Pro Runtime V6
• With a reduced basic prize, archiving, messages and OPC
server are available as optional functions
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Funktion
System requirements for
Operating system
WinCC flexible Runtime
Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP
Professional SP1
For multi-language
configurations:
Windows 2000 SP4 MUI, Windows XP Professional SP1 MUI
Processor
• Minimum
Pentium II, 233 MHz
• Recommended
≥ Pentium III, 500 MHz
Graphics
• Minimum
VGA
• Recommended
SVGA with accelerated hardware
Options
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Archives
• Message and process value archiving
- Archiving in CSV files or ODBC databases
- Online evaluation of process value archives through trend
curve graphics
- Evaluation of message archives using e.g. standard
Microsoft tools
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/Recipes
• Generation and management of data sets for machine or
production data
- Data record display or input via a configurable picture object
or via process images when distributed within the project
- Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
- Import/export of CSV files
Resolution
• Minimum
640 x 480
• Recommended
1024 x 768 to 1600 x 1200
RAM 1)
• Minimum
128 MB
• Recommended
≥ 256 MB
Hard disk (free memory) 2)
≥ 100 MB
Diskette drive 3)
3.5"/1.44 MB
CD-ROM
For software installation
1) The required RAM is determined in particular by the size of the graphics used.
2) Without taking archives into account.
In addition to WinCC flexible, Windows also makes demands on the
free hard disk space; e.g. spare memory space must be allowed for
the swap file. The following formula is recommended: size of swap file
= 3 x size of RAM.
For further information, please refer to your Windows documentation.
3) For authorization of the runtime software.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/OPC server
• Incorporation of automation components from different
vendors into an automation concept
• Communication for data ex change between HMI systems
and/or high-level control system
• Communication with applications from different vendors, e.g.
MES, ERP or applications in the office sector
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/[email protected]
• Remote maintenance and servicin g of machines and plants via
Internet/intranet
• Event-controlled sending of e-mails
• System diagnostics visualized on device-specific HTML sites
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/[email protected]
• Flexible solution for location- independent access to process
data
• Communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems
Note:
For further details, see "SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options"
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/ProAgent
• Precise and rapid process fault diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC
components
• No further configuration overhead for diagnostics functionality
• Sets PLC capacity free with re gard to memory and program
execution time
Note:
For further details, see "SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics
software"
SIMATIC WinBDE
• With the SIMATIC WinBDE machine data management system,
the operator panel becomes the central human–machine
interface, permitting comprehensive analyses to be carried out
directly at the machine.
• The result is transparency, quick countermeasures in the event
of faults, an increase in machine runtimes and proof of the
availability of production facilities and production units.
Note:
For further details, see "SCADA system SIMATIC WinCC/WinCC
options"
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/27
4
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
Protocol
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S5 via AS511 (TTY)
Protocol
SIMOTION
COM1/COM2
S5-90U
PC interfaces
10)
SINUMERIK
11)
S5-95U
Non-Siemens PLCs
S5-100U (CPU 100, 102, 103)
Allen Bradley (DF1/DH485) 12)
COM1/COM2
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944,
945)
GE Fanuc (SNP/SNPX)
COM1/COM2
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
LG GLOFA GM
COM1/COM2
Mitsubishi (FX/MP4)
COM1/COM2
Modicon (Modbus)
COM1/COM2
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
SIMATIC S5 via PROFIBUS DP
1)
S5-95U/L2-DP master
S5-115U (CPU 941, 942, 943, 944,
945)
CP 5511
CP 5512
CP 5611
2)
2)
2)
S5-135U (CPU 928A, 928B)
S5-155U (CPU 946/947, 948)
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2)
CP 5614 2)
PC/PPI adapter 3)
S7-200
4
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 4)
S7-300
S7-400
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2)
CP 5614 2)
PC/MPI adapter 7)
PC adapter USB 7)
Teleservice V5.1
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 5)
S7-215 4)
S7-300 CPUs with integr. PROFIBUS interface
S7-300 with CP 342-5
S7-400 CPUs with integr. PROFIBUS interface
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
CP 5613 2)
CP 5613 A2 2)
CP 5614 2)
S7-400 with CP 443-5 or IM 467
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
OMRON (Link/Multilink)
OPC (client + server)
COM1/COM2
12) 14)
Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) /
V0.9 (XML) client only
CP 1512 8)
CP 1612 8)
HTTP communication for exchange of data between SIMATIC HMI
(client + server) 13) 14)
CP 1512 8)
CP 1612 8)
1) WinCC flexible RT is a passive station (DP slave); the function block
required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of WinCC
flexible
2) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal MPI interface
3) Only point-to-point to S7-200; no configuration download; operating
systems: Windows 2000/XP;
Order No. 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
4) Constraints with regard to baud rate for S7-200; see Catalog ST 70
5) WinCC flexible RT is an active station; communication with S7
functions
6) WinCC flexible RT is a passive station (DP slave). The application
ladder required for interfacing is included in the scope of supply of
WinCC flexible
7) Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
no configuration download; operating systems: Windows 2000/XP;
Order No. 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 (COM) or 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
(USB)
8) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface
9) Additionally required: S7-1613 V6.2 (6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0)
10) For further information, see Catalog PM 10
11) "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" option required; for further information, see Catalog NC 60
12) OPC client included in scope of delivery, required for OPC server
option "WinCC flexible /OPC server for WinCC flexible Runtime"
13) TP/OP/MP 270B upwards; options "WinCC flexible/[email protected] for
WinCC flexible Runtime" and "WinCC flexible /[email protected] for
SIMATIC Panel" required
14) OPC and HTTP communication are additive, that is, they can be used
in combination with the above-listed PC connections
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
S7-200 with CP 243-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1
CP 1512 8)
CP 1612 8)
CP 1613 9)
S7-400 with CP 443-1
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher)
Internal system interface
WinAC RTX
SIMATIC 505 NITP
SIMATIC 500/505 RS 232/RS 422
COM1/COM2
SIMATIC 505 via PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC 545/555 with CP 5434
4/28
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
CP 5511 2)
CP 5512 2)
CP 5611 2)
Application note
Parallel to any PLC link, WinCC flexible Runtime permits use of
the OPC client channel; this permits e.g. connection to an SNMP
OPC server for visualization of the data present there. The SNMP
OPC server permits monitoring of any network components (e.g.
switch) which support the SNMP protocol. Further information
can be found in Catalog IK PI.
Note:
For further information, see "Operator control and monitoring
devices/system coupling"
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Integration
Higher level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
4
3rd Party
OPC-Server
Third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
G_ST80_EN_00077
On-site visualization
Application example SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/29
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Technical specifications
4
■ Ordering data
Type
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Runtime
The specifications are maximum
values
Operating system
MS Windows 2000 / XP
Professional
Diagrams
• Fields per diagram
• Variables per diagram
• Static text
• Graphics objects
• Complex objects per picture
(e.g. bars)
• Trend curves
• Graphics lists 1)
• Text lists 1)
• Number of entries in symbol lists
500
400
400
30000
2000
40
Variables
2048 3)
Messages bit-triggered/analog
• Message text
(number of characters)
• Number of process values per
message
• Message buffer size
• Pending message events
4000 / 500
80
Archive 4)
• Archivable data
100
Process values (max. 100),
messages
500000
• Max. number of entries per archive
(incl. sequential archive)
• Archive types
800
500
500
3500
8
1024
500
Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004
Runtime
for PC systems; incl. software of
the options for PC systems A) 1)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, for:
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 613-1BA01-0AA0
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512)
6AV6 613-1DA01-0AA0
• 2048 PowerTags (RT 2048)
6AV6 613-1FA01-0AA0
Powerpacks
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004
Runtime A)
Single license, only authorization
for PowerTags, from
• 128 to 512 PowerTags
6AV6 613-4BD01-0AD0
• 128 to 2048 PowerTags
6AV6 613-4BF01-0AD0
• 512 to 2048 PowerTags
6AV6 613-4DF01-0AD0
Upgrade
• ProTool/Pro Runtime 128 PowerTags to WinCC flexible 2004
Runtime 128 PowerTags B)
6AV6 613-3BB01-0AA0
• ProTool/Pro Runtime 256 PowerTags to WinCC flexible 2004
Runtime 512 PowerTags B)
6AV6 613-3CD01-0AA0
• ProTool/Pro Runtime 512 PowerTags to WinCC flexible 2004
Runtime 512 PowerTags B)
6AV6 613-3DD01-0AA0
• ProTool/Pro Runtime 2048 PowerTags to WinCC flexible 2004
Runtime 2048 PowerTags B)
6AV6 613-3FF01-0AA0
• Data storage format
Short-term archives, sequential
archives (max. 400 per archive)
CSV (Comma Separated Variable) and interfacing to ODBC
database (database not included
in scope of supply)
Recipes 4)
• Elements per recipe
• Records per recipe
1000
2000 3)
5000 2)
Password protection
• User privileges
• No. of user groups
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004
ASIA Runtime A)
for PC systems; incl. software of
the options for PC systems 1)
Single license, on CD-ROM incl.
authorization, for:
32
10
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 613-1BA11-0AA0
• 512 PowerTags (RT 512)
6AV6 613-1DA11-0AA0
• 2048 Power Tags (RT 2048)
6AV6 613-1FA11-0AA0
Visual Basic scripts
Online languages, max.
200
16
Communication
SIMATIC S7 MPI interface/
PROFIBUS DP interface
• Number of connectable partners,
max.
SIMATIC S7 PPI interface
• Number of connectable partners,
max.
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS DP interface,
• Number of connectable partners,
max.
Multi-protocol operation
1)
2)
3)
4)
WinCC flexible Runtime permits
up to 8 connections, depending
on the scope of configuration
(communication)
1 for WinCC flexible Runtime
1 for WinCC flexible Runtime
Yes; OPC client or SIMATIC HMI
HTTP protocol are additive, that is,
they can be used in combination
with other controller connections
Only 500 text and graphics lists in total
Depends on the storage medium used
Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
4/30
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Versions for China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
1) The runtime licenses for the WinCC flexible Runtime options must be
purchased separately for each target system
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B1
HMI Software
Runtime software SIMATIC WinCC flexible
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
Communication via PROFIBUS
User manual
WinCC flexible Runtime
CP 5613 A)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 561-3AA00
CP 5613 A2 A)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 561-3AA01
CP 5614 A)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 561-4AA00
S7-5613 V6.2 A)
Software for S7 communication
incl. PG/OP communication, FDL,
S7-OPC server, for Windows 2000
/ XP/ 2003 Server
6GK1 713-5CB62-3AA0
CP 5511
PCMCIA card (16 bit) for connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communications software
included in WinCC flexible)
6GK1 551-1AA00
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit) for
connecting a PG/Notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in WinCC
flexible)
6GK1 551-2AA00
CP 5611
PCI card (32 bit) for connection to
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communications software included in
WinCC flexible)
6GK1 561-1AA00
CP 5611 MPI
Comprising CP 5611 (32 bit) and
MPI cable, 5 m
6GK1 561-1AM00
PC/PPI adapter B)
RS 232, 9-pin; male with
RS 232/PPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
6ES7 901-3CB30-0XA0
PC/MPI adapter
RS 232, 9-pin; male with
RS 232/MPI converter
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
PC adapter USB
For Windows 2000/XP
6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
• German
6AV6 691-1BA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1BA01-0AB0
• French
6AV6 691-1BA01-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 691-1BA01-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 691-1BA01-0AE0
User manual
WinCC flexible Communication
• German
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AA0
• English
6AV6 691-1CA01-0AB0
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection C) 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product manuals and communication manuals
for SIMATIC HMI
Communication via Industrial
Ethernet
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(communications software must
be ordered separately)
6GK1 161-3AA00
S7-1613 V6.2 A)
Software for S7 communication,
S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) incl. OPC,
PG/OP communication (S5/505
Layer 4 communication with
TCP/IP), for Windows 2000/
XP/2003 Server
6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0
CP 1612 B)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 161-2AA00
CP 1512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit)
for connecting a PG/notebook
computer to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 151-2AA00
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B1
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99H
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/31
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Archives
■ Overview
■ Function
• Time-controlled, manual or pr ocess-controlled relocation of
process values and messages to the long-term archive
• Relocated data read in during runtime, and selective analysis
using WinCC flexible Runtime
- Presentation and evaluation of archived process values using
a configurable trend display. Reading the values is supported
by a read line.
- Presentation and evaluation of archived messages using a
configurable message display.
- Convenient navigation in the archives
• External evaluation of the archives through standard Microsoft
tools
• Different types of archive are supported: sequence archives
and short-term archives
• Archiving of process values and messages on external archiving media supported by Windows
- CSV files
- ODBC databases (e.g. MS-Access)
• Powerful standard functions permit convenient and flexible use
of the archives
4
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime for the long-term
archiving of process values and messages
• Process value and message archiving is used to record and
process the data from an industrial plant/machine. Evaluation
of the archived process data provides information on the operating state of the plant/machine
• One license is necessary for each operator station
■ Benefits
• Message and process value archives permit foresighted diagnostics which prevents downtimes
• Early detection of d anger or fault states
• Increase in product quality and productivity thanks to regular
evaluation of process value and message archives
■ Application
• Further use of archives for ev aluation and long-term archiving
• Record of repeated fault states
• Optimization of maintenance cycles
• Ensured quality standards
• Control of quality as well as production capacity utilization
• Documentation of process sequence
■ Technical specifications
Type
WinCC flexible /Archives
The specifications are maximum
values
Execution platform
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
Operating system
MS Windows 2000 Professional /
XP Professional
Archive
• Archivable data
100
Process values (max. 100),
messages
1 sec.
• Cyclic trigger for archiving
process values (variables)
• Max. number of entries per archive
(incl. sequential archive)
• Archive types
• Data storage format
500000 1)
• Short-term archives
• Sequential archives
(max. 400 per archive)
CSV (Comma Separated
Variable) and interfacing to
ODBC database (database not
included in scope of supply)
1) Depends on the storage medium used
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC flexible /Archives for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7ED01-0AB0
WinCC flexible /
Archives+Recipes for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license per option,
only authorizations
6AV6 618-7GD01-0AB0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
runtime option.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
4/32
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /Recipes
■ Overview
■ Function
• Input of data sets (e.g. oper ating parameters for a machine,
production data for a plastics processing machine) in WinCC
flexible Runtime, their storage, and passing on to the PLC
• Display and input of data sets using a configurable graphics
object, or distributed among several process displays within
the project
• Data set elements are coupled to the process using direct linking of the variables
• Transmission of data records from or to the PLC
• Powerful interfaces permit syn chronized exchange of data with
the PLC
• Saving of data sets on local media or on remote data servers
via networks
• Import/export of data sets as CSV files
• Logging of data sets, e.g. as batch report/shift report
• Convenient and flexible management of data sets using powerful standard functions
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime for managing data
records in recipes containing associated machine or production data
• The data from a data set can be transferred e.g. from the operator panel to the PLC in order to convert the production to a different product version
• One license is necessary for each operator station
WinCC flexible recipes and the associated data sets are conveniently created using a separate editor in the WinCC flexible
Advanced engineering tool, and assigned default data. A configurable table object is used to display the data during runtime.
Furthermore, the individual data set elements can also be directly output for several process displays on the basis of standard input/output boxes. The data can therefore be clearly presented for the operator in technological layers.
■ Technical specifications
Type
WinCC flexible /Recipes
The specifications are maximum
values
Execution platform
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
Operating system
MS Windows 2000 Professional /
XP Professional
Recipes
• Entries per recipe
• Records per recipe
• Useful data length in bytes per
data record
1000
2000 1)
5000 2)
8000 KB 2)
■ Benefits
• Generation and management of machine parameters and production data on the basis of data sets, and exchange with the
automation equipment, e.g. with the machine
• Clear tabular representation of da ta elements with support of a
configurable graphic object, or representation in technical relationships for several process graphics
• Simple operator promptin g using standard functions
• Export/import of data sets for further processing with other
tools (e.g. MS Excel)
■ Application
• Assignment of plant/machine pa rameters in the production industry
• Batch-oriented production, e.g. in the food or plastics industry
1) Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
2) Depends on the storage medium used
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC flexible /Recipes for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7FD01-0AB0
WinCC flexible /
Archives+Recipes for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license per option,
only authorization
6AV6 618-7GD01-0AB0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
runtime option.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/33
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC
panels for communication between various SIMATIC HMI systems.
• Available for the follow ing SIMATIC HMI systems:
- OP 270, TP 270
- MP 270B, MP 370
- WinCC flexible Runtime
• Communication between HMI systems on basis of Ethernet
networks or via intranet/Internet:
- Reading and writing of variables;
WinCC flexible Runtime or SIMATIC Panels provide data (variables) to other SIMATIC HMI systems or Office applications
- A SIMATIC HMI system can be used for remote operator control and monitoring of another system;
start of client/server configurations for distributed operator
stations or for solutions with master station or control room
• Local operation, visualization and data processing are possible to the same extent as plant-wide calling of information or
central archiving of process data. Uniform flows of information
guarantee an overview of the status of all processes.
• One license is necessary for each operator station
• Flexible solution for locatio n-independent access to HMI systems and process data
• Reduction in load on fieldbuses:
WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Panels permit a
control system, for example, to access the process data. The
sensitive field level is not loaded by the control level as far as
the communications requirements are concerned. The requirements are processed by WinCC flexible Runtime and the
SIMATIC Panels.
• Simple, fast configuration of communications relationships using the WinCC flexible engineering software
■ Application
• Use of HMI systems at machin e level as data servers for
higher-level automation components such as control systems
or office systems. For example, process values from various
machines can be output in a master display.
• Control and monitoring of spatia lly distributed machines with
several operator stations by just one operator
• Operator control and monitoring of HMI systems at machine
level from a central station (e.g. the master station of a production line, or from a control room)
4
Master Control Station
HTTP Data Client
SIMATIC HMI HTTP Protocol
Industrial Ethernet
Server 1
PROFIBUS
Server 3
Server 4
HTTP Data
Server/Client
HTTP Data
Server/Client
HTTP Data
Server/Client
G_ST80_DE_00070
HTTP Data
Server/Client
Server 2
Communication between HMI systems using Industrial Ethernet:
use of HMI systems at machine level as data servers for higher-level automation components
4/34
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
[email protected]
Master Station
[email protected]
Operator Station 1
Operator Station x
Operator Station n
...
G_ST80_DE_00071
Industrial Ethernet
Application of [email protected] concept: coordinated operation of several operator stations
Master Control Station
[email protected] display
Industrial Ethernet
Server 1
Server 2
Server 3
Server 4
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
G_ST80_DE_00072
PROFIBUS
Application of [email protected] display: operator control and monitoring of HMI systems used at machine level from a central station
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/35
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
■ Function
■ Technical specifications
Communication between different SIMATIC HMI systems or
between the units of a machine or plant is carried out via
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet on the basis of [email protected]
4
Possible communication relationships:
• Reading and writing the variables of a SIMATIC HMI system on
the basis of an HTTP protocol
- Reading and writing the variables of different HMI systems
- Simple configuring of variables in the HMI client configuration
using browsers in the WinCC flexible engineering tool
- Reading and writing the variables of an HMI system using
standard applications such as MS Excel. Communication is
made possible by embedding a script in the application,
on the basis of the SOAP protocol (Simple Object Access
Protocol) superimposed by HTTP
• Remote control of an operator station;
the HMI application and communication with the PLC are via
the master station. In the case of spatially distributed machines/plants (which require a larger number of operator panels), so-called [email protected] can be activated from here which
are then assigned access to the master station and thus to the
process. Access procedures guarantee that only one operator
system can actively access the process at a time.
- A configurable graphic object ([email protected] display) embedded in process displays represents the screen of the associated HMI system ([email protected])
- Powerful standard functions permit convenient and flexible
operation of the display
Password protection can be optionally activated for access to
variables or for remote operation of an HMI system.
Type
Execution platform
• SIMATIC Panels
• SIMATIC Multi Panels
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
Operating system
• for panels/multi panels
• for WinCC flexible Runtime
[email protected]
SIMATIC HMI HTTP protocol
Number of connections of a client
• for panels/multi panels
• for WinCC flexible Runtime
[email protected]
[email protected] concept
Number of [email protected] that
can switch simultaneously to one
[email protected])2)
• OP 270/TP 270/MP 270B as
[email protected]
• MP 370 as [email protected]
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
The specifications are maximum
values
OP 270, TP 270
MP 270B, MP 370
Windows CE V3.0
MS Windows 2000 Professional /
XP Professional
8
16
• for WinCC flexible Runtime
3 for 6“ devices
2 for 10“ devices
3 for 12“ devices,
2 for 15“ devices
5
Number of [email protected] displays
per graphic
• for panels/multi panels
• for WinCC flexible Runtime
1
2
1) Containing 1 Service Client
2) The [email protected] and the WinCC flexible /Pro Agent option cannot be
used simultaneously on OP/TP/MP 270/370
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
for SIMATIC Panel 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7AB01-0AB0
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
for WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7AD01-0AB0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
runtime option.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
4/36
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
■ Overview
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as
SIMATIC Panels for remote maintenance and servicing of
machines/plants via the Internet/intranet
• Available for the follow ing SIMATIC HMI systems:
- OP 270, TP 270
- MP 270B, MP 370
- WinCC flexible Runtime
• One license is required for each operator station, but not for the
remote service PC.
■ Benefits
• Fast elimination of faults and downtimes, thus increase in
productivity through global access to machines/plants by the
servicing and maintenance personnel
• Avoidance of costly visits by personnel
■ Application
• Remote maintenance and servicin g of machines and plants via
Internet/intranet
• Calling of system in formation, control of target systems, and
updating of data sets via Internet/intranet
• Automatic sending of e-mails to experts for fast elimination of
faults
■ Function
Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI
systems via Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet
Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1 or higher is sufficient for access to an HMI system.
Integral Web server for provision of standard HTML pages
The following functions can be access from the home page:
• Remote operation of HMI system via intranet/Internet using the
Internet Explorer
• Starting and stopping of HM I runtime for maintenance purposes
• Remote access to recipe data sets, passwords and information
specific to the HMI system
• Access to the files of the HMI system using the file explorer
• Downloading of configurati on data via intranet/Internet
• Supplementing by own HTML sites
Sending of e-mails to the maintenance personnel via SMTP
server (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
• Events which trigger sending of an e-mail:
- Message of a particular message class
- Selectable standard functions: change in value of a variable,
activation of a function key, scripts etc.
• Possible contents of an e-mail
- Subject
- Message text with process variables
- Date/time
• The optional use of e-mail/SM S routers permits access to standard networks (external service provider required)
Standard functions permit convenient use of the maintenance
and servicing functionality. WinCC permits simple, fast configuration of maintenance and servicing functions.
Password protection for access to the HMI system can be activated as an option. Different passwords can be configured for
the various functions.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/37
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
■ Function (continued)
Engineering Station
PC/PG
Engineering Station
PC/PG
ISDN/DSL
Modem/
Router
TCP/IP
Industrial
Ethernet
ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router
ISDN/DSL
Modem
TCP/IP
ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router
4
PROFIBUS
G_ST80_DE_00073
G_ST80_DE_00074
Industrial Ethernet
Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems via
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet
Engineering Station
PC/PG
Case 2:
Operator control and
monitoring using the
Internet/Intranet with access
to the complete device;
accesss to soft keys
and function keys
Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems via
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet
SMTP-Server
ISDN/DSL
Modem/Router
Internet
Service
Provider
Case 1:
Operator control and monitoring
using the Miicrosoft Internet Explorer
WWW, MES,
Office area
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Remote operator control and monitoring of SIMATIC HMI systems via
Industrial Ethernet or intranet/Internet
4/38
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_DE_00075
G_ST80_DE_00076
PROFIBUS
Sending e-mails to the maintenance personnel via SMTP server
(Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
■ Technical specifications
■ Ordering data
Type
WinCC flexible /[email protected]
Execution platform
• SIMATIC Panels
• SIMATIC Multi Panels
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
OP 270, TP 270
MP 270B, MP 370
Operating system
• for panels/multi panels
• for WinCC flexible Runtime
[email protected] 1)
Remote access using
HTML pages
• for panels/multi panels
• for WinCC flexible Runtime
Sending e-mails
Windows CE V3.0
MS Windows 2000 Professional /
XP Professional
Order No.
WinCC flexible/[email protected]
for SIMATIC Panels 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7BB01-0AB0
WinCC flexible/[email protected]
for WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7BD01-0AB0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the remote service PC or the engineering
system for configuring the runtime option.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
Internet Explorer V6.0 SP1
and higher
HTML V1.1 (no support for
ActiveX, Java, ASP)
HTML V1.1
• via SMTP server
• Subject, message texts with
250 characters of text per
e-mail; date/time of message,
message number
1) The [email protected] and the WinCC flexible /Pro Agent option cannot be
used simultaneously on OP/TP/MP 270/370
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/39
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /OPC server
■ Overview
Higher-level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
4
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
OPC-Client
PROFIBUS
3rd Party
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-300
Third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime as well as multi
panels for communication with applications (e.g. MES, ERP,
or applications in the office sector) from different vendors
• Available for the follow ing SIMATIC HMI systems:
- MP 270B, MP 370 (use of OPC based on XML)
- WinCC flexible Runtime (use of OPC based on DCOM)
• One license is necessary for each operator station
4/40
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
OPC-Server
G_ST80_DE_00078
On-site visualisation
■ Benefits
• Incorporation of automation co mponents from different vendors into an automation concept
• Saving of development costs through communication between
automation systems based on a homogeneous, uniform protocol
• Reduction in load on fieldbuses:
WinCC flexible Runtime as well as SIMATIC Panels permit a
control system, for example, to access the process data. The
sensitive field level is not loaded by the control level as far as
the communications requirements are concerned. The requirements are processed by WinCC flexible Runtime and the
SIMATIC Panels.
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /OPC server
■ Application
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open, uniform
and multi-vendor software interface. OPC is based on the Windows technology of COM (Component Object Model), DCOM
(Distributed COM) or on XML.
Windows-based systems such as SIMATIC Panel PC or SIMATIC
Multi Panels are used for tasks at the machine and process levels, and can communicate with all OPC-compatible applications
via Ethernet using TCP/IP and OPC. WinCC flexible Runtime or
the SIMATIC Multi Panel (OPC server) provide data for one or
more OPC clients. As a result, local visualization and data processing are possible to the same extent as plant-wide calling of
information or archiving of process data. Uniform flows of information guarantee an overview of the status of all processes.
Communication with OPC-compatible applications from different
vendors (e.g. MES, ERP, or applications in the office sector) is
possible.
OPC Foundation
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.opcfoundation.org
■ Function
• Use of a visualization system as a data server (OPC server) for
higher-level automation components such as control systems
or office systems
- OPC-XML server for multi panels
- OPC server (DCOM) for WinCC flexible Runtime
• The WinCC flexible engineering system can conveniently select a desired OPC item from the variables function of the OPC
server using an OPC browser (component of the OPC server).
To do this, the OPC server must be started and must be accessible for the engineering system.
■ Technical specifications
Type
Execution platform
• SIMATIC Multi Panels
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime
Operating system
• For multi panels
• For WinCC flexible Runtime
OPC server
• XML server for Multi Panels
• DCOM server for WinCC flexible
Runtime
• Number of connections which an
OPC server can accept
WinCC flexible /OPC server
The specifications are maximum
values
MP 270B, MP 370
Windows CE V3.0
MS Windows 2000 Professional /
XP Professional
Supports the OPC XML data
access specification V0.9 1)
Supports the OPC data access
specifications V1.0a and V2.0
8
1) Data access via XML has a scope of functions based on OPC data
access. A software adapter installed on the OPC client PC is required
so that DCOM-based OPC clients can access the OPC-XML server
without adaptation. The software adapter is included in the scope of
delivery of the option "WinCC flexible /OPC server for SIMATIC Multi
Panels".
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC flexible /OPC Server for
SIMATIC Multi Panels 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7CC01-0AB0
WinCC flexible /OPC Server for
WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Single license, only authorization
6AV6 618-7CD01-0AB0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
runtime option.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/41
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options
WinCC flexible /ProAgent
■ Overview
SIMATIC WinCC flexible and WinCC flexible /ProAgent
at Panel PC and Standard PC
S7-PDIAG
4
S7-GRAPH
• Precise and rapid process faul t diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components
• No further configuration fo r diagnostics functionality
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
Note:
For further details, see
"SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software"
■ Ordering data
WinCC flexible /ProAgent
Software option package for
process diagnostics based on
S7-PDIAG from V5.1,
S7-GRAPH from V5.2; functional
expansion for SIMATIC WinCC
flexible; electronic documentation in German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
for SIMATIC Panels 1) A)
Runtime license (Single
License) runs on: TP/OP 270,
MP 270B and MP 370
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
for WinCC flexible Runtime 1) A)
Runtime license
(Single License)
Order No.
6AV6618-7DB01-0AB0
6AV6618-7DD01-0AB0
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection B)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
comprising: all currently available user manuals, product
manuals and communication
manuals for SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
1) One license is necessary for each operator station.
A license is not required for the engineering system for configuring the
runtime option.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4/42
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Overview
• PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and
plants in all sectors - with the simple single-user station to distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and crosslocation solutions with Web clients. WinCC is the information
hub for corporation-wide vertical integration.
• The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) includes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured values,
logging of all process and configuration data, user administration and visualization.
• The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of
different applications. Building on the open programming interfaces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D) and
WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-internal
and external partners).
• Current versions:
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP2:
Executes under Windows XP Professional/
Windows 2003 Server and Windows 2000
- SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2:
Executes under Windows NT 4.0 / 2000
New features of V6.0:
• Historian concept in the basi c system with significantly enhanced archiving performance, integrated long-term archiving
and optional evaluation functions; based on the Microsoft SQL
Server 2000
• Customized expansion capability of the WinCC Graphics
Designer by means of Visual Basic for Application (VBA)
• Easy, open and rugged Runtime Scripting with Visual Basic
Scripting (VBScript)
• Expanded, integrated scalability by increasing the number of
servers (12) and clients (32) with expansion of the functionality
at the same time, and also thanks to the option of using a
central archive server
• Extended Web functionality with WinCC clients as Web servers
with access to all lower-level WinCC servers
• Further functional adaptation of the WebNavigator client to a
WinCC client
• Enhancement of the reporting and logging system thanks to
higher flexibility, greater openness and more simple operation
• Executable under Windows XP (s ingle-user station and client)
• New options:
- WinCC/[email protected] (display and analysis of current process
states and historical data on office PCs)
- WinCC/ConnectivityPack (OPC Alarms&Events / Historical
Data Access, database access via WinCC OLE-DB)
- WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge (connection of external databases)
- FDA options: WinCC/Audit and SIMATIC Logon Services
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• All HMI functions are on board (user administration, operating
possibilities, graphical system, messaging system, archiving,
reporting and logging system, diagnostics)
• Integration platform in the corp oration thanks to the Historian
functionality integrated into WinCC based on the Microsoft SQL
Server and tools and clients for evaluation
• Company-wide, flexible client/server structures with operator
stations on the Web, distributed servers and data integrity due
to redundancy
• Easily integrated thanks to st andardized interfaces such as
OPC (OLE for Process Control), WinCC-OLE-DB, VBA,
VBScript, C-API (ODK)
• For universal use thanks to so lutions for all sectors (e.g. conforming to FDA 21 CFR Part 11) and multiple languages for
worldwide use
• Modular expansion with options and add-ons as well as individual function expansions with VB Script, Visual Basic for
Applications, C-API (ODK) and integration of ActiveX elements
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/43
4
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Application
SIMATIC WinCC is designed for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and plants. With its powerful
process interfaces (to the SIMATIC range in particular) and secure data archiving, WinCC provides fault-tolerant solutions for
instrumentation and control.
The non-sector-specific basic system can be implemented universally in all automation applications. Sector-specific solutions
can be implemented, for example, using WinCC options (e.g.
FDA options for the pharmaceuticals industry) and sector-specific add-ons (e.g. for water processing).
■ Design
SIMATIC WinCC is available as a complete package and as a
runtime package with 128, 256, 1024 and 64K PowerTags (for
WinCC V6 additionally: 8K PowerTags). Only data points which
have a connection to PLCs or other data sources via a WinCC
channel are referred to as PowerTags. Up to 32 signals can be
derived from one data point. Furthermore, internal variables
without a coupling are available as additional system performance. WinCC V6 additionally contains 512 archive variables.
The archive variables can be upgraded using Archive Powerpacks.
4
Licenses for a multi-user configuration
The system software must be installed on the server with the required number of PowerTags as well as the WinCC/Server option. In the basic configuration, an RT128 license is adequate for
the clients. An RC128 license is, however, required for configuration on the clients.
WinCC editors
Task/configurable runtime
functionality
WinCC Explorer
Central project management for
fast access to all project data and
central settings
WinCC Graphics Designer
Graphics system for user-definable visualization and operation
through pixel-graphic objects
WinCC Alarm Logging
Messaging system for acquiring
and archiving events with operator control and display possibilities based on DIN 19235; freely
selectable alarm classes, alarm
display and logging
WinCC Tag Logging
Process archiving for measured
value acquisition, compression
and storage, e.g. for trend and
tabular representation and further processing
WinCC Report Designer
Report and logging system for
time- and event-controlled documentation of messages, operations and current process data in
the form of user reports or project
documentation in user-definable
layout
WinCC User Administrator
Tool for convenient administration
of users and access rights
WinCC Global Script
Processing functions with unlimited functionality through usage of
VBScript and ANSI-C
Ports
Task/configurable runtime
functionality
■ Function
The powerful configuration functions of SIMATIC WinCC contribute to reducing the engineering and training overhead and result
in greater personnel flexibility and operating reliability. If you are
familiar with Microsoft Windows, you will have no problems with
WinCC Explorer, the central control point of WinCC.
In conjunction with other SIMATIC components, the system also
offers additional functions, such as process diagnostics and
maintenance. All SIMATIC engineering tools interact when configuring the functions.
Communications channels
For the communication with lowerlevel controls (SIMATIC logs,
PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS FMS,
DDE and OPC server included in
delivery)
Standard interfaces
For the open integration of other
Windows applications through
WinCC, WinCC-OLE-DB, ActiveX,
OLE, DDE, OPC etc.)
Programming interfaces
For individual access to data and
functions of WinCC and for the
integration into user programs
with VBA, VB Script, C-API
(ODK), C-Script (ANSI-C)
SIMATIC WinCC offers a complete basic functionality for process visualization and operation. For this purpose, WinCC offers
a range of editors and interfaces whose functionality allow individual configuration for the relevant application.
Kompatibilität
WinCC version
Windows NT4.0 SP6a Windows 2000
Professional; Server;
Advanced Server;
with SP2, SP3, SP4
Windows XP
Professional
Windows XP
Professional SP1
Internet Explorer
V5.1 SP2
•
•
–
–
IE V5.5;
IE V6.0, IE V6.0 SP1
V6.0 SP2
–
•
•
•
IE V6.0 SP1
4/44
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration
Integration in corporation-wide solutions
(IT and business integration)
WinCC builds consistently on Microsoft technologies, which ensures the widest possible openness and integration capability.
ActiveX controls permit technology-specific and sector-specific
expansions. Cross-vendor communication is also easy. The reason is: WinCC is OPC-compliant and can therefore be implemented as an OPC client and server and supports, in addition to
access to current process values, standards like OPC HDA (Historical Data Access) and OPC Alarm & Events. Also important:
Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for application-specific expansions of the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual Basic
Scripting (VBS) in the form of an easy-to-learn, open runtime language. If preferred, professional application development engineers can also use ANSI-C. And access to the API programming
interfaces is easy using the Open Development Kit ODK.
For the first time, WinCC V6 has integrated a powerful, flexible
Historian functionality based on the Microsoft SQL Server 2000
into the basic system. The user therefore has all the options: from
high-performance archiving of current process data and longterm archiving with high-level data compression through to a
central information hub in the shape of a corporation-wide Historian server. Flexibly implementable clients and tools for evaluation, open interfaces and special options (Connectivity Pack, Industrial DataBridge, Client Access Licenses) form the basis of
an effective IT and business integration.
Integration in automation solutions
(valid from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
WinCC is an open process visualization system and offers the
opportunity for connecting a wide range of different PLCs.
Approved communication software
Only the specified (or higher) versions of communications software may be used. The applicable SIMATIC NET updates are
available to upgrade older versions and releases and are supplied with the WinCC base package/upgrade.
Mixed operation with different PLCs
With their multiprotocol stack, the CP 1613 and CP 5613 communications processors support the simultaneous use of two
protocols with a single bus cable, for example, where several different PLC types are used. Two interface boards of the same
type can be used with WinCC only in conjunction with the channels SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) or PROFIBUS DP
(4 x CP 5613; up to 12 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to communication via Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS
CP 5613, a CP 5511 or CP 5611 can be used for communication
with SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
Client/server communication
The TCP/IP protocol is used to handle communications between
clients and server. It is recommended that a separate PC LAN is
constructed. For small projects with a relatively low message volume, a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be implemented for
both the process communication (WinCC server ↔ PLC) and the
PC–PC communication (WinCC client ↔ WinCC server).
Communication redundancy
WinCC does not itself support redundant bus interfaces. The S7REDCONNECT software package is required for redundant connection of PCs to SIMATIC S7 via 2 x Industrial Ethernet.
This connects the SIMATIC S7 to applications on the PC, e.g.
SIMATIC WinCC. Complete communications redundancy can
also be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog IK PI).
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
According to the PROFIBUS standard, DP slaves are always
permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second WinCC station (DP master) cannot access the same PLCs (DP slave). This
means that redundant operation of two WinCC stations is not
possible when using the PROFIBUS DP interface.
Interfacing to non-Siemens PLCs:
Number of PLCs that can be connected
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is recommended for interfacing
to non-Siemens PLCs.
The following applies for the numbers of PLCs that can be connected over Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum frame
length of 512 bytes:
For the latest information about OPC servers from a wide range
of different manufacturers, see:
http://www.opcfoundation.org/05_man.asp
Type of interface
Number of stations
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 +
TCP/IP
Up to 60
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF
Up to 60
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Up to 64
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 +
TCP/IP
Up to 60
Via PROFIBUS, the CP 5611 can be used to connect up to 8
PLCs and the CP 5613 can be used to connect up to 44 PLCs.
Industrial Ethernet is recommended with 10 PLCs or more.
WinCC supports the standards:
• OPC Data Access 1.1
• OPC Data Access 2.0
• OPC Data Access 3.0
• OPC XML Data Access (connectivity pack)
• OPC HDA V1.0 (connectivity pack)
• OPC A&E V1.02 (connectivity pack)
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/45
4
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration (continued)
Interface overview (from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
Protocol
Description
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 communication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF
Channel DLL for S5 TF communication
SIMATIC S5 Programmer Port AS511 Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with S5 via AS511 protocol to programmer port
SIMATIC S5 Serial 3964R
Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with S5 via RK512 protocol
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS-FDL
Channel DLL for S5-FDL
SIMATIC 505
SIMATIC 505 Serial
Channel DLL and driver for serial communication with 505 via NITP/TBP protocol to SIMATIC
535/545/555/565/575
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4 communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP
Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP communication
Cross-vendor
4
Windows DDE
Channel DLL for DDE communication, WinCC can acquire data from DDE server applications
OPC client 1)
Channel DLL for OPC communication, WinCC can acquire data from OPC server applications
OPC server
Server applications for OPC communication; WinCC provides process data for OPC clients
PROFIBUS FMS
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS DP
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
1) Application note:
parallel use of the OPC client channel permits e.g. connection to an SNMP OPC server
for visualization of the data present there.
The SNMP OPC server permits monitoring of any network components (e.g. Switch)
which support the SNMP protocol. Further information can be found in the Catalog IK PI
4/46
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration (continued)
Communication components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
S5
Ethernet
(TF)
SIMATIC
S5
Ethernet
Layer 4
SIMATIC
S5
TCP/IP
SIMATIC
S7
Protocol
Suite
SIMATIC
505
Ethernet
Layer 4
SIMATIC
505
TCP/IP 1)
Order No.
WinCC – Channel DLL
•
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF
Channel DLL for S5 TF communication
Included in the
basic package
•
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4
communication + TCP/IP
•
Included in the
basic package
•
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Channel DLL for S7 functions
Included in the
basic package
•
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4
Channel DLL for 505 Layer 4
communication
SIMATIC 505 TCP/IP 1)
Channel DLL for 505 TCP/IP
communication
Included in the
basic package
•
Included in the
basic package
•
6GK1 161-2AA00
Communication components for expanding the OS/OP
CP 1612
PCI card for connecting the PG/PC
to Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7
must be ordered separately)
•
•
CP 1512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit)
for connecting the PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7
must be ordered separately)
•
•
SOFTNET-S7 V6.2
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 64 connections)
• For Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
•
•
6GK1 704-1CW62-3AA0
SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 8 connections)
• For Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
•
•
6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0
•
•
•
6GK1 716-1TB62-3AA0
4
•
CP 1613
PCI card for connecting the PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (communications
software
must be ordered separately)
S7-1613 V6.2
Communications software for
S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
• For Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
•
TF-1613 V6.2
Communications software for
TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
• For Windows 2000
•
•
•
6GK1 151-2AA00
6GK1 161-3AA00
System coupling is possible
1) Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface;
communications software is not necessary
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14627901
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/47
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration (continued)
Communication components for PG/PC for SIMATIC (from WinCC V6.0 upwards)
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S5
PROFIBUS FDL
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS
Order No.
WinCC – Channel DLL
•
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL
Channel DLL for S5-FDL
Included in
basic package
•
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Channel DLL for S7 functions
Included in
basic package
•
PROFIBUS DP
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
Included in
basic package
•
PROFIBUS FMS
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
Included in
basic package
Communication components for expanding the OS/OP
4
CP 5611
PC card for connecting a PG/PC to
PROFIBUS or MPI (communications
software included in the WinCC
basic package)
•
6GK1 561-1AA00
CP 5511
PCMCIA card (16 bit) for connecting
a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in the
WinCC basic package)
•
6GK1 551-1AA00
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit) for
connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS
or MPI (communications software
included in the WinCC basic
package)
•
6GK1 551-2AA00
PC/MPI adapter
RS 232, 9-pin, male with
RS 232/MPI converter
up to 19.2 kbit/s
•
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
CP 5613
PCI card for connecting the PC to
PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered separately)
•
•
•
•
6GK1 561-3AA00
CP 5613 A2
PCI card for connecting PC to
PROFIBUS (communication software
must be ordered separately)
•
•
•
•
6GK1 561-3AA01
S7-5613 V6.2
Communications software for
S7 functions + FDL
• For Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
•
•
DP-5613 V6.2
Communications software for
DP master + FDL
• For Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
•
FMS-5613 V6.2
Communications software for
PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL
• For Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
•
•
System coupling is possible
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14628484
4/48
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6GK1 713-5CB62-3AA0
•
6GK1 713-5DB62-3AA0
•
6GK1 713-5FB62-3AA0
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration (continued)
Communication examples
Standard-PC
with WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
WinCC
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)
- CP 5613-A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
- S7 5613
(communications software)
6GK1 713-5CB62-3AA0
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
- IM 467 (DP/M, S7)
6ES7 467-5GJ02-0AB0
- CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)
6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Extended
(DP/M, S7, S/R)
6GK7 443-5DX03-0XE0
- CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
Manual
G_ST80_XX_00010
Manual
4
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication
Standard-PC
with WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
WinCC
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)
- CP 1613
6GK1 161-3AA00
- S7 1613
(communications software)
6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0
- CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0
Manual
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
G_ST80_XX_00011
Manual
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet
(SIMATIC NET CD bzw.
Internet Download)
WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/49
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration (continued)
Standard PC
with WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WinCC
- CP 5613-A2
6GK1 561-3AA01
+ FMS channel DLL
- FMS-5613
(communications software)
6GK1 713-5FB62-3AA0
PROFIBUS FMS
SIMATIC S5115/135/155U
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-400
- CP 343-5
(FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
- CP 443-5 Basic
(FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 443-5FX01-0XE0
4
- COM 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
G_ST80_XX_00012
- CP 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 543-1AA01
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS FMS
WInCC Server/Standard PC
with WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
WinCC
+ server option
+ TCP/IP interface module
(e.g. CP 1612)
without
operator controls:
32 clients
+ 3 Web clients
or
50 Web clients
+ 1 client
WinCC
+ TCP/IP
interface module
(e.g. CP 1612)
WinCC
Client
up to 4 clients
with operator
controls
Client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
Server
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7-functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7-functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS
WinCC multi-user system with operator-accessible server (for WinCC V6)
4/50
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_DE_00013
This allows you to set up the following application examples
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Integration (continued)
Higher-level
visualisation system
WinCC
- OPC server functionality
(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
On-site visualization
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
ProTool/
Pro
PROFIBUS
- integrated
PROFIBUS
interface
4
OPC-Client
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-300
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- TCP-IP interface
board
required
Third-party PLCs
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- OPC server
required for
interfacing with
third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
G_ST80_DE_00015
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
basic package)
OPC coupling
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/51
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Technical specifications
Type
SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2
SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP2
Operating system
Windows NT4.0/
Windows 2000
WebClient, additionally:
Windows 98,
Windows ME,
Windows 2000 terminal services
Windows XP Professional/
Windows 2003 Server and Windows 2000
WebClient/[email protected] Client, additionally:
Windows NT4.0/
Windows XP Home,
Windows 2000 terminal services
CPU 1)
• Minimum
Pentium II, 400 MHz
Single-user system/server:
Pentium III, 800 MHz
Central archive server:
Pentium IV, 2 GHz
Client:
Pentium III, 300 MHz
WebClient/[email protected] client: Pentium III, 300 MHz
• Recommended
Pentium III, 400 MHz
Single-user system/server: Pentium IV, 1400 MHz
Central archive server:
Pentium IV, 2.5 GHz
Client: Pentium III, 800 MHz
WebClient/[email protected] client: Pentium III, 800 MHz
≥ 128/256 MB (single-user station/server),
≥ 128 MB (client) 2)
Single-user system/server: 512 MB
Hardware requirements for PC
4
RAM (main memory)
• Minimum
Central archive server: 1 GB
Client: 256 MB
WebClient/[email protected] client: 128 MB
• Recommended
≥ 256 MB (single-user station/server),
≥ 256 MB (client) 2)
Single-user system/server: 1 GB
Central archive server: ≥ 1 GB
Client: 512 MB
WebClient/[email protected] client: 256 MB
Graphics card
• Minimum
SVGA (4 MB), 800 x 600
SVGA (16 MB), 800 x 600
• Recommended
XGA (8 MB), 1024 x 768
SXGA (32 MB), 1280 x 1024
Hard disk
• Minimum
> 3 GB
Single-user system/server: 20 GB
Client: 5 GB
WebClient/[email protected] client: 5 GB
• Recommended
> 3 GB
Single-user system/server: 80 GB
Client: 20 GB
WebClient/[email protected] client: 10 GB
• Hard disk
(free disk space for installation)
- Minimum
650 MB
Server: 1 GB
Client: 700 MB
Server: > 10 GB
Client: > 1.5 GB
- Recommended
CD-ROM/DVD-ROM/diskette drive
≥ 650 MB
For software installation
1) An AMD system of comparable performance can also be used
2) At least 32 MB more when using online configuration
4/52
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
For software installation
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Type
SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2
SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP2
50,000
10 x 256
50,000
10 x 256
> 500,000 messages 1)
10
2/s
> 500,000 messages 1)
10
Central archive server: 100/s
Server/single-user station: 10/s
Central archive server: 15,000/10 sec. every 5 min
Server/single-user station: 2,000/10 sec. every 5 min
Functionality/quantity framework
Messages (number)
• Message text
(number of characters)
• Message archive
• Process values per message
• Continuous loading, max.
messages
• Message surge, max.
Archive
• Archive data points
• Archive types
• Data storage format
• Measured values
per second, max.
2000 in 10 min.
Max. 30,000 per server
Short-term and sequential archives
Sybase SQL 7 or DBase III 3)
Server/single-user station: 360/s (500/s dBase III)
Max. 80,000 per server 2)
Short-term archive with and without long-term
archiving
Microsoft SQL Server 2000
Central archive server: 10,000/s
Server/single-user station: 5,000/s
User archives
• Archive (recipes)
• Data records per user archive
• No. of fields per user archive
500
65,536 4)
500 4)
Determined by system 1)
65,536 4)
500 4)
Graphics system
• No. of diagrams
• No. of objects per picture
• No. of operator-controllable fields
per picture
Determined by system 1)
Determined by system 1)
Determined by system 1)
Determined by system 1)
Determined by system 1)
Determined by system 1)
Process variables
64 K 5)
64 K 5)
Trend curves
• Curve windows per display
• Curves per curve window
8
15
25
80
User administration
• User groups
• No. of users
• Authorization groups
28
128
999
128
128
999
Runtime languages
> 9 per project
> 9 per project
Configuration languages
5 European (Ger., Eng., Fr., Ita., Sp.),
4 Asian (simpl.+trad. Chi. / Kor. / Jpn)
5 European (Ger., Eng., Fr., Ita., Sp.),
4 Asian (simpl.+trad. Chi. / Kor. / Jpn)
1 per server/single-user station
1 per server/single-user station
1
3
Determined by system 1)
66
300 6)
Determined by system 1)
66
300 6)
6
3
12
4
16
32 clients + 3 WebClients or
50 WebClients + 1 client
Protocols
• Message sequence reports
(simultaneous)
• Message archive reports
(simultaneous)
• Application reports
• Report lines per body
• Variables per report
Multi-user system
• Server
• Clients for server
with operator terminal
• Clients for server
without operator terminal
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
4
Dependent on available memory
Dependent on the number of licensed archive variables
Dbase III only with TagLogging short-term archives
The product of number of fields and number of data records must not exceed 320,000
Depends on the number of licensed PowerTags
The number of variables per report depends on the performance of the process communication
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/53
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1 SP2
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SP2
Runtime packages on CD-ROM A)
Language versions: G/E/F/I/S;
with license for:
Runtime packages on CD-ROM B)
Language/script versions:
G/E/F/I/S; with license for:
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 381-1BC05-1CX0
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 381-1BC06-0CX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256)
6AV6 381-1BD05-1CX0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256)
6AV6 381-1BD06-0CX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024)
6AV6 381-1BE05-1CX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024)
6AV6 381-1BE06-0CX0
• 64k PowerTags (RT Max)
6AV6 381-1BF05-1CX0
• 8 K PowerTags (RT 8K)
6AV6 381-1BH06-0CX0
• 64k PowerTags (RT Max)
6AV6 381-1BF06-0CX0
Complete packages
on CD-ROM A)
Language versions: G/E/F/I/S;
with license for:
4
Order No.
Incl. 512 archive variables each
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128)
6AV6 381-1BM05-1CX0
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256)
6AV6 381-1BN05-1CX0
Complete packages
on CD-ROM B)
Language versions: G/E/F/I/S;
with license for:
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024)
6AV6 381-1BP05-1CX0
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128)
6AV6 381-1BM06-0CX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max)
6AV6 381-1BQ05-1CX0
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256)
6AV6 381-1BN06-0CX0
SIMATIC WinCC system software V5.1 ASIA
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024)
6AV6 381-1BP06-0CX0
Runtime packages on CD-ROM A)
Language/script versions:
English/Chinese traditional and
simplified/Korean/Japanese; with
license for:
• 8 K PowerTags (RC 8K)
6AV6 381-1BS06-0CX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max)
6AV6 381-1BQ06-0CX0
Incl. 512 archive variables each
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0 SP2 ASIA
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 381-1BC05-1AV0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256)
6AV6 381-1BD05-1AV0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024)
6AV6 381-1BE05-1AV0
• 64k PowerTags (RT Max)
6AV6 381-1BF05-1AV0
Complete packages
on CD-ROM A)
Language/script versions:
English/Chinese traditional and
simplified/Korean/Japanese; with
license for:
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128)
6AV6 381-1BM05-1AV0
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256)
6AV6 381-1BN05-1AV0
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024)
6AV6 381-1BP05-1AV0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max)
6AV6 381-1BQ05-1AV0
Runtime packages on CD-ROM B)
Language versions:
English/Chinese simplified and
traditional/Korean/Taiwanese/
Japanese; with license for:
• 128 PowerTags (RT 128)
6AV6 381-1BC06-0CV0
• 256 PowerTags (RT 256)
6AV6 381-1BD06-0CV0
• 1024 PowerTags (RT 1024)
6AV6 381-1BE06-0CV0
• 8 K PowerTags (RT 8k)
6AV6 381-1BH06-0CV0
• 64k PowerTags (RT Max)
6AV6 381-1BF06-0CV0
Incl. 512 archive variables each
For upgrading from:
Complete packages
on CD-ROM B)
Language versions:
English/Chinese simplified and
traditional/Korean/Taiwanese/
Japanese; with license for:
Runtime packages
• 128 PowerTags (RC 128)
6AV6 381-1BM06-0CV0
SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 Powerpacks
• 128 to 256 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BD05-0AX0
• 256 PowerTags (RC 256)
6AV6 381-1BN06-0CV0
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BE05-0AX0
• 1024 PowerTags (RC 1024)
6AV6 381-1BP06-0CV0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BF05-0AX0
• 8 K PowerTags (RC 8K)
6AV6 381-1BS06-0CV0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BG05-0AX0
• 64 K PowerTags (RC Max)
6AV6 381-1BQ06-0CV0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BH05-0AX0
Incl. 512 archive variables each
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BJ05-0AX0
Complete packages
• 128 to 256 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BD15-0AX0
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BE15-0AX0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BF15-0AX0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BG15-0AX0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BH15-0AX0
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BJ15-0AX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
4/54
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order No.
Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC system software V6.0
SIMATIC WinCC Upgrade / Comprehensive Support
For upgrading from:
• 128 to 256 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BD06-0AX0
WinCC V5 Upgrade 1) A)
For upgrading of RT and RC
software packages and stations
to the latest version
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BE06-0AX0
• from V4.x to V5.1 SP2
6AV6 381-1AA05-1CX4
• 128 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BK06-0AX0
• from V5.x to V5.1 SP2
6AV6 381-1AA05-1CX3
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BF06-0AX0
6AV6 381-1AA05-1AV3
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BG06-0AX0
• from V4.x /V5.x ASIA
to V5.1 ASIA
• 256 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BL06-0AX0
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BH06-0AX0
• 1024 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BM06-0AX0
Runtime packages
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags
• 8 K to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BJ06-0AX0
6AV6 371-1BN06-0AX0
Complete packages
• 128 to 256 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BD16-0AX0
WinCC V6 Upgrade 1) B)
For upgrading the RT version
• from V5.x to V6.0 SP2
6AV6 381-1AA06-0CX4
• from V5.x ASIA to V6.0 SP2 ASIA
6AV6 381-1AA06-0CV4
For upgrading the RC version
• from V5.x to V6.0 SP2
6AV6 381-1AB06-0CX4
• from V5.x ASIA to V6.0 SP2 ASIA
6AV6 381-1AB06-0CV4
• 128 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BE16-0AX0
• 128 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BK16-0AX0
• 128 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BF16-0AX0
• 256 to 1024 PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BG16-0AX0
WinCC Comprehensive
Support 2) B)
Contains current
updates/upgrades for WinCC
Basic software and options and
the WinCC Knowledge Base CD
• 256 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BL16-0AX0
• 1 license
6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
• 256 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BH16-0AX0
• 3 licenses
6AV6 381-1AA00-0BX5
• 1024 to 8 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BM16-0AX0
• 10 licenses
6AV6 381-1AA00-0CX5
• 1024 to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BJ16-0AX0
SIMATIC WinCC documentation (to be ordered separately)
• 8 K to 64 K PowerTags
6AV6 371-1BN16-0AX0
SIMATIC WinCC V5 basic
documentation in a slipcase
Includes the WinCC Manual and
software protection description
SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 Archive Powerpacks
For upgrading the archiving from
• 512 to 1500 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AX0
• German
6AV6 392-1XA05-0AA0
• 512 to 5000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BX0
• English
6AV6 392-1XA05-0AB0
• 512 to 30000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0EX0
• French
6AV6 392-1XA05-0AC0
• 512 to 80000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0GX0
• 1500 to 5000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AB0
• 1500 to 30000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AE0
• 1500 to 80000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0AG0
SIMATIC WinCC V5 Configuration & Communication Manual
Comprising: configuration manual
+ CD with examples, communication manual, Getting Started
• 5000 to 30000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BE0
• German
6AV6 392-1CA05-0AA0
• 5000 to 80000 archive variables
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0BG0
• English
6AV6 392-1CA05-0AB0
6AV6 371-1DQ06-0EG0
• French
6AV6 392-1CA05-0AC0
• 30000 to 80000
archive variables
4
SIMATIC WinCC V6
basic documentation
Containing WinCC manual and
software protection description
• German
6AV6 392-1XA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1XA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1XA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 392-1XA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 392-1XA06-0AE0
1) In accordance with license stipulations, 1 upgrade package must be
ordered for each WinCC station.
2) Comprehensive Support runs for one year. The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless canceled 3 months prior to
expiry. In accordance with license stipulations, 1 Comprehensive
Support Package must be ordered for each WinCC station.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/55
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Ordering data (continued)
Order No.
Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC communication
4
Communication via Industrial Ethernet
Communication via PROFIBUS
CP 1612 A)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting
a PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 161-2AA00
CP 5611
PCI card (32 bit) for connection
to a PG/PC to PROFIBUS (communications software included in
the WinCC basic package)
6GK1 561-1AA00
CP 1512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit)
for connecting a PG/notebook
computer to Industrial Ethernet
(SOFTNET-S7 must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 151-2AA00
CP 5611 MPI
Comprising CP 5611 (32 bit)
and MPI cable, 5 m
6GK1 561-1AM00
6GK1 551-1AA00
SOFTNET-S7 V6.2 B)
Software for S5-compatible
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
and S7 communication for
Windows 2000/XP/2003 server
(max. 64 connections)
6GK1 704-1CW62-3AA0
CP 5511
PCMCIA card (16 bit) for
connecting a PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI (communications
software included in the WinCC
basic package)
6GK1 551-2AA00
SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2 B)
Software for S5-compatible
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
and S7 communication for
Windows 2000/XP/2003 server
(max. 8 connections)
6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0
CP 5512
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit)
for connecting a PG/Notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI (communications software included in the
WinCC basic package)
6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
CP 1613
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
(communications software must
be ordered separately)
6GK1 161-3AA00
PC/MPI adapter
RS 232, 9-pin; male with
RS 232/MPI converter,
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
6GK1 561-3AA00
S7-1613 V6.2 B)
Software for S7 communication,
S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) incl. OPC,
PG/OP communication
(S5/505 Layer 4 communication
with TCP/IP),
for Windows 2000/XP/2003 server
6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0
CP 5613 B)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
CP 5613 A2 B)
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PC to PROFIBUS (communications software must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 561-3AA01
TF-1613 V6.2 B)
Software for TF protocol, S5-compatible communication incl. OPC,
PG/OP communication (S5/505
Layer 4 communication with
TCP/IP), for Windows 2000
S7-5613 V6.2 B)
Software for S7 communication
incl. PG/OP communication,
FDL, S7-OPC server, for Windows 2000 / XP/ 2003 Server
6GK1 713-5CB62-3AA0
6GK1 716-1TB62-3AA0
6GK1 713-5DB62-3AA0
Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PMC
Ethernet Layer 4 C)
(only for WinCC V5.1)
Additional software packages
required for S5-PMC
6AV6 371-1CD05-0PX0
DP-5613 V6.2 B)
Software for DP protocol incl.
PG/OP communication, FDL,
DP-OPC server, for
Windows 2000 / XP/ 2003 Server
6GK1 713-5FB62-3AA0
• PMC/LS-B message functions
6ES5 848-7WL01
• PMC/LS-B status, standard
displays from V4.3 upwards
6ES5 848-7UL01
FMS-5613 V6.2 B)
Software for FMS protocol incl.
PG/OP communication, FDL,
FMS-OPC server, for
Windows 2000 / XP/ 2003 Server
• Parameterization software PMC
Pro from V2.2 upwards, German
6ES5 886-4WF11
6AV6 371-1CD05-0NX0
• Parameterization software PMC
Pro from V2.2 upwards, English
6ES5 886-4WF21
Channel DLL SIMATIC S5 PMC
PROFIBUS C)
(only for WinCC V5.1)
Additional software packages
required for S5-PMC
• PMC/LS-B message functions
6ES5 848-7WL01
• PMC/LS-B Status, standard
displays from V4.3 upwards
6ES5 848-7UL01
• Parameterization software PMC
Pro from V2.2 upwards, German
6ES5 886-4WF11
• Parameterization software PMC
Pro from V2.2 upwards, English
6ES5 886-4WF21
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99H
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B1
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4/56
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC
■ More information
WinCC language versions
For the Asian market, SIMATIC WinCC V5 is also available in simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean and Japanese.
These WinCC versions meet the needs of machine manufacturers, plant constructors and exporters who supply the regions of
China, Taiwan, Korea and Japan.
WinCC ASIA contains all the familiar WinCC functions as well as
a configuration interface in the relevant national language and in
English. The online Help is available in simplified and traditional
Chinese, in Korean, Japanese and in English. The Chinese, Korean, Japanese or multilingual version of Windows is required to
run these versions.
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
WinCC ASIA is supplied on a stand-alone CD-ROM that contains
all the above-mentioned language variants. The corresponding
documentation can be obtained from the regional companies in
China, Korea, Taiwan and Japan.
Runtime licenses are language-independent. The English data
handling program (AuthorsW) can also run under the Chinese,
Korean and Japanese versions of Windows.
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/57
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC options
■ Overview
C
WinCtion
Op
C
WinCd-on
Ad
C
WinCis-SW
Bas C, RT
R
• SIMATIC IT PDA (only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, comparable functionality is already included in the basic system)
- Fast, file-based archiving
• SIMATIC IT PPA
- Compression and evaluation of archived values from different
sources (WinCC, other databases, etc.) using MS SQL Server
• SIMATIC WinBDE
- Machine data acquisition and evaluation
C
WinCtion
Op
Options for process I&C
• WinCC/Basic Process Control (only for WinCC V5.1; included
in the basic system for WinCC V6.0)
- With functional expansion for instrumentation and control
applications
C
WinCd-on
Ad
C
WinCtion
Op
G_ST80_XX_00175
C
WinCd-on
Ad
4
• The universally usable WinCC basic software provides the basis for modular expansions. These function expansions can be
obtained in the form of WinCC options and WinCC add-ons.
• WinCC options are produced under the responsibility of the
WinCC development department and are supplied by Siemens
Automation & Drives. You are supported by our technical consulting services and the central hotline.
Options for flexible system configurations
• WinCC/Server
- For setting up a high-performance client/server system
• WinCC/Web Navigator
- For operating and monitoring plants over the Internet, the
company intranet, or an LAN
Options for increasing availability
• WinCC/Redundancy
- For enhancing the availability of the system through redundancy
• WinCC/ProAgent
- For reliable process diagnostics
• WinCC/Messenger (only for WinCC V5.1)
- For the automatic or user-controlled transmission of messages with text, language and graphical information by
e-mail directly from WinCC
• WinCC/Guardian (only for WinCC V5.1)
- For embedding live camera images into WinCC displays,
video monitoring and storing video sequences in a database
Options for IT and business integration
• WinCC/[email protected] (only for WinCC V6.0)
- For displaying and analyzing current process states and historical data on office PCs using standard tools
• WinCC/Connectivity Pack (only for WinCC V6.0)
- Access to WinCC archive using OPC HDA, OPC A&E and
WinCC OLE-DB
• WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
- Configurable interfacing to databases and IT systems
• WinCC/Client access license (only for WinCC V6.0)
- Access from (office) computers to WinCC archive data
4/58
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Options for SCADA expansions
• WinCC/User Archives
- For managing records in user archives
• WinCC/Storage (only for WinC C V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, a comparable functionality is already included in the basic system)
- For long-term acquisition of process data, messages and
reports
Options for sector-specific expansions (FDA compatible)
• WinCC/Advanced User Administrator (for WinCC V5.1)
- Central management of WinCC users, plant-wide
(according to CFR 21 Part 11)
• SIMATIC Logon Service (for WinCC V6.0)
- Central management of WinCC users, plant-wide
(according to CFR 21 Part 11)
• WinCC/Audit (for WinC C V6.0) change management
- Creation of Audit Trails with engineering and runtime
Options for individual system expansions
• WinCC/IndustrialX
- For production of customized WinCC ActiveX objects in a VB
development environment
• WinCC/ODK
- For using the open programming interfaces
(Open Development Kit)
Options for comprehensive support
• WinCC/Comprehensive Support
- Comprehensive support package; contains current updates/upgrades for WinCC basic software and options,
WinCC Knowledge Base CD
■ More information
WinCC options
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/wincc/options
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Server
■ Overview
WinCC
WinCC
WinCC
Client
Client
Client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP
G_ST80_DE_00005
PROCESS BUS
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC that enables the establishment of a
powerful client/server system
• For installing the option on the se rver, one of the following operating systems is required: Windows 2000 Server, Windows
2000 Advanced Server or Windows Server 2003 (for V6 only)
• Several coordinated HMI stati ons can be operated together
with networked automation systems
• Client/server solution:
- One server supplies up to 32 connected clients with process
and archive data, messages, pictures and logs
- Depending on the plant size, up to 12 servers and 32 clients
can be used
• Requirement: network connection (TCP/IP) between the server
computer and the connected clients 1)
• One server license is required per server
What’s new with V6?
• The server can now supply up to 32 clients
• Up to 12 WinCC servers can be configured in a plant (also as
redundant server pairs)
• Harmonization of the functional ities of standard clients and
multi clients
• WinCC clients can also be configured as WinCC Web Navigator servers (see also WinCC/Web Navigator option and
WinCC/[email protected] WebEdition)
Note regarding V5.1
A maximum of 16 clients on up to 6 servers is possible with
WinCC V5.1. WinCC clients cannot be configured as Web servers. Instead, they require a WinCC server (or single-user system).
1) One of the following operating systems is installed on a WinCC Server:
Windows 2000 Server, Windows 2000 Advanced Server or Windows
Server 2003
■ Benefits
• Plant-wide scalability from the single-user system to the client/
server solution
• Significantly higher quantity fram ework, relieving the individual
servers and better performance due to distributing the complete application or tasks over several servers
• Low-cost configuration on the cli ent is possible (the minimum
RC license is sufficient)
■ Application
In a complex plant, WinCC can also be configured as a distributed system according to requirements:
• functional distribution (e.g. messa ge servers, archive servers,
etc.) or
• distribution according to the physical plant structure (e.g.
body-in-white, paintshop, etc.)
■ Function
Each client can access several servers simultaneously. Clients
can also be used for configuration on the server.
The configuration of WinCC clients as central Web servers – if required, as a distributed system – with a view of all server projects
in the plant is also possible.
For the clients, you need only the smallest runtime license,
RT128. If you also want to use the client for configuring your system, you will need the smallest full license, RC128. This makes it
possible to configure low-cost operating and configuration stations in a network. The configuration can be performed online
without any detrimental affect on the functions of the server and
operating stations.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/59
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Server
■ Ordering data
WinCC/Server
Order No.
A)
• For WinCC V5.1
6AV6 371-1CA05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0
6AV6 371-1CA06-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
WinCC Options V5 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
WinCC Options V6 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
4
• German
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4/60
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ Overview
WinCC
[email protected] monitor
WinCC
Web client
WinCC
ii
WinCC
SCADA clients
WinCC
WinCC
WinCC
SCADA client
+ Web server
WinCC
WinCC
tt
ern
nntt e r nee
INTERNET
WinCC
Web client
WinCC
WinCC
[email protected] monitor
WinCC
WinCC
LAN
LAN
WinCC
WinCC
SCADA server
WinCC
G_ST80_DE_00021
PROCESS BUS
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for op erating and monitoring plants
over the Internet or the company intranet or an LAN
• Configuration comprising:
- One Web server with SIMATIC WinCC software as singleuser, client or server version and
- One Web client that permits operator control and monitoring
of an ongoing WinCC project using an Internet browser with
ActiveX support. The WinCC Basic system does not have to
be installed on the computer
• Licensing:
- A license is required for using the Web server
- There are licenses for accessing 3, 10, 25 or 50 clients on the
Web server
- Low-cost Web Navigator diagnostics licenses are available
for remote diagnostics via several distributed Web servers
• Integrated user manag ement with WinCC V6:
The configured WinCC operator authorizations are taken into
account on the Web client.
• Access to user archives
• VB scripts are supported just as are the objects and RT functionalities new to WinCC V6
• For use as integration platform, user-friendly services and tools
are offered to distribute customized objects (controls, files) to
the Web clients. These components can then also be integrated into a cross-Web/server navigation system.
• Load distribution across several Web servers in order to operate several hundred Web clients in one plant; the Web clients
are automatically distributed among the Web servers.
What’s new with V6?
• Installation of the Web server – in distributed plants – also on a
WinCC client;
- Access to up to 12 lower-level WinCC stations (servers or
single-user systems) possible
- Web clients offer shared views of the data of different WinCC
servers
- If WinCC/Redundancy is used, the Web clients also switch
via the lower-level WinCC server (requirement: WinCC client
functions as Web server)
- By separating the Web functionality from the WinCC data
servers, the overall system becomes even more secure and
is easier to scale with regard to load.
In conjunction with WinCC V5.1, the Web navigator server must
be installed on a WinCC single-user system or server.
Note regarding V5.1
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/61
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ Benefits
■ Design
• Operator control and monitoring over large distances on different platforms (PC, on-site panel, mobile PDA)
• Large configurations with up to 50 operator stations
• Fast updating thanks to event-driven communication
• Optimally dimensioned clients for HMI, evaluation, service &
diagnostics
• Loading configuration data for t he Web usually without modification
• Low maintenance costs due to central software administration
• High security standards and availability
- Increased security due to separating WinCC server and Web
server (Web server in a reliable environment)
- Support of prevalent security mechanisms (router, firewall,
proxy server)
- Access rights and user administration
■ Application
4
Apart from the typical application of the Web Navigator in the
WAN field (Wide Area Network), the Web Navigator can also be
used for extremely cost-effective solutions. This particularly includes applications that have a widely distributed structure
(water/sewage, oil and gas), or in which there is only sporadic
accessing of process information (buildings management).
The Web Navigator also supports vertical integration, i.e. a networked IT landscape with company-wide data flow between the
planning and operational levels of a company. The only tool that
is required for direct access to up-to-date process information is
a standard browser.
The Web server can have its own direct process connection.
Alternatively coupling is possible by means of OPC or a Web
server subordinate to a WinCC client. This not only increases reliability, but also reduces the data traffic within the system.
In addition to the standard Web navigator license, a so-called diagnostics client exists which basically has the same functions
but which is particularly suitable for the following applications:
• Remote diagnostics/operation by several unmanned WinCC
stations
• Central control rooms with multiple Web server support through
a single user interface
• Power users who require guaranteed access to the server at
any time, regardless of how many users are already logged on
Web Navigator licenses
The Web Navigator client software can be installed as many
times as necessary without the need for a license.
• Server-based licensing;
a corresponding license is required to use the Web navigator
server. Licenses are available for simultaneous access by 3,
10, 25 or 50 clients on the Web server.
• Diagnostic client licensing;
for cost-optimized access from one or just a few Web Navigator
clients to many Web servers (e.g. for diagnostic purposes).
This client license guarantees access to the web server at any
time. Functionally, there is no difference between this and the
regular Web Navigator clients and mixed operation is possible.
Web Navigator clients can
• access several different Web servers or
• via a subordinate server, access several higher-level WinCC
stations simultaneously
The only requirement on the server side is a Web Navigator
Diagnostics server license or a standard Web Navigator license.
Optionally, several Web Navigator servers with the same WinCC
project can be combined in a "Server farm". This makes it possible for several hundred Web clients to access the same database. The service ensures that the accessing clients are evenly
distributed across all servers. If a server fails, the Web client is
automatically routed to the next available server.
To use this functionality, a "Web Load Balancing License" must
be installed on the participating Web servers. A Load Balance
package contains 2 licenses.
For redundant WinCC stations on which the Web Navigator is installed, there is a low-cost method of expanding to the Web Load
Balancing functionality. For this, a Web Load StepUp License
must be installed on the participating Web servers. A StepUp
package contains 2 licenses.
ThinClient solutions
The Web Navigator can also be used with the Windows
2000/2003 terminal services. The minimum requirement is the
Windows 2000/2003 Server operating system. This allows the
connection of, for example Windows CE-based visualization stations, such as SIMATIC MP 370 with the ThinClient MP option or
MOBIC T8, to WinCC.
In addition to the web client, the Windows terminal services must
be installed. The operating system must be at least the Windows
2000 server operating system. Up to 25 thin clients can be connected to a terminal server.
Typical applications:
• Mobile devices
• Hand-held devices
• Rugged local vis ualization devices
Mixed configuration
Web navigator and [email protected] clients can be mixed in a system.
4/62
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ Function
A Web Navigator server can be created and configured easily
using the Web Configurator (Wizard). WinCC process images
that have to be visualized via the Internet are created in the usual
manner with the WinCC Graphics Designer. Under normal circumstances, it is possible to start from the project locally without
any modifications. The Web Publishing Wizard optimizes the images for transfer and display on the Internet. For presenting the
WinCC process images on the Web client, only one standard
browser is necessary (MS Internet Explorer from V6.0 upwards).
■ Ordering data
WinCC/Web Navigator
The operator on the Web client is integrated into the central
WinCC user administration and is only able to observe or operate in accordance with the configured access rights. The Web
Navigator supports the commonly used security mechanisms
that are used for applications on the Internet such as routers,
firewalls and proxy servers.
Order No.
A)
Order No.
WinCC/Web Navigator
diagnostics client A)
V1.2 SP2;
for WinCC V5.1 SP2
• For WinCC V5.1 SP2
6AV6 371-1DH05-1EX8
• Base Pack (3 client licenses)
6AV6 371-1DH05-1AX8
• For WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan
6AV6 371-1DH05-1EV0
• 10 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH05-1BX8
• For WinCC V6.0 SP2
6AV6 371-1DH06-0EX1
• 25 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH05-1CX8
• For WinCC V6.0 SP2 ASIA
6AV6 371-1DH06-0EV1
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH05-1DX8
WinCC/Web Navigator
diagnostics server A)
V6.0 SP1;
for WinCC V6.0 SP2 2) A)
• For WinCC V5.1 SP2
6AV6 371-1DH05-1FX8
• Base Pack (3 client licenses)
6AV6 371-1DH06-0AX1
• For WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan
6AV6 371-1DH05-1FV0
• 10 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-0BX1
• For WinCC V6.0 SP2
6AV6 371-1DH06-0FX1
• 25 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-0CX1
• For WinCC V6.0 SP2 ASIA
6AV6 371-1DH06-0FV1
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-0DX1
WinCC/Web Navigator upgrade A)
V1.x to V6.0 SP1
V6.0 SP1 ASIA;
for WinCC V6.0 SP2 ASIA A)
• For 3 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0AX6
• Base Pack (3 client licenses)
6AV6 371-1DH06-0AV1
• For 10 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0BX6
• 10 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-0BV1
• For 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0CX6
• 25 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-0CV1
• For 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0DX6
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH06-0DV1
WinCC/ Web Load Balancing
WinCC/Web Navigator
China/Taiwan A)
• Load Balancing
6AV6 371-1DH06-0JX1
V1.2; for WinCC V5.1 1) A)
• Load Balancing StepUp
6AV6 371-1DH06-0FJ0
4
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
• Base Pack (3 client licenses)
6AV6 371-1DH05-1AV0
• 10 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH05-1BV0
Manual
WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2
• 25 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH05-1CV0
• German
6AV6 392-1DC01-1AA0
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DH05-1DV0
• English
6AV6 392-1DC01-1AB0
WinCC/Web Navigator
Powerpacks
• French
6AV6 392-1DC01-1AC0
V1.x
1) Requirement: WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan/Korea/Japan
2) V6.0 and later in English, French, German, Italian and Spanish
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
• From 3 to 10 clients
6AV6 371-1DH05-0AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DH05-0AC0
• From 3 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH05-0AD0
• From 10 to 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DH05-0BC0
• From 10 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH05-0BD0
• From 25 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH05-0CD0
V6.x (also for ASIA versions)
• From 3 to 10 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0AC0
• From 3 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0AD0
• From 10 to 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0BC0
• From 10 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0BD0
• From 25 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DH06-0CD0
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/63
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Web Navigator
■ More information
4
System requirements – Web server
System requirements – Web client
For WinCC/Web Navigator V6 SP1
• Operating system:
- Windows 2000 Professional with SP3 or SP4, for up to
3 WebClients
- Windows 2000 Server with SP3 or SP4, for up to
50 WebClients
- Windows XP Professional with and without SP1, for up to
3 Web-Clients
- Windows 2003 Server for up to 50 WebClients
• Internet Information Server (IIS)
The IIS is included on the Windows 2000/XP CD and is installed
automatically with Windows 2000 Server. For Windows 2000
Professional, the IIS must be installed separately.
• Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
• SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP2
• SIMATIC WinCC optional Web Na vigator server installation
For WinCC/Web Navigator V6 SP1
• Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000/XP (also XP Home) or
operation with the Windows 2000/2003 terminal services
• Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
For WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 SP2
• Operating system:
- Windows 2000 Professional with SP3 or SP4, for up to
3 WebClients
- Windows 2000 Server with SP3 or SP4, for up to
50 WebClients
- Windows NT 4.0 Workstation with SP6a, with up to
3 Web clients; Windows NT 4.0 Server with SP6a with up to
50 Web clients; the Windows NT 4.0 OptionPack is required
in both cases (included in scope of delivery)
- Windows 2003 Server for up to 50 Web Clients
• Internet Information Server (IIS)
The IIS is included on the Windows 2000 CD and is installed
automatically with Windows 2000 Server. For Windows 2000
Professional, the IIS must be installed separately. For Windows
NT 4.0, it can be installed with the supplied OptionPack.
• Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher
• SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP1
• SIMATIC WinCC/Web Navigator server installation
This version contains the following functional differences as
compared with the standard version of WinCC/Web Navigator
V1.2:
• The server and the client execute on Windows 2000 MUI
(multi-language user interface) and with the respective local
language versions of simplified and traditional Chinese
• The client executes on Window s ME simplified Chinese and
traditional Chinese
• Operation with the Microsoft terminal services
• Access of a Chinese Web Naviga tor client to a non-Chinese
server and vice versa is not permitted in this version
4/64
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
For WinCC/Web Navigator V1.2 SP2
• Windows 98/ME/NT 4.0, Wi ndows 2000 or Windows XP
Professional/Home
• Internet Explorer V5.01 or higher
• Web Navigator Client/Diagnostics Client Installation;
This installation contains the OCX objects for displaying the
WinCC displays/objects in Internet Explorer
WinCC Web Navigator V1.2 China/Taiwan
(Requirement: SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 China/Taiwan/Korea/
Japan)
WinCC Web Navigator V6.0 SP1 ASIA
(Requirement SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP2 ASIA)
This version has the following functional divergences from the
standard version WinCC/Web Navigator V6.0 SP1:
• Access of an Asian Web Navigator client to a non-Asian server
and vice versa is not permitted in this version.
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Redundancy
■ Overview
WinCC
WinCC
Client
Client
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC that makes it possible to operate
two coupled WinCC single-user systems, process data servers
or historian servers in parallel for the purposes of monitoring
each other
• If one of the two server compute rs or one of the two WinCC stations fails, the second takes over control of the complete system. When the failed server or station resumes operation, the
contents of all message and process value archives are copied
back to the restored partner
• The communication channels for controlling SIMATIC S7 can
also be redundantly configured using WinCC/Redundancy
• A WinCC/Redundancy package is required for each redundant
pair of servers
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC
WinCC
Server
Server
■ Benefits
G_ST80_XX_00082
PROCESS BUS
WinCC
WinCC
Client
Client
■ Function
Two WinCC stations or process data servers are normally operated in parallel. Each station has its own process connection
and data archive. WinCC/Redundancy ensures automatic archive matching for system and user archive data.
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC
WinCC
Server
Server
If one of the two server computers or WinCC stations fails, the
second takes over archiving the messages and process data so
that continuous data integrity is guaranteed. In client/server operation, the clients are automatically switched from the failed
server to the redundant partner ensuring continuous visualization and operation of the plant from any operator station.
G_ST80_XX_00083
PROCESS BUS
WinCC
WinCC
Client
Client
• Increased system availability wi th continuous data integrity
• Automatic changeover of client in the event of failure of a server
or failure of the communication to a server
• Continuous operator control and visualization thanks to automatic client changeover to the intact server
• Automatic updating of all arch ives in the background after rectification of the fault
When the failed partner is restored, all process values, messages and data from the archives during the failure time period
are automatically updated to match those of the partner. This is
performed in the background without affecting the running plant.
On completion, two equally effective servers or stations are
available again.
The communication to the SIMATIC S7 PLC can also have a
redundant design, so that two communications modules are inserted and two communications paths are used (S7-REDCONNECT software package). By using the H-series SIMATIC S7 failsafe controllers, you can also increase availability at control level
if required.
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC
WinCC
Server
Server
G_ST80_XX_00084
PROCESS BUS
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/65
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Redundancy
■ Ordering data
WinCC/Redundancy
Order No.
A)
• For WinCC V5.1
6AV6 371-1CF05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0
6AV6 371-1CF06-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
WinCC Options V5 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
WinCC Options V6 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
4
• German
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4/66
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/ProAgent
■ Overview
SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent
at Panel PC and Standard PC
S7-PDIAG
4
S7-GRAPH
• Precise and rapid process faul t diagnostics in plants and
machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• Standardized diagnostics concept for various SIMATIC components
• No further configuration fo r diagnostics functionality
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
Note:
For further details, see
"SIMATIC ProAgent process diagnostics software"
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent A)
Software option package for process diagnostics on basis of S7GRAPH V5 or later and S7-PDIAG
V5 or later, expansion of functions
for SIMATIC WinCC; electronic
documentation in German, English,
French; functions and standard
screens for implementation on an
FI45, PC (resolution 1024 x 768
pixels) and Panel PC 670/870 15"
(resolution 1024 x 768 pixels)
in German, English, French,
runtime license (single license);
for WinCC version:
• V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6)
6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0
• V6.0 SP2 (ProAgent V6.0 SP1)
6AV6 371-1DG06-0BX0
Upgrade
• to SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
V5.6
• to SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0 SP1
6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
6AV6 371-1DG06-0BX4
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
SIMATIC HMI Document
Collection A)
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, German,
French, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/67
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Messenger
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Fast diagnostics due to the automatic sending of fault messages
• Interactive fault rectification by e-mail through multimedia information exchange between operating and service personnel
• Minimum requirements for diagnostics computer:
an e-mail connection is sufficient
• Good service availability by redirecting e-mails to SMS
messages and pager services
■ Function
The Messenger functionality is implemented with ActiveX controls. These can be easily integrated into the process displays of
SIMATIC WinCC and can be freely connected with the WinCC
process signals. In accordance with the situation, for example,
as the result of an alarm status, e-mails can be sent during process operation that can contain text and to which language and
graphical information can be added (such as comments for clarification purposes or freely drawn lines for highlighting purposes). If required, these e-mails can be converted to SMS messages and pagers.
4
• WinCC/Messenger supports both operator-controlled and automatic transmission of messages from WinCC with important
information on the process. These messages can be received
by any computer with e-mail access
• WinCC/Messenger comprises:
- a multimedia e-mail system
- a freely distributable, license-free Messenger Viewer for
receiving and viewing e-mail messages on any computer
• Option only for WinCC V5.1
• Each operator station must be licensed for sending e-mail;
receiving e-mails does not require a license
4/68
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Ordering data
WinCC/Messenger V2.0 + SP1 A)
Order No.
6AV6 371-1EJ05-0DX0
Option only for WinCC V5.1
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Guardian
■ Overview
WinCC/Web Navigator Client
WinCC Guardian
Network Edition
WinCC Station
WinCC Station
4
• WinCC/Guardian enables
- Integration of live camera images in WinCC pictures
- Video monitoring
- Storage of video sequences in a database
• WinCC/Guardian is available in the following variants:
- Guardian Single User Edition
Video data management system with built-in monitoring functions. Integration of this functionality in WinCC pictures is
achieved using the supplied ActiveX controls
- Guardian Network Edition
Also supports video data streaming to up to 15 further stations in the network. The video images can be viewed on the
destination client (i.e. a WinCC station or a Web Navigator
client) with a freely distributable, license-free camera viewer
• Option only for WinCC V5.1
• Only servers (or single-user systems) require individual
licenses
■ Benefits
• Always in the picture worldwid e thanks to event-driven embedding of live camera pictures
• Video-supported automation of process operations
• Cost savings due to the integr ation of separate monitoring
screens in the WinCC process visualization
• Subsequent process diagnostic s and process evaluation due
to the storage of video sequences in the database
motion or color inversions) defined. When a defined event occurs, WinCC is notified and can generate messages or trigger
actions. Processes can also be recorded automatically in a database. The archived video sequences can then be retrieved for
analysis at any time.
To use a local camera, you need only a video card that is compatible with Video for Windows; to stream videos to other stations, we currently recommend the following two video cards1):
Osprey 100:
www.osprey.com
Winnov Videum AV:
www.winnov.com
As streaming transmits both video and audio signals, we recommend using the Winnov Videum AV card as a sound card which
is already built into the video board.
1) Video cards are not included in the delivery.
■ Ordering data
WinCC/Guardian V2.0 + SP1
Order No.
A)
Option only for WinCC V5.1
• Single User Edition
6AV6 371-1EJ05-0EX0
• Network Edition
6AV6 371-1EJ05-0FX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
■ Function
In addition to live images from multiple cameras, which are either
installed locally or on other computers, WinCC/Guardian features an event-controlled video monitoring functionality with an
integrated database. Video images can be viewed within process diagrams and responses to specific events (for example
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/69
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/[email protected]
■ Overview
4
■ Function
• WinCC/[email protected] is used for displaying and evaluating
current process statuses and historic data on Office PCs with
standard tools such as Microsoft Internet Explorer or Microsoft
Excel. It is supplied with current and historic process data and
alarms by a Web server.
• The [email protected] Web Edition is a suite of tools with Internet
compability:
- [email protected] – tool for moni toring and navigating only via
WinCC pictures using Internet Explorer (view only)
- [email protected] – Internet Explorer-b ased display tool (tables and
curves) for WinCC archives and for swapped data
- [email protected] – logging tool that integrates WinCC archives
and online values into MS Excel and also supports online
analysis
• Option only for WinCC V6.0
• [email protected] Web Edition does not require manual client installation. Instead, it loads the required components from the Web
server. Thus no additional administration is required.
• Licenses for simultaneous acc ess from 3, 10, 25 or 50
[email protected] clients. [email protected] and Web Navigator licenses
can be mixed in any combination in one application.
• All tools are fully Internet com patible and therefore support access over any type of connection (LAN, GSM, wireless, modem, Internet, etc.)
• All commonly used security mechanisms such as login/password, firewalls, encoding etc. are supported
• The user can combine the available tools as required. The license only applies to simultaneous access to a Web server
• Displays from the WinCC project can be used or special overview displays can be configured for visualization purposes.
Animation, scripts, navigation and access rights all remain
valid
• WinCC/[email protected] is purely for display purposes, intervention in the running process on site is not possible.
• Evaluation possibilities:
Company-wide Excel reports that contain historical and current
process values can be stored centrally for general access
(reports, statistics). It is also possible to generate local scans
for individual use online and to execute them. Curve display
and tabular display of previously exported archive data is also
possible.
• A higher-level navigation system provides the different tools of
the Web Server Suite with a common framework and supports
the integration of additional components
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC/[email protected]
WebEdition V6.0 SP1,
for WinCC V6.0 SP2 A)
• 3 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0AX1
• 10 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0BX1
• 25 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0CX1
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0DX1
WinCC/[email protected]
WebEdition V6.0 SP1 ASIA;
for WinCC V6.0 SP2 ASIA A)
• 3 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0AV1
• 10 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0BV1
• 25 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0CV1
• 50 client licenses
6AV6 371-1DN06-0DV1
WinCC/ Web Load Balancing
■ Benefits
• Display and evaluation of current process states and historical
data on office PCs with standard tools such as the Microsoft
Internet Explorer or Excel.
• No additional configuring work t hanks to direct use of displays
from the WinCC project
• Evaluation via preconfigured te mplates for special analyses of
the corporate processes (e.g. reports, statistics)
• Historical data can be assembled online as required.
• Load Balancing
6AV6 371-1DH06-0JX1
• Load Balancing StepUp
6AV6 371-1DH06-0FJ0
WinCC/[email protected]
WebEdition Powerpack
(also for ASIA versions)
• From 3 to 10 clients
6AV6 371-1DN06-0AB0
• From 3 to 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DN06-0AC0
• From 3 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DN06-0AD0
• From 10 to 25 clients
6AV6 371-1DN06-0BC0
• From 10 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DN06-0BD0
• From 25 to 50 clients
6AV6 371-1DN06-0CD0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
4/70
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Client Access License (CAL)
■ Overview
• In the case of a system on wh ich a WinCC (WinCC basic system or WinCC option) is not installed, the WinCC data can be
accessed via the interfaces of the WinCC/Connectivity Pack or
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge options.
• One WinCC/Client Access Li cense (CAL) per processor can
be used to access WinCC data for any number of systems
(multi-processor systems) without WinCC (WinCC basic system or WinCC option) via the interfaces of the WinCC/Connectivity Pack or WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge options. A CAL must
be purchased for each processor of the WinCC system.
• Option only for WinCC V6.0
■ Ordering data
Order No.
A)
6AV6 371-1ES06-0AX0
WinCC/Client access license
per processor A)
for access to the historical WinCC
data; any number of clients per
processor
6AV6 371-1ES06-0CX0
WinCC/Client Access License
for client access to historical
WinCC data
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
■ Function
With the integrated MSSQL Server, WinCC V6 offers an excellent
basis for integrated data management and diverse methods of
integration into modern IT structures. Access to the data available in WinCC requires the relevant license on all accessing
computers - the WinCC Client Access License. The WinCC/CAL
is installed on these accessing systems along with a WinCC
basic package or a WinCC option. On all other systems, a
WinCC/CAL must be obtained separately. It allows users to further process WinCC data with their own tools and make them
available to other users and applications. Use of the "Per Processor License" allows access by any number of computers to this
WinCC system.
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/71
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
■ Overview
MES
VB VB Script
MES
Featuring
Microsoft
Visual Basic
for Applications
Online data access
to variables
Online messages
forward/acknowledge
Online data access
to historical data
A&E
XML DA
Database access
through 3rd party application
HDA
WinCC OLE-DB
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
4
Microsoft
SQL Server 2000
WinCC
Automation Network
Cross-vendor communication in the field of automation has
always been extremely important for WinCC. This applies all
the more for the release of pre-processed production data for
higher-level information systems (for example, MES = Management Execution System, ERP = Enterprise Resource Planning or
Office packages = MS Excel, MS Access etc.). WinCC has integrated OPC Data Access servers and OPC XML DA servers that
provide access to all online values in the system, and it provides
open interfaces for access to historic WinCC data.
• New features off WinCC V6 include OPC XML DA,
OPC HDA 1.0 (Historical Data Access), OPC A&E 1.02 (Alarm
& Events), and a WinCC OLE-DB interface that even allows remote computers without WinCC installed to access the WinCC
archive and alarm data.
• The functionality of the OPC server (XML DA, HDA and A&E)
and the WinCC OLE-DB Provider is ensured by the
WinCC/Connectivity Pack.
• The Connectivity Pack license is required for each WinCC system that is to be accessed
• Access to WinCC archive and al arm data via the interfaces of
the Connectivity Pack from a computer that has no WinCC basic system license or WinCC Option license installed requires
a WinCC/Client Access License on the client side. (See also
WinCC/Client Access License)
• Option only for WinCC V6.0
4/72
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_EN_00066
SIMATIC WinCC
■ Benefits
• Access to variables, historic Wi nCC data and alarm data from
any computer
• The ability to analyze and eval uate process data with specialized tools or applications created by the customer (e.g. with
VisualBasic)
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
■ Function
As an OPC HDA server, WinCC provides other applications with
historical data from the WinCC archive system. The time interval
of the requested data can be established from an OPC HDA client (a reporting tool, for example) by entering the start and end
time. Furthermore, the OPC HDA server allows various different
equipment functions to be formed on the server (e.g. standard
deviation, variance, mean values, integrals, etc.) and therefore
helps off-load the network because only preprocessed data is
transferred.
■ Ordering data
WinCC/Connectivity Pack
V6.0 SP1 A)
Order No.
6AV6 371-1DR06-0AX1
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
By means of the OPC A&E server, WinCC messages together
with all accompanying process values are transferred to any
subscribers at the production or corporate management level.
Filter mechanisms and subscriptions ensure that only selected,
modified data is transferred. Acknowledgment is of course also
possible at this level.
Cross-platform communication between Windows and non-Windows systems – even via Internet – is possible using the WinCC
OPC XML DA server. It enables read/write exchange of WinCC
online values (external and internal WinCC variables) with thirdparty systems.
WinCC OLE-DB enables standardized and easy access to the
archive data of WinCC (MS SQL Server 2000). In the same manner as the OPC HDA and OPC A&E interfaces, access via the
WinCC OLE-DB provider supplies all the WinCC archive data
with the accompanying process values as well as messages
and user texts.
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/73
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
■ Overview
Microsoft
Office 2000
Microsoft
SQL Server 2000
Online data file
Online reading of data
OLE-DB
SIMATIC NET
OPC Server
SIMATIC NET
ProTool/Pro
Online data transfer
DA
SIMATIC
WinCC
WinCC/
Industrial
DataBridge
9i
OLE-DB
Data export
4
SIMATIC WinCC
• The WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge option uses standard interfaces to link the automation world with the IT world and ensures
a flow of information in both directions. Typical examples of
such interfaces include OPC in the automation area and SQL
database interfaces in the IT world.
• For example, SIMATIC WinCC with its OPC DA server interface
is the data source and an external database is the data destination.
• Access to the messages and pr ocess values in the WinCC
database is also possible.
• WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge can be used as a stand-alone
application with its standard interfaces such as OPC DA and
OLE-DB, e.g. also together with ProTool/Pro, WinCC V5.1,
SIMATIC NET and SIMATIC WinAC.
• Option only for WinCC V6.0
• A WinCC Client Access license (see also WinCC/Client Access
license option) is required for a computer on which no WinCC
basic system license or WinCC Option license is installed and
to which the WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge option makes a
read/write access.
4/74
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
WinCC
WinCC
OLE-DB
Microsoft
SQL Server 2000
G_ST80_EN_00067
DA
■ Benefits
• Connecting the automation le vel with the IT world
• Integration of systems from di fferent manufacturers via a host
of standard interfaces (including OPC, OLE-DB, Office formats)
• Simple configuration with standard software without programming and thus at low cost
• High-performance data transfer between several systems
simultaneously
■ Design
The software comprises a configuration environment and a runtime environment. The different data interfaces are integrated via
software modules. In each case, one module is required as the
data source and one module as the data destination. The different modules can be combined in any way.
The connections between data source and data destination are
created in the configuration environment. In the runtime environment, the IndustrialDataBridge establishes the connection autonomously and transfers the data of the linked variables.
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
■ Function
Interfaces:
As data source:
• OPC Data Access 1.0 and 2.0
(e.g. SIMATIC WinCC, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinAC
and SIMATIC NET as OPC server)
• Databases via SQL/OLE DB/ODBC
(MS Access, MS SQL 2000 and Oracle)
• Send/Receive with TCP native, UDP, ISO on TCP
• WinAC ODK
• IndustrialDataBridge establ ishes a connection between the
source interface and the destination interface and transfers the
data dependent on a change in value, after a configurable time
has elapsed or once a specific event has occurred.
• Via IndustrialDataBridge, data is transferred between automation systems of different manufacturers, e.g. via OPC. By connecting OPC servers via the IndustrialDataBridge, communication between different devices, data sources and data
destinations is possible. The international interface standard
OPC will continue to create an open system in the future that
with IndustrialDataBridge even today offers the functionality of
OPC Data Exchange.
• Storage of process data in Office formats, such as Excel or
Access. Databases can also be integrated for archiving larger
volumes of data.
• IndustrialDataBridge has a Send/Receive interface with which
data transfer to SIMATIC S5 or S7 stations or other Send/Receive-enabled devices is possible.
• SCADA systems and control systems from a wide range of different manufacturers can be connected via the OPC interface
using IndustrialDataBridge. Communication via RFC1006 or
Send/Receive is also supported.
• SQL databases are available as data destinations for production data acquisition. The data can be transferred from the data
source either event driven with the OPC module or directly from
the PLC using the Send/Receive module.
• Cyclic data archiving can be implemented via the data sources
OPC Data Access, WinAC ODK or Send/Receive and the data
destination of SQL databases. At the database end, various
different transmission mechanisms are available.
As data destination:
• OPC Data Access 1.0 and 2.0
(e.g. SIMATIC WinCC, SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, SIMATIC WinAC
and SIMATIC NET as OPC server)
• Databases via SQL/OLE DB/ODBC
(MS Access, MS SQL 2000 and Oracle)
• Microsoft Excel (97/2000)
• Send/Receive with TCP native, UDP, ISO on TCP
• WinAC ODK
Note:
Access to the WinCC database is enabled separately.
■ Ordering data
4
Order No.
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge A)
V6.0 SP1 option
for WinCC V6.0 SP2
For data transfer with databases
and OPC servers; language versions: German/English
• With 128 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0AX1
• With 512 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0BX1
• With 2048 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0CX1
• With 10000 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0DX1
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge
Powerpack
• From 128 to 512 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0AB0
• From 128 to 2048 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0AC0
• From 128 to 10000 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0AD0
• From 512 to 2048 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0BC0
• From 512 to 10000 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0BD0
• From 2048 to 10000 tags
6AV6 371-1DX06-0CD0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/75
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA
■ Overview
SIMATIC IT PDA (Plant Data Archive)
• The SIMATIC IT PDA option is a file-based archive which can
process the measured values at a rate of up to 1,500 tags per
second.
• Only for WinCC V5.1; for WinC C V6.0, this functionality is
included in the basic system
SIMATIC IT PPA (Plant Performance Analyzer)
• High-performance Microsoft SQL server database that processes up to 1,500 archive variables and supports analysis
and evaluation by means of a convenient tool (SIMATIC IT
HDD)
• The prerequisite is that the option SIMATIC IT PDA has already
been installed (for WinCC V5.1). For WinCC V6.0, the analyzing
and evaluating possibilities are more important because the
database is already included in the WinCC basic system
• Enables expansion to a company wide data compression and
serves as a direct connection to IT Frameworks
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA
SIMATIC IT HDD
G_ST80_DE_00017
4
SIMATIC IT PDA and SIMATIC WinCC on a WinCC single user system
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC
WinCC
Server
OPC
G_ST80_DE_00016
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA
SIMATIC IT HDD
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA with WinCC single user system
4/76
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA
■ Overview (continued)
WinCC
HDDx
Client
HDDx
WinCC
WinCC
Client
Client
WinCC
WinCC
HDDx
Server
TERMINAL BUS
WinCC
OPC
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA
SIMATIC IT HDD
G_ST80_DE_00018
Server
4
SIMATIC IT PDA/PPA with a distributed server system with multi clients
■ Benefits
■ Function
SIMATIC IT PPA / PPA
• Long-term data archiving in the standard database MS SQL
server format. The prerequisite under WinCC V5.1 is the
SIMATIC IT PDA option
• Data compression and compressed storage of measured
values
• Data compression using WinC C Archive and archived data
from other sources, e.g. external databases
• Integrated evaluation rules for the relevance of measured
values
• Display of the archive data is possible in curves and tables via
a standardized ActiveX control in a WinCC process image
• Wizard-supported ActiveX control configuration, also online
• Linking of WinCC process data archive to the IT framework
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC IT PDA A)
For WinCC V5.1
SIMATIC IT PPA
• Measured values can be read ei ther periodically or event-controlled
• Data buffers are defined according either to a time span or to
events (all data between two events)
• The data in the PDA or WinC C archive can be directly accessed via a browser
• Up to 1,500 archive variables
• Implemented evaluation rules
• Implemented compression functions (mean value, integral,
sum, etc.)
• OPC HDA "Quality flag management"
• Databases with ODBC interfaces can be integrated
• HDDx (Historical Data Display), an ActiveX control for viewing
trend curves and tables
• Creation of KPI (Key Performance Indicators) using VBScript
• V4.4; incl. 1 fat client
6BQ3 073-2NA10-0AA0
• Expansion by 5 PDA
lean clients
6BQ3 073-2NA20-0AA0
With the evaluation and analysis function you can edit the measured values from the WinCC archive (for example averaging
and totaling) and save them in the Microsoft SQL server database. In addition to data from the WinCC archive, you can also
analyze and save data from other databases there.
• V4.4; incl. 1 fat client
6BQ3 073-2NA30-0AA0
The data interface to WinCC is provided by OPC. SIMATIC IT
PPA can be used on a dedicated PC beside a WinCC singleuser system, a client–server system and in a distributed server
system with clients.
• Expansion by 5 PPA
lean clients
6BQ3 073-2NA40-0AA0
SIMATIC IT PPA A)
For WinCC V5.1
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5A992B
SIMATIC IT HDD (Historical Data Display) is an application for
viewing and visually analyzing archived measured values. This
enables both the data from the PDA archive (under WinCC V5.1)
as well as the data from any OLE DB sources to be displayed.
On the SIMATIC IT PPA server, the HDD runs as a FAT client application, which can also be used for configuring the archiving
and compression functions. On the WinCC client, the HDD runs
as a lean client application and in WinCC Runtime as ActiveX
Control.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/77
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC WinBDE
■ Overview
SIMATIC WinBDE
Supervisor
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP
SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstation
SIMATIC S7
SIMATIC S7
• SIMATIC WinBDE is the machine data management software
for acquisition, evaluation and analysis of machine data
• The WinCC operator station is then transformed into the central
acquisition and operating terminal for machine data, either directly on site (Workstation) or spanning several plants (Supervisor)
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation V7.2 + SP1
- SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor V7.2 + SP1
4/78
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Third-party PLCs
G_ST80_XX_00004
PROCESS BUS
4
■ Benefits
• Vivid representation of machine sequences enables:
- Support for fast counter-measures in the event of a fault
- Increased machine runtimes
- Detection of bottlenecks in the process
- Assessment of the efficiency of the machines used through
the calculated KPI/OEE indicators (availability, performance,
quality, OEE)
• Automatic data acquisition an d processing supports the generation of objective availability verification for production
equipment and manufacturing units
• WinBDE can be used for everythi ng from individual machines
right up to complete production plants
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
SIMATIC WinBDE
■ Design
SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation
• Direct acquisition and evaluat ion of machine data on SIMATIC
panel PC or standard PC
• Comparison of the machines detected by the workstation
• Scalability for connecting one to 32 machines/units
SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor
• On SIMATIC panel PC or standard PC
• Central evaluations and compari son of individual machines
• Central customizing for the WinBDE application
• License for connection of up to 128 machines/units through
lower-level WinBDE Workstation
SIMATIC WinBDE terminal server clients
• WinBDE Workstation and WinBDE Supervisor, with the corresponding license, can execute under the terminal services of
Windows 2000 server
• Up to 10 terminal server cl ients can then access the WinBDE
evaluations
■ Function
Data input
• Automatic recording using WinCC or ProTool/Pro
• Manual input of machine states through dialogs
• Creation of part type master data through dialogs
Machine data evaluation
• Fault analysis and diagnostics with duration and frequency
• Status analysis with chronological trends
• Machine performance through ob jective determination of
availability
• Quantity evaluations using machine counters
• Calculation of KPI/OEE figure s (availability, performance,
quality, OEE)
• Calculation of the mean ti me between failures (MTBF)
• Calculation of the mean time to repair (MTTR)
• Evaluations on the basis of work shifts, days, weeks, etc.
• Accurate logbook/report
• Export and printout of evaluation data
Production data evaluation
• Part-type-specific production quantity evaluation
• Machine-specific quantity evaluation
• Calculation of KPI/OEE figure s (performance, quality, OEE)
■ Integration
Workstation connection
• Up to 32 machines or units via ProTool/Pro or WinCC
(the max. possible number of ProTool/Pro connections must be
observed)
Supervisor connection
• Up to 32 machines or units vi a lower-level SIMATIC WinBDE
Workstations
Requirements
SIMATIC WinBDE Workstation:
• Minimum resources recommended for the HMI software used
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870 12" or 15" with keyboard;
standard PC (min. Pentium II, 400 MHz)
• Min. 128 MB RAM
• Ethernet connection (for operation with WinBDE Supervisor)
• Runtime VGA, XGA recommended , customizing at least XGA
• Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP
• ProTool/Pro V5.2 + SP3 or V6.0, WinCC V5.1 or V6.0;
for WinCC flexible on request 2)
SIMATIC WinBDE Supervisor:
• SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870, 12 " or 15" with keyboard;
standard PC (min. Pentium II, 400 MHz)
• 256 MB RAM
• Runtime VGA, XGA recommended , customizing at least XGA
• Ethernet connection
• Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, Windows XP
Terminal server:
• Windows 2000 server with SP3 or higher, including installed
terminal services
• Min. 512 MB RAM
Licenses:
• CAL (Client Access License) 1)
• TS CAL (Terminal Services Client Access License)
• WinBDE Workstation or Supervisor
• Associated WinBDE terminal service license
1)
1) One license from Microsoft is required for each device that is operated
as a client on the terminal server.
2) See documentation for number of PowerTags required.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC WinBDE V7.2 + SP1
Complete packages (runtime
including configuration software)
on CD-ROM
Machine data management
workstation A)
License for connection of:
• 1 machine / equipment unit
• 8 machines / equipment units
• 32 machines / equipment units
6AV6 371-1EW06-0AX0
6AV6 371-1EW06-0CX0
6AV6 371-1EW06-0EX0
Machine data management
supervisor A)
License for connection of:
• 64 machines / equipment units
• 128 machines / equipment units
6AV6 371-1EW06-0GX0
6AV6 371-1EW06-0HX0
WinBDE terminal server
licenses A)
• For workstation
• For supervisor
6AV6 371-1EW06-0LX0
6AV6 371-1EW06-0MX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL:N und ECCN: 5D992B1
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/79
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Basic Process Control
■ Overview
4
• WinCC/Basic Process Control is an option which has additional
objects and configuration tools for the easy implementation of
typical instrumentation and control requirements
• Only for WinCC V5.1; in WinCC V6 the functionality is included
in the basic system (hardware options must be ordered separately in both cases)
• The licenses for WinCC/Basic Process Control must be installed on all operator stations and servers
■ Benefits
• Expansion of a WinCC station for I&C tasks with minimal engineering outlay
■ Function
Powerful functions are available for runtime operation:
• Scrolling through the picture hierarchy
• Saving/recalling user-specific screen compositions
• Selection of process pictures and measuring points by name
• Online composition of trend curves
• Group displays for operator prompting in the picture hierarchy
• Sign-of-life monitoring for pro cess links to plant configuration
screen and automatic I&C system messages
• Control of external sensors
• Time synchronization
(setting the PC clock with DCF77 or GPS; distribution over
PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet)
Basic Process Control functions cannot be represented with
WinCC/Web Navigator.
Basic Process Control contains the following additional configuration options:
• Basic data
for an efficient screen division in overview, workspace and keypad areas
• Split Screen Wizard
for setting the screen resolution and multichannel operation
• Picture Tree Manager
for graphical configuration of a process picture hierarchy
• Alarm Logging Wizard
for simple parameterization of message windows with pages
for new, old and deleted messages, listings with operator input,
I&C system and history list and connection for an audible signal device
• 3D bar graphs and group displays as additional smart objects
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC/Basic Process Control
• V5.2; for WinCC V5.1
A)
6ES7 652-0XX05-2YA0
Hardware for I&C functions
DCF-77 receiver
For time synchronization
• DCF77 (Europe)
• GPS (worldwide)
2XV9 450-1AR14
B)
2XV9 450-1AR13
Multi-VGA
• 2 screens
6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE0
• 4 screens
6ES7 652-0XX02-1XE1
Chipcard reader
6ES7 652-0XX01-1XC0
Chipcard for chipcard reader
6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1
(pack of 10)
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 7A994
Note:
For further information on I&C options,
see Catalog ST PCS7
4/80
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/User Archives
■ Overview
■ Function
• Entry of parameter sets (e.g. operating parameters for a machine) in WinCC, storage in the user archive and transfer to the
automation level
• Continuous acquisition of prod uction parameters by the automation system and their transfer to WinCC at the end of a shift
• Acquisition of batch data
• Entry of production parameters
• Management of stock-keeping data
Using a special editor, WinCC user archives can be simply created and filled with data. Special ActiveX controls (table view
and formula view) are used to display data from the user archives at runtime.
Data records and fields from the user archives are linked to the
process with direct tag linking.
Import and export functions support the import and export of
data from and to external applications (for example MS Excel).
Freely selectable filter criteria support the clearly comprehensible display of records. The view can be switched between a table view and a formula view.
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for managing records in user
archives that contain related data
• WinCC and its automation part ners (e.g. a SIMATIC S7 PLC)
write to these records and, if necessary, exchange them with
each other
• Only servers (or single-user systems) require individual
licenses
New features of V6:
The option WinCC/User Archives can now also be used within
the context of the WinCC/Web Navigator (see also the option
WinCC/Web Navigator)
■ Benefits
• Storage and management of any user data in records
• Flexible display using ActiveX con trols, either in table or formula view
• Easy interfacing of record fields to the process via direct variable interfacing
• Import/export functions for furt her processing with other tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
WinCC provides functions for the user-defined organization of
data storage in the user archives, which influence the archive,
data records and fields. Archives can thus be created, opened,
closed or reset and records or field contents can be read, written
or overwritten.
Sequential archives can record batch data, shift production or
product quality data and fulfill statutory documentation requirements by recording on a continuous basis.
■ Ordering data
WinCC/User Archives
Order No.
A)
• For WinCC V5.1
6AV6 371-1CB05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0
6AV6 371-1CB06-0AX0
Documentation (to be ordered separately)
WinCC Options V5 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1DA05-0AC0
WinCC Options V6 Manual
Comprising: WinCC/User
Archives, WinCC/Server and
WinCC/Redundancy
• German
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AA0
• English
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AB0
• French
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AC0
• Italian
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AD0
• Spanish
6AV6 392-1DA06-0AE0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/81
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/Storage
■ Overview
■ Ordering data
• Option for SIMATIC WinCC for long-term archiving of process
data, messages and logs
• Only for WinCC V5.1; for WinCC V6.0, functions for backing up
archive data are already included in the basic system
• A WinCC/Storage license is only required for the single-user
system or the server. Clients can access the data managed by
Storage without a license.
■ Benefits
• Manual or time-driven swapping of process values, messages
and reports to the long-term archiving
• Reading swapped data for su bsequent analysis with WinCC
• Export in CSV format for furthe r processing with external tools
(e.g. MS Excel)
■ Function
4
• Swapping of process values, messages and reports to external
archiving media supported by Windows
• Reading swapped data and selectively analyzing it with WinCC
tools (e.g. message or trend windows)
• Management of swapped data by log book
4/82
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
WinCC/Storage V5.2
Option for WinCC V5.1
Order No.
6ES7 652-0XX5-2YC0
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
FDA Options
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Central, plant-wide user administration
• High degree of security thanks to precautions on the administrator and user side
• Fast and simple monitoring of all operator actions
• Fast and simple monitori ng of configuration changes
• Fewer plant downtimes thanks to understandable and fast
analysis of implemented changes
• Reduction in the engineering out lay required to comply with
FDA 21 CFR Part11 & EU 178/2002
• Compliance with Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requirements for the pharmaceutical industry and the food and beverages industry
■ Design
In the SIMATIC WinCC environment, the Advanced User
Administrator and SIMATIC Logon Service can be operated on
the most diverse structures such as single-user stations or client-server architectures. With AUA, the database for user administration can be installed on a separate file server to further
increase security.
• SIMATIC Logon Service and WinCC/Advanced User Administrator are software option packages used for the central, plantwide administration of all users of WinCC.
- Central user administration with the SIMATIC Logon Service
uses the Windows mechanisms. The SIMATIC Logon Service
must be installed on all participating WinCC machines.
• WinCC Audit is used for change management or for recording
all operator actions, and for monitoring engineering changes in
a falsification-proof long-term audit trail database.
The WinCC Audit RC package is required for configuring the
change monitor. It is required for each configuring station and
also includes an RT license.
A WinCC Audit RT license is also required for each further
station that has to be monitored for changes.
• The FDA options WinCC Audit and SIMATIC Logon support
users in validating their systems, and they comply with the requirements of FDA CFR 21 Part 11. This can be checked in a
declaration of conformity (White Paper).
• For WinCC V6.0: SIMATIC Logo n Service and WinCC/Audit,
for WinCC V5.1: WinCC/Advanced User Administrator
SIMATIC Logon Service can be used for coordinating several
WinCC stations. Operation is possible both in a Windows workgroup and in a domain. The high availability is guaranteed by
using a primary/secondary domain controller.
WinCC Audit comprises three components: the configuration
tool for monitoring changes, the audit trail database, and the
viewer for visualizing the audit trail data.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/83
4
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
FDA Options
■ Function
SIMATIC Logon Service and
WinCC/Advanced User Administrator
The options feature numerous security mechanisms, both for
administrators and users. Users receive a unique user ID, user
name and password. This information is stored encoded at a
central location (in the case of AUA, in its own database, and
with the SIMATIC Logon Service, in the Windows user management). Functions such as limited validity of the password, automatic log-off after a pre-defined time, and blocking following
repeated entry of an incorrect password guarantee the highest
level of operational security.
In the case of the SIMATIC Logon Service, the user administration is integrated into the security system and user administration of MS Windows.
Monitoring configuration changes
WinCC Audit differentiates here between configuration changes
that modify the WinCC database or that are carried out via the
WinCC Explorer, such as changes to variables or the creation of
a user group, and those that are limited to the modification of
files, referred to as document check. The document check covers plant pictures, scripts, and log layouts, and customer-specific documents. That is, all these documents or files can be
monitored for changes by WinCC Audit, and intermediate versions can be created or fetched back using the rollback function. Overall, monitoring can be configured extremely simply and
in a user-friendly and integrated way.
To meet in particular the Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
requirements for the pharmaceuticals and food processing industry, all user and administrator actions, such as log in, log out,
password changes, incorrect password inputs, and creating
and deleting users, are recorded with timestamp in a secure database. A log file in ASCII format can be generated for analysis.
4
In addition, Advanced User Administrator and SIMATIC Logon
Service allow the administrator to set up new users online, plantwide and across applications, or to block existing users.
SIMATIC Logon Service also supports electronic signature.
WinCC/Audit
WinCC Audit is used for monitoring changes both of operator actions in the RT area and during the engineering phase for recording changes to the configuration. All change data are recorded
in a falsification-proof database called the Audit Trail. The user
visualizes the Audit Trail using the Audit Viewer. WinCC Audit’s
functions support plant and mechanical equipment manufacturers and help operators to meet the requirements of FDA 21 CFR
Part 11.
Monitoring RT operation
In addition to recording operator activities, the Audit Trail also
records the starting and modifying of recipes (customized tables). In addition, plant operators can use an Audit Entry function to also record entirely individual activities in the Audit Trail,
such as pressing a button, on specific objects or events such as
function keys, slides and others.
4/84
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The plant engineering company and the plant operator can use
this to discover easily and conveniently, for example, during
plant downtimes, which modifications have been implemented
in the plant. This provides support in plant analysis and reduces
plant downtimes.
Audit Trail database and Audit Viewer
All modification data such as operator actions, configuration
changes and document changes are stored in the Audit Trail
database. The most important data fields in the Audit Trail are:
• Date and time of the modification
• Object name
• Old value and new value
• User name
• Event/function
• Comment (reason for change)
The Audit Trail data are visualized using the Audit Viewer. Users
select the desired view of the Audit Trail data via filters and they
can export the data to an Excel file. The Audit Trail data are falsification-proof and can thus not be modified or deleted. WinCC
Audit therefore also satisfies the FDA requirements to 21CFR
Part 11 in this respect.
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
FDA Options
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Information about FDA can be found in a White Paper:
Declaration of conformity of SIMATIC WinCC to FDA21 CFR
Part 11.
WinCC/Advanced
User Administrator A)
Expanded user administration for
WinCC V5.1
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
• Engineering license for 1 project
incl. 1 Runtime license for one
operator station, electr. documentation (G/E) on CD-ROM
6DL5 401-8AX22-0XX0
• Runtime license for an operator
station
6DL5 401-8AX22-0XX1
http://www.ad.siemens.com/hmi/html_76/products/software/
wincc/fda01.htm
Central user management for
WinCC V6.0; Runtime license for
an operator station
SIMATIC Logon Service A)
■ More information
6ES7 658-7BX11-2YA0
WinCC/Audit A)
• WinCC/Audit RT – Creation of
audit trails in RT
6AV6 371-1DV06-0AX0
• WinCC/Audit RC – Creation of
audit trails in RT and CS
6AV6 371-1DV16-0AX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/85
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/IndustrialX
■ Overview
■ Application
IndustrialX controls create standardized presentations and allow
flexible customization to the requirements of a wide range of
applications, e.g. applications in the chemical, glass or paper
manufacturing industries.
■ Function
• Configuration of intelligent, s ector-specific objects (graphical
display and logical processing) with know-how protection
• Data structures supply objects (templates)
• By active process data suppl y, customized ActiveX components compliant to Web Navigator can be created
• Integration in WinCC through structure names
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC/IndustrialX A)
• V1.1
6AV6 371-1EL15-0AX0
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
4
• WinCC/IndustrialX makes it even easier to develop a visualization solution in which customized objects can be standardized
• A license must be installe d on every development computer
(the current version of Visual Basic is required on the development computer)
■ Benefits
• Easy creation with configurat ion assistants (Wizards)
• Rapid familiarization due to t he use of standards: ActiveX technique, creation with the aid of Visual Basic
• Central creation and modification of object representations of
a similar type (typing) saves time and money
• Configuration of intelligent, sect or-specific objects (graphical
display and logical processing) with know-how protection
• Flexible implementation: in WinCC displays and in other
Windows applications (e.g. Internet Explorer, Excel)
4/86
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
SIMATIC WinCC Options
WinCC/ODK and
WinCC Comprehensive Support
■ Overview
■ Overview
WinCC/ODK (Open Development Kit)
• WinCC option for using the open programming interfaces that
can be used to access the data and functions of WinCC configuration and the WinCC runtime system
• The interfaces are designed as "C application programming interfaces" (C-APIs).
• Scope of supply:
- CD-ROM with examples
- Voucher for a one-day intensive seminar
■ Benefits
• Individual system expansions vi a an open, standard programming language
• Access to data and functions of the WinCC configuration and
runtime system
• Development of customer’s ow n applications and add-ons for
the WinCC basic system
■ Benefits
■ Function
The API functions are configuration and runtime functions, and
include:
• MSRTCreateMsg: Creates a message
• DMGetValue: Gets t he value of a variable
• PDLRTSetProp: Sets the obj ect properties in a display
• DBExport: Exports the database table
They can be used in the following places:
• within WinCC, for example in gl obal scripts or as part of C
actions in the Graphics Designer,
• in Windows applications in t he programming language C (the
current version of Microsoft Visual C++ is necessary as a development environment for WinCC).
■ Ordering data
• WinCC offers, in the form of Comprehensive Support, a Software Update Service (SUS) as a comprehensive support package.
• The overall package includes:
- The latest updates/upgrades for WinCC incl. options
- A continuously updated WinCC Knowledge Base CD in
English and German with comprehensive information about
all areas of WinCC (Hotline know-how)
• The WinCC user receives a wel come package initially and over
a period of 12 months, replacements are delivered automatically. The contract is automatically extended by a further year
unless canceled up to 12 weeks prior to expiry.
• WinCC Comprehensive Support must be obtained for each
WinCC system (single-user, server, client). Several systems
can be equipped cost-efffectively with WinCC Comprehensive
Support with the packages of 3 and 10 licenses supplied in
addition to the single-license package from WinCC V6 upwards which are based on an appropriate quantity discount.
Order No.
WinCC/ODK A)
• V5 SP1; for WinCC V5.1
6AV6 371-1CC05-0BX0
• V6; for WinCC V6.0
6AV6 371-1CC06-0AX0
WinCC/ODK upgrade A)
to V6
6AV6 371-1CC06-0AX4
• Efficient support reduces config uration times and answers any
questions that arise quickly and cost-effectively
• The automatic supply of current updates and Service Packs for
WinCC ensures that the latest WinCC version is always available
■ Ordering data
Order No.
WinCC/comprehensive
support 1) A)
Automatic delivery of the latest
updates/upgrades for WinCC
basic software and options as
well as Knowledge Base CD
valid for
• 1 license
6AV6 381-1AA00-0AX5
• 3 licenses
6AV6 381-1AA00-0BX5
• 10 licenses
6AV6 381-1AA00-0CX5
1) Comprehensive Support runs for one year. The contract is automatically extended by a further year unless canceled 3 months prior to
expiry.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
WinCC/CDK A)
• For WinCC V5.1
6AV6 371-1EE05-0AX0
• For WinCC V6.0
On request
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/87
4
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC Add-ons and partner management
■ Overview
C
WinCtion
Op
C
WinCd-on
Ad
C
WinCis-SW
s
a
B C, RT
R
Premium Add-ons for connectivity:
• PM OPEN Hosts
connectivity tool for connecting SAP/R3
• PM OPEN Export
for exporting WinCC data to local memory media or memory
media enabled on the network
• PM OPEN TCP/IP
enables bidirectional exchange of WinCC data (variables,
messages) with one or more computers communicating via the
TCP/IP protocol
• PM OPEN PI
enables a flexible and quickly configured connection of WinCC
to the software product PI (Plant Information System from OSI
Inc.)
C
WinCtion
Op
C
WinCd-on
Ad
C
WinCtion
Op
G_ST80_XX_00176
C
WinCd-on
Ad
4
WinCC Add-ons – solutions for all sectors and technologies
The basic system has been designed to be technology- and
sector-neutral, modular and flexibly expandable. It enables simple single-user systems in mechanical equipment manufacture,
as well as complex multi-user solutions or even distributed systems with several servers and clients in systems engineering.
WinCC Add-ons have been created by competent partners
within sector and technology solutions, and they represent interesting expansions to WinCC.
Two categories of WinCC Add-on are distinguished:
• WinCC Premium Add-ons
• WinCC 3rd Party Add-ons
WinCC Premium Add-ons are checked for their compatibility
with the WinCC basic system in the Siemens Test Center and
supported in the first instance by the central Hotline. In addition,
the suppliers of the WinCC Premium Add-ons must observe certain marginal conditions. As important application- and sectorspecific add-ons to SIMATIC WinCC, they are marketed jointly
by Siemens and the relevant Premium Add-on supplier. You can
find the WinCC Premium Add-on products on the Internet and in
the "Online WinCC Premium Add-on Catalog".
4/88
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Premium Add-ons for process management:
• PM MAINT
is a production plant maintenance tool
• PM CONTROL
is a recipe system for user-friendly creation and modification of
recipes
• PM QUALITY
is an archive system for managing order-related and batch-related production and process data
Premium Add-ons for SCADA expansions:
• PM ANALYZE
for analyzing fault and status messages, as well as process
values
• FunkServerPro
for transferring fault messages via different communications
channels such as GSM, LAN, e-mail
Premium Add-on for diagnostics:
• System diagnostics process control system
for reading out the status of the process control system
WinCC 3rd Party Add-ons do not comply with any special quality
requirements checked by Siemens and are marketed and supported exclusively by the relevant Add-on manufacturer in each
case. Nevertheless, they also represent interesting expansions
to SIMATIC WinCC.
HMI Software
SCADA System SIMATIC WinCC
WinCC Add-ons and partner management
■ Overview
■ More information
Competent partners
WinCC Premium Add-on
With SIMATIC WinCC, not only do you get excellent products for
your requirements, but we also support you in selecting a
partner for your automation solution. In our global network of
Siemens Automation Solution Providers, you can find competent
partners in your area at any time. In addition, the Siemensinternal WinCC Competence Centers and the WinCC Professionals implement and support external system integrators on
the basis of WinCC customer-specific and sector-specific, lowcost solutions.
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
WinCC Competence Centers
Within the SIMATIC WinCC environment, authorized WinCC
Competence Centers offer
• Consulting
• Engineering
• Development
• System integration
• Configuration
• Customer-/project-specific training
http://www.siemens.com/winCC/addons
WinCC Competence Centers
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/competencecenter
as well as WinCC add-on products.
WinCC Professionals
Our experience in the fields of automation and industry and
knowledge of the WinCC system ensure efficient and professional solutions.
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
WinCC Competence Centers
• Mannheim, key area process management
- Cross-sector solutions and products for production, environmental, maintenance and diagnostics applications
- Connectivity tools, system integration, connection to SAP R/3
- Support with FDA validation and WinCC ODK
- Support of advanced users when using ODK and VBA
• Stuttgart, key area production engineering
- Solutions for maintenance management
- Web-based solutions with WinCC
• Erlangen, key area process automation
- MES Connectivity
- Plant information, maintenance, batch and quality management
- Web-based solutions with WinCC
- Customized database links
• Barcelona, key areas production automation and logistics
- Solutions for integrating WinCC into MES and ERP
- Development of WinCC add-ons
• Nice
- Solutions in the areas of food and beverages, pharmaceuticals, and I&C
- Batch processes
- Migration from Simatic TI, Teleperm M and PCS systems to
WinCC
- Customized expansions
- FDA support
- Migration from TI systems
4
http://www.siemens.com/professional
Siemens Automation Solution Provider
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/solution-provider
WinCC Professionals
WinCC Professionals are external system integrators who have
established themselves in the field of process visualization and
thanks to numerous projects implemented with WinCC have built
up a corresponding pool of expertise. They often also market
their software solutions as add-ons for WinCC.
Siemens Automation Solution Provider
The partner program of A&D sets standards with regard to the
special expertise of the participating firms and the worldwide
network of partners. Thanks to careful selection and continuous
training of our Solution Providers, you will always find competent
contacts in your area who are always up to date with the latest
technology.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/89
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Overview
• Process diagnostics software for quick, selective fault diagnostics in plants and machines for SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC HMI
• A standardized diagnostics conce pt for various SIMATIC components:
Optimum interaction between STEP 7 engineering tools and
SIMATIC HMI
• Standard user interface
SIMATIC Panels, PC based systems
and ProAgent
4
S7-PDIAG
S7-HiGraph
S7-GRAPH
Process fault diagnostics with ProAgent for ProTool and WinCC flexible/ProAgent as well as the STEP 7 engineering tools
4/90
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Overview (continued)
SIMATIC WinCC and WinCC/ProAgent
at Panel PC and Standard PC
S7-PDIAG
4
S7-GRAPH
Process fault diagnostics with WinCC/ProAgent and the STEP 7 engineering tools
■ Benefits
• Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
increases productivity, minimizes the engineering outlay, reduces the lifecycle costs
• ProAgent
- provides optimum support for plant/machine personnel in
locating and correcting faults,
- improves plant availability and
- reduces downtimes.
• No further configuration fo r diagnostics functionality
• Reduces PLC memory and processor usage
• No special user know-how required due to comprehensible
display of the error cause
■ Application
Increases in productivity are being increasingly achieved by
saving costs. Maintenance is becoming of increasing importance. Of prime importance is the elimination of faults as fast as
possible with as small a personnel overhead as possible. In the
ideal case, the operating personnel should also handle part of
the maintenance tasks. Operating personnel are on site, are acquainted with the sequences, and can intervene rapidly. This
saves time and costs. This is where ProAgent supports the operating personnel with fast fault identification especially in the
automobile industry and machine tool construction sector.
When a process fault occurs, SIMATIC ProAgent provides information on the location and cause of the fault and provides support with fault rectification.
ProAgent provides a solution which is tailored to SIMATIC S7300, S7-400 and WinAC. It can be used in combination with the
S7-PDIAG, S7-GRAPH and S7-HiGraph1) engineering tools for
STEP 7. The ProAgent option package contains standard views
that are updated during runtime with process-specific data.
1) Process diagnostics with S7-HiGraph in conjunction with
TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370, ProTool/Pro RT and ProTool/
ProAgent. S7-HiGraph for WinCC flexible /ProAgent not yet released.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/91
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Function
• Context-sensitive activation of the diagnostics based on a
process error message
• Output of the operands with symbolic code and comment
• Changeover is possible between LAD, STL and the signal list
• Supportive troubleshooting by direct process access when
using the motion view
• Output of the incorrect operan d directly in the message, complete with address, symbol and comment1)
• Consistency check in RT:
icons are used to identify inconsistent diagnostics units. Fast
error localization is possible during the start-up phase with
regard to the configured data.
• Direct, context-sensitive switching to the diagnostics view for
each unit through the use of ProAgent functions
• Context-sensitive switching to STEP 7 (LAD/STL/CSF editor,
S7-GRAPH, HW-CONFIG (on system fault messages)), fully
automatic support 2)
• S7-GRAPH OCX for graphic representation of sequencers
(overview representation)3)
4
1) In combination with TP 270/OP 270, MP 270/MP 370, ProTool/Pro RT,
WinCC/ProAgent V6.0 upwards and WinCC flexible /ProAgent
2) WinCC/ProAgent V5.5 upwards only
3) Only WinCC/ProAgent V5.6 upwards in combination with S7-GRAPH
V5.1 upwards (OCX is supplied with S7-GRAPH 5.1 upwards)
4/92
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Standardized user interface with standard views
• Message view
• Unit overview diagram
• Diagnostics detail view
• Motion view
• Sequencer operating view
The displayed diagram contents refer to the previously selected
units or messages. This enables the calling up of a context-sensitive diagnostics diagram, depending on the message or selected technological unit.
Message view
All process messages are displayed in the message view. Using
a selected message, you can make a context-sensitive jump to
other diagnostics views. The incorrect operand is also indicated
directly by the message, allowing the operating personnel to respond immediately to a fault without having to take further steps
at the HMI device. ProTool supports this function on the Windows
CE-based devices TP 270/OP 270, MP 270B/MP 370 and on the
PC-based system ProTool/Pro RT. The function is available for
WinCC/ProAgent from Version 6.0 upwards. WinCC flexible /ProAgent also supports this function.
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Function
Unit overview diagram
Motion view
The unit overview sets out all technological units and their subunits (plant/machine parts) in the form of a table. In this view, users can, for example, identify the control mode or the status of
the unit. The control mode can be changed over by the user.
The motion view is used for supportive troubleshooting. Each
motion line contains a comment line, which describes the movement (e.g. X-axis), two actions for executing the movement,
feedback through actuation of a movement and information
about the end positions reached (up to 16).
Faulty units are marked with an attribute.
The motion itself is controlled with the softkeys at the side of the
SIMATIC Panels and Multi Panels. Time-critical motion can be
controlled directly via the inputs of the PLC (depending on
the target hardware: 24 V direct keys, DP direct keys via
PROFIBUS).
Diagnostics detail view
Sequencer operating view
The diagnostic detail view shows the incorrect operand at the
time at which the process fault occurred. Current status information can also optionally be displayed. The result of the diagnostics is displayed either in the ladder diagram (LAD), the statement list (STL) or a clear signal list. The operands are output for
each display format with symbols and comments from the S7
symbol table. Only the operands responsible for causing the
fault are displayed and marked with a highlighting attribute. You
can also select a view in which the current status of all operands
in the PLC are retrieved.
The sequencer operating view provides support for controlling
sequencers. Like Status/Control in S7-GRAPH, it makes functions available such as initializing and acknowledging sequencers, activating and deactivating single steps, and selecting control modes. The steps are output as a list together with the
number and name of each step. Active and faulty steps are
marked with attributes to provide the operating personnel with a
clear overview of the current status of the sequencer.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/93
4
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Technical specifications
Interfaces
• Can be used in conjunction
with PLC:
• Interface types
ProAgent for OP
ProAgent/MP
ProAgent/PC
WinCC/ProAgent
WinCC flexible/
ProAgent 1)
SIMATIC S7:
S7-300/S7-400
SIMATIC S7:
S7-300/S7-400
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite: MPI,
PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite: MPI,
PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC S7:
S7-300/S7-400,
WinAC
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite: MPI,
PROFIBUS DP,
Industrial Ethernet,
TCP/IP
(V6.0 SP2 upwards)
SIMATIC S7:
S7-300/S7-400;
WinAC
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite: MPI,
PROFIBUS DP,
Industrial Ethernet,
TCP/IP
SIMATIC S7:
S7-300/S7-400;
WinAC
SIMATIC S7
Protocol Suite: MPI,
PROFIBUS DP,
Industrial Ethernet,
TCP/IP
Display units
Standard images for:
• Device/resolution in
pixels/representation
4
Standard views
for simple embedding into the user
displays,
sample project
for OP 270
OP27/320 x 240/
monochrome
OP27/320 x 240/
color
OP37/640 x 480/
color
TP 270/OP 270, 6"
PC/1024 x 768
MP 270B, 10"
Key/Touch
MP 370, Key/Touch
PC/800 x 600
TP27-6/320 x 240/
monochrome
TP27-6/320 x 240/
color
TP27-10/640 x 480/
color
TP37/640 x 480/
color
C7-626/320 x 240/
monochrome
No. of languages
for online language selection
PC/1024 x 768
Panel PC 670/870
15”/1024 x 768,
Key/Touch
Panel PC 670/870
12”/800 x 600,
Key/Touch
Panel PC 670,
10”/640 x 480
Panel PC IL 70
12"/15" Touch
FI45/1024 x 768
Panel PC 670/870
15”/1024 x 768,
Key/Touch
Panel PC IL 70 15"
Touch
FI45/1024 x 768
5 (G/E/F/I/S)
5 (G/E/F/I/S)
5 (G/E/F/I/S)
3 (G/E/F)
5 (G/E/F/I/S)
Changing the HMI diagnostics data
storage in RT
No
No
No
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0 upwards
No
Unit overview diagram
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Message view
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sequencer operating view
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Diagnostics detail view
• Display
STL/LAD/signal list
• Display of operands
with symbol and comment
Yes
Yes/yes/yes
Yes
Yes/yes/yes
Yes
Yes/yes/yes
Yes
Yes/yes/yes
Yes
Yes/yes/yes
OP27, C7-626,
TP27-6: standard
setting for symbols
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Criteria analysis
At time of error /
current status
At time of error /
current status
At time of error /
current status
At time of error /
current status /
can be archived
At time of error /
current status
OP27, C7-626,
TP27-6: 4;
OP37, TP27-10,
TP37: 5
2
8
6
6
6
6
2
16
2
16
2
16
2
16
Functions
Motion view
• No. of representable
motions
• Directions of motion
• No. of representable
end positions per movement
1) WinCC flexible /ProAgent will only be available with Service Pack 1 of WinCC flexible 2004
4/94
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Technical specifications (continued)
ProAgent for OP
ProAgent/MP
ProAgent/PC
WinCC/ProAgent
WinCC flexible/
ProAgent 1)
G/E/F/I/S; in scope
of supply
G/E/F/I/S; in scope
of supply
G/E/F/I/S; in scope
of supply
G/E/F; in scope of
supply
G/E/F/I/S; in scope
of supply
ProTool V6.0
ProTool V6.0
ProTool/Pro V6.0
WinCC V5.1
(ProAgent V5.6)/
WinCC V6.0 + SP2
(ProAgent V6.0 +
SP1)
WinCC flexible 2004
+ SP1
Operating system,
configuration
Windows 98SE/ME,
Windows NT + SP6,
Windows 2000 +
SP2, Windows XP
(ProTool V6.0 +
SP2 upwards)
Windows 98SE/ME,
Windows NT + SP6,
Windows 2000 +
SP2, Windows XP
(ProTool V6.0 +
SP2 upwards)
Windows 98SE/ME,
Windows NT + SP6,
Windows 2000 +
SP2, Windows XP
(ProTool V6.0 +
SP2 upwards)
WinCC/ProAgent
V5.6:
Windows NT +
SP6a, Windows
2000 + SP2;
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
Windows 2000 +
SP3, Windows XP
Windows 2000 +
SP3,
Windows XP + SP1,
Operating system,
runtime
Runtime operator
panel
Windows CE 3.0
Windows NT + SP6,
Windows 2000 +
SP2, Windows XP
(ProTool V6.0 + SP2
upwards)
WinCC/ProAgent
V5.6:
Windows NT +
SP6a, Windows
2000 + SP2
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
Windows 2000 +
SP3, Windows XP
WinCC flexible/
ProAgent for
SIMATIC Panels:
Windows CE 3.0
WinCC flexible/
ProAgent for
WinCC flexible
Runtime:
Windows 2000 +
SP3
Windows XP + SP1
WinCC/ProAgent
V5.6:
from V5.1 + SP2
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0 + SP1:
V5.3 upwards
V5.3 upwards
WinCC/ProAgent
V5.6:
V5.0 upwards
WinCC/ProAgent
V6.0:
V5.1 upwards
No
V5.3 upwards
CD-ROM/
Runtime license
Runtime license
Documentation
In electronic form
Prerequisites
HMI software
STEP 7
V5.0 upwards
V5.0 upwards
V5.0 upwards
• S7-GRAPH
• S7-PDIAG
V5.0 upwards
V4.02 upwards
V5.0 upwards
V4.02 upwards
V5.0 upwards
V4.02 upwards
• S7-HiGraph
No
V5.0 upwards
V5.0 upwards
Type of delivery
(a license is required for each target
hardware)
License verification
Runtime license
Runtime license
from V5.2 + SP3
V5.1 upwards
not yet released
1) WinCC flexible /ProAgent will only be available with Service Pack 1 of WinCC flexible 2004
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
4/95
4
HMI Software
Process Diagnostics Software
SIMATIC ProAgent
■ Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC ProAgent
Software option package for
process diagnostics on basis of
S7-GRAPH, S7-PDIAG and
S7-HiGraph 1), can be loaded
with SIMATIC ProTool configuration software V6.0 upwards 2);
function expansion for ProTool,
electronic documentation
in German, English, French,
Italian and Spanish
4
Order No.
A)
• SIMATIC ProAgent for OP A)
Functions and standard screens
for use on an OP27/OP37,
TP27/TP37 or C7-626
in English, German, French,
Italian and Spanish,
runtime license (single license)
6AV3 681-1AB06-0AX0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/MP A)
Functions and standard screens
for use on an OP 270/TP 270
and MP 270/MP 370 Keys
in English, German, French,
Italian and Spanish,
runtime license (single license)
6AV3 681-1CB06-0AX0
• SIMATIC ProAgent/PC A)
Functions and standard screens
for use on a Panel PC 670/870
10“, 12“ and 15“ Keys, FI45, PC
(resolution 640 x 480, 800 x 600
and 1024 x 768 pixels)
in English, German, French,
Italian and Spanish,
runtime license (single license)
6AV3 681-1BB06-0AX0
SIMATIC WinCC/ProAgent
Software option package for
process diagnostics on basis of
S7-GRAPH V5 or later and
S7-PDIAG V5 or later; functional
expansion for SIMATIC WinCC;
electronic documentation
in German, English, French;
functions and standard screens
for implementation on an FI45, PC
(resolution 1024 x 768 pixels) and
Panel PC 670/870 15“
(resolution 1024 x 768 pixels)
in German, English, French,
runtime license (single license)
WinCC version:
• V5.1 (ProAgent V5.6)
• V6.0 (ProAgent V6.0 SP1)
6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX0
6AV6 371-1DG06-0BX0
Upgrade
• to V5.6
• to V6.0 (SP1)
6AV6 371-1DG05-6AX4
6AV6 371-1DG06-0BX4
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /
ProAgent
Software optional package for
process diagnostics based on
S7-PDIAG from V5.1, S7-GRAPH
from V5.2 + SP3; functional
expansion for SIMATIC WinCC
flexible; Electronic documentation
in German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
for SIMATIC Panels B)
Runtime license (single license)
runs on TP/OP 270, MP 270B
and MP 370
• WinCC flexible /ProAgent
for WinCC flexible Runtime B)
Runtime license (single license)
6AV6 618-7DB01-0AB0
6AV6 618-7DD01-0AB0
Documentation (must be ordered separately)
SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection A) 6AV6 691-1SA01-0AX0
Electronic documentation,
on CD-ROM
5 languages (English, French,
German, Italian and Spanish);
Comprising: all currently available
user manuals, product manuals
and communication manuals for
SIMATIC HMI
1) Only in combination with ProAgent/MP and ProAgent/PC
2) Configuration software included on ProTool CD V6
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: EAR99S
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N und ECCN: 5D992B2
4/96
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI complete systems
5/2
5/2
HMI packages with ProTool/Pro,
WinCC/flexible and WinCC
Overview
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI complete systems
HMI packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC/flexible and WinCC
Overview
■ Overview
HMI complete systems
5
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
• SIMATIC Panel PC Packages with ProTool/Pro are modern
human machine interfaces for simple visualization at the
machine.
• This package can be supplied only when you order a new
Panel PC together with the ProTool/Pro Runtime software.
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
• SIMATIC Panel PC packages wi th WinCC flexible are modern
human machine interfaces for simple visualization at the
machine
• This package can be supplied only when you order a new
panel PC together with the WinCC flexible runtime software
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC
• SIMATIC Panel PC Packages wi th WinCC make it possible to
order all the necessary components for an HMI solution simply
on the basis of a Panel PC.
• This package can be supplied only when you order a new
Panel PC together with the WinCC software.
■ Benefits
• Simple to order
• Cost savings compared to individual components
• Optimally matched hardware for the SIMATIC HMI software
• System-tested solution
■ Design
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
The order configurator gives you a free choice of how the Panel
PC hardware is equipped – depending on individual requirements for display and system performance.
Customers must install the desired ProTool/Pro Runtime software
and the communication hardware and software themselves.
The ProTool/Pro Runtime software is included with the devices.
Runtime licenses are required for ProTool/Pro Runtime.
You can choose here between the following:
• License for 128 Power Tags
• License for 256 Power Tags
• License for 512 Power Tags
• License for 2048 Power Tags
Power Tags refer exclusively to process variables that have a
process link to the controller.
Variables without process link, constant limit values of variables,
and messages are also available for additional system performance.
5/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
HMI complete systems
HMI packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC/flexible and WinCC
Overview
■ Design
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible
The order configurator gives you a free choice of how the Panel
PC hardware is equipped – depending on individual requirements for display and system performance.
Customers must install the desired WinCC flexible Runtime software and the communication hardware and software themselves. The WinCC flexible Runtime software is included with
the devices. The package also contains the Runtime options
WinCC flexible/Archives and WinCC flexible/Recipes.
Runtime licenses are required for WinCC flexible Runtime.
You can choose here between the following:
• License for 128 Power Tags
• License for 512 Power Tags
• License for 2048 Power Tags
Power Tags refer exclusively to process variables that have a
process link to the controller.
Variables without process link, constant limit values of variables,
and messages are also available for additional system performance.
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC
The order configurator gives you a free choice of how the Panel
PC hardware is equipped – depending on individual requirements for display and system performance. Only the minimum
requirements that WinCC places on the basic hardware need to
be met.
■ Ordering Data
Order No.
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro package
Runtime license enclosed
B
• 256 PowerTags
C
• 512 PowerTags
D
• 2048 PowerTags
F
SIMATIC WinCC flexible
Package B)
Runtime license enclosed
6AV6 623-2 7 A00-0AA0
• 128 PowerTags
B
• 512 PowerTags
D
• 2048 PowerTags
SIMATIC WinCC package
WinCC V5.1 Runtime
F
C)
C
• 256 PowerTags
D
• 1024 PowerTags
E
• 64k PowerTags
F
Communications module
• Without/via on board interfaces
7A
• Industrial Ethernet
(with CP 1613)
7B
• PROFIBUS (with CP 5613)
For process communication, you can choose between the onboard, CP 5611-compatible, PROFIBUS interface or the powerful modules CP 1613 for Industrial Ethernet and CP 5613 for
PROFIBUS.
Communications module
Licenses are required for the Runtime version of WinCC.
You can choose here between the following:
• License for 128 Power Tags
• License for 512 Power Tags
• License for 1024 Power Tags
• License for 8K Power Tags (with WinCC V6.0)
• License for 64K Power Tags
Power Tags refer exclusively to process variables that have an
external process link to the controller. Variables without process
link, constant limit values of variables, and messages are also
available for additional system performance..
6AV6 382-1 7 7 00-0AX0
• 128 PowerTags
SIMATIC WinCC Package B)
WinCC V6.0 Runtime
Both order items are delivered together. Customers must install
the communications hardware and the WinCC software themselves.
6AV6 584-4A 7 00-0AX0
• 128 PowerTags
Minimum configuration
• Processor from Pentium III 500 MHz or Celeron from 566 MHz
• 12" or 15" display size (at le ast 600 x 800 pixels resolution)
• Main memory from 128 MB
• At least 10 GB with CD-ROM
• Windows NT4.0 English, German, Windows 2000 multi-language or Windows XP Professional multi-language
From the configurator for the WinCC package, another order
item can be selected that then contains the relevant WinCC software package and the communications module.
A)
7C
6AV6 382-1 7 7 06-0AX0
• 128 PowerTags
C
• 256 PowerTags
D
• 1024 PowerTags
E
• 8k PowerTags
H
• 64k PowerTags
F
• Without/via on board interfaces
7A
• Industrial Ethernet
(with CP 1613)
7B
• PROFIBUS (with CP 5613)
Communications software
for CP 1613/CP 5613
5
7C
See section 4
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B1
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D992B2
C) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
Note:
for ordering data of the Panel PCs and accessories,
see Configurators in "SIMATIC Panel PCs“
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-hmi
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
5/3
HMI complete systems
5
5/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Customized products
6/2
6/2
Introduction
Product modifications
6/4
6/4
Sector products
HMI operator stations
for the automobile industry
Embedded Panel PC
for mechanical engineering
Panels and Panel PCs
for the food, beverages and
tobacco industry
6/6
6/10
6/13
6/13
6/18
6/20
6/24
Customized product
modifications
Customized design
OEM products
HMI operator stations
Open platform program
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Customized products
Introduction
Product modifications
■ Overview
Sector products
Customized design products
The SIMATIC HMI products are equipped with additional features to facilitate their optimal use in special industry sectors.
One example here are the stainless-steel front panels for the
food, beverages and tobacco industry. Apart from the front, the
devices are identical in function and technology to the standard
products. Products are offered for the following sections:
• Automobile industry – HMI for manufacturing automation
• Food, beverages and tobacco industry
• Chemicals and pharmaceuticals industry
The SIMATIC HMI products with customized design are fully
compatible with the standard products as regards technology
and function.
6
6/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
The identical technology enables the use of standard devices in
the event of a fault in case the machine or plant supplier has no
customized product in the spare parts store at the moment.
Embedded in the SIMATIC world, they are configured with
SIMATIC ProTool or WinCC. They differ from the standard products in design only, that is:
• Change of logo and type designation
• Modification of keyboard colors, key labeling and
key symbols
• Modification of the hous ing color (front frame)
Customized products
Introduction
Product modifications
■ Overview (continued)
OEM products
Open Platform Program
The OEM products for OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer)
customers are suitable for individual industrial automation
solutions that cannot be implemented with the help of standard
products or panels that have been modified only in design.
Open Platform Program software tools for creating software expansions for ProTool and ProTool/Pro or customer applications
based on the SIMATIC HMI/WinCE platforms and Panel PC products.
Customized products are individual solutions based on standard components. They are specified, offered, developed and
supplied individually in cooperation with the customer.
The Open Platform Program enables optimal implementation of
customized hardware and software solutions. According to requirements, HMI platforms can be used for other CE software.
Customers can develop their own software or add their own specific functions to ProTool. As the hardware platform, all Windows
CE-based SIMATIC Panels (from TP 170B) can be used as
standard devices or as OEM versions. We provide you with the
necessary development package including support services.
For this purpose, we simply combine the standard components,
the customized components and the additionally required software into a SIMATIC HMI OEM device, as in a modular system.
Possible modifications:
• Changes to the keyboard layout, key size/design and key
arrangement
The SIMATIC HMI devices with modified layout are almost
identical to the standard devices as regards technology and
function. They differ from the standard products in keyboard
design only.
Thanks to the fact that the panels with customized layout are
mechanically and functionally compatible with the standard
devices, you can change between the devices in the event of a
fault. However, the keyboard/operator interface must be modified.
• Freely definable front dimens ions and mechanical features,
housing for desktop or bracket-mounting
• Different processors and memory media
• Different display technologies, sizes and resolutions
• Distributed configuration up to 500 m
• Additional modules or interfaces such as direct key modules
• Freely selectable Windows vers ions as operating systems, preinstalled SIMATIC HMI software packages
The Software Development Kits (SDKs) contain the necessary
software tools with which the following software solutions can be
implemented:
• Proprietary applications
• Expansions of the HMI ProTool software via proprietary ActiveX
controls
• Project functions or tasks that interact with ProTool.
However, new OEM products can frequently be based efficiently
and at low cost on existing OEM products. The end product then
represents a customized modification of an existing OEM product.
Our OEM devices are available in all performance classes –
from OEM Push Button Panels through Text Displays, Touch and
Operator Panels right up to multifunctional platforms (MPs) and
Panel PCs with extensive modification of hardware, accessories
and software. The customized OEM products are developed
and manufactured in various steps and in line with quality standards.
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/3
Customized products
Sector products
HMI operator stations for the automobile industry
■ Overview
■ Application
In the automobile industry, trouble-free operation is of paramount
importance. This places high demands on the enclosures of industrial controllers with regard to sealing against dust and water,
and also with regard to the management of internal heat dissipation.
BERNSTEIN control housings of the type CC-4000 in combination with the BERNSTEIN support systems CS-2000 and
CS-2000 SL are the ideal solution.
■ Design
• The modular design with aluminum frame profiles and expansion profiles of different depths enables the installation of Panel
PC 670 host systems as well as the PC 670 terminals
• Access via hinged front frame or hinged backplane
• Integrated support system adap ters on top and bottom for
direct attachment of support system couplings
• Integral grips make handling eas ier and underline the design
character
The CC-4000 is a modular aluminum control housing system
with a host of excellent technical features, of which some are
patented. The SIMATIC HMI Panels and Panel PCs can be enclosed in this system simply and at low cost.
■ Benefits
• Modern design combined wi th convincing functionality
• Enhanced heat dissipation thanks to finned aluminum profile
and backplane heat sink element
• Simple access to controllers through hinged front frame or
hinged backplane
• Module system for precise adapta tion and tailoring to the Panel
or Panel PC
• High-grade aluminum extruded section with clean surface
finish
• Design-oriented color surfaces , also possible in customized
RAL colors
6
6/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Certificates/approvals:
• IP65
• NEMA 4/EEMAC Type 12
• UL-/CSA
Customized products
Sector products
HMI operator stations for the automobile industry
■ Technical specifications
Example for the automobile industry
Type
HMI operator unit Version B1
(with FO link expansion)
Panel PC 670
• Pentium III 1.26 Ghz, 256 MB RAM
• 60 GB HD DVD/CD-RW
• MPI/Profibus + Ethernet interface 10/100 MBd
• European preset 230 V
Front panel
• PC670 15” Touch
• 15” XGA 1024 x 768 resolution
Additional components
Operator panel housing
• Bernstein CC-4000
Dimensions
• 608 x 788 x 280 mm
Operator panel
• with slide-in strip
Keyboard
• Country-specific Cherry keyboard with trackball mouse
Elements
• 14 x 3SB3 elements, emergency-off, 2 x blanking plug
Circuit breaker
• Machine circuit breaker
Mouse
• IP65 piezo mouse built into operator panel
Locking
• E1 lock for keyboard drawer and housing lock
(1-removable / 0-removable)
• E7 keylock switch
(1-not removable / 0-removable) and pushbutton
Installation
• Installation in operator p anel housing with electrical wiring
Ventilation
• 24V fan without integral power section
Terminals
• Use of 3-core terminals
Core labeling
• Yes
Base profile
Other
- 3 x machining M32 (2 x Murr, 1 x blanking plug)
- RJ45 Ethernet connection
- HAN 25, HAN 7
• Contact "Keyswitch“ to terminals
• Facility for stand-mounting provided
Software
• WIN 2000 Professional multi-language
WIN CC RT Max,
STEP 7 and Softnet included as image CD
Required power supply
at the system
• 230 V AC/50 Hz, 4 A MCB slow
• 24 V DC, 1.5 A
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/5
Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC for mechanical engineering
■ Overview
Versions
SIMATIC HMI embedded Panel PCs
safe against:
higher data integrity:
- SW manipulation
- incorrect operator
inputs in operating
system
rugged
Win XP embedded
- shock/vibration
- temperature range
- no "write abort" on
power failure
Compact Flash Card
embedded
Panel PC
diskless
low maintance:
- No rotating storage
- High MTBF of the CF card
Compact Flash Card
open
All PC interfaces can
be used.
Win XP embedded
Rugged, high-performance systems are necessary in the industrial environment. SIMATIC Panel PCs set an extremely high
standard and, in addition to high performance, are also
equipped with special protection against industrial conditions.
These PC systems are usually supplied with Windows 2000 or
Windows XP as a result of their widespread use and easy handling. These operating systems are also highly reliable, but they
do require a hard disk as a boot disk and working disk due to
their high performance and wide application spectrum.
Hard disk drives are, however, not the optimal solution for every
application with regard to service life, fault tolerance and heat
loss. For demanding requirements in these areas, storage systems based on Flash memories are usually a better solution.
With flash memory, the usual Windows 2000 or Windows XP
operating systems cannot be used. If their flexibility is essential
or if applications are required that are only available with these
operating systems, Windows XP embedded may be the optimal
solution.
6
In contrast to XP Professional, the embedded variant is not
installed on the target system; an operating system image is
generated with the help of the Microsoft Target Designer.
We provide the components for this system that are tailored to
the SIMATIC Panel PC systems and offer our customers the
opportunity to generate the operating system themselves or to
allow us to generate the operating system tailored to their
requirements.
6/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Hardware basis: Panel PC 670
• Operator units:
- Touch 12“, 15“, (19“ from 2005) from PC 670
- Key 10”, 12“, 15“ from PC 670
- Touch 6“, 8“, 10“ on a project basis
• Mass storage:
- Compact Flash 256 MB – 1 GB hard disk
- Larger memory size on request
• Slots:
- 2 x PCI for PC 670
• Operating system:
- Windows XP embedded
• TIA integration:
- WinCC FlexibleXPe as HMI software
- WinACXPe as Soft PLC
• Software:
- Generation of a Windows XPe if desired
- Images installed at factory
- (Ready to Run)
Hardware basis: Micro Panel PC
• Operator units:
- Touch 12“, 15“, (19“ from 2005) from PC 670
- Key 10”, 12“, 15“ from PC 670
- Touch 6“, 8“, 10“ on a project basis
• Mass storage:
- Compact Flash 256MB – 1 GB
- Hard disk
- Larger memory volume on request
• Slots:
- Max. 3 x PC104 on the Micro Panel PC
• Operating system:
- Windows XP embedded
• TIA integration:
- WinCC FlexibleXPe as HMI software
- WinACXPe as Soft PLC
• Software:
- Generation of a Windows XPe if desired
- Images installed at factory
- (Ready to Run)
Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC for mechanical engineering
■ Benefits
• Full industrial suitability
• Full scalability
• Without fans (Micro Panel PC)
• Retentive memory (Micro Panel PC)
• Compact or distributed design
• Global service network
Windows XP embedded used in conjunction with the SIMATIC
Panel PCs offers an excellent platform in terms of reliability,
ruggedness and flexibility. The flexibility of the PC world is combined with the safety of an embedded system in the industrial
environment. The Windows XP embedded Support Package
enables a customized platform to be generated effectively and
quickly.
We would also be happy to proceed in consultation with you and
supply customized SIMATIC hardware and software combined
for your specific application. This can save you extensive installation work and spare your time for other tasks.
■ Application
In applications in which hard disks are operating at the limits of
their specifications and can be identified as a potential weakpoint, embedded systems provide greater flexibility.
For example:
• Directly at the machine in manufacturing industry, machine
building, packaging machinery, sheet-metal machining,
process engineering or building services
In these areas, the MTBF is frequently reduced by machine
vibrations and ambient temperatures. Flash memory can be
implemented at higher temperatures and can withstand ten
times the vibration limit of a hard disk.
• On swing arms and girders
This is a widespread situation for an operating panel. If there
are no soft buffers, however, shocks arise at the hard stops of
the rotating movement which can damage the hard disk over
time. Flash memories can do without bearings or moving read
heads that can cause damage to the magnetic storage
medium. The shock withstand capability of Compact Flash
memory is more than 100 times higher than that of hard disk
memory.
• As information terminals in public areas
Thanks to the modular design of Windows XP embedded, functions can be specifically suppressed. This means that fewer
resources are reserved in the system and operational reliability
is increased because mistakes and misuse can be excluded.
• Space-saving, high-performance, implementation of
control and visualization tasks on a single platform
In small-scale plants, the visualization and control tasks can be
combined in a single device without the need for an additional
control cabinet.
■ Design
• HW basis as for Panel PC 670
• Optional:
Replacement of hard disk by Compact Flash module.
(constraints of the configuration without optical drive)
■ Technical specifications
All the technical features of the PC 670 and the Micro Panel PC
remain available with the embedded versions and are described
in the relevant product information.
Variations:
• The functional scope of the op erating system can be restricted
when Windows XP is used under certain circumstances.
• When a Compact Flash card is used:
- Data transfer rate for read operations: DMA2; ~8MB/s
- Data transfer rate for write operations: DMA2; dependent on
application
- Without optical drives
Versions
Microsoft Windows XP embedded is the standard operating
system for SIMATIC Panel PC 670 embedded. The hardware can
be supplied without the operating system which provides the
customer with the flexibility of using other embedded operating
systems.
To facilitate creation of the image, the components used to
describe the hardware for Microsoft Target Designer are supplied with the hardware.
The operating system can be generated by the customer or by
Siemens. The generated image can be installed at the factory for
each item of hardware ordered.
The TIA software packages WinCC flexible and WinAC round off
the embedded spectrum of the PC 670. Both software products
are customized when Siemens generates the application image
to ensure that less memory capacity is used on the Flash cards.
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/7
Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC for mechanical engineering
■ Selection and Ordering data
Selection guide/Creation of an offer
OEM Micro Panel PC
SIMATIC Embedded Panel PCs are based on modified PC 670
hardware, resp. the modification possibilities are listed below.
The individual packages of the embedded modifications are
added to the basic price of the PC 670.
The Micro Panel PC can be supplied as an embedded system in
its basic version. Analogously to the OEM Panel PC 670, it is
possible to install visualization software (WinCC flexible) and
automation software (Win AC Basis) on these devices on a customized basis.
A Micro Panel PC is offered with reference to a specific project
on request.
Creation of an offer
Enquiries for a PC 670 embedded are responded to quickly via
the enquiry portal:
http://intra1.nbgm.siemens.de/customizecenter
Please specify the Order No. of the PC 670 and the XPe modification code as well as any other customer information that is
applicable.
Selection guide for OEM Panel PC 670
Building on the Panel PC 670, the following modifications can be
implemented project-specifically:
Mass storage
• With hard disk of the standard device
• With 256 MB CF module (without optical drive)
• With 512 MB CF module (without optical drive)
• With 1024 MB CF module (without optical drive)
Operating system
• Without operating system
• Windows XP embedded
HMI software
• Without HMI software
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 128 Power Tags (RT)
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 512 Power Tags (RT)
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2004 1024 Power Tags (RT)
WinAC Software
• Without WinAC software
• WinAC Basis V3.0
• WinAC RTX V3.1 (CP 5613 required)
6
Communication method
• Point-to-point coupling via integral interfaces
• Industrial Ethernet CP 1613
• PROFIBUS CP 5613 built-in
Software installation
• Software included
• Software image installed at factory, provided by customer 1) 2) 3)
• Software image installed at fa ctory, provided by Siemens 1) 2) 3)
Non-recurring costs
• Customer training for Windows XPe and 5 h hotline support
• Create customized image for XPe, possibly with WinCC flexible
+ WinAC
• Create customized image for Windows XPe with customer
applications Target Designer
1) Only available in conjunction with Panel PC order
2) Only in conjunction with a product agreement
3) Take account of non-recurring costs when software image is
generated by Siemens
6/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Product specification in accordance with customer requirements.
Quote drawn up by SIMATIC HMI specialists,
definition of:
• Non-recurring costs
• Costs for prototype devices
• Price of series devices
• General conditions (project declaration)
• Training, generation of XP embedded
A lower limit-exists for annual purchase quantities (minimum
quantity per design: 10) and will be agreed with the customer for
the project.
Customized products can only be ordered in conjunction with a
project declaration.
Customized products
Sector products
Embedded Panel PC for mechanical engineering
■ Options
We offer the XP embedded operating system together with our
Panel PCs. You can either order these devices from us with the
XPe license and our XP embedded support package, or you can
obtain them already installed with an XP embedded image that
has been generated specially for you.
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
Contact
Please contact the HMI partner at your Siemens sales office/
national company.
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/9
Customized products
Sector products
Panels and Panel PCs for the food, beverages and
tobacco industry
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Resistant and rugged stainless st eel fronts with a smooth surface for ease of cleaning
• Optimized frame design with low projection from the control
cabinet and for liquid runoff
• Minimized slots and gaps as well as increased resistance to
detergents and disinfectants
• Non-migrating seal material suit able for use in the food and
beverages industry (flat seal in accordance with
FDA 21 CFR 177.2006) and shatter-proof display to prevent
contamination of foodstuffs
• Device front developed on the basis of EN 1672-2
• Decoration foil tested against chemicals in accordance with
DIN 42115, Part 2
• Field-proven functionality of the SIMATIC HMI standard products
■ Application
Panels and Panel PCs with touch screen and stainless steel front
are designed for use in the food, beverages and tobacco
industry for operation and monitoring at the food processing
machinery.
Panels and Panel PCs with stainless steel front for the food, beverages
and tobacco industry
Panels and Panel PCs with touch screen and stainless steel front
have been designed for use in the food, beverages and tobacco
industry for operating and monitoring machinery in that sector.
They have been developed on the basis of EN 1672-2 "Food Processing Machinery – Safety and Hygiene Requirements".
• Easy cleaning and disinfection:
- Stainless steel surface with 240 grit
- Foil over the display cutout tested for resistance to chemicals
- Minimized slots and gaps
- Optimized frame profile for liquid runoff
• Shatter-proof display
• Degree of protection IP66
6
6/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Design
• External dimensions and instal lation cutout as on the corresponding standard product
• Optimized frame profile and lo w projection of the device over
the control cabinet
• Degree of protection IP66 on front
• Surface with 240 grit
• Minimized slots and gaps
• Decoration foil chemically tested
• Shatter-proof display
• Sealing suitable for food and beverages industry
• Clamping frame on rear for even pressure on the seal
Customized products
Sector products
Panels and Panel PCs for the food, beverages and
tobacco industry
■ Technical specifications
Touch Panel TP 170B
Multi Panel MP 370
Panel PC 670
Display
5.7” color STN Touch
15.1" TFT Touch
15.1" TFT Touch
Resolution (pixels)
320 x 240
1024 x 768
1024 x 768
MTBF of backlighting at 25 °C
50,000 hours
50,000 hours
50,000 hours
Processor
RISC 32 bit, 66 MHz
RISC CPU
Intel Pentium III technology,
Intel Celeron 1.2 GHz,
Intel Pentium III 1.26 GHz
Memory
768 KB RAM; 23 KB Flash
12 MB Flash
256 MB RAM up to 1 GB
Power supply
24 V DC
24 V DC
110 V / 230 V AC (autorange)
50 / 60 Hz or 24 V DC
Operating system
Windows CE
Windows CE
Windows 2000 Prof. (multi-language), Windows 98 SE (Ger, Eng),
Windows NT4.0 (Ger, Eng),
Windows XP Prof. (multi-language),
opt. without operating system
Interfaces
2 x RS 232,
1 x RS 422,
1 x RS 485,
1 x CF Card Slot
1 x TTY / RS 232,
1 x RS 232,
1 x RS 422 7 RS 485,
1 x PC Card Slot,
1 x CF Card Slot,
1 x USB,
1 x RJ45
1 x RS 232,
1 x RS 232C / TTY for
S5C communication,
1 x RJ45,
PROFIBUS/MPI can be implemented using plug-in card,
2 x USB on rear
Special features
-
-
Without front USB port
Material
Stainless steel 1.4301, polyester
membrane
Stainless steel 1.4301, polyester
membrane
Stainless steel 1.4301, polyester
membrane
Surface
Ground, 240 grit
Ground, 240 grit
Ground, 240 grit
Seal
EPDM
EPDM
EPDM
Special features
Optimized frame profile, inclined
surfaces
Optimized frame profile, inclined
surfaces
Optimized frame profile, inclined
surfaces
Degree of protection
IP66 on front,
IP20 on rear
IP66 on front,
IP20 on rear
IP66 on front,
IP20 on rear
Ambient temperature in operation
Vertical installation:
0 °C to + 50 °C
Max. angle of inclination
+/- 35°: 0 °C to + 40 °C
Vertical installation:
0 °C to + 50 °C
Max. angle of inclination
+/- 35°: 0 °C to + 35 °C
+ 5 °C to + 45 °C
in full configuration
Relative humidity
Max. 85% (no condensation)
Max. 85% (no condensation)
5 % to 80 % at + 25 °C
(no condensation)
Transport/storage temperature
-20 °C to + 60 °C
-20 °C to + 60 °C
-20 °C to + 60 °C
Approvals
CE, UL, CSA, FM
FM Class I Div 2, cULus, EX
Zone 2/22, CE, C-TICK
CE, cULus, FM Class 1 Div 2
General features
Front
Ambient conditions
Dimensions
Front panel W x H (in mm)
212 x 156
400 x 310
483 x 310
Installation cutout W x H (in mm)
198 x 142
368 x 290
450 x 296
External dimensions of the
clamping frame W x H (in mm)
224 x 168
412 x 322
495 x 322
Weight
Approx. 1.5 kg
Approx. 7 kg
Approx. 15 kg
Special features
Clamping frame on rear
Clamping frame on rear
Clamping frame on rear
HMI engineering software
From ProTool/Lite,
from WinCC flexible Compact
From ProTool,
from WinCC flexible Standard
From ProTool/Pro,
from WinCC flexible Advanced
HMI runtime software
-
-
From ProTool/Pro RT,
from WinCC flexible RT
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/11
6
Customized products
Sector products
Panels and Panel PCs for the food, beverages and
tobacco industry
■ Ordering data Data
TP 170B color
with stainless steel front A)
Configuration as for
6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0
Delivery time
Minimum unit quantity
Project quantities or continuous
supply
Repairs and spare parts
MP 370 15''Touch
with stainless steel front A)
Configuration as for
6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0
Delivery time
Minimum unit quantity
Project quantities or continuous
supply
Repairs and spare parts
Panel PC 670 15''
with stainless steel front B)
Configuration as for
Panel PC 670 Configurator
Delivery time
Minimum unit quantity
Project quantities or continuous
supply
Repairs and spare parts
Order No.
6AV6 545-8BC10-0AA0
Available ex warehouse
None, can be ordered individually
without product agreement
Order only in conjunction with a
product agreement 1)
Via spare parts service
6/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Explanations
• EN 1672-2, edition: 2003- 04 (draft standard),
Food Production Machinery – Ge neral Design Guidelines –
Part 2: Hygiene Requirements; German edition EN 1672-2:
2003
• DIN 10516, edition: 2002-01,
Food Hygiene – Cleaning and Disinfection
• LMHV – German regulation on food hygiene
• FDA – Food and Drug Administration
6AV6 545-8DB10-0AA0
SIMATIC partners close to you
For further information, visit our website at
Available ex warehouse
None, can be ordered individually
without product agreement
Order only in conjunction with a
product agreement 1)
Via spare parts service
6AV7 728-.....-....
Defined preferred versions
(MLFB) available soon, other configurations on request
Order-related manufacture and
delivery
No, single unit orders are possible
without product agreement
Order only in conjunction with a
product agreement 1)
Via regional repair center
1) A special product agreement is required for continuous supply
or for delivery of larger unit quantities to OEM customers. The products
are then manufactured in consultation with customer planning.
For this purpose, individual agreements are made with the
customer for material planning and manufacture.
A) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN: 5D002ENC3
B) Subject to export regulations AL: N and ECCN:
5D992B2, 5D992B1, 4A994
6
■ More information
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Customized products
Customized product modifications
Customized design
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Seamless adaptation to plant design and special operating
philosophy of customer
• No reductions in ergonomics compared to the standard products
• The flexible manufacture of the SIMATIC HMI Panels means
that even small ordering quantities can be efficiently produced
with the customized design on the basis of the standard products.
• Can be replaced with standard devices and are fully compatible with the standard devices in:
- Functions and interfaces
- Configuration
- Housing and mounting dimensions
- Logistics and services
• SIMATIC HMI products in customized design are standard devices without technical modifications that have been modified
with regard to design. Devices in customized design are manufactured in the standard factory and are subject to the same
quality requirements as standard devices.
• The following modifications are possible separately or in combination:
Version A: Insertion of the company name instead of the Siemens logo, and modification of the type designation
Version B: Modification of the keyboard colors, labeling of the
key symbols, and background color
Version C: Modification of frame color
• Within the scope of customized de sign, it is also possible to
match different HMI products for color to facilitate a uniform
corporate identity. Costs for this are calculated according to
overhead.
• The HMI Design Center is resp onsible for creating the customized design.
The Design Center offers:
- Experience in the ergonomic design of human machine interfaces
- Knowledge of handling graphics and design tools, color tables and character sets
- Competence in the selection of suitable fonts and standardized symbols for machine operation
- Short response times
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/13
Customized products
Customized product modifications
Customized design
■ Selection and Ordering data
Device type
Order No. of associated
standard device
Design
Version
Order No. of
design device 1)
Minimum quantity
per year
TD17 Text Display
6AV3 017-1NE30-0AX0
OP3 Operator Panel
OP 73micro Operator Panel
OP 73 Operator Panel 4)
OP7/DP Operator Panel
OP7/DP12 Operator Panel
OP 77A Operator Panel 4)
OP 77B Operator Panel
OP17/DP Operator Panel
OP17/DP12 Operator Panel
6
OP 170B Operator Panel
OP 270 6" Operator Panel
OP 270 10" Operator Panel
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6AV3 503-1DB10
4)
6AV6 640-0BA01-0AX0
6AV6 641-0AA01-0AX0
6AV3 607-1JC20-0AX1
6AV3 607-1JC30-0AX1
6AV6 641-0BA01-0AX0
6AV6 641-0CA01-0AX0
6AV3 617-1JC20-0AX0
6AV3 617-1JC30-0AX1
6AV6 542-0BB15-2AX0
6AV6 542-0CA10-0AX0
6AV6 542-0CC10-0AX0
A
6AV3 017-5AA00-XXXX
25
20
B
6AV3 017-5AB00-XXXX
25
20
C
6AV3 017-5AC00-XXXX
25
20
A
6AV3 503-5DB00-XXXX
100
50
B
6AV3 503-5DB10-XXXX
100
50
C
6AV3 503-5DB20-XXXX
200
50
A
6AV6 640-5BA00-XXXX
50
25
B
6AV6 640-5BA10-XXXX
50
25
C
6AV6 640-5BA20-XXXX
100
25
A
6AV6 641-5AA00-XXXX
50
25
B
6AV6 641-5AA10-XXXX
50
25
C
6AV6 641-5AA20-XXXX
100
25
A
6AV3 607-5BA00-XXXX
50
20 2)
B
6AV3 607-5BB00-XXXX
50
20 2)
C
6AV3 607-5BC00-XXXX
250
20 2)
A
6AV3 607-5CA00-XXXX
50
20 2)
B
6AV3 607-5CB00-XXXX
50
20
C
6AV3 607-5CC00-XXXX
250
20
A
6AV6 641-5BA00-XXXX
50
20
B
6AV6 641-5BA10-XXXX
50
20
C
6AV6 641-5BA20-XXXX
250
20
A
6AV6 641-5CA00-XXXX
50
20
B
6AV6 641-5CA10-XXXX
50
20
C
6AV6 641-5CA20-XXXX
250
20
A
6AV3 617-5BA00-XXXX
25
20
B
6AV3 617-5BB00-XXXX
25
20
C
6AV3 617-5BC00-XXXX
100
20
A
6AV3 617-5CA00-XXXX
25
20
B
6AV3 617-5CB00-XXXX
25
20
C
6AV3 617-5CC00-XXXX
100
20
A
6AV6 542-5BB00-XXXX
50
25
B
6AV6 542-5BB10-XXXX
50
25
C 5)
6AV6 542-5BB20-XXXX
100
25
A
6AV6 542-5FA00-XXXX
24
12 3)
B
6AV6 542-5FA10-XXXX
24
12 3)
C
6AV6 542-5FA20-XXXX
48
12 3)
A
6AV6 542-5FB00-XXXX
24
12 3)
B
6AV6 542-5FB10-XXXX
24
12 3)
C
6AV6 542-5FB20-XXXX
48
12 3)
XXXX corresponds to customer identification; is assigned on placement of order
Only even numbers
The ordering quantity must always be a multiple of 6 (e.g. 12, 18, 24 etc.)
Start of delivery approximately 2 months after start of delivery of the standard product
Possible color versions on request, the UL/CSA certification
must be checked in individual cases when coloring the plastic frame
6/14
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
per order
Customized products
Customized product modifications
Customized design
■ Selection and Ordering data
Device type
Order No. of associated
standard device
Design
Version
Order No. of
design device 1)
Minimum quantity
per year
TP 070 Touch Panel
TP 170micro Touch Panel
TP 170A Touch Panel
TP 170 B mono Touch Panel
TP 170 B color Touch Panel
TP 177A Touch Panel 4)
TP 177micro Touch Panel 4)
TP 270 6" Touch Panel
TP 270 10" Touch Panel
MP 270B Multi Panel
6" Touch
MP 270B Multi Panel 10"
Touch
MP 270B Multi Panel 10" Key
MP 370 Multi Panel Touch
MP 370 Multi Panel Key
6AV6 545-0AA15-2AX0
6AV6 640-0CA01-0AX0
6AV6 545-0BA15-2AX0
6AV6 545-0BB15-2AX0
6AV6 545-0BC15-2AX0
6AV6 642-0DA01-2AX0
6AV6 640-0DA01-0AX0
6AV6 545-0CA10-0AX0
6AV6 545-0CC10-0AX0
6AV6 545-0AH10-0AX0
6AV6 545-0AG10-0AX0
6AV6 542-0AG10-0AX0
6AV6 545-0DA10-0AX0
6AV6 542-0DA10-0AX0
MP 370 Multi Panel 15" Touch 6AV6 545-0DB10-0AX0
C7-613
C7-635 Touch
C7-635 Key
1)
2)
3)
4)
6ES7 613-1CA00-0AE3
6ES7 635-2EB00-0AE3
6ES7 635-2EC00-0AE3
per order
A
6AV6 545-5AA00-XXXX
50
25
C 2)
6AV6 545-5AC00-XXXX
150
25
A
6AV6 640-5CA00-XXXX
50
25
C 2)
6AV6 640-5CA20-XXXX
150
25
A
6AV6 545-5BA00-XXXX
50
25
C 2)
6AV6 545-5BC00-XXXX
150
25
A
6AV6 545-5CA00-XXXX
50
25
C 2)
6AV6 545-5CC00-XXXX
150
25
A
6AV6 545-5DA00-XXXX
50
25
C 2)
6AV6 545-5DC00-XXXX
150
25
A
6AV6 642-5DA00-XXXX
50
25 3)
B
6AV6 642-5DA10-XXXX
50
25 3)
C 2)
6AV6 642-5DA20-XXXX
150
25 3)
A
6AV6 640-5DA00-XXXX
50
25 3)
B
6AV6 640-5DA10-XXXX
50
25 3)
C 2)
6AV6 640-5DA20-XXXX
150
25 3)
A
6AV6 545-5FA00-XXXX
24
12 3)
B
6AV6 545-5FA10-XXXX
24
12 3)
C
6AV6 545-5FA20-XXXX
48
12 3)
A
6AV6 545-5FB00-XXXX
24
12 3)
B
6AV6 545-5FB10-XXXX
24
12 3)
C
6AV6 545-5FB20-XXXX
48
12 3)
A
6AV6 545-5FD00-XXXX
24
12 3)
B
6AV6 545-5FD10-XXXX
24
12 3)
C
6AV6 545-5FD20-XXXX
48
12 3)
A
6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX
10
10
B
6AV6 545-5FC10-XXXX
10
10
C
6AV6 545-5FC20-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX
10
10
B
6AV6 542-5FC10-XXXX
10
10
C
6AV6 542-5FC20-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV6 545-5EA00-XXXX
20
10
B
6AV6 545-5EA10-XXXX
20
10
C
6AV6 545-5EA20-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV6 542-5EA00-XXXX
20
10
B
6AV6 542-5EA10-XXXX
20
10
C
6AV6 542-5EA20-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV6 545-0EB00-XXXX
20
10
B
6AV6 545-0EB10-XXXX
20
10
C
6AV6 545-0EB20-XXXX
50
10
A
6ES7 613-1SA00-XXXX
25
25
B
6ES7 613-1SB00-XXXX
25
25
C
6ES7 613-1SC00-XXXX
50
25
A
6ES7 613-3SA00-XXXX
50
50
B
6ES7 613-3SB00-XXXX
50
50
C
6ES7 613-3SC00-XXXX
50
50
A
6ES7 613-2SA00-XXXX
25
25
B
6ES7 613-2SB00-XXXX
25
25
C
6ES7 613-2SC00-XXXX
50
25
6
XXXX corresponds to customer identification; is assigned on placement of order
Possible color versions on request, the UL/CSA certification must be checked in individual cases when coloring the plastic frame
The ordering quantity must always be a multiple of 6 (e.g. 12, 18, 24 etc.)
Start of delivery approximately 2 months after start of delivery of the standard product
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/15
Customized products
Customized product modifications
Customized design
■ Selection and Ordering data
Device type
Order No. of associated
standard device
Design
Version
Order No. of
design device 1)
Minimum quantity
per year
Panel PC 670 10", Key
Panel PC 670 12", Key
Panel PC 670 15", Key
Panel PC 670 12", Touch
Panel PC 670 15", Touch
Panel PC 870 12", Key
Panel PC 870 15", Key
Panel PC 870 12", Touch
Panel PC 870 15", Touch
IL 77
6
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
SCD 1297 12“
SCD 1597 15“
SCD 1897/1898 18“
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
Depending on configuration
per order
A
6AV7 651-0AA00-XXXX
20
B
6AV7 651-0AB00-XXXX
20
5
5
C 2)
6AV7 651-0AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 651-1AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 651-1AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 651-1AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 651-2AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 651-2AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 651-2AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 651-3AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 651-3AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 651-3AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 651-4AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 651-4AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 651-4AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 703-5AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 703-5AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 703-5AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 705-5AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 705-5AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 705-5AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 704-5AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 704-5AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 704-5AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
6AV7 707-5AA00-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV7 707-5AB00-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV7 707-5AC00-XXXX
50
10
A
Still to be determined
20
3
B
Still to be determined
20
3
C 2)
Still to be determined
50
10
A
6AV8 105-0XX10-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV8 105-0XX20-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV8 105-0XX30-XXXX
50
5
A
6AV8 105-1XX10-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV8 105-1XX20-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV8 105-1XX30-XXXX
50
5
A
6AV8 105-2XX10-XXXX
20
5
B
6AV8 105-2XX20-XXXX
20
5
C 2)
6AV8 105-2XX30-XXXX
50
5
1) XXXX corresponds to customer identification; is assigned on placement of order
2) Possible color versions on request, the UL/CSA certification must be checked in individual cases when coloring the plastic frame
6/16
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Customized products
Customized product modifications
Customized design
■ More information
Costs/discounts
Repairs/stocking of spare parts
An extra charge compared to the standard device will be made
for the customized design device.
Only identity repairs are carried out.
In addition to the adjusted unit price, there are non-recurring
costs for design creation and factory introduction of the design
version. The costs depend on the device and the design version.
The customized spare parts required for this (device fronts) must
be stocked by the customer at the end of delivery.
Ordering information
Minimum quantities
The pre-defined services can be ordered direct using units.
In order to provide high-quality products at a price appropriate
to global markets, it is necessary to specify a minimum annual
quantity and a minimum ordering quantity.
Contact
An overview of all possible design devices with the associated
minimum quantities can be found in the tables.
Please contact the HMI partner at your Siemens sales office/
National Company (see Internet)
For further information, visit our website at
Handling
Special handling of orders is necessary for the customized design. Two release steps by the customer should guarantee that
the end product is completely according to expectations.
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/17
Customized products
Customized product modifications
OEM products
■ Overview
■ Benefits
• Solutions for OEM customers are suitable to demanding
industrial automation tasks that cannot be solved by means of
standard products
• The customized OEM products ar e developed in defined steps
in accordance with quality standards and manufactured at the
factory where the standard products are produced under constant close cooperation with the customer
• Customers in the automobile in dustry, the food, beverages and
tobacco industries and in the plastics industry profit from the
experience gained from a number of previous implemented
OEM variants and sector standards
■ More information
Product specification/quotation
• Product specification accordi ng to customer requirements
• Quotation by SIMATIC HMI sp ecialists, determination of:
- One-off costs
- Costs for the prototypes
- Series device prices
- General conditions (product agreements)
• The minimum annual quantity an d the minimum ordering quantity are agreed upon for the project with the customer.
6
• The OEM concept of SIMATIC HMI is "Customizing at its best":
Customer requirements resulting from sector and application
know-how in combination with experience in the development
of HMI devices of all performance classes results in reliable,
tailor-made solutions at a fair price.
• OEM products are available in all performance categories –
from OEM Push Button Panels, via Micro Panels, Panels and
Multi Panels to Panel PCs – with extensive modifications in the
hardware, fitted equipment and installed software.
• You can choose from the following modifications:
- Changes to keyboard layout: number of keys, key size/design
and key arrangement
- Freely definable front dimensions and device mechanics
- Different processors
- Different memory media and memory sizes
- Number, size and arrangement of keys
- Display technologies, sizes and resolutions
- Options such as direct key modules
- Distributed configuration of the panel PCs: up to 500 m
- Housing for desktop or supporting arm mounting (operator
station concept)
- Additional modules or interfaces, including of course the necessary device drivers
- Selectable Windows operating systems
- Pre-installed SIMATIC HMI software package
Note:
ordering of customized products is only possible in conjunction
with a product agreement.
The customized OEM products are developed and manufactured in various steps and in line with quality standards.
Prototypes are produced in order to test the products. Following
release of the devices by the customer, they will be certified and
production will be started.
The devices will be mass produced in close agreement with
customer planning. Individual product agreements will be made
with the customer for planning, production and logistics.
Should any questions or problems arise, customers can approach our worldwide SIMATIC Customer Support 24 hours a
day. Furthermore, special OEM after-sales support also exists.
Contact
Please address the HMI contact of your local Siemens office/
national company
For further information, visit our website at
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
6/18
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Customized products
Customized product modifications
OEM products
■ Application possibilities for HMI Links
6
Distance of different HMI links
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/19
Customized products
Customized product modifications
HMI operator stations
■ Overview
SIMATIC HMI operator stations are off-the-shelf turnkey solutions
with SIMATIC Panels or Panel PCs.
Operator stations for: SIMATIC Panels and Multi Panels
Variant 1
Variant 2
Variant 3
Operator stations for: SIMATIC Panel PC
6
Variant 1
6/20
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Variant 2
Variant 3
Variant 4
Customized products
Customized product modifications
HMI operator stations
■ Benefits
• High level of industrial capab ility thanks to rugged and fieldproven design
• Turnkey solutions, ergonomically and technically tested and
certified
• Safe operation even under demanding environmental conditions
• Temperature-tested and temperature-monitored
• Also suitable for special sectors
• For the highest level of avai lability and investment security
• Support, service and repair in Siemens quality:
- Avoiding thermal hotspots in the housing through optimal
installation of the HMI products
- Calculation of the actual maximum permissible ambient
temperature of the overall operator station in continuous operation at the place of use. The power losses of the devices
are also accounted for
- Guaranteed observance of load limits for rotating mass
memories and large displays through shock and vibration
tests of the overall operator station in operation
- Observance of legal requirements (certification)
- Calculation and testing of required degrees of protection and
EMC measures
- Ensuring the surface quality and its resistance to abrasion
and chemicals
- All measures for improving the usability of the operator
stations in special environments are based on passive technology where possible (e.g. no active air conditioning) with
the aim of ensuring long and fault-free operation
■ Application
Complete HMI operator stations can be used wherever the
installation of HMI devices in a control cabinet or direct at the
machine is not possible. Operator stations are suitable for:
• Industrial use
• Semi-industrial use
• Use in the food, beverages, and tobacco industry
■ Design
The HMI operator station concept is based on a modular system
whereby HMI devices are installed in selected housings according to function.
• HMI device enclosure for all-round protection (IP65)
• Can be mounted on a stand, 500 mm supporting arm or
750 mm supporting arm
• Can be rotated using adjustment elements
• Connection for external keyboard and mouse
• Specific hardware components can be installed
Operator stations for SIMATIC Panels
Variants for SIMATIC Multi Panel, Operator Panel, Touch Panel:
• Compact design thanks to shallow installation depth
• Diverse installation methods thanks to light weight
• Maximum housing depth 99 mm
• Variant 1:
Enclosure
• Variant 2:
Enclosure with single-row operator panel
• Variant 3:
Enclosure with double-row operator panel
All version types are designed for ambient temperature of
up to + 40 °C.
Operator stations for SIMATIC Panel PCs
Versions for Panel PC 670:
• Rugged and suitable for use in harsh industrial environments
• Maximum housing depth 180 mm
• Variant 1:
Enclosure
• Variant 2:
Enclosure with single-row operator panel
• Variant 3:
Enclosure with double-row operator panel
• Variant 4:
Enclosure with double-row operator panel and keyboard
drawer
All version types are designed for the range + 34 °C to + 39 °C,
depending on versions and power losses.
6
■ Function
• Fatigue-free, fast operation
• Operator station can be quickly adapted to different operators
• Coherent, easy-to-learn operator philosophy
• Rugged against shocks and vibrations in operation
• Suitable device selection (SIMAT IC HMI devices from 10” display)
• Ensuring the data transfer and access to drives and interfaces
• Direct operation of the mach ine (conventional operator elements for direct connection to machine units)
• Simple alphanumeric input
• Cleaning agents taken into account
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/21
Customized products
Customized product modifications
HMI operator stations
■ Technical specifications
SIMATIC Panels
Variant 1
Variant 2
Variant 3
Installable HMI products
TP 270 10“ Touch
OP 270 10” Key
MP 270B 10” Key / Touch
MP 370 12” Key / Touch
MP 370 15“ Touch
TP 270 10“ Touch
OP 270 10” Key
MP 270B 10” Key / Touch
MP 370 12” Key / Touch
MP 370 15“ Touch
TP 270 10“ Touch
OP 270 10” Key
MP 270B 10” Key / Touch
MP 370 12” Key / Touch
MP 370 15“ Touch
Housing width in mm (min.-max.)
416 - 564
416 – 564
416 - 564
Housing height in mm (min.-max.)
348 – 383
462 – 497
528 - 563
Housing depth in mm
99
99
99
Weight in kg
11
11.5
12
Material
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Surface treatment
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Degree of protection
IP65
IP65
IP65
Approvals
CE
CE
CE
Housing color
RAL 9023
RAL 9023
RAL 9023
Control elements
-
3SB, single-row
3SB, double-row
Ambient temperature for housing
40
40
40
Housing lock
Double-bit 3
Double-bit 3
Double-bit 3
24V fan
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supporting arm mounting (optional) Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Housing data
Stand mounting (optional)
6
6/22
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Customized products
Customized product modifications
HMI operator stations
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SIMATIC Panel PC
Variant 1
Variant 2
Variant 3
Variant 4
Installable HMI products
PC 670 10“
PC 670 12“ Key / Touch
PC 670 15“ Key / Touch
PC 670 10“
PC 670 12“ Key / Touch
PC 670 15“ Key / Touch
PC 670 10“
PC 670 12“ Key / Touch
PC 670 15“ Key / Touch
PC 670 10“
PC 670 12“ Key / Touch
PC 670 15“ Key / Touch
Housing width in mm
595
595
595
595
Housing height in mm (min.-max.)
407 - 451
521 - 565
587 - 631
701 - 745
Housing depth in mm
180
180
180
180
Weight in kg
26.5
29
35
39
Material
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Surface treatment
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Clear anodized
Degree of protection
IP65
IP65
IP65
IP65
Approvals
CE
CE
CE
CE
Housing color
RAL 9023
RAL 9023
RAL 9023
RAL 9023
Control elements
-
3SB, single-row
3SB, double-row
3SB, double-row
Keyboard
-
-
-
In keyboard drawer
Ambient temperature for housing
-
-
-
-
Ambient temperature for housing
with partial load
39
39
39
39
Ambient temperature for housing
with full load
34
35
36
36
Housing lock
Double-bit 3
Double-bit 3
Double-bit 3
Double-bit 3
24V fan
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Supporting arm mounting (optional)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Stand mounting (optional)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Housing data
■ More information
For further information, visit our website at
Link to the SIMATIC HMI selection assistance – operator station concept:
6
http://intra1.nbgm.siemens.com/customizecenter/index.php3
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
6/23
Customized products
Customized product modifications
Open platform program
■ Overview
■ Application
Use of the open operating system Windows CE opens up
diverse possibilities for integrating functions such as:
• Simple data exchange with other Windows-based systems
• Connection to central databases
• Multimedia supplements
• Access to central documents over the Internet/intranet.
• Communication with special I/O devices
(e.g. barcode scanners)
All Windows CE-based SIMATIC Panels offer a low-cost platform
for customized OEM software solutions on a reliable industrial
hardware base.
■ Function
To meet special requirements, you can build on ProTool or
WinCC, or you can use third-party products, or proprietary
applications.
• The Open Platform Program offers diverse methods for effective and low-cost development of flexible software solutions
• On the basis of the Windows CE products from TP 170B,
customized software solutions can be developed, software
products of other manufacturers can be used, or functions and
objects can be added to ProTool or WinCC flexible. The flexibility and versatility of the PC environment is then opened up to
panels and multi panels.
• A huge potential for implementi ng customized software solutions is released with SIMATIC ProTool or WinCC flexible, the
standard configuring software, the open operating system
Windows CE and a discretely graded range of hardware platforms.
For further information, visit our website at
The Open Platform program provides customized software solutions based on a tried and tested building block principle:
• Low development outlay since based on standards
• Fast time-to-market with the resulting competitive advantages
• Use of tried and tested components with well-proven industrial
functionality
6/24
Within the scope of the Open Platform Program, there is also a
Software Development Kit available for SIMATIC ProTool/Pro or
WinCC flexible for developing customized software solutions for
PC destination platforms.
■ More information
■ Benefits
6
SIMATIC ProTool or WinCC flexible, the standard configuring
software for the SIMATIC HMI panel family, offers several
methods for implementing additional functionality. Depending
on complexity and requirements, the following can be added:
• New project functions
• Proprietary ActiveX objects
• Additional applications that ru n in parallel with ProTool or
WinCC flexible
• Porting of proprietary software or third-party software to panel
hardware.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
Industrial
LCD monitors
7/2
7/3
7/7
7/12
7/16
7/18
7/20
Introduction
12" devices
15" devices
18" devices
SCD 1215-E
SCD 1515-E
SCD 1815-E/1815-I
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Industrial LCD monitors
Introduction
■ Overview
■ Benefits
Rugged industrial design:
Resistance to power failure, durability, industry-compatible design: these are the demands placed on LCD monitors in industrial applications. The industrial LCD monitors meet these demands in all variants and therefore comply with the Industry CE
standard. As an option, industrial LCD monitors can also be
supplied with 24 V DC in addition to the usual supply voltages of
110 V or 230 V AC. The industrial LCD monitors also cope with
vibrations of up to 1 g and shocks of up to 5 g. The extended
temperature range of the devices is another safety feature.
The industrial LCD monitors feature a mineral glass screen
which provides higher mechanical protection against pressure,
increased service life due to protection from scratches and clear
readability. Electromagnetic disturbance and emitted interference are prevented by the use of the industrial TFT display.
More scope due to greater variety
The industrial LCD monitors are available with 12", 15" and 18"
displays as built-in, rack-mounted and desktop units. The monitors can even be operated at distances up to 20 m from the computing unit. The operating concept provides a choice between
touch and key operation.
Industrial LCD monitors are used wherever the display panel
is separated from the computer for technical and commercial
reasons.
The SCD 1897/1898, SCD 1597 and SCD 1297 monitors are
LCD monitors in a rugged industrial design.
Built-in versions:
• Desktop units
• Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
• 19" rack-mounted units
High quality working
The industrial LCD monitors have a totally stationary display, i.e.
no flickering. The brightness and the contrast levels outshines
every conventional CRT monitor. Their uniform brightness, focus
and lack of reflection set new standards. With reading angles of
up to 170° horizontal and vertical , you will always know what's
going on.
Type of operator control:
• Devices for display only
• Devices for touch operation
• Devices for keyboard/mouse operation
(only 19" rack-mounted units)
■ Industrial LCD monitors at a glance
SCD 1297
SCD 1597
SCD 1897 / SCD 1898
–
•
•
•
•
•
• 19" rack-mounted units
•
•
•
Display
12" TFT
15" TFT
18" TFT
• Resolution
800 x 600
1024 x 768
1280 x 1024
• Colors
256 k
16 million
16 million
• Viewing angle (H x V)
120° x 100°
130° x 110°
170° x 170°
•
•
•
•
•
–
• Degree of protection to
EN 60 529
IP65 (built-in unit),
IP54 (19" rack-mounted unit)
IP20 (desktop unit),
IP65 (built-in unit),
IP54 (19" rack-mounted unit)
IP20 (desktop unit),
IP65 (built-in unit),
IP54 (19" rack-mounted unit)
• Vibration loading during operation
1g
1g
1g
• Shock loading during operation
5g
5g
5g
Variants
• Desktop units
• Built-in units (for control cabinets,
consoles and booms)
7
Operation (optional)
Touch operation
Key/mouse operation
Ambient conditions
•
–
7/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
possible
not possible
Industrial LCD monitors
12" devices
■ Overview
• The SCD 1297 Monitors are rugged, industry standard LCD
monitors
• They can be used in any applic ations in which picture tube
monitors (CRT monitors) are used
• Built-in versions:
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- 19" rack-mounted units
• Type of operator control :
- Devices for display only
- Devices for touch operation
- Devices for keyboard/mouse operation
(only 19" rack-mounted units)
■ Benefits
• Rugged industrial design:
- Safe from power-failure and durable thanks to high resistance
to shock and vibration as well as extremely high EMC compatibility
- Housing to IP65 degree of protection, resistant to dust and
humidity
- Mineral glass screen, so high mechanical protection against
pressure and protected from scratches
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard
• Wide range of variants
• No x-ray radiation
• Low energy requirements
• Comfortable working:
- Large reading angle between 120° horizontal and 100° vertical
- Sharp, high-contrast display
- No flicker, constant brightness
- Auto adjust
• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD)
• Low space requirements and low weight
• Long service life
■ Application
The SCD 1297 LCD monitors are used wherever the operator/display panel is separated from the computer for technical
and economical reasons.
■ Design
• Rugged aluminium housing
• 12" TFT display
• Resolution 800 x 600 pixels, 256k colors
• Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
• Only display, touch screen or membrane keyboard
(with 36 function keys)
• Line frequency 30 to 80 kHz
• Image refresh frequency 50 to 72 Hz
• 110/230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC optional for built-in and
rack-mounted units
• Can be positioned up to 20 m from the computing unit
Two rack-mounted versions of the SCD 1297 12" industrial LCD
monitors are available:
• Built-in units
(for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- SCD 1297-E – for display only
- SCD 1297-ET with analog resistive touch screen
- SCD 1297-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
• 19“ rack-mounted units
(for 19“ racks)
- SCD 1297-R – for display only
- SCD 1297-RT with analog resistive touch screen
Included in the delivery are:
• Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
• Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
• Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
• CD-ROM with touch drivers
7
Special consideration when changing from CRT to
LCD monitors
• Screen diagonals:
For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
inches plus 2" gives the comparable CRT monitor size (14" CRT
corresponds to 12" LCD).
• Resolution:
On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
resolution of the visualization application.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/3
Industrial LCD monitors
12" devices
■ Technical specifications
Type
General features
• Can be separated from
computing unit
• On-screen display (OSD)
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened mineral
glass sheet
• Presentation
• Power switch
• Power supply
• Frequency/power input
SCD 1297-E / 1297-ET
SCD 1297- K
SCD 1297-R / 1297-RT
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Full screen
No
110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC
47 – 63 Hz/30 VA
Full screen
No
110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC
47 – 63 Hz/30 VA
Full screen
No
110/230 V AC, optionally 24 V DC
47 – 63 Hz/30 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529
IP65
IP65
IP54
• Vibration resistance in operation
1 g (10 m/s2)
1 g (10 m/s2)
1 g (10 m/s2)
• Shock resistance in operation
5 g (50 m/s2)
5 g (50 m/s2)
5 g (50 m/s2)
• EMC
CE
CE
CE
• Ambient temperature in operation
0 to +40 °C
0 to +40 °C
0 to +40 °C
Certification
UL, CE
UL, CE
UL, CE
12" TFT
800 x 600
300 cd/m2 / 300:1
120° x 100°
0.31 x 0.31
246 x 184
256 k
50,000 h
12" TFT
800 x 600
250 cd/m2 / 300:1
120° x 100°
0.31 x 0.31
246 x 184
256 k
50,000 h
12" TFT
800 x 600
300 cd/m2 / 300:1
120° x 100°
0.31 x 0.31
246 x 184
256 k
50,000 h
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
No
Yes
No
No
No
Optional (1297-ET)
36 with LEDs
Yes
No
No
No
Optional (1297-RT)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Optional (1297-ET)
No
No
Yes
Optional (1297-RT)
No
364 x 284 x 76
483 x 310 x 98
483 x 266 x 80
334.4 x 252 x 76
312 x 288 x 97
-
5
5
5
Display
• Viewable area in inches
• Resolution (pixels) optimally
• Brightness/contrast (typ.)
• Viewing angle (H x V)
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm)
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm)
• No. of colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate
• Line frequency
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & Piezo
mouse
• Function keys
• Alpha and numeric keypads
• Touch screen
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface
15-pin SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen
• 2*PS/2 interfaces
for keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D
(mm)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D
(mm)
7
Weight (kg)
7/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Industrial LCD monitors
12" devices
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Standard configuration
Accessories
12" LCD monitors
6AV8 101-0 7 7 00- 7 7 A1
Connecting cable
• Video + Touch
Built-in versions:
• Built-in unit
• 19“ rack-mounted unit
B
C
Operating functions:
• Display device without operating functions
• Touch
• Keyboard
(only with built-in unit)
A
B
C
- 1.8 m
6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
- 5.0 m
6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
- 10.0 m
6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
• Video
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2
Power supplies:
• 110/230 V AC
• 24 V DC
0
1
- 1.8 m
6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
- 5.0 m
6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
• Video + X27
Connecting cable:
- 10.0 m
6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
• Video + Touch
- 1.8 m
- 5.0 m
- 10.0 m
- 20.0 m
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
• Video (not for keyboard and
touch functionality)
- 20.0 m
B
D
F
H
230 V AC power supply
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
(with angle section + power
cable)
6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0
6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
J
24 V DC power supply
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
(with screws)
Insertable strip
for SCD 1297-K
6AV8 107-2AA00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2 (only for
keyboard functionality)
- 1.8 m
- 5.0 m
L
N
• Video + X27 (only for
keyboard functionality)
- 10.0 m
- 20.0 m
Q
S
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
341.4
40
341,4
334,4
329
307
240
364
M3x10
240
ACTIVE AREA 246x184,5
262
252
170
7
Switchboard cutout
G_ST80_EN_00023
View A
S-VHS
FBAS
Power
XGA
Touch
Power
supply
31
76
4
262
229
170
Operating elements
284
A
SCD 1297-E, SCD 1297-ET
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/5
Industrial LCD monitors
12" devices
■ Dimension drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm
483
40
ACTIVE AREA 246x184,5
S-VHS
FBAS
Power
XGA
Touch
265,9
Operating elements
Power
supply
unit
22
G_ST80_EN_00025
76
4
66
15
190,4
A
View A
62
465
SCD 1297-R, SCD 1297-RT
Dimensions in mm
483
465
59
ø7
450
290
S-VHS
FBAS
Power
Touch
Power
supply
unit
ext. KBD
X27
PC Mouse
PC KBD
XGA
234,9
310,3
Operating elements
24 V DC
View A
7
SCD 1297-K
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd
7/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Switchboard cutout
G_ST80_XX_00024H
97
Industrial LCD monitors
15" devices
■ Overview
• The SCD 1597 Monitors are rugged, industry standard LCD
monitors
• They can be used in any applic ations in which picture tube
monitors (CRT monitors) are used
• Built-in versions:
- Desktop units
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- 19" rack-mounted units
• Type of operator control:
- Devices for display only
- Devices for touch operation
- Devices for keyboard/mouse operation (only 19" built-in units)
■ Benefits
• Rugged industrial design:
- Safe from power-failure and durable thanks to high resistance
to shock and vibration as well as extremely high EMC compatibility
- Housing to IP65 degree of protection (desktop unit IP20),
resistant to dust and humidity
- Mineral glass screen, so high mechanical protection against
pressure and protected from scratches
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard
• Wide range of variants
• No X-ray radiation
• Low energy requirements
• Comfortable working:
- Large reading angle between 130° horizontal and
110° vertical
- Sharp, high-contrast display
- No flicker, constant brightness
- Auto adjust
• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD)
• Low space requirements and low weight
• Long service life
■ Application
The SCD 1597 LCD monitors are used wherever the operator/display panel is separated from the computer for technical
and economical reasons.
■ Design
• Rugged aluminium housing
• 15" TFT display
• Resolution 1024 x 768 pi xels, 16 million colors
• Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
• Only display, touchscreen or membrane keyboard
(with 36 function keys)
• Line frequency 30-80 kHz
• Image refresh frequency 50-72 Hz
• 110/230 V AC power supply, 24 V DC optional for built-in and
rack-mounted units
• Can be positioned up to 20 m from the computing unit
Three versions of the SCD 1597 12" industrial LCD monitors are
available:
• Desktop units
- SCD 1597-I – for display only
- SCD 1597-IT with analog resistive touch screen
• Built-in units
(for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- SCD 1597-E – for display only
- SCD 1597-ET with analog resistive touch screen
- SCD 1597-K with keyboard and mouse functionality
• 19“-rack-mounted units
- SCD 1597-R – for display only
- SCD 1597-RT with analog resistive touch screen
Included in the delivery are:
• Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
• Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
• Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
• CD-ROM with touch drivers
7
Special consideration when changing from CRT to
LCD monitors
• Screen diagonals:
For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
inches plus 2" corresponds to comparable CRT monitor size
(17" CRT corresponds to 15" LCD).
• Resolution:
On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
resolution of the visualization application.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/7
Industrial LCD monitors
15" devices
■ Technical specifications
Type
SCD 1597-E / 1597-ET
SCD 1597- K
SCD 1597-R / 1597-RT
SCD 1597-I / 1597-IT
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Full screen
No
110/230V AC, optionally
24 V DC
47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA
Full screen
No
110/230V AC, optionally
24 V DC
47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA
Full screen
No
110/230 V AC,
• Frequency/power input
Full screen
No
110/230V AC, optionally
24 V DC
47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529
• Vibration resistance in operation
• Shock resistance in operation
• EMC
• Ambient temperature in operation
IP65
1 g (10 m/s2)
5 g (50 m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
IP65
1 g (10 m/s2)
5 g (50 m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
IP54
1 g (10 m/s2)
5 g (50 m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
IP20
1 g (10 m/s2)
5 g (50 m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
Certification
UL, CE
UL, CE
UL, CE
UL, CE
15" TFT
1024 x 768
250 cd/m2 / 300:1
130° x 110°
0.30 x 0.30
304 x 228
16 million
35,000 h
15" TFT
1024 x 768
250 cd/m2 / 300:1
130° x 110°
0.30 x 0.30
304 x 228
16 million
35,000 h
15" TFT
1024 x 768
250 cd/m2 / 300:1
130° x 110°
0.30 x 0.30
304 x 228
16 million
35,000 h
15" TFT
1024 x 768
250 cd/m2 / 300:1
130° x 110°
0.30 x 0.30
304 x 228
16 million
35,000 h
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
50 – 72 Hz
30 – 80 kHz
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Optional
36 with LEDs
Yes
No
No
No
Optional
No
No
Optional
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Optional
No
No
Yes
Optional
No
Optional
No
428 x 336 x 83
483 x 355 x 95
483 x 311 x 83
394 x 306 x 83
448 x 333 x 95
-
370 x 373 x 62
(base depth 205)
370 x 373 x 62
(base depth 205)
5.5
5.5
5.5
General features
• Can be separated from
computing unit
• On-screen display (OSD)
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened mineral
glass sheet
• Presentation
• Power switch
• Power supply
Display
• Viewable area in inches
• Resolution (pixels) optimally
• Brightness/contrast (typ.)
• Viewing angle (H x V)
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm)
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm)
• No. of colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate
• Line frequency
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & Piezo
mouse
• Function keys
• Alpha and numeric keypads
• Touch screen
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface
15-pin SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen
• 2*PS/2 interfaces
for keyboard & mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D
(mm)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D
(mm)
7
Weight (kg)
7/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
47 – 63 Hz / 30 VA
5.5
Industrial LCD monitors
15" devices
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Standard configuration
15" LCD monitors
Built-in versions:
• Desktop unit (only for 230 V)
• Built-in unit
• 19“ rack-mounted unit
Operating functions:
• Display device without
operating functions
• Touch
• Keyboard
(only with built-in unit)
Power supplies:
• 110/230 V AC
• 24 V DC
(only with desktop unit)
Accessories
6AV8 101-1 7 7 00- 7 7 A1
Connecting cable
• Video + Touch
A
B
C
A
B
C
- 1.8 m
6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
- 5.0 m
6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
- 10.0 m
6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
• Video
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2
0
1
- 1.8 m
6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
- 5.0 m
6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
• Video + X27
Connecting cable:
• Video + Touch
- 1.8 m
- 5.0 m
- 10.0 m
- 20.0 m
B
D
F
H
• Video (not for keyboard and
touch functionality)
- 20.0 m
J
• Video + 2*PS/2 (only for
keyboard functionality)
- 1.8 m
- 5.0 m
L
N
• Video + X27 (only for
keyboard functionality)
- 10.0 m
- 20.0 m
Q
S
- 10.0 m
6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
230 V AC power supply
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
(with angle section +
power cable)
6AV8 107-1AA00-0AA0
24 V DC power supply
for SCD 1297 and SCD 1597
(with screws)
6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
Insertable strip
for SCD 1597-K
6AV8 107-2AB00-0AA0
7
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/9
Industrial LCD monitors
15" devices
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
428
44,5
406
393
360,5
120,7
M4x10
397
ACTIVE AREA 304x228
A
View A
Switchboard cutout
G_ST80_EN_00026
Touch
290
27,5
82,5
4
S-VHS
FBAS
Power
Power
Supply
XGA
336
314
279
107
Operating elements
SCD 1597-E, SCD 1597-ET
Dimensions in mm
View A
483
465
44,5
39
27
ACTIVE AREA 304x228
A
G_ST80_EN_00028
82,5
4
7
SCD 1597-R, SCD 1597-RT
7/10
S-VHS
FBAS
Power
XGA
Power
Supply
Unit
Touch
310,3
234,9
Operating elements
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Industrial LCD monitors
15" devices
■ Dimension drawings (continued)
Dimensions in mm
483
60
Æ7
465
448
333
Power
XGA
Touch
PC KBD
X27
DC 24 V
PC Mouse
Power
Supply
Unit
ext. KBD
279,4
354,8
Operating elements
A
Switchboard cutout
View A
G_ST80_EN_00027
95
4
SCD 1597-K
Dimensions in mm
15º
370
308
376
Service
XGA
12 VDC
Operaiting elements
5º
64
89
209
G_ST80_EN_00142
View A
SCD 1597-I
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/11
7
Industrial LCD monitors
18" devices
■ Overview
• The SCD 1897 and SCD 1898 Monitors are rugged, industry
standard LCD monitors
• They can be used in any app lication in which picture tube
monitors (CRT monitors) are used
• Built-in versions :
- Desktop units
- Built-in units (for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- 19" rack-mounted units
• Type of operator control :
- Devices for display only
- Devices for touch operation
■ Benefits
7
• Rugged industrial design:
- Safe from power-failure and durable thanks to high resistance
to shock and vibration as well as extremely high EMC compatibility
- Housing front to IP65 degree of protection (desktop unit
IP20), resistant to dust and humidity
- Mineral glass screen, so high mechanical protection against
pressure and protected from scratches
- Complies with the "Industry" CE standard
• Wide range of variants
• No X-ray radiation
• Low energy requirements
• Comfortable working:
- Large reading angle between 170° horizontal and vertical
- Sharp, high-contrast display
- No flicker, constant brightness
- Auto adjust
• Configuration through on-screen display (OSD)
• Low space requirements and low weight
• Long service life
■ Application
The SCD 1897/1898 LCD monitors are used wherever the operator/display panel is separated from the computer for technical
and economical reasons.
7/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
■ Design
• Rugged aluminium housing
• 18" TFT display
• Resolution 1280 x 1024 pixels, 16 million colors
• Non-reflective, hardened mineral glass screen
• Only display or touch screen
• Line frequency 30-100 kHz
• Image refresh frequency 50-97 Hz
• 110/230 V AC power supply
• Can be positioned up to 20 m from the computing unit
Three versions of the 18" industrial LCD monitors are available:
• Desktop units
- SCD 1898-I – for display only
- SCD 1898-IT with analog resistive touch screen
• Built-in units
(for control cabinets, consoles and booms)
- SCD 1897-E – for display only
- SCD 1897-ET with analog resistive touch screen
• 19” rack-mounted units
- SCD 1897-R – for display only
- SCD 1897-RT with analog resistive touch screen
Included in the delivery are:
• Power cable for variants with 230 V AC power supply
• Connection cables 1.8 m, 5 m, 10 m or 20 m
• Instruction manual, 2 languages (German and English)
Special consideration when changing from CRT to
LCD monitors
• Screen diagonals:
For LCD monitors, the rule of thumb applies: "display size in
inches plus 2" corresponds to the comparable CRT monitor
size (20" CRT corresponds to 18" LCD).
• Resolution:
On selecting the corresponding LCD monitor, it is important to
note that the resolution of the LCD monitor corresponds to the
resolution of the visualization application.
Industrial LCD monitors
18" devices
■ Technical specifications
Type
SCD 1897-E / 1897-ET
SCD 1897-R / 1897-RT
SCD 1898-I / 1898-IT
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
1.8 to 20 m
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1:1, full screen, zoom
At the rear
110/230 V AC
47 to 63 Hz/60 VA
1:1, full screen, zoom
At the rear
110/230 V AC
47 to 63 Hz/60 VA
1:1, full screen, zoom
At the rear
110/230 V AC
47 to 63 Hz/60 VA
Ambient conditions
• Degree of protection to EN 60 529
• Vibration resistance in operation
• Shock resistance in operation
• EMC
• Ambient temperature in operation
IP65
1g (10m/s2)
5g (50m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
IP54
1g (10m/s2)
5g (50m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
IP20
1g (10m/s2)
5g (50m/s2)
CE
0 to +40 °C
Certification
UL, CE
UL, CE
UL, CE
18" TFT
1280 x 1024
270 cd/m2 / 400:1
170° x 170°
0.28 x 0.28
359 x 287
16 million
50,000 h
18" TFT
1280 x 1024
270 cd/m2 / 400:1
170° x 170°
0.28 x 0.28
359 x 287
16 million
50,000 h
18" TFT
1280 x 1024
270 cd/m2 / 400:1
170° x 170°
0.28 x 0.28
359 x 287
16 million
50,000 h
30 – 100 Hz
50 – 97 kHz
30 – 100 Hz
50 – 97 kHz
30 – 100 Hz
50 – 97 kHz
No
No
No
No
No
Optional
No
No
Optional
No
No
Optional
Yes
Yes
Yes
Optional
No
Optional
No
Optional
No
481 x 385 x 89
483 x 400 x 89
465 x 444 x 91 (base depth 240)
450 x 353.4 x 89
-
465 x 444 x 91 (base depth 240)
10
10
10
General features
• Can be separated from
computing unit
• On-screen display (OSD)
configuration
• Anti-glare and hardened mineral
glass sheet
• Presentation
• Power switch
• Power supply
• Frequency/power input
Display
• Viewable area in inches
• Resolution (pixels) optimally
• Brightness/contrast (typ.)
• Viewing angle (H x V)
• Shadow mask (H x V) (mm)
• Viewable area (H x V) (mm)
• No. of colors
• MTBF of background lighting
(at 25 °C)
• Image refresh rate
• Line frequency
Control elements
• Membrane keyboard & Piezo
mouse
• Function keys
• Alpha and numeric keypads
• Touch screen
Interfaces
• Standard VGA interface
15-pin SUB-D
• Serial interface for touch screen
• 2*PS/2 interfaces for keyboard &
mouse
Dimensions
• External dimensions W x H x D
(mm)
• Mounting cutout/depth W x H x D
(mm)
Weight (kg)
7
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/13
Industrial LCD monitors
18" devices
■ Ordering data
■ Dimension drawings
Order No.
Standard configuration
Built-in variants:
• Built-in unit 1897
• 19“-rack-mounted unit 1897
• Desktop unit 1898
Operating functions:
• Display device
without operating functions
• Touch
6AV8 101-2 7 7 00-0 7 A0
Dimensions in mm
459
417
400
200
89
B
C
D
A
AC 220 V
VGA
B
Connecting cable:
• Video + Touch
- 1.8 m
- 5.0 m
- 10.0 m
- 20.0 m
• Video
(not for touch functionality)
- 20.0 m
240
338
362,4
18" LCD monitors
Touch
S-VHS
FBAS
B
D
F
H
4
77
481
362
J
Accessories
Connecting cable
6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0
- 5.0 m
6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0
- 10.0 m
6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HA00-0AA0
• Video
- 20.0 m
6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0
• Video + 2*PS/2
- 1.8 m
6AV8 107-0BC00-0AA0
- 5.0 m
290
384,4
• Video + Touch
- 1.8 m
450
6AV8 107-0DC00-0AA0
• Video + X27
- 10.0 m
6AV8 107-0FC00-0AA0
- 20.0 m
Switchboard
cutout
d=5(16x)
SCD 1897-E, SCD 1897-ET
7
7/14
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
G_ST80_EN_00029
353,5
6AV8 107-0HC00-0AA0
Industrial LCD monitors
18" devices
■ Dimension drawings
Dimensions in mm
483
465
120,6
323,8
399,2
16
89
AC 220 V
VGA
Touch
4
77
G_ST80_XX_00030
45
14
S-VHS
FBAS
SCD 1897-R, SCD 1897-RT
Dimensions in mm
5"
465
15"
359.6
47
G_ST80_XX_00031
240
287.6
393
51
444
91
20
393
160
SCD 1898-I, SCD 1898-IT
■ More information
Additional information can be found in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/industrial-lcd
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/15
7
Industrial LCD monitors
15 kHz variants
SCD 1215-E
■ Overview
■ Application
The LCD monitor can be used in many industrial sectors.
These include, for example:
• Electromagnetically contaminated environments
• Info terminals
• Mechanical engineering
Use with the following systems is possible:
• COROS LS-C (25 kHz)
• DISIT, WF 470, CP 527n (15 kHz)
• SIMATIC PC, PCS 7; WinCC, VIDEOMAT
• TELEPERM XP, MX-Terminal
• CP 581, PG 7xx, COROS LS-A/LS-B
Notes
Good picture quality is only guaranteed with an interferencefree standard video signal at the monitor input.
The SCD 1215-E LCD monitor is a reliable 12" display with a line
frequency of 15 kHz and higher. This LCD monitor is designed
for cubicle mounting in the industrial sector. Its very good technical properties ensure excellent picture quality throughout a
long service life.
The SCD 1215-E is the 15 kHz version of the SCD 1297-E and
differs from it in respect of the following technical data:
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz
• Ports 5 x BNC
• Looping through operation is possible (75 Ω, switched)
Information on the subject of "Special requirements for the
operation of LCDs with 15 kHz and higher - possible measures
for trouble-free operation“ is avai lable from the A&D Mall on the
Internet at www.siemens.de/automation/mall under the headings
for the respective LCD monitors.
Screen diagonal
The rule of thumb for LCDs is: "display size in inch plus 2 equals
the comparable size of a CRT monitor" (a 12“ LCD is equivalent
to a 14“ CRT).
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Standard configuration
■ Benefits
• Distance from monitor to video source up to 25 m
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz
• Small space requirement
• High shock and vibration resistance
• No X-rays
• High electromagnetic compatibility
• Designed for cubicle mounting
LCD- monitor SCD 1215-E
Industrial LCD, 15 ... 97 kHz,
scaling DSP, color TFT panel with
large viewing angle and safety
glass, operation via OSD, analog
input 5 x BNC, UL 1950, IP65
6GF6 240-4MV
Accessories
DC/DC converter
For connecting 12" and 15“ LCD
monitors for 12 V DC to a 24 V DC
supply. It transforms the voltage
into 12 V DC.
6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
High-quality video cable
7
7/16
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Length 2 m
6GF6 902-0VK
• Length 5 m
6GF6 905-0VK
Industrial LCD monitors
15 kHz variants
SCD 1215-E
■ Dimension drawings
Front panel cut-out
341,4 (13.44)
329 (12.95)
240 (9.45)
40 (1.57)
M3x10
Visible area
246x148,5 (9.68x5.85)
284 (11.18)
229 (9.02)
245 (9.65)
DC 24 V
B
H
V
307 (12.09)
332 (13.07)
All-round seal
31 (1.22)
G
Power
R
Touch
262 (10,31)
170 (6,69)
Contols
Power
supply
unit
364 (14.33)
63 (2.48)
76 (3)
4(0.16)
SCD 1215-E, dimensioned drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
7
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/17
Industrial LCD monitors
15 kHz variants
SCD 1515-E
■ Overview
■ Application
The LCD monitor can be used in many industrial sectors.
These include, for example:
• Electromagnetically contaminated environments
• Info terminals
• Mechanical engineering
Use with the following systems is possible:
• COROS LS-C (25 kHz)
• DISIT, WF 470, CP 527n (15 kHz)
• SIMATIC PC, PCS 7; WinCC, VIDEOMAT
• TELEPERM XP, MX-Terminal
• CP 581, PG 7xx, COROS LS-A/LS-B
Notes
Good picture quality is only guaranteed with an interferencefree standard video signal at the monitor input.
The SCD 1515-E LCD monitor is a reliable 15" display with a line
frequency of 15 kHz and higher. This LCD monitor is designed
for cubicle mounting in the industrial sector. Its excellent technical properties guarantee excellent picture quality throughout a
long service life.
The SCD 1515-E is the 15 kHz version of the SCD 1297-E and
differs from it in respect of the following technical data:
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz
• Inputs/Outputs 5 x BNC
• Looping through operation is possible (75 Ω, switched)
Information on the subject of "Special requirements for the operation of LCDs with 15 kHz and higher - possible measures for
trouble-free operation“ is availa ble from the A&D Mall on the Internet at www.siemens.de/automation/mall under the headings
for the respective LCD monitors.
Screen diagonal
The rule of thumb for LCDs is: "display size in inch plus 2 equals
the comparable size of a CRT monitor" (a 12“ LCD is equivalent
to a 14“ CRT).
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Standard configuration
■ Benefits
• Distance from monitor to video source up to 25 m
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz
• Small space requirement
• High shock and vibration resistance
• No X-rays
• High electromagnetic compatibility
• Designed for cubicle mounting
LCD monitor SCD 1515-E
Industrial LCD, 15 ... 97 kHz,
scaling DSP, color TFT panel with
large viewing angle and safety
glass, operation via OSD, analog
input 5 x BNC, UL 1950, IP65
6GF6 230-4MV
Accessories
DC/DC converter
For connecting 12" and 15“ LCD
monitors for 12 V DC to a 24 V DC
supply. It transforms the voltage
into 12 V DC.
6AV8 107-1BA00-0AA0
High-quality video cable
7
7/18
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Length 2 m
6GF6 902-0VK
• Length 5 m
6GF6 905-0VK
Industrial LCD monitors
15 kHz variants
SCD 1515-E
■ Dimension drawings
M4x10
406 (15.98)
360,5 (14.19)
120,7 (4.75)
44,5 (1.75)
428 (16.85)
Visible area
304x228 (11.97x8.98)
336 (13.23)
Power
supply
unit
Touch
R G B H V
DC 24 V
Power
314 (12.36)
290 (11.42)
107 (4.21)
Controls
397 (15.63)
All-round seal
Front panel cut-out
69 (2.72)
82,5 (3.25)
4 (1.6)
SCD 1515-E, dimensioned drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
7
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/19
Industrial LCD monitors
15 kHz variants
SCD 1815-E/1815-I
■ Overview
■ Application
The LCD monitor can be used in many industrial sectors.
These include, for example:
• Electromagnetically contaminated environments
• Info terminals
• Mechanical engineering
Use with the following systems is possible:
• COROS LS-C (25 kHz)
• DISIT, WF 470, CP 527n (15 kHz)
• SIMATIC PC, PCS 7; WinCC, VIDEOMAT
• TELEPERM XP, MX-Terminal
• CP 581, PG 7xx, COROS LS-A/LS-B
In the case of the SCD 1815-I, use is also possible with
• TELEPERM M
• MADAM S/R
• OS 254/OS 265
The SCD 1815-I (desktop version) and SCD 1815-E (panelmounting version) LCD monitors are reliable 18“ displays with a
line frequency of 15 kHz and higher. The SCD 1815-E is designed for cubicle mounting in the industrial sector. Its excellent
technical properties guarantee excellent picture quality throughout a long service life.
These 15 kHz displays differ in respect of the following technical
data:
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz
• Ports 5 x BNC
• Looping through operation is possible (75 Ω, switched)
• Galvanic isolation (SCD 1815-I only)
■ Benefits
Notes
Good picture quality is only guaranteed with an interferencefree standard video signal at the monitor input.
Information on the subject of "Special requirements for the operation of LCDs with 15 kHz and higher - possible measures for
trouble-free operation“ is avai lable from the A&D Mall in the
Internet at www.siemens.de/automation/mall under the headings
for the respective LCD monitors.
Screen diagonal
The rule of thumb for LCDs is: "display size in inch plus 2 equals
the comparable size of a CRT monitor" (a 12“ LCD is equivalent
to a 14“ CRT).
Light pen mode
• Distance from monitor to video source up to 25 m
• Line frequency 15 ... 97 kHz
• Small space requirement
• Long service life
• High shock and vibration resistance
• No X-rays
• High electromagnetic compatibility
• Large viewing angle
Light pen mode is not possible with the SCD 1815-I. If light pen
operation is required for your system, please get in direct touch
with the TELEPERM Hotline, Tel.: +49 (180) 50 50 222.
■ Ordering data
Order No.
Standard configuration
LCD monitor SCD 1815-I
Desktop version, technical data
same as 1815-E.
6GF6 220-1MV
LCD monitor SCD 1815-E
18" (1280 x 1024 pixel),
built-in version, industrial LCD,
15 ... 97 kHz, scaling DSP, color
TFT panel with large viewing
angle and safety glass, operation
via OSD, analog input 5 x BNC,
UL 1950, IP65
6GF6 220-4MV
Accessories
High-quality video cable
7
7/20
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
• Length 2 m
6GF6 902-0VK
• Length 5 m
6GF6 905-0VK
Industrial LCD monitors
15 kHz variants
SCD 1815-E/1815-I
■ Dimension drawings
481 (18.94)
362 (14.25)
290 (11.42)
384,4 (15.13)
89 (3.50)
240 (9.45)
338 (13.31)
362,4 (14.68)
353,5 (13.92)
459 (18.07)
417 (16.42)
400 (15.75)
200 (7.87)
220 V AC
R
Touch G
B
H
V
A
M4x10
450 (17.72)
4 (0.16)
77 (3.03)
97 (3.82)
All-round seal
Front panel cut-out
SCD 1815-E, dimensioned drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
55 (2.16)
60 (2.36)
464 (18.27)
View A
A
15°
438 (17.24)
5°
370 (14.57)
362x290 (14.25x11.42)
R
220 V ACG
Touch B
H
V
270 (10.63)
7
SCD 1815-I, dimensioned drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
7/21
Industrial LCD monitors
7
7/22
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
8/2
Training
8/4
Standards and approbations
8/5
Siemens contacts worldwide
8/6
Partner
8/8
Service & Support
8/9
Customer Support
8/11
Length codes for
connecting cables
8/12
Safety of electronic equipment
8/13
Software licenses
8/14
Subject Index
8/17
Order No. Index
8/19
Fax form
Suggestions for improving the
catalog
8/24
Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
Training
■ Training is decisive for your success
SITRAIN – the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial
Solutions – provides you with comprehensive support when
solving your tasks.
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty
and full command. Especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate
deficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty
planning right from the beginning.
All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your company: shortened startup times, optimized plant components,
faster troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words,
increased profits and lower costs.
■ The right mixture: blended learning
Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
course in a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Furthermore, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruction on the Internet at agreed times.
The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning
can convey complex topics well, and train networked
thinking. Additional effect: reduced travelling costs and
periods of absence through training sequences independent of location and time.
■ The international training portal
www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: search in the worldwide range
of courses at leisure, call up all course dates online, utilize the
daily updated display of vacant course spaces – and register
directly.
■ Customer comments on Sitrain
" ... the good course documents, competence and flexibility
convinced me."
[Manfred Riek from Festo Systemtechnik, responsible for
planning basic and further training of project engineers]
" ... represents effective training, constructive dialogs, and
solutions which provide great help."
[Günter Niedermaier, electrical design manager at AMT, Aalen]
■ Contact
Visit us in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
Top trainers
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess
comprehensive didactic experience. Course developers have a
direct wire to product development, and directly pass on their
knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
them to pass on theoretical matter in a plausible manner.
But since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of
the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your
new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equipment.
You feel absolutely certain when trained in this manner.
Wide variety
With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train
the complete range of A&D products and a large portion of the
system solutions from I&S. Telecourses, teach-yourself software
and seminars presented on the Web supplement our classical
range of courses.
8
Close to our customers
The distance is short. You can find us at approx. 60 locations
in Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. You wish to have individual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem:
we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers
or at your company.
8/2
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Course office, Infoline Germany:
Tel.: +49 (1805) 23 56 11 (0.12 €/Min)
Fax: +49 (1805) 23 56 12
Appendix
Training
■ Courses for SIMATIC HMI
Manager, sales personnel
Project manager, projekt staff member
Engineers, programmers
Commissioning engineers, project planning engineers
Service Personnel
Operator, user
Maintenance personnel
Titel
Target group
Duration
Course code
SIMATIC HMI (Human Machine Interface)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, System course
✔
✔
✔
✔ 3 days
ST-BPROPRS
SIMATIC WinCC V6, System course
✔
✔
✔
✔ 5 days
ST-BWINCCS
SIMATIC WinCC, Advanced course
✔
✔
✔
✔ 5 days
ST-BWINCCV
SIMATIC WinCC, Options, Networks, Databases
✔
✔
✔
✔ 5 days
ST-BWINOND
SIMATIC WinCC flexible, System course1
✔
✔
✔ 3 days
ST-WCCFSYS1
✔
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/3
Appendix
Standards and approbations
■ Operating system licenses for SIMATIC PC/PG
The enclosed operating system license is approved only for the
installation of the SIMATIC PC/PG supplied.
The Microsoft OEM license allows you to install the software only
on this SIMATIC system.
■ UL (U) and CSA (C) standards
All HMI products comply with the UL (U) and CSA (C) standards
or an application for approval has been submitted.
Products, for which there is no approval, are specially marked
(see the product ordering data).
■ CE marking
The electronic products described in this catalog comply with
the requirements and protection objectives of the following EU
guidelines and with the harmonized European standards (EN)
which have been published for programmable controllers in the
Official Journal of the European Union:
• 89/336/EWG “Electromagnetic Compatibility” (EMC guideline)
• 73/23/EWG “Electrical Equipment for Use Within Specific
Voltage Limits” (low voltage guideline)
The EU conformity declarartion is available for examination by
the appropriate authorites at:
SIMATIC HMI:
Siemens AG,
Automation and Drives
Dept. A&D AS SM ID
Postfach 4848
90327 Nürnberg
Federal Republic of Germany
SIMATIC, SIMATIC NET, SIMATIC PC:
Siemens AG,
Automation and Drives
Dept. A&D AS RD4
Postfach 1963
92209 Amberg
Federal Republic of Germany
8
8/4
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
Siemens contacts worldwide
■ Overview
At
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/5
Appendix
Partner
■ WinCC Competence Center
■ WinCC Professional
The WinCC competence centers are Siemens internal partners.
They offer a wide range of products and services geared to
ensuring that customers make the best possible use of the openness and integration capability of WinCC in terms of both costefficiency and technology.
In addition to developing standard solutions/add-on products,
they are authorized to implement customer-specific and vertical
solutions in the areas of application development and system
integration on the basis of WinCC. Finally, they also offer consulting and project-associated training and workshops for decisionmakers and users.
Industry-specific as well as automation and WinCC system
expertise guarantee professional and efficient solutions.
Needless to say, software development is in accordance with
recognized standards on the basis of certified ISO 9001 quality
management.
You can find detailed information at:
www.siemens.com/competencecenter
8
8/6
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
WinCC Professionals are external system integrators, who have
specialised in process visualization. In many realized projects
with WinCC they have built up the know-how to meet even complex requirements.
WinCC Professionals use the openness and flexibility and
provide customized and economical solutions based on WinCC
system software.
You can find detailed information at:
www.siemens.com/competencecenter
Appendix
Partner
■ Siemens Automation Solution Provider
Your benefits
• Customized, economic and future-oriented solutions
• Significant advantages with resp ect to speed, efficiency and
locality
• Solution provider has spec ial knowledge of sector
• Guaranteed state-of-the-art technology and knowledge of
latest developments
Automation solutions are becoming increasingly complex,
and demands are permanently growing. We can help you find
competent partners for an excellent, reliable solution. Partners
who have competence and experience in the required sector
linked with comprehensive know-how for automation solutions.
Our partner programs set new standards with respect to the
specific competence of the companies involved and the global
network of partners. As a result of the careful selection and permanent training of our solution providers, you will always be able
to find a competent partner close at hand who is always working
with state-of-the-art technology.
Certification
The solution providers are continuously being trained in order to
remain completely up-to-date. They are subjected to a special
certification program where they have to prove their high competence using Siemens’ automation tools. We can therefore
guarantee a special standard of quality which is successively
achieved by training on new components and during special
solution provider workshops.
You can find detailed information at:
www.siemens.com/automation/solution-provider
The program
You are searching for automation solutions for a particular task?
Or you require professional consulting and support?
You wish to contact specialists in your sector?
You wish to secure market advantages?
Then our Siemens automation solution providers are the right
partners for you!
Our partner companies possess the know-how for developing
reliable, economic and future-oriented solutions – for all sectors
and all automation components: covering all SIMATIC components, visualization systems, communications networks using
SIMATIC PCS 7, microsystems and motion control systems up
to products for vertical integration of industrial automation and
office environments.
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/7
Appendix
A&D Online Services
Information and ordering
in the Internet and on CD-ROM
■ A&D in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.
■ Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog
Detailed information together with convenient interactive functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation
and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to work
with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or electronically:
• Automation and Drives CA 01,
Order No.:
CD: E86060-D4001-A100-C3-7600
DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C3-7600
■ Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall
The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out
online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for availability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
8
8/8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
Customer Support
Our services for every phase of your project
■ Configuration and Software Engineering
Support in configuring and developing with customer-oriented
services from actual configuration to implementation of the
automation project. 1)
■ Service On Site
.I
With Service On Site we offer
services for startup and maintenance, essential for ensuring
system availability.
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
keep ahead all the time:
A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
In Germany
0180 50 50 444 1)
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the productivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
■ Online Support
■ Repairs and Spare Parts
In the operating phase of a machine or automation system we
provide a comprehensive repair
and spare parts service ensuring the highest degree of operating safety and reliability.
The comprehensive information
system available round the
clock via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop.
In Germany
0180 50 50 448 1)
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support
■ Optimization and Upgrading
■ Technical Support
Competent consulting in technical questions covering a wide
range of customer-oriented services for all our products and
systems.
To enhance productivity and
save costs in your project we
offer high-quality services in
optimization and upgrading. 1)
Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
E-Mail:
[email protected]
■ Technical Consulting
Support in the planning and
designing of your project from
detailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consulting
on product and system questions right to the creation of the
automation solution. 1)
8
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/9
Appendix
Customer Support
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM
Automation Value Card
■ Knowledge Base on CD-ROM
For locations without online connections to the Internet there are
excerpts of the free part of the
information sources available on
CD-ROM (Service & Support
Knowledge Base). This CDROM contains all the latest
product information at the time
of production (FAQs, Downloads, Tips and Tricks, Updates)
as well as general information
on Service and Technical Support.
The CD-ROM also includes a full-text search and our Knowledge
Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM will
be updated every 4 months.
Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &
Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).
You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD
from your Siemens contact.
Order No. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2
Orders via the Internet
(with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
in the Shop domain.
■ Automation Value Card
By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the
Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the
services procured is debited from the credits on your Automation Value Card.
All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,
so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.
Automation Value Card Order Nos.
Credits
Small card – great support
The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the comprehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and
Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation
project.
Order No.
200
6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0
500
6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0
1000
6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0
10000
6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0
Detailed information on the services offered is available on our
Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Service & Support à la Card: Examples
It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our
Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support
Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automation Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your
personal card number and associated PIN you can view the
state of your account and all transactions at any time.
Technical Support
Services on card. This is how it's done.
”System
Utilities“
Tools that can be used directly for configuration,
analysis and testing
”Applications“
Complete topic solutions including ready-tested software
”Functions &
Samples“
Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments
Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value
Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field,
guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.
8
8/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
”Priority“
Priority processing for urgent cases
”24 h“
Availability round the clock
”Extended“
Technical consulting for complex questions
Support Tools in the Support Shop
Appendix
Length codes for connecting cables
■ Length codes for 6XV ... and 6ES5 ... connecting cables
For connecting cables whose length can be selected according
to the following list, complete the empty positions ( 7 7 7 ) of the
Order No. according to the specified length code.
Note the different length codes! Other lengths on request.
Connecting cables 6XV. ...
Connecting cables 6ES5 ...
Length of the connecting cable=
multiplier x length digit
Order No. extension for the
connecting cable
}
Multiplier:
Length digit:
Length of the connecting cable
6XV. ... - 777
0.01 m
0.1 m
E
H
1.0 m
10.0 m
100.0 m
N
T
U
10
12
15
10
12
15
16
20
25
16
20
25
32
40
50
32
40
50
60
63
80
60
63
80
Standard, lower-priced lengths are available for many connecting cables. Standard lengths can be supplied from the central
warehouse in Nuremberg, Germany, (LZN) within three days.
Special lengths can be supplied only from the factory concerned. Delivery may take up to 30 days.
Order No. extension for the
connecting cable
}
6ES5... - 777 0
1.0 m
1.6 m
2.0 m
BB0
BB6
BC0
2.5 m
3.0 m
3.2 m
BC5
BD0
BD2
5.0 m
8.0 m
10.0 m
BF 0
BJ 0
CB0
12.0 m
16.0 m
20.0 m
CB2
CB6
CC0
25.0 m
32.0 m
40.0 m
CC5
CD2
CE0
50.0 m
63.0 m
80.0 m
CF 0
C G3
CJ 0
100.0 m
120.0 m
150.0 m
DB0
DB2
DB5
160.0 m
200.0 m
250.0 m
DB6
DC0
DC5
320.0 m
400.0 m
500.0 m
DD2
DE0
DF 0
600.0 m
630.0 m
800.0 m
1000.0 m
D G0
D G3
DJ 0
EB0
Example for ordering
The 6XV1 404-0A 7 7 7 connecting cable must be 16 m long.
Multiplier 1 m (N) x length digit 16 (16) provides a length of 16 m.
The Order No. extension is N16. This is entered in the free
spaces of the Order No. The complete Order No. for the 16 m
long connecting cable is
6XV1 404-0AN16.
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/11
Appendix
Safety of electronic equipment
■ Safety of electronic equipment
The information on this page is mainly of a general nature and
applies regardless of the type of electronic control system and
its manufacturer.
Reliability
With a range of effective product development and production
measures, we maximize the reliability of our devices and components.
These measures include
• use of high-quality components;
• worst-case dimensioning of all circuits;
• systematic, computer-controlled testing of all subcontractorsupplied components;
• burn-in of all large-s cale integrated circuits
(such as processors and memory);
• measures to prevent static ch arge from building up when
handling MOS circuits;
• visual inspections at various stages of manufacture;
• in-circuit testing of all modules, i.e. computer-aided testing of
all components and their interaction within the circuit;
• heat-run at elevated ambient temperature over several days;
• thorough computer-controlled final testing;
• static analysis of all rejects for immediate initiation of corrective
measures.
In safety engineering, these measures are termed basic measures. They can be used to prevent or rectify most conceivable
faults.
Hazard risk
Wherever faults can cause personal injury or material damage,
special safety measures have to be applied to the plant, and
therefore also to the PLC. There are special, plant-specific regulations for these applications and these have to be taken into
account in the design of a control system.
For electronic control systems that influence the safety of a
machine or plant, the measures required for preventing or
correcting faults depend on the danger the plant represents.
Beyond a certain level of danger, the above basic measures are
no longer sufficient, and additional measures – such as twochannel configuration, tests or checksums – must be implemented and certified for the control system.
■ Division into a safe and a non-safe area
Most plants contain components that perform safety-related
tasks, such as Emergency Stop pushbuttons, safety guards and
two-hand controls). To avoid having to view the entire control
system in terms of its safety, we generally distinguish between a
safe area and a non-safe area. Because the failure of electronic
components does not present a danger in the non-safe area,
the control system does not have to meet any special safety
requirements in this area. In the safe area, only control systems
and circuit arrangements that comply with the applicable
regulations must be used.
In practice, the following distinctions are made:
• Control systems with few safety features,
e.g. machine controls.
• Control systems with a balanced mix of safe non-safe areas,
e.g. chemical plants and cable cars.
• Control systems with high safety requirements,
e.g. boiler-firing systems.
Important note
Even if a high degree of safety has been built into an electronic
control system, – such as mult i-channel design – the safety
guidelines in the operating instructions must be strictly adhered
to. Existing safety precautions may otherwise become ineffective or additional hazards be created.
■ Notes about servicing
The brightness of STN and TFT backlit displays decreases with
time. This process depends on various factors, including ambient temperature. According to the manufacturer’s information,
the displays have a lifespan (to failure or a brightness reduction
of 50 % and at an ambient temperature of 25 °C) of:
OP 73micro
100,000 h
TP 070
50,000 h
TP 170micro
50,000 h
TP 177micro
50,000 h
Mobile Panel 170
50,000 h
OP 73
100,000 h
OP 77A
100,000 h
OP 77B
100,000 h
TP 170A
50,000 h
TP 177A
50,000 h
TP/OP 170B
50,000 h
TP 270 6″
40,000 h
TP 270 10″
60,000 h
OP 270 6″
40,000 h
OP 270 10″
60,000 h
MP 270B
50,000 h
MP 370
50,000 h
Panel PC IL 70
50,000 h
Panel PC IL 77
50,000 h
Panel PC 670/870
60,000 h
Depending on the actual operating conditions, the gas
discharge tubes must be replaced when the display is no longer
readable.
8
8/12
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
Software licenses
■ Overview
Software types
Certificate of license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
• Engineering software
• Runtime software
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Engineering software
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software
license:
• Floating license
• Single license
• Rental license
• Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
Downgrading
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
• PowerPack
• Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with
and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
found in the “Terms and Cond itions of Siemens AG” or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(A&D Mall Online-Help System)
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Trial license
8
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/13
Appendix
Subject Index
Page
A
Add-ons and partner management...................................... 4/90
Appendix ................................................................................ 8/1
Automation Solution Provider ................................................. 8/7
Automation Value Card......................................................... 8/10
A&D in the WWW.................................................................... 8/8
C
Competence Center ............................................................... 8/6
Conditions of sale and delivery............................................ 8/24
Configuraton software ............................................................ 4/6
Connecting cables ............................................................. 2/149
Contacts ................................................................................. 8/5
Customer Support .................................................................. 8/9
Customized design .............................................................. 6/13
Customized products ............................................................. 6/1
Customized product modifications ...................................... 6/13
E
Embedded Panel PC for mechanical engineering................. 6/6
Engineering software............................................................ 4/19
Expansion components........................................................ 3/30
Export regulations ................................................................ 8/24
F
Fax form ............................................................................... 8/19
FDA options.......................................................................... 4/83
H
HMI complete systems........................................................... 5/1
HMI operator stations ........................................................... 6/20
HMI operator stations for the automobile industry ................. 6/4
HMI Packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible and WinCC 5/2
HMI Software .......................................................................... 4/1
I
IL 70........................................................................................ 3/4
IL 77........................................................................................ 3/8
Industrial LCD monitors.......................................................... 7/1
Information and ordering........................................................ 8/8
K
Knowledge Base on CD-ROM.............................................. 8/10
L
Lenght codes for connecting cables ................................... 8/11
M
Micro Panels:........................................................................ 2/15
Mobile Panel 170.................................................................. 2/32
MP 270B ............................................................................. 2/105
MP 370 ............................................................................... 2/114
Multi Panels ........................................................................ 2/105
Multi Panel Options ............................................................ 2/123
N
Non-Siemens PLCs ................................................. 2/136, 2/145
8
8/14
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Page
O
OEM products ...................................................................... 6/18
Open Platform Program........................................................ 6/24
Operating control and monitoring devices ............................ 2/1
OP17..................................................................................... 2/52
OP3....................................................................................... 2/44
OP7....................................................................................... 2/47
OP 170B ............................................................................... 2/86
OP 270.................................................................................. 2/98
OP 73.................................................................................... 2/57
OP 73micro........................................................................... 2/19
OP 77A ................................................................................. 2/61
OP 77B ................................................................................. 2/66
Order No. Index.................................................................... 8/17
P
Packages with ProTool/Pro, WinCC flexible and WinCC ........ 5/2
Panels................................................................................... 2/41
Panels and Panel PC for the food, beverages and
tobacco industry .................................................................. 6/10
Panel PC 670........................................................................ 3/13
Panel PC 870........................................................................ 3/22
Panel PC IL 70........................................................................ 3/4
Panel PC IL 77........................................................................ 3/8
Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro ....................................... 5/2
Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC .............................................. 5/3
Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible .................................. 5/3
Partner .................................................................................... 8/6
PC DiagMonitor .................................................................... 3/30
PC/PG Image Creator, Image & Partition Creator ................ 3/31
PDA ...................................................................................... 4/76
PPA ....................................................................................... 4/76
PP17 ..................................................................................... 2/11
PP7 ......................................................................................... 2/8
ProAgent............................................................................... 4/90
Process Diagnostics Software.............................................. 4/90
Product modifications............................................................. 6/2
ProTool.................................................................................... 4/6
ProTool/Lite ............................................................................. 4/6
ProTool/Pro .................................................................... 4/10; 5/2
ProTool/Pro options............................................................... 4/18
Push Button Panels ................................................................ 2/8
R
Recommended printers...................................................... 2/151
Runtime software.................................................................. 4/25
S
Safety of electronic equipment............................................. 8/12
SCADA System..................................................................... 4/43
SCD 1215-E.......................................................................... 7/16
SCD 1297-E............................................................................ 7/3
SCD 1297-ET.......................................................................... 7/3
SCD 1297-K............................................................................ 7/3
SCD 1297-R............................................................................ 7/3
SCD 1297-RT.......................................................................... 7/3
Appendix
Subject Index
Page
S (continued)
SCD 1515-E.......................................................................... 7/18
SCD 1597-E............................................................................ 7/7
SCD 1597-ET.......................................................................... 7/7
SCD 1597-I ............................................................................. 7/7
SCD 1597-IT ........................................................................... 7/7
SCD 1597-K............................................................................ 7/7
SCD 1597-R............................................................................ 7/7
SCD 1597-RT.......................................................................... 7/7
SCD 1815-E.......................................................................... 7/20
SCD 1815-I ........................................................................... 7/20
SCD 1897-E.......................................................................... 7/12
SCD 1897-ET........................................................................ 7/12
SCD 1898-I ........................................................................... 7/12
SCD 1898-IT ......................................................................... 7/12
SCD 1897-R.......................................................................... 7/12
SCD 1897-RT........................................................................ 7/12
Sector products...................................................................... 6/4
Service & Support .................................................................. 8/8
Siemens Automation Solution Provider .................................. 8/7
Siemens contacts worldwide.................................................. 8/5
SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA ....................................... 4/76
SIMATIC IT WinBDE ............................................................. 4/78
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170................................................... 2/32
SIMATIC MP 270B .............................................................. 2/105
SIMATIC MP 370 ................................................................ 2/114
SIMATIC OP17...................................................................... 2/52
SIMATIC OP3........................................................................ 2/44
SIMATIC OP7........................................................................ 2/47
SIMATIC OP 170B ................................................................ 2/86
SIMATIC OP 270................................................................... 2/98
SIMATIC OP 73..................................................................... 2/57
SIMATIC OP 73micro............................................................ 2/19
SIMATIC OP 77A .................................................................. 2/61
SIMATIC OP 77B .................................................................. 2/66
SIMATIC Panel PC .................................................................. 3/1
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 70......................................................... 3/4
SIMATIC Panel PC IL 77......................................................... 3/8
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC ProTool/Pro......................... 5/2
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC ............................... 5/3
SIMATIC Panel PC with SIMATIC WinCC flexible ................... 5/3
SIMATIC Panel PC 670......................................................... 3/13
SIMATIC Panel PC 870......................................................... 3/22
SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor ..................................................... 3/30
SIMATIC PC/PG Image Creator, Image & Partition Creator . 3/31
SIMATIC PP17 ...................................................................... 2/11
SIMATIC PP7 .......................................................................... 2/8
SIMATIC ProAgent................................................................ 4/90
SIMATIC ProTool ..................................................................... 4/6
SIMATIC ProTool/Lite .............................................................. 4/6
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro............................................................. 4/10
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro options................................................ 4/18
SIMATIC S5 ............................................................. 2/133; 2/143
SIMATIC S7 ............................................................. 2/131; 2/140
SIMATIC TD17 ...................................................................... 2/41
SIMATIC ThinClient/MP ...................................................... 2/126
SIMATIC TP 070 ................................................................... 2/22
SIMATIC TP 170A ................................................................. 2/70
SIMATIC TP 170B ................................................................. 2/75
Page
S (continued)
SIMATIC TP 170micro........................................................... 2/25
SIMATIC TP 177A ................................................................. 2/81
SIMATIC TP 177micro........................................................... 2/28
SIMATIC TP 270 ................................................................... 2/91
SIMATIC WinAC MP ........................................................... 2/123
SIMATIC WinCC ................................................................... 4/43
SIMATIC WinCC flexible .............................................. 4/19; 4/25
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES.................................................. 4/19
SIMATIC WinCC flexible ES options ..................................... 4/24
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT.................................................. 4/25
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT options ..................................... 4/32
SIMATIC WinCC flexible /ChangeControl............................. 4/24
SIMATIC WinCC options....................................................... 4/58
- FDA options ..................................................................... 4/83
- SIMATIC IT PDA / SIMATIC IT PPA .................................. 4/76
- SIMATIC IT WinBDE......................................................... 4/78
- WinCC/Basic Process Control ......................................... 4/80
- WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) .............................. 4/71
- WinCC/Comprehensive Support ..................................... 4/87
- WinCC/Connectivity Pack................................................ 4/72
- WinCC/[email protected] ........................................................ 4/70
- WinCC/Guardian.............................................................. 4/69
- WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge ........................................... 4/74
- WinCC/IndustrialX............................................................ 4/86
- WinCC/Messenger........................................................... 4/68
- WinCC/ODK..................................................................... 4/87
- WinCC/ProAgent.............................................................. 4/67
- WinCC/Redundancy ........................................................ 4/65
- WinCC/Server .................................................................. 4/59
- WinCC/Storage ................................................................ 4/82
- WinCC/User Archives ...................................................... 4/81
- WinCC/Web Navigator..................................................... 4/61
SIMATIC 505............................................................ 2/135; 2/144
Software licenses ................................................................. 8/13
Standards and approbations ................................................. 8/4
Subject index........................................................................ 8/14
Suggestions for improving the catalog ................................ 8/19
System links........................................................................ 2/130
T
TD17 ..................................................................................... 2/41
Text Display TD 200.............................................................. 2/15
Text Display TD 200C ........................................................... 2/17
Text Panels:
- OP17................................................................................ 2/52
- OP3.................................................................................. 2/44
- OP7.................................................................................. 2/47
- TD17 ................................................................................ 2/41
ThinClient/MP ..................................................................... 2/126
TP 070 .................................................................................. 2/22
TP 170A ................................................................................ 2/70
TP 170B ................................................................................ 2/75
TP 170micro ......................................................................... 2/25
TP 177A ................................................................................ 2/81
TP 177micro ......................................................................... 2/28
TP 270 .................................................................................. 2/91
Training ................................................................................... 8/2
V
Visualization software ........................................................... 4/10
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/15
8
Appendix
Subject Index
Page
W
WinAC MP .......................................................................... 2/123
WinBDE ................................................................................ 4/78
WinCC ........................................................................... 4/43; 5/2
WinCC Add-ons and partner management ......................... 4/88
WinCC Competence Center................................................... 8/6
WinCC/Basic Process Control.............................................. 4/80
WinCC/Client Access License (CAL) ................................... 4/71
WinCC/Comprehensive Support .......................................... 4/87
WinCC/Connectivity Pack..................................................... 4/72
WinCC/[email protected]........ 4/70
WinCC/Guardian .................................................................. 4/69
WinCC/IndustrialDataBridge ................................................ 4/74
WinCC/IndustrialX ................................................................ 4/86
WinCC/Messenger ............................................................... 4/68
WinCC/ODK.......................................................................... 4/87
WinCC/ProAgent .................................................................. 4/67
WinCC/Redundancy............................................................. 4/65
WinCC/Server ....................................................................... 4/59
WinCC/Storage..................................................................... 4/82
WinCC/User Archives........................................................... 4/81
WinCC/Web Navigator ......................................................... 4/61
WinCC flexible ...................................................... 4/19; 4/25; 5/2
WinCC flexible ES................................................................. 4/19
WinCC flexible ES options.................................................... 4/24
WinCC flexible RT................................................................. 4/25
WinCC flexible RT options.................................................... 4/32
WinCC flexible /Archives ...................................................... 4/32
WinCC flexible /ChangeControl............................................ 4/24
WinCC flexible /OPC-Server................................................. 4/40
WinCC flexible /ProAgent ..................................................... 4/42
WinCC flexible /Recipes....................................................... 4/33
WinCC flexible /[email protected]..................................... 4/34
WinCC flexible /[email protected] 4/37
WinCC options...................................................................... 4/58
WinCC Professional................................................................ 8/6
8
8/16
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Page
Numbers
12“ devices..................... ........................................................ 7/3
15“ devices..................... ........................................................ 7/7
18“ devices.................. ......................................................... 7/12
170 series:
- SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170 .............................................. 2/32
- SIMATIC OP 170B ........................................................... 2/75
- SIMATIC TP 170A ............................................................ 2/70
- SIMATIC TP 170B ............................................................ 2/86
- SIMATIC TP 177A ............................................................ 2/81
270 series:
- SIMATIC MP 270B ......................................................... 2/105
- SIMATIC OP 270 .............................................................. 2/98
- SIMATIC TP 270............................................................... 2/91
3.5“ disk drive, USB 1.1 .............. ......................................... 3/32
370 series:
- SIMATIC MP 370............................................................ 2/114
70 series:
- SIMATIC OP 73 ................................................................ 2/57
- SIMATIC OP 77A ............................................................. 2/61
- SIMATIC OP 77B ............................................................. 2/66
Appendix
Order No. Index
Type
Page
W
W79084-E1001-B2 ........... 2/43; 2/55; 2/97; 2/104; 2/112; 2/121
2XV9 ...
6XV9 450-... ......................................................................... 4/80
6AG7 ...
6AG7 01.-... ........................................................................... 3/6
6AG7 10.-... .......................................................................... 3/11
6AV3 ...
6AV3 017-...
6AV3 503-...
6AV3 591-...
6AV3 607-...
6AV3 617-...
6AV3 678-...
6AV3 681-...
6AV3 688-...
6AV3 980-...
6AV3 991-...
................................................................ 2/43; 6/14
................................................................ 2/46; 6/14
......................................................................... 2/46
................................................................ 2/50; 6/14
................................................................ 2/55; 6/14
..................................... 2/10; 2/14; 2/43; 2/50; 2/55
......................................................................... 4/96
................................................................ 2/10, 2/14
........................................................................... 4/8
.............................. 2/10; 2/14; 2/43; 2/50; 2/55; 4/9
6AV6 ...
6AV6 371-... 4/54; 4/55; 4/56; 4/60; 4/63; 4/66; 4/67; 4/68; 4/69;
..................... 4/70; 4/71; 4/73; 4/75; 4/79; 4/81; 4/85; 4/86; 4/87;
.............................................................................................. 4/96
6AV6 381-... .............................................. 4/54; 4/54; 4/55; 4/87
6AV6 382-... ........................................................................... 5/3
6AV6 392-... ..................................... 4/55; 4/60; 4/63; 4/66; 4/81
6AV6 520-... ....................................................... 2/46; 2/50; 2/55
6AV6 542-... ...................... 2/89; 2/103; 2/111; 2/120; 6/14; 6/15
6AV6 545-... 2/24; 2/38; 2/73; 2/79; 2/96; 2/111; 2/120; 6/12; 6/15
6AV6 570-... ......................................................................... 4/15
6AV6 571-... .......................................................................... 4/15
6AV6 573-... ..................................... 2/50; 2/55; 2/73; 2/79; 2/89
6AV6 574-... 2/24; 2/27; 2/38; 2/39; 2/73; 2/80; 2/89; 2/97; 2/104;
................................................................................. 2/112; 2/121
6AV6 575-... ........................ 2/38; 2/73; 2/79; 2/96; 2/103; 2/111
6AV6 580-... ........................................................................... 4/8
6AV6 581-... ........................................................................... 4/8
6AV6 582-... ......................................................................... 4/15
6AV6 584-... .................................................................. 4/15; 5/3
6AV6 591-... ..... 2/24; 2/39; 2/73; 2/79; 2/89; 2/96; 2/103; 2/111;
............................................................................................ 2/120
6AV6 594-... ... 2/39; 2/73; 2/79; 2/89; 2/96; 2/103; 2/111; 2/120;
....................................................................................... 4/9; 4/16
6AV6 596-... ..... 2/39; 2/73; 2/79; 2/89; 2/96; 2/103; 2/111; 4/9;
.............................................................................................. 4/16
Type
Page
6AV6 ... (continued)
6AV6 610-... .......................................................................... 4/22
6AV6 611-... .......................................................................... 4/22
6AV6 612-... .......................................................................... 4/22
6AV6 613-... ........................................................ 4/22; 4/24; 4/30
6AV6 618-... .................... 4/32; 4/33; 4/36; 4/39; 4/41; 4/42; 4/96
6AV6 621-... ............................................... 2/69; 2/73; 2/79; 2/89
6AV6 622-... .................................................... 2/96; 2/103; 2/111
6AV6 623-... ............................................................................ 5/3
6AV6 640-... ...................................... 2/21; 2/27; 2/31; 6/14; 6/15
6AV6 641-... ............................................... 2/59; 2/64; 2/69; 6/14
6AV6 642-... .......................................................................... 6/15
6AV6 650-... ........................................................ 2/21; 2/27; 2/31
6AV6 651-... ............................................... 2/59; 2/64; 2/69; 2/84
6AV6 671-... ............................. 2/21; 2/31; 2/59; 2/64; 2/69; 2/84
6AV6 691-... . 2/21; 2/24; 2/27; 2/31; 2/39; 2/43; 2/46; 2/50; 2/55;
................... 2/59; 2/64; 2/69; 2/73; 2/79; 2/84; 2/89; 2/96; 2/103;
.................... 2/111; 2/120; 4/9; 4/16; 4/23; 4/31; 4/42; 4/67; 4/96
6AV7 ...
6AV7 570-... ............................................................................ 3/6
6AV7 651-... .......................................................................... 6/16
6AV7 671-... ................................................................ 3/18; 3/26
6AV7 7..-... .................................................................. 3/17; 3/26
6AV7 703-... .......................................................................... 6/16
6AV7 704-... ......................................................................... 6/16
6AV7 705-... ......................................................................... 6/16
6AV7 707-... .......................................................................... 6/16
6AV7 721-... ......................................................................... 3/18
6AV7 722-... ......................................................................... 3/18
6AV7 723-... ......................................................................... 3/18
6AV7 724-... ......................................................................... 3/18
6AV7 725-... ......................................................................... 3/18
6AV7 728-... .......................................................................... 6/12
6AV8 ...
6AV8 101-... ............................................................ 7/5; 7/9; 7/14
6AV8 105 .............................................................................. 6/16
6AV8 107-... .......................................... 7/5; 7/9; 7/14; 7/16; 7/18
6BQ3..
6BQ3 073-... ........................................................................ 4/77
6DL5...
6DL5 401-... ........................................................................ 4/85
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/17
Appendix
Order No. Index
Type
Page
6EP1...
6EP1 931-... ............................................................... 3/18; 3/26
6EP1 935-... ............................................................... 3/18; 3/26
6ES5 ...
6ES5 731-...
6ES5 734-...
6ES5 848-...
6ES5 886-...
........................................................... 2/149; 2/150
.................... 2/80; 2/97; 2/104; 2/112; 2/149; 2/150
......................................................................... 4/56
......................................................................... 4/56
6ES7 ...
6ES7 272-... ................................................................ 2/16; 2/18
6ES7 613-... .......................................................................... 6/15
6ES7 635-... .......................................................................... 6/15
6ES7 648-... ............................... 3/6; 3/11; 3/18; 3/26; 3/30; 3/31
6ES7 652-... ....................................................... 4/80; 4/80; 4/82
6ES7 658-... ......................................................................... 4/85
6ES7 671-... ........................................................................ 2/125
6ES7 705-... ........................................ 2/46; 2/149; 2/150; 2/127
6ES7 810-... ......................................................................... 2/24
6ES7 850-... ......................................................................... 2/24
6ES7 901-... 2/21; 2/24; 2/27; 2/31; 2/69; 2/73; 2/80; 2/84; 2/89;
..................... 2/97; 2/104; 2/112; 2/121; 2/149; 2/150; 4/16; 4/31
6ES7 972-... ................. 2/16; 2/18; 2/150; 4/16; 4/31; 4/48; 4/56
6FC5 ...
6FC5 235-........................................... 3/6; 3/11; 3/18; 3/26; 3/32
6FC5 247-.................................................... 3/6; 3/11; 3/26; 3/32
8
8/18
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Type
Page
6GF6...
6GF6 220-............................................................................. 7/20
6GF6 230-............................................................................. 7/18
6GF6 240-............................................................................. 7/16
6GF6 902-........................................................... 7/16; 7/18; 7/20
6GF6 905-........................................................... 7/16; 7/18; 7/20
6GK1...
6GK1 151-... ....................................................... 4/15; 4/47; 4/56
6GK1 161-... ............ 3/6; 3/11; 3/18; 3/26; 4/15; 4/31; 4/47; 4/56
6GK1 500-... 2/10; 2/14; 2/43; 2/50; 2/55; 2/73; 2/80; 2/84; 2/89;
................................................. 2/97; 2/104; 2/112; 2/121; 2/150
6GK1 551-... ............................................. 4/16; 4/31; 4/48; 4/56
6GK1 561-... ............ 3/6; 3/11; 3/18; 3/26; 4/16; 4/31; 4/48; 4/56
6GK1 704-... ...................................................... 4/15; 4/47; 4/56
6GK1 713-... ............................................. 4/16; 4/31; 4/48; 4/56
6GK1 716-... ............................................. 4/15; 4/31, 4/47; 4/56
6XV1 ...
6XV1 418-... ........................................................................ 2/149
6XV1 440-... .......................................... 2/38; 2/50; 2/149; 2/150
6XV1 830-... . 2/10; 2/14; 2/16; 2/18; 2/21; 2/24; 2/27; 2/31; 2/59
...................................... 2/64; 2/69; 2/73; 2/80; 2/84; 2/89; 2/150
Appendix
Suggestions for improving the catalog
Fax form
■ To
Siemens AG, A&D AS SM ID
ST 80 • 2005 / Ms. B. Beyer
Gleiwitzer Str. 555
90475 Nürnberg
Federal Republic of Germany
Fax. +49/911-895-2352
Your Address
Name
Capacity
Company/Dept.
Street address
Postal code/City
Tel./Fax
■ Your opinion is important to us!
We hope that our catalog will become an important and
widely used source of reference and are constantly striving
to improve it.
So please take just a few minutes of your time
to fill out and fax it to us.
■ Please grade our catalog on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):
Do the contents of the catalog meet your
requirements?
Is there enough technical detail?
Did you find it easy to find the information you
needed?
What do you think of the quality of the graphics
and tables?
Did you find the texts easy to understand?
■ Did you find any printing errors?
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/19
Appendix
Notes
8
8/20
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
Notes
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/21
Appendix
Notes
8
8/22
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Appendix
Notes
8
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
8/23
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
■ Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity.
for customers with a seat or registered office in the
Federal Republic of Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with
Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.
for customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions
for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.
General
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver and/or
copper, surcharges may be calculated if the respective limits of
the notes are exceeded.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
– especially with regard to data , dimensions and weights given –
these are subject to change without prior notice.
■ Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
AL
Number of the German Export List.
Products marked other than “N“ require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N “ are
subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.
ECCN
Export Control Classification Number.
Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N “ are
subject to a US re-export authorization.
Even without a label or with an “A L: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
.
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
(for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
(for customers based outside of theFederal Republic of
Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
8
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Human Machine Interface
Postfach 48 48
90327 NÜRNBERG
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
8/24
Siemens ST 80 · 2005
Order No.
E86060-K4680-A101-B3-7600
KG 1004 28.0 NIE 368 En/ 501072
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM
Catalog
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution
Low-Voltage Switchgear – Controlgear for Industry
Catalog
LV 10
• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives
CA 01
Power Distribution – Products and Systems
for Low-Voltage Power Distribution
LV 30
SIDAC-D reactors and SIDAC-F filters
LV 63
SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems
CD, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
LV 70
SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems
LDA/LDC 1100 A to 5000 A
LV 71
SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems
LXA/LXC over 800 A
LV 72
Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems
LV 90
SENTRON WL
NS WL
Motion Control System SIMOTION
PM 10
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
NC 60
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units,
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units
D 11.1
SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System
D 21.2
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 21.3
DC Motors
DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
DA 21.1
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
DA 21.2
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter
Cabinet Units
DA 22
PDF: Indicators for panel mounting
MP 12
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
DA 45
SIREC Recorders and Accessories
MP 20
SIEMOSYN Motors
DA 48
SIPART, Controllers and Software
MP 31
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters
DA 51.2
SIWAREX Weighing Systems
WT 01
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
DA 51.3
Continuous Weighing and Process Protection
WT 02
SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives
DA 63
Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry
PA 10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control
DA 65.10
PA 11
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
DA 65.11
PDF: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DA 65.3
SIPAN Liquid Analysis
PA 20
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
DA 65.4
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMATIC PCS Process Control System
ST 45
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled
M 11
PDF: SIMATIC S5/505 Automation Systems
ST 50
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE
NC 60
ST 70
• Main Spindle Motors
Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation
• Feed Motors
PC-based Automation
ST PC
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
ST PCS 7
PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST PCS 7.A
SIMATIC Control Systems
ST DA
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment
HE 1
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation
Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Positioners and Liquid Meters
FI 01
Electrical Installation Technology
PDF: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and
Distribution Boards
ET A1
SIPOS Electric Actuators
Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators
MP 35
PDF: ALPHA Side-by-Side Switchgear Cabinets
ET A3
Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants
MP 35.1/.2
PDF: ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
ET A5
PDF: BETA Modular Installation Devices
ET B1
PDF: DELTA Switches and Outlets
ET D1
Systems Engineering
Power supplies SITOP power
KT 10.1
PDF: GAMMA Building Management Systems
ET G1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect
KT 10.2
Factory Automation Sensors
FS 10
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI
ST 80
Industrial Communication for
Automation and Drives
IK PI
TELEPERM M Process Control System
AS 235, AS 235H and AS 235K automation systems
PLT 111
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems
PLT 112
Operating and monitoring with WinCC/TM
PLT 123
CS 275 bus system
PLT 130
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
A&D/3U/En 17.11.04
Catalog ST 80 · 2005
Catalog ST 80 · 2005
Human Machine Interface Systems
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Human Machine Interface
Postfach 4848
90327 NÜRNBERG
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
www.siemens.com/automation
Order No.: E86060-K4680-A101-B3-7600
s
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions
or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use
do not always apply as described or which may change as a
result of further development of the products. An obligation
to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if
expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice.
simatic hmi
Human Machine
Interface Systems
s
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement